Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
e
(
M
P
a
)
CC-polie
CC-crouie
CC-poli-NF
CC-crouie-NF
200
300
400
500
600
absence de
fissuration
Rp0,2
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-54
Figure 8: PWSCC propagation model (upper
bound curve) for A600 RPV head
penetration material.
The laboratory studies, along with the field
inspections, contributed to the success of the
RPV head penetrations PWSCC
management. Only a few penetration repairs
were needed, mostly in the early 90s. Over
the past 10 years, a smooth RPV head
replacement program has cut the need for
extensive repairs and prevented further
leakage incidents.
Conclusion
Because of the high level of standardization across the EDF PWR fleet , materials issues,
especially those associated with A600/182/82, are always generic. Traditionally the EDF
approach to material issues does not rely solely or to any great extent, on engineering
studies, but makes extensive use of models developed to manage the material issues.
These models are continuously validated and up-dated through laboratory destructive
examinations and field non destructive examination.
Over the past 15 years, destructive examinations have been carried out in the EDF hot
laboratory of Chinon on specimens from 26 RPV head penetrations, from half a dozen
pressurizer nozzles, and from 3 steam generator partition plates.
Over the same period, cold laboratory studies on materials provided major support to the
safety analyses and to the maintenance policy, i.e.: CGR curves, new alloys qualification.
This approach has been successful in France with no RPV heads leak since the first one,
which occurred in 1991.
1,00E-12
1,00E-11
1,00E-10
1,00E-09
1,00E-08
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
KT initial (MPam1/2)
(
d
a
/d
t
)
m
a
x
(
m
/s
)
WF675
WH220
HB400
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-55
Contribution of hot and cold laboratory
investigations to the resolution of EDF
Alloys 600/182/82 PWSCC issues.
F. Cattant, F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier,
S. De-Vito - EDF
EPRI 2005 International PWSCC of Alloy 600
Conference and Exhibit Show
Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-56
18/10/2005 2
Contribution of hot and cold laboratory investigations to the resolution of EDF Alloys 600/182/82 PWSCC
issues. F. Cattant, F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier, C. Bibollet, S. De-Vito EDF EPRI 2005 International
PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference and Exhibit Show. Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
Content
Background.
Hot Laboratory DEs, some examples
Pressurizer Nozzles
RPV Head Penetrations
SG Channel Heads
Cold Laboratory Studies
PWSCC Initiation Studies
PWSCC Propagation Studies
Conclusion.
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-57
18/10/2005 3
Background
In 2004, 88% of EDF electricity
was generated by PWRS.
High level of standardization
across the EDF PWR fleet.
Any material issue is generic.
EDF has extensive in-house
capabilities (hot and cold
laboratories) to conduct material
investigations.
Material investigations are key
to a successful A600 component
management strategy.
Contribution of hot and cold laboratory investigations to the resolution of EDF Alloys 600/182/82 PWSCC
issues. F. Cattant, F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier, C. Bibollet, S. De-Vito EDF EPRI 2005 International
PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference and Exhibit Show. Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-58
18/10/2005 4
Pressurizer Nozzles (1)
1989: EDF first leak
in a thick-walled
component
Nogent 1 first ISI,
after only 12,110 hours
of operation
Visual leak detection
during RCS hydro test
(~3,000 PSI)
Contribution of hot and cold laboratory investigations to the resolution of EDF Alloys 600/182/82 PWSCC
issues. F. Cattant, F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier, C. Bibollet, S. De-Vito EDF EPRI 2005 International
PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference and Exhibit Show. Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-59
18/10/2005 5
Pressurizer Nozzles (2)
High stresses: hard
roll transition
High temperature:
(345C/653F)
Susceptible Material:
LTMA600
Failure root cause =
PWSCC
All A600 nozzles
replaced by 316 SS
nozzles
Nozzle ID
Nozzle OD
Field
cut
Lab
cut
Contribution of hot and cold laboratory investigations to the resolution of EDF Alloys 600/182/82 PWSCC
issues. F. Cattant, F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier, C. Bibollet, S. De-Vito EDF EPRI 2005 International
PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference and Exhibit Show. Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-60
18/10/2005 6
RPV Penetrations (1)
1991: 10-year RCS hydro test
of Bugey 3 (207 bar 3,002 PSI)
Penetration #54 leak detected
by acoustic monitoring system
Confirmed by visual at 25 bar
(363 PSI)
Penetration #54 harvested
from the head for hot laboratory
DE
Contribution of hot and cold laboratory investigations to the resolution of EDF Alloys 600/182/82 PWSCC
issues. F. Cattant, F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier, C. Bibollet, S. De-Vito EDF EPRI 2005 International
PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference and Exhibit Show. Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-61
18/10/2005 7
RPV Penetrations (2)
DE revealed:
A through wall
longitudinal PWSCC crack
propagating in both A600
and A182 materials
Leak path clearly visible
in the annulus
Limited head low alloy
steel wastage: 60 m (2.4
mils)
Contribution of hot and cold laboratory investigations to the resolution of EDF Alloys 600/182/82 PWSCC
issues. F. Cattant, F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier, C. Bibollet, S. De-Vito EDF EPRI 2005 International
PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference and Exhibit Show. Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-62
18/10/2005 8
RPV Penetrations (3)
DE revealed occurrence
of PWSCC at the OD of
the penetration:
PWSCC in the base
metal
PWSCC in the heat
affected zone
PWSCC in the J-
Groove weld
Contribution of hot and cold laboratory investigations to the resolution of EDF Alloys 600/182/82 PWSCC
issues. F. Cattant, F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier, C. Bibollet, S. De-Vito EDF EPRI 2005 International
PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference and Exhibit Show. Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-63
18/10/2005 9
RPV Penetrations (4)
The good news was that the RCS hydro test was
efficient in finding the leak before it became a safety
concern
The bad news was that even with a recent & small
leak and a limited head wastage, some OD PWSCC
had already initiated in the base metal and
eventually in the weld too
Consequently: operating with CDRM leak was not
recommended
Contribution of hot and cold laboratory investigations to the resolution of EDF Alloys 600/182/82 PWSCC
issues. F. Cattant, F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier, C. Bibollet, S. De-Vito EDF EPRI 2005 International
PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference and Exhibit Show. Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-64
18/10/2005 10
SG channel heads (1)
The SG channel head is a PWSCC susceptible
area, in particular the triple point zone
PT indications revealed defects in some channel
heads
SGRs provide opportunities for harvesting areas
with PT indications
EDF performed several DEs of specimens
removed from channel heads
Contribution of hot and cold laboratory investigations to the resolution of EDF Alloys 600/182/82 PWSCC
issues. F. Cattant, F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier, C. Bibollet, S. De-Vito EDF EPRI 2005 International
PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference and Exhibit Show. Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-65
18/10/2005 11
SG channel
heads (2)
Dampierre 1
SG 3 triple
point
PWSCC of
base metals
and welds
But: defects
may originate
from LOMI
decon
Contribution of hot and cold laboratory investigations to the resolution of EDF Alloys 600/182/82 PWSCC
issues. F. Cattant, F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier, C. Bibollet, S. De-Vito EDF EPRI 2005 International
PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference and Exhibit Show. Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-66
18/10/2005 12
SG channel heads (3)
Saint Laurent B1 SG
2 hot channel head
hammered by loose
parts during
commissioning tests
2 cylindrical
specimens ( 45 mm)
Shallow PWSCC in
cold work areas (base
metal)
Contribution of hot and cold laboratory investigations to the resolution of EDF Alloys 600/182/82 PWSCC
issues. F. Cattant, F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier, C. Bibollet, S. De-Vito EDF EPRI 2005 International
PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference and Exhibit Show. Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-67
18/10/2005 13
SG channel heads (4)
Gravelines SG 2 hot
channel head
2 PT indications in
the weld
Cylindrical specimen
( ~13 cm)
LOF and
interdendritic
corrosion prior to
commissioning
+ shallow partition
plate PWSCC
Contribution of hot and cold laboratory investigations to the resolution of EDF Alloys 600/182/82 PWSCC
issues. F. Cattant, F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier, C. Bibollet, S. De-Vito EDF EPRI 2005 International
PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference and Exhibit Show. Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-68
18/10/2005 14
Laboratory studies: PWSCC initiation: Susceptibility
Index (1)
Stress corrosion susceptibility index : 10000 / i
s
i
T
i
M
Stress Index
I
V
= k
1
V
4
Temperature index
,
T
= k
2
.
exp(-180000/RT)
Material index
i
M
Contribution of hot and cold laboratory investigations to the resolution of EDF Alloys 600/182/82 PWSCC
issues. F. Cattant, F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier, C. Bibollet, S. De-Vito EDF EPRI 2005 International
PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference and Exhibit Show. Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-69
18/10/2005 15
PWSCC initiation: Susceptibility Index (2)
Correlation between the susceptibility Index and the field
experience
Contribution of hot and cold laboratory investigations to the resolution of EDF Alloys 600/182/82 PWSCC
issues. F. Cattant, F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier, C. Bibollet, S. De-Vito EDF EPRI 2005 International
PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference and Exhibit Show. Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-70
18/10/2005 16
PWSCC Initiation: Studies (1)
PWSCC initiation time needed for
Characterization of the materials used for laboratory
studies
Characterization of materials used in the field
Determination of the life of field components
Comparing TT600 to MA600
Comparing A600 to A182/82
Support to field inspection interval determination
Contribution of hot and cold laboratory investigations to the resolution of EDF Alloys 600/182/82 PWSCC
issues. F. Cattant, F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier, C. Bibollet, S. De-Vito EDF EPRI 2005 International
PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference and Exhibit Show. Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-71
18/10/2005 17
PWSCC Initiation Studies (2)
Example: PWSCC threshold determination for as-
welded A182
100
1000
100 1000 10000 100000 1000000
Dure quivalente 325C (h)
C
o
n
t
r
a
i
n
t
e
a
p
p
l
i
q
u
e
(
M
P
a
)
CC-polie
CC-crouie
CC-poli-NF
CC-crouie-NF
200
300
400
500
600
absence de
fissuration
R
p0,2
Contribution of hot and cold laboratory investigations to the resolution of EDF Alloys 600/182/82 PWSCC
issues. F. Cattant, F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier, C. Bibollet, S. De-Vito EDF EPRI 2005 International
PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference and Exhibit Show. Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-72
18/10/2005 18
PWSCC Propagation Studies (1)
Following RPV CRDM PWSCC discovery, some units
had to operate with cracked heads
PWSCC CGR needed to establish optimized
inspection intervals
PWSCC CGR needed to optimize the heads
replacement planning
PWSCC propagation model developed for various
heats of CRDM materials
Propagation model further validated by field
inspections
Contribution of hot and cold laboratory investigations to the resolution of EDF Alloys 600/182/82 PWSCC
issues. F. Cattant, F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier, C. Bibollet, S. De-Vito EDF EPRI 2005 International
PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference and Exhibit Show. Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-73
18/10/2005 19
PWSCC Propagation Studies (2)
Influence of K, T and Material
(da/dt)
max325
= D.(K
Tinitial
K
ISCC
)
0.3
exp (-130 000/RT)
1,00E-12
1,00E-11
1,00E-10
1,00E-09
1,00E-08
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
KT initial (MPam1/2)
(
d
a
/
d
t
)
m
a
x
(
m
/
s
)
WF675
WH220
HB400
Contribution of hot and cold laboratory investigations to the resolution of EDF Alloys 600/182/82 PWSCC
issues. F. Cattant, F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier, C. Bibollet, S. De-Vito EDF EPRI 2005 International
PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference and Exhibit Show. Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-74
18/10/2005 20
PWSCC Propagation Studies (3)
Laboratory PWSCC CGR curve validated by field experience
Upper bound curve at 290 C in laboratory : da/dt = D.(K-9)
0.3
Mean curve measured on plants at 290 C : da/dt = E.(K-9)
0,5
1,E-12
1,E-11
1,E-10
1,E-09
0 20 40 60 80 100
K (MPa.m0.5)
(
d
a
/
d
t
)
2
9
0
(
m
/
s
)
(da/dt)upper 290
WF675
plants, hot dome
plants, cold dome
plants, hot calcul 290
mean curve, plants
upper curve WF675,
290C, laboratory
mean curve,
plants 290C
4 mm
Contribution of hot and cold laboratory investigations to the resolution of EDF Alloys 600/182/82 PWSCC
issues. F. Cattant, F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier, C. Bibollet, S. De-Vito EDF EPRI 2005 International
PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference and Exhibit Show. Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-75
18/10/2005 21
Conclusion (1)
At the high levels of standardization across the EDF PWR
fleet, materials problems become generic; waiting for an
unforeseen material failure is unacceptable
EDF must adopt a proactive approach to minimize the
impact of material degradation on plant availability,
especially problems associated with alloy A600/182/82
The EDF materials management strategy relies heavily on
DEs of field components in the Hot laboratories at Chinon
and on laboratory studies (both in-house and with partners)
Contribution of hot and cold laboratory investigations to the resolution of EDF Alloys 600/182/82 PWSCC
issues. F. Cattant, F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier, C. Bibollet, S. De-Vito EDF EPRI 2005 International
PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference and Exhibit Show. Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-76
18/10/2005 22
Conclusion (2)
Hot Laboratory DEs have provided significant contributions
to resolving A600/182/82 issues, for example:
Pressurizer nozzles DEs showed that A600 had to be
replaced with SS
RPV head CRDMs DEs showed that operating with a leak
was not recommended in particular because of the risk of
OD PWSCC initiation
SG channel heads DEs showed that PWSCC was not
significant even with cold work conditions; consequently
field inspection requirements could be relaxed
Contribution of hot and cold laboratory investigations to the resolution of EDF Alloys 600/182/82 PWSCC
issues. F. Cattant, F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier, C. Bibollet, S. De-Vito EDF EPRI 2005 International
PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference and Exhibit Show. Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-77
18/10/2005 23
Conclusion (3)
Cold Laboratory studies were a major contributor to the
A600/182/82 zones maintenance policy, in particular regarding:
The ranking of the A600/182/82 zones according to their
PWSCC susceptibility (optimization of the field inspections
strategy)
The determination of RPV upper and lower head
penetrations inspection interval
The determination of CRDM repair or replacement criteria
(CGR studies)
The determination of the margins brought by TT600 as
compared to MA600 and of A182 or A82 as compared to
A600
Contribution of hot and cold laboratory investigations to the resolution of EDF Alloys 600/182/82 PWSCC
issues. F. Cattant, F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier, C. Bibollet, S. De-Vito EDF EPRI 2005 International
PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference and Exhibit Show. Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-78
18/10/2005 24
Conclusion (4)
The beneficial role played by Hot and Cold Laboratory
studies in minimizing PWSCC in the French PWR Fleet
is clear. No other CRDM leak has occurred in a French
RPV head, which contrasts with PWR RPV head
cracking incidents worldwide
This EDF materials strategy and recent US
approaches have some similarities, in particular
regarding the DE of field components or specimens:
South Texas Project 1, North Anna 2, Davis Besse
Contribution of hot and cold laboratory investigations to the resolution of EDF Alloys 600/182/82 PWSCC
issues. F. Cattant, F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier, C. Bibollet, S. De-Vito EDF EPRI 2005 International
PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference and Exhibit Show. Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-79
18/10/2005 25
International Symposium related to the topic
of this presentation:
Fontevraud 6
Contribution of materials investigation to the
resolution of light water reactors issues
Fontevraud, France, September 18 21 2006
Contribution of hot and cold laboratory investigations to the resolution of EDF Alloys 600/182/82 PWSCC
issues. F. Cattant, F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier, C. Bibollet, S. De-Vito EDF EPRI 2005 International
PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference and Exhibit Show. Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
Session K: Keynote Speakers
2-80
3
SESSION 1A: CRACK GROWTH AND INITIATION
The subject of crack growth and initiation in nickel-based alloys was addressed by six
participants in Session 1A. Summaries of the presentations are given below followed by the
questions asked, responses provided, and comments made by the participants concerning each
presentation. Click on the links to access directly copies of the materials presented together with
extended abstracts.
MRP Development of Crack Growth Rate Disposition Curves for Primary
Water Stress Corrosion Cracking (PWSCC) of Thick-Section Alloy 600
Components and Alloy 82, 182, and 132 Weldments, presented by G. White,
DEI (Paper 1A.1)
This presentation was given by G. White of Dominion Engineering, Inc. (DEI). The main points
made during the presentation were as follows:
x In 2001 and 2002, the Materials Reliability Program (MRP) developed a crack growth rate
(CGR) equation for thick-wall Alloy 600 wrought material [7]. It is based on controlled
testing of fracture mechanics specimens fabricated using 26 heats of thick-wall Alloy 600
material. Evaluation of the screened laboratory data on a heat-by-heat basis resulted in a log-
normal distribution of CGR curves that describes the observed variability in crack growth
rates. The MRP-recommended CGR curve corresponds to the 75
th
percentile level of this
distribution. As such, the recommended curve may be interpreted as the mean of the upper
half of the distribution describing the variability in CGR due to material heat. The
deterministic CGR equation developed by the MRP for Alloy 600 has been adopted by
Section XI of the ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code for continued-service evaluation of
PWSCC flaws detected in PWR reactor vessel closure head nozzles, including CRDM
nozzles. The MRP deterministic curve, and the probabilistic distribution of CGR data upon
which it is based, have also been applied as a key input to industry safety assessments for
PWSCC.
x The MRP study of the crack growth rates applicable for Alloy 600 wrought material also
included an assessment of the potential effect on CGR of the environment on the OD of a
reactor vessel closure head nozzle following leakage of primary coolant into the annulus
between the penetration nozzle and the vessel head. Based on this evaluation, the MRP
recommended that a factor of 2 be conservatively applied to the MRP CGR curve for
7
Materials Reliability Program (MRP) Crack Growth Rates for Evaluating Primary Water Stress Corrosion
Cracking (PWSCC) of Thick-Wall Alloy 600 Materials (MRP-55) Revision 1, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2002.
1006695.
3-1
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
evaluation of postulated flaws in Alloy 600 RVH nozzle base metal that are in contact with a
wetted annulus environment for leak rates up to 1 liter/h (0.004 gpm).
x A similar requirement for a CGR expression was identified for Alloy 82/182/132 weldments
following observations of cracking in primary circuit welds with high residual stresses and in
some J-groove welds attaching control rod drive mechanism (CRDM) nozzles to the reactor
closure head. In 2004, the MRP completed a CGR study similar to the previous study on the
Alloy 600 base metal. After reviewing the key metallurgical aspects of Alloys 82, 182, and
132, the MRP-115 report [8] describes the data and methods used to develop the CGR
equation for such weldments. The study analyzed in detail the laboratory testing techniques
that have been used to generate CGR data for these weld metals in simulated PWR primary
water environments. Appropriate screening procedures were developed and applied to
produce the final MRP database before using an agreed data reduction methodology to derive
two separate CGR curves as a function of temperature and stress intensity factor for Alloys
82 and 182/32, including consideration of the effects of dendrite orientation. For stress
intensity factors greater than 20 MPam, the new CGR curve for Alloy 182/132 weld metal
is nearly parallel to, and about four times higher than, the previously reported MRP-55 curve
for Alloy 600 wrought material. The MRP study included comparisons with other laboratory
data not used in derivation of the new MRP-115 lines, with the limited field data available
from repeat non-destructive examination inspections of a cracked primary circuit butt weld at
the Ringhals PWR in Sweden, and with the CGR disposition curves that have been proposed
by other workers.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (J.-M. Boursier): In your unified equation of the crack growth rate of Alloy 600
thick products, you do not take into consideration a "material effect." Do you assume that
the crack growth rate of a steam generator partition plate (forging) is equivalent to the crack
growth rate of a vessel head penetration (tube)? What are the consequences in terms of
maintenance strategy in U.S. nuclear power plants?
Response (G. White): The MRP-55 crack growth rate equation was based on controlled
testing of fracture mechanics specimens fabricated using 22 heats of CRDM nozzle, thick-
wall tube, rolled bar, and forged bar material and 4 heats of plate material. No effect of
product form was evident in the screened database for thick-wall Alloy 600 material, with
some heats of many of the product forms (including both forged and rolled bar) having
relatively high crack growth rates and others of these same product forms having relatively
low crack growth rates [9]. However, only one of the 158 data points in the screened
database was identified as being for a forged plate material. The crack growth rate for this
single data point normalized for temperature and stress intensity factor is of intermediate
magnitude. The MRP continues to evaluate crack growth rate data from laboratory tests and
8
Materials Reliability Program Crack Growth Rates for Evaluating Primary Water Stress Corrosion Cracking
(PWSCC) of Alloy 82, 182, and 132 Welds (MRP-115), EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2004. 1006696.
9
G. A. White, J. Hickling, and L. K. Mathews, "Crack Growth Rates for Evaluating PWSCC of Thick-Wall
Alloy 600 Material," Proceedings of 11
th
International Symposium on Environmental Degradation of Materials
in Nuclear Power SystemsWater Reactors (Stevenson, WA, August 1114, 2003), ANS, La Grange Park,
Illinois, 2003, pp. 166179.
3-2
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
in-service inspections to ensure the continued validity of its guidance concerning crack
growth rate equations.
x Question (U. Ehrnsten): What is the basis for "recent investigations appear to provide
convincing evidence that weld defects (e.g. hot cracking) do not play a significant role in
PWSCC initiation and propagation?"
Response (G. White): It is possible to gain some understanding of the effects of hot cracking
and ductility-dip cracking by examining metallurgical sections of the weld in the vicinity of
the main crack and elsewhere to determine the expected density of intergranular crack-like
defects. Mills and Brown [ 10] performed this sort of investigation as part of a program to
measure PWSCC crack growth rates for Alloy 82H test specimens. They observed extremely
few hot cracks and ductility-dip cracks and concluded, therefore, that hot cracking and
ductility-dip cracking had very little or no effect on crack growth rates. Other laboratory
studies [11,12] have tended to support the general conclusion that these types of weld defects
do not play a significant role in PWSCC initiation and propagation. However, it is
recognized that relatively large and sharp weld defects such as some weld lack of fusion
regions may have the potential to promote PWSCC by creating a local stress concentrator
and a high local crack tip stress intensity factor.
Comparative PWSCC Crack Growth Rate Studies of Alloy 52M and Alloy
182 Weld Metals, presented by R. Jacko, Westinghouse (Paper 1A.2)
This presentation was given by R. Jacko and was written by R. Jacko and R. Gold of
Westinghouse. The main points made during the presentation were as follows:
x Crack growth rate (CGR) tests were performed of Alloy 52M and Alloy 182 weld metals in
simulated primary coolant environments at 340C (644F). Tests were performed with the
crack growth direction both parallel to and perpendicular to the weld dendrites.
x CGRs for Alloy 182 weld metal were consistent with published literature for this alloy and
slightly below the EPRI disposition curve. The CGR parallel to dendrites (CGR in the TS
direction) was about 2.5 times higher than CGR perpendicular to the dendrites (CGR in the
TL direction).
x No intergranular cracking was detected in Alloy 52M weld metal. A small amount of
transgranular crack growth was observed, but this was attributed to corrosion fatigue
10
W. J. Mills and C. M. Brown, "Stress Corrosion Crack Growth Rates for Alloy 82H Welds in High Temperature
Water," Proceedings of 11
th
International Conference on Environmental Degradation of Materials in Nuclear
Power SystemsWater Reactors, (Stevenson, WA, August 1114, 2003), ANS, La Grange Park, Illinois, 2003,
pp. 12401254.
11
L. E. Thomas, J. S. Vetrano, S. M. Bruemmer, P. Efsing, B. Forssgren, G. Embring, and K. Gott, "High-
Resolution Analytical Electron Microscopy Characterization of Environmentally Assisted Cracks in Alloy 182
Weldments," Proceedings of 11
th
International Conference on Environmental Degradation of Materials in
Nuclear Power SystemsWater Reactors, (Stevenson, WA, August 1114, 2003), ANS, La Grange Park,
Illinois, 2003, pp. 12121225.
12
Analysis of Stress Corrosion Cracks in Alloy 182 Weld Metal After Exposure to PWR Primary Water (MRP-
107), EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2004. 1009399.
3-3
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
associated with periodic unloading of the test specimens, and not to PWSCC. If the observed
crack growth was nevertheless attributed to PWSCC, it would be about 20 times slower than
the CGR observed with Alloy 182.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (S. Bruemmer): Are there plans to test more specimens in the TS direction (cracks
growth parallel to the dendrites), and at 100C?
Response (R. Jacko): There are no more tests planned in the TS direction, but additional
tests are planned in the TL direction. Regarding crack growth tests at 100C, none have been
performed and none are planned. However, for Alloy 182, rising load tests were performed,
and showed no crack propagation.
x Question (B. Templeton): Your test matrix on Slide 11 indicates that you were investigating
pH variation as a test variable, but your test results seem to indicate no pH effectcan you
confirm that?
Response (R. Jacko): Yes. We observed no variation in crack growth rate based on pH for
Alloy 182 or Alloy 52M in the range that we tested.
x Question (unidentified attendee): Did you consider the possible effects of dilution of the
weld metal by the base material?
Response (R. Jacko): The weldment samples were 11 passes wide by 11 passes deep. The
test samples were taken from the center region of the weldment, such that dilution by the
base material is judged to be insignificant.
x Question (T. Yonezawa): The Alloy 52M weldment was fabricated using the GTAW
process, while the Alloy 182 weldment was fabricated using SMAW. The different
processes can lead to different strength or hardness levels, which can affect crack growth
rates. Did you check the hardness of the weld materials?
Response (R. Jacko): Yes, we tested both for hardness and for tensile strength. The Alloy
182 weld material had a tensile strength of about 60 ksi (414 MPa), and the Alloy 52M had a
tensile strength of about 50 ksi (345 MPa) or a little lower. The Alloy 52M weldment was
made with low constraint; when made with higher constraint, the tensile strength is generally
higher, about 60 ksi (414 MPa).
x Question (J.-M. Boursier): Do know whether the crack propagation in the Alloy 182 weld
material was due to corrosion fatigue or SCC?
Response (R. Jacko): The cracking in the Alloy 182 was all intergranular. No transgranular
crack propagation was observed. However, the load cycling involved in the test probably
had some effect on the measured crack growth rate.
3-4
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
Outline of "Evaluation Technology for SCC Growth of Ni Base Alloys
(NiSCC) Project" in Japan and Current Results in PWR Environment,
presented by Y. Yamamoto, JNES (Paper 1A.3)
This presentation was given by Y. Yamamoto and was written by Y. Yamamoto, M. Ozawa, and
K. Nakata of the Japan Nuclear Energy Safety Organization (JNES). The main points made
during the presentation were as follows:
x CGR tests were performed of Alloy 600, Alloy 132, and Alloy 82 in simulated primary
coolant environments at 340C (644F) and 360C (680F). Tests were performed with the
crack growth direction both parallel to and inclined to the weld dendrites.
x The CGRs in Alloy 82 and 132 weld metals were nearly the same, and were about one order
of magnitude faster than those of base metal Alloy 600. The CGRs of the base metals were
less than 1/5 of the predicted curve from the MRP curve or the modified Scott model, while
those of the weld metals were approximately 5 times larger than the predicted curve.
x CGRs in the base material and in the two weld materials varied with temperature, with the
CGRs being about two times higher at 360C (680F) than at 340C (644F).
x The crack propagation direction in weld metals was along the dendrite direction, even when
the dendrite direction and the direction perpendicular to the peak tensile stress direction were
different.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (J. Hickling): Slide 12 of your presentation shows that even the air fatigue pre-
crack in the specimen with inclined dendrites deviated greatly from the expected direction
based on the specimen loading. This indicates that the dendrite interface properties are very
important in the tested weld and casts some doubt on the real meaning of any K versus da/dt
plot. I realize that you did not actually use the data from this specimen in your evaluations
but would appreciate any comments you have on such anomalous behavior.
Response (Y. Yamamoto): I showed this slide to make a suggestion that the dendrite
interface properties are very important (as you indicated) and to suggest that the crack
direction has to be controlled. We tried to correct the K-value of the specimens with inclined
cracks using fracture mechanics. However, the corrected K vs. da/dt plots were a little bit
lower than those for the specimens with non-inclined cracks that are shown in slide 13. I
think one of the reasons for this result is the lack of consideration of the K
II
mode. Anyway,
in terms of conservatism, I think that it is very important to use specimens machined such
that cracks run parallel to the dendrite direction in order to evaluate the precise CGR.
3-5
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
Finite-Element Analysis of Welding Residual Stresses in Piping Butt
Weldments and their Effect on Crack Tip Stress Intensity Factors,
presented by J. Broussard, DEI (Paper 1A.4)
This presentation was given by J. Broussard and was written by J. Broussard, G. White and E. S.
Hunt of Dominion engineering, Inc. (DEI). The main points made during the presentation were
as follows:
x Classical strength of materials analysis methods and published fracture mechanics solutions
can be used to estimate stresses and crack tip stress intensity factors for use in CGR
calculations. However, these methods do not readily handle anomalies such as weld repairs,
are based on linear superposition, and do not fully consider the effect of stress redistribution
upon crack growth.
x Finite element analysis (FEA) methods are capable of handling factors not readily addressed
by classical superposition methods. In addition, FEA models using parametric inputs permit
different cases to be evaluated quickly.
x FEA methods should be used for important analyses, and as a check of classical
superposition models for other analyses.
x The standard generic industry model (in NUREG 313, Rev. 2) for welding residual stresses
appears to be conservative for as-designed welds but may not be bounding for welds with
repairs.
x Key parameters in calculation of stresses and stress intensity factors for use in CGR
calculations include:
The presence of weld repairs
Assumed crack aspect ratio
Assumed initial crack size
x The assumed value for the stress intensity factor threshold has a small to mild effect on the
crack growth time for relatively large initial crack sizes or high stress locations, but may have
a large effect for small initial crack sizes or relatively low stress locations.
x Fracture mechanics FEA modeling is key to understanding the level of engineering
conservatism in calculating crack growth rates in the presence of weld residual stresses.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (C. Amzallag): Please refer to slide 8: In the case of axial cracks observed at V. C.
Summer and Tsuruga, the crack remains confined in the Alloy 182 weld metal, with no
propagation into the alloy steel nor into the stainless steel. Question: Can your fracture
mechanics models and material properties predict the shape of the cracks observed?
Response (J. Broussard): The material susceptibility of the low-alloy steel and stainless steel
are so low that no significant propagation into these materials occurs, resulting in the general
3-6
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
observed shape in slide 8. Because fracture mechanics FEA methods result in the J-integral
values around the crack front, it is possible to convert the J-integral values to stress intensity
factor values that can be used in combination with an assumed crack growth rate equation to
predict the evolution in shape of the crack front within the Alloy 182 material. We have not
attempted this procedure for the axial crack shown in slide 8.
x Question (P. Scott): Have you investigated the effect of initial misalignment of the two
halves of a butt weld on the residual stress fields?
Response (J. Broussard): No, we have not.
x Question (T. Yonezawa): In your analysis, have you calculated the residual stresses as each
layer of weld metal is applied? Have you evaluated the effect of stress relieving of the inner
weld passes provided by the heating associated with applying outer weld passes?
Response (J. Broussard): The welds typically have 5 to 10 layers of weld passes. The weld
material properties such as yield strength are temperature dependant. Therefore, the effects
of the later passes relieving stresses in the previous ones are considered.
x Question (J. R. Hsu): Please refer to slide 9: NUREG-0313 is for stainless steel residual
stresses. The stainless steel-Alloy 82/182-carbon steel weld in your application has different
material properties. Can residual stresses from NUREG-0313 be used for this application?
Were the finite element model results compared with experimental data?
Response (J. Broussard): FEA results for butt-welding models have been correlated for Ni-
based alloy welds in BWR shroud supports. These welds are similar in configuration to a
pipe butt weld. After cutting out samples from a fabricated reactor vessel, wire EDM was
used to cut through the weld. Strain gauges were used to measure the stress relaxation. The
measured stresses were found to correlate well with the FEA predicted stresses. These
results are discussed in report BWRVIP-59.
x Comment (A. Kroes): One needs to be cautious when determining residual stress without
considering the actual fabrication sequence. Even without weld repair, some welding
sequences can result in high stresses.
x Question (R. Nicholson): Does the finite element residual stress model consider a moving
heat source or consider that a full weld bead is introduced at temperature and then allowed to
cool?
Response (J. Broussard): The finite element model assumes that a weld pass is applied for
the full 360 at one time. A traveling weld bead has not yet been considered.
A Novel Approach for the Mitigation of PWSCC, presented by B. Templeton,
Structural Integrity Associates (Paper 1A.5)
This presentation was given by B. Templeton and written by B. Templeton and B. Gordon of
Structural Integrity Associates (SI). The main points made during the presentation were as
follows:
3-7
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
x Crack initiation tests and crack growth rate tests indicate that increasing the potential a
relatively small amount could possibly inhibit both the initiation and growth of PWSCC
cracks.
x The current program will use constant extension rate tests to determine the effects of
increasing potential on PWSCC initiation, and to determine if increasing the potential can
stop already initiated cracks. Testing started in February 2005.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Comment (J. Hickling): The concept of applying protective potentials to ameliorate PWSCC
was presented to utilities about 1-1/2 years ago. They were concerned about how the
potential could be applied, and about how it would affect nuclear instruments.
x Question (W. Bamford): If you impose a potential on the reactor vessel head, there may be
effects in other parts of the system. Have you thought about these potential effects?
Response (B. Templeton): I agree that there could be side effects. First we are trying to
prove the concept. Conceptually though, we are envisioning a distribution of polarizing
"components" that would throw current locally. Therefore, the side effects should be
minimized. We are not proposing polarization of the entire head.
x Comment (J. Hickling): Applying a potential would not be much different than going to a
very low hydrogen concentration.
Effect of Cyclic Loadings on the Stress Corrosion Crack Growth Rate in
PWR Primary Water, presented by C. Guerre, CEA (Paper 1A.6)
This presentation was given by C. Guerre and written by C. Guerre and O. Raquet of the
Commissariat lEnergie Atomique (CEA) and G. Turluer of the Institute for Radiological
Protection and Nuclear Safety (IRSN). The main points made during the presentation were as
follows:
x Crack growth rate tests were performed at 289C (552qF) and 325C (617qF) of two heats of
Alloy 600 base material in simulated primary water at high R ratios and using both static and
cyclic loading.
x For the conditions and the materials tested, no systematic enhancing effect of cyclic loading
was observed. This could be the result of the heats being too sensitive to SCC, i.e., increases
in crack growth due to cyclic loading might occur for less sensitive heats with lower crack
growth rates. The existence of an enhancing effect of cyclic loading should be investigated
using heats with lower sensitivity.
x Tests at the lower temperature resulted in lower crack growth rates consistent with an
apparent activation energy found in the literature for constant load conditions.
3-8
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (unidentified attendee): The fatigue precrack, as well as the SCC crack, is very
irregular. Why is it so irregular?
Response (C. Guerre): The irregularity is attributed to the high heterogeneity of the base
material.
3-9
MRP Development of Crack Growth Rate Disposition Curves for
Primary Water Stress Corrosion Cracking (PWSCC) of
Thick-Section Alloy 600 Components and Alloy 82, 182, and 132 Weldments
G. A. White
Dominion Engineering, Inc.
11730 Plaza America Drive, #310, Reston, VA 20190
Phone: 703-437-1155, Fax: 703-437-0780, E-mail: gwhite@domeng.com
J. Hickling
EPRI
3412 Hillview Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94304
Phone: 650-855-8976, Fax: 650-855-2002, E-mail: jhicklin@epri.com
C. Harrington
TXU Energy
P.O. Box 1002, Glen Rose, TX 76043
Phone: 254-897-6705, Fax: 254-897-0530, E-mail: charrin1@txu.com
Extended Abstract
Introduction
Nickel-based austenitic alloys, including wrought Alloy 600 and its associated weld metals, are
used extensively in pressurized water reactor (PWR) applications. Recent incidents of primary
water stress corrosion cracking (PWSCC) of Alloy 600 components other than steam generator
tubes in the primary circuits of PWRs have highlighted the need for a qualified equation for
crack growth rates to evaluate flaws found by in-service inspection. This requirement was
fulfilled for the wrought Alloy 600 base material by the issuance in 2002 of the Materials
Reliability Program (MRP) MRP-55 report
1
and the disposition curve established in that work
has since been incorporated into the ASME Section XI Code for flaw evaluation.
A similar requirement was identified for Alloy 82/182/132 weldments following observations of
cracking in primary circuit welds with high residual stresses and in some J-groove welds
attaching control rod drive mechanism (CRDM) nozzles to the reactor closure head. A
preliminary MRP crack growth rate (CGR) curve for Alloy 182 material was published in 2000,
but this was based on a fairly limited experimental database and simplifying assumptions. Weld
metals are by definition as-cast structures and, as such, are much more inhomogeneous than
wrought materials. The scatter introduced by the inhomogeneous nature of weld metals
necessitated the development of a more sophisticated approach. In 2004, the MRP completed its
MRP-115 report
2
on the appropriate crack growth rate disposition curves for the
Alloy 82/182/132 weld metals. Both the MRP-55 and MRP-115 studies were extensively
supported by the work of an international expert panel on PWSCC, organized by EPRI.
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-11
Crack Growth Rate Disposition Curve for Thick-Section Alloy 600 Components
This presentation describes the development of a CGR curve for Alloy 600 base metal by the
MRP.
1,3
It is based on controlled testing of fracture mechanics specimens fabricated using 22
heats of CRDM nozzle, thick-wall tube, rolled bar, and forged bar material and 4 heats of plate
material. Evaluation of the screened laboratory data on a heat-by-heat basis resulted in a log-
normal distribution of CGR curves that describes the observed variability in crack growth rates.
The MRP-recommended CGR curve corresponds to the 75th percentile level of this distribution.
As such, the recommended curve may be interpreted as the mean of the upper half of the
distribution describing the variability in CGR due to material heat. The deterministic CGR
equation developed by the MRP for Alloy 600 has been adopted by Section XI of the ASME
Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code for continued-service evaluation of PWSCC flaws detected in
PWR reactor vessel closure head nozzles, including CRDM nozzles. The MRP deterministic
curve, and the probabilistic distribution of CGR data upon which it is based, have also been
applied as a key input to industry safety assessments for PWSCC.
The MRP study of the crack growth rates applicable for Alloy 600 wrought material also
included an assessment of the potential effect on CGR of the environment on the OD of a reactor
vessel closure head nozzle following leakage of primary coolant into the annulus between the
penetration nozzle and the vessel head. Based on this evaluation, the MRP recommended that a
factor of 2 be conservatively applied to the MRP CGR curve for evaluation of postulated flaws in
Alloy 600 RVH nozzle base metal that are in contact with a wetted annulus environment for leak
rates up to 1 liter/h (0.004 gpm).
Crack Growth Rate Disposition Curves for Alloy 82, 182, and 132 Weldments
After reviewing the key metallurgical aspects of Alloys 82, 182, and 132, the MRP-115 report
2
describes the data and methods used to develop the CGR equation for such weldments. The
study analyzed in detail the laboratory testing techniques that have been used to generate CGR
data for these weld metals in simulated PWR primary water environments. Appropriate
screening procedures were developed and applied to produce the final MRP database before
using an agreed data reduction methodology to derive two separate CGR curves as a function of
temperature and stress intensity factor for Alloys 82 and 182/32, including consideration of the
effects of dendrite orientation. For stress intensity factors greater than 20 MPam, the new CGR
curve for Alloy 182/132 weld metal is nearly parallel to, and about four times higher than, the
previously reported MRP-55 curve for Alloy 600 wrought material. The MRP study included
comparisons with other laboratory data not used in derivation of the new MRP-115 lines, with
the limited field data available from repeat non-destructive examination inspections of a cracked
primary circuit butt weld at the Ringhals PWR in Sweden, and with the CGR disposition curves
that have been proposed by other workers. This presentation summarizes the MRP-115 study,
including an example of the way in which the curves can be applied to the assessment of further
growth through PWSCC of piping butt weld flaws that might be detected in service.
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-12
References
1. Materials Reliability Program (MRP) Crack Growth Rates for Evaluating Primary Water
Stress Corrosion Cracking (PWSCC) of Thick-Wall Alloy 600 Materials (MRP-55)
Revision 1, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2002. 1006695.
2. Materials Reliability Program Crack Growth Rates for Evaluating Primary Water Stress
Corrosion Cracking (PWSCC) of Alloy 82, 182, and 132 Welds (MRP-115), EPRI, Palo Alto,
CA: 2004. 1006696.
3. G. A. White, J. Hickling, and L. K. Mathews, Crack Growth Rates for Evaluating PWSCC
of Thick-Wall Alloy 600 Material, 11
th
International Symposium on Environmental
Degradation of Materials in Nuclear Power SystemsWater Reactors (Stevenson, WA,
August 1114, 2003), ANS, La Grange Park, Illinois, 2003.
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-13
Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
MRP Development of Crack
Growth Rate Disposition
Curves for Primary Water
Stress Corrosion Cracking
(PWSCC) of Thick-Section Alloy
600 Components and Alloy 82,
182, and 132 Weldments
Glenn White Dominion Engineering, Inc.
John Hickling EPRI
Craig Harrington TXU Energy
Session 1A Crack Growth and Initiation
Monday, March 7, 2005
2005 EPRI Int'l PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conf.
Hyatt Regency, Tamaya Resort
Santa Ana Pueblo, New Mexico, USA
March 7-10, 2005
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-14
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 2 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Background
MRP-55 Evaluation for Alloy 600 Wrought Material
Database of Lab Testing Results
Development of Disposition Curve
Comparison with Available Plant Crack Growth Data
Analysis of Environment on CRDM Nozzle OD Above Weld
MRP-115 Evaluation for Alloy 82/182/132 Weld Material
Metallurgical Factors Specific to Weld Metals
Database of Lab Testing Results
Development of Disposition Curves
Comparisons with Other Data
Example
Conclusions
Presentation Outline
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-15
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 3 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Background
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-16
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 4 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Background
EPRI Materials Reliability Program (MRP) Expert Panel on PWR
Primary Water Stress Corrosion Cracking (PWSCC) has been in
existence since August 2001
Core members include representatives from Westinghouse,
AREVA (U.S. and France), MHI, GE, Bettis, KAPL, NRC
Research, ANL, CEA, Vattenfall, Studsvik, DEI, and EPRI
Initial work was to determine a Crack Growth Rate (CGR) flaw
disposition curve for thick-section Alloy 600 components and
assess the likely OD annulus environment for leaking RPV head
penetrations
This base metal curve, published in November 2002 as EPRI
proprietary report # 1006695 (MRP-55), was adopted by ASME
Section XI for evaluation of flaws for continued service
Essential details of the work were published in 2003 by ANS at
the 11
th
Int. Conf. on Env. Deg. of Materials in Nuclear Systems
Priority over the last 2 years has been to develop analogous CGR
disposition curves (da/dt vs. K) for the 82/182/132 weld metals
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-17
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 5 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Locations of Thick-Section Alloy 600
Material in PWR RCS
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-18
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 6 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Typical PWR Reactor Vessel Head Nozzle
PWSCC
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-19
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 7 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Locations of Alloy 82/182/132 Piping Butt
Welds
2
6
4
3
1
7
5
3
2
3
10
12
4
7
8
5
9
1
6
11
Example Westinghouse Design Plant Example CE Design Plant
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-20
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 8 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Locations of Alloy 82/182/132 Piping Butt
Welds (cont'd)
Example B&W Design Plant
1
5
8
6
3
2
9
10
4
13
12
11
7
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-21
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 9 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
MRP-55 Evaluation
for Alloy 600 Wrought Material
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-22
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 10 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
MRP Laboratory CGR Database for Alloy 600
MRP Approach
Relevant, worldwide CGR results were obtained and re-evaluated
so as to screen out inappropriate test data (e.g., no attention was
paid to numerous tests where no crack growth due to PWSCC
was actually observed)
Consolidated database contained 158 data points for average
CGR during each test (consistent with ASTM practice for
measuring fatigue CGRs) plotted at a representative K value
(these ranged from 14.3 to 54.0 MPam)
All were obtained in a controlled primary water test environment
using fracture mechanics specimens (under either constant load
or constant displacement conditions)
Recommended MRP curve for CGR as a function of stress
intensity factor (K) was derived taking into account the statistics of
heat-to-heat variations and the strong effect of temperature
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-23
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 11 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Derivation of MRP-55 Curve for Base Metal
Procedure Adopted
Insufficient data points were available from any single heat
over a wide range of K values to determine the form of CGR
dependence on stress intensity factor
Approach adopted was to assume the same form for the
CGR equation as in the modified Scott equation (derived
from a large amount of field data on SG tubing materials)
This involved assuming a stress intensity threshold value
for crack growth (K
ISCC
) of 9 MPam
Resulted in CGR vs. K power law relationship of the form
da/dt = D(K-9)
E
with Scott exponent E = 1.16
For each of the 26 heats of material in the database, a
mean power-law constant D was then calculated
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-24
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 12 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Derivation of MRP-55 Curve for Base Metal
Distribution of Heat Coefficients
Distribution describing CGR variability was taken as the log-
normal fit to the ordered median ranking of the D values for the 26
heats using most likely estimator methodology
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
1E-13 1E-12 1E-11 1E-10
Power-Law Constant D at 325C (617F)
C
u
m
u
l
a
t
i
v
e
D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n
F
Log-mean D's for 26 heats of Alloy 600
material assuming E = 1.16 with fit log-
normal distribution (most likely estimator);
see Table 3 for log-mean D values for each heat
D
25th Percentile
= 6.7710
-13
D
75th Percentile
= 2.6710
-12
25th Percentile
75th Percentile
D
50th Percentile
= 1.3410
-12
Median
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-25
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 13 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Derivation of MRP-55 Curve for Base Metal
Procedure Adopted (cont'd)
Recommended CGR curve was based on 75th percentile
level of the distribution of CGR variability as a function of
material heat and represents the mean of the upper half of
the distribution
MRP curve lies approx. 20% above the Scott equation
Approach is consistent with ASME code considerations,
where the goal is to make a best estimate of crack growth
Addresses the concern that cracking detected in operating
plants would tend to be in components fabricated from more
susceptible Alloy 600 heats
Likely that CRDM nozzles supplied by some material
vendors may crack at a significantly lower rate than
indicated by the MRP curve
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-26
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 14 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Derivation of MRP-55 Curve for Base Metal
Complete Set of Screened Laboratory Data
1.E-12
1.E-11
1.E-10
1.E-09
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Stress Intensity Factor, K (MPam)
C
r
a
c
k
G
r
o
w
t
h
R
a
t
e
,
d
a
/
d
t
(
m
/
s
)
MRP Curve
Modified Scott Curve
MRP Lab CGR Database (158
points)
Cook2 #75 Length Increase
Cook2 #75 Depth Increase
All data adjusted to 325C (617F)
using an activation energy of
130 kJ/mole (31.0 kcal/mole)
1 mm/yr
MRP Curve
Modified Scott
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-27
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 15 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Derivation of MRP-55 Curve for Base Metal
Practical Implications
Adoption of the Scott equation results in an apparent crack tip
stress intensity factor threshold, K
th
, of 9 MPam (8.19 ksiin)
However, no actual CGR data for CRDM nozzle materials is
available at K values < approx. 15 MPam
Therefore, caution must be exercised when predicting
Alloy 600 crack growth rates for low K values
In contrast, use of the Scott exponent E = 1.16 may result in
conservative estimations of CGR at high K values, since some
test and field data appears to indicate the appearance of a
plateau in the curve
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-28
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 16 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Reasonable agreement with repeat field NDE data (limited
in U.S. to D.C. Cook plant), although large range exists for
calculated values of CGRs from operating plants due to:
uncertainties in ultrasonic measurements of crack size at
two or more different times
uncertainties in the estimates of K, which depend on
estimates of residual stress and the method of
calculating K
uncertainties in actual operating temperatures of CRDM
nozzles in different plants and in different countries
Comparison with Available Plant CGR Data
Approach
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-29
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 17 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Limited U.S. data (from D.C. Cook nozzle #75) lie
well below the MRP curve
Most extensive measurements of CGR in operating
plants are from France
The data have been extrapolated by the MRP from
the reported operating temperatures in the plants to a
standard value of 325C (617F) for comparison
purposes
Values are compared with the results of fictive CGRs
predicted by using:
the reported K values for the French field data
random sampling from upper half of the MRP
distribution for CGRs
the K-dependence of the Scott equation
Comparison with Available Plant CGR Data
Approach (contd)
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-30
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 18 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
1.E-12
1.E-11
1.E-10
1.E-09
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Stress Intensity Factor, K (MPam)
C
r
a
c
k
G
r
o
w
t
h
R
a
t
e
,
d
a
/
d
t
(
m
/
s
)
EDF Field CGRs
Sample of 50-100 Percentile of
MRP Distribution
All data adjusted to 325C (617F)
using an activation energy of
130 kJ/mole (31.0 kcal/mole)
1 mm/yr
The MRP points were created by
sampling the upper half of the MRP
distribution for D and then calculating
the CGR for each EDF field stress
intensity factor K value assuming
K
th
= 9 MPam and E = 1.16.
Comparison with Available Plant CGR Data
Sample of Upper Half MRP Distribution vs. Plant
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-31
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 19 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
1E-11 1E-10 1E-09
Crack Growth Rate (m/s) Normalized to 325C (617F)
C
u
m
u
l
a
t
i
v
e
D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n
F
EDF Field CGRs
Sample of 50-100 Percentile
of MRP Distribution
One additional
MRP point:
7.1E-12
Comparison with Available Plant CGR Data
Coefficient Distributions for the Previous Slide
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-32
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 20 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
CGR in OD Annulus Environment
Environmental Factors Evaluated
Oxygen availability/consumption
Crevice chemistry
Role of Hydrogen
Role of Lithium Hydroxide and Boric Acid
Influence of Possible Impurities from Fabrication
Influence of pH
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-33
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 21 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
CGR in OD Annulus Environment
Analysis Results
Environment #1: Hydrogenated steam
Numerous laboratory tests in hydrogenated steam (e.g.
Economy et al., 1986 1995) have shown that PWSCC
rates are similar to those in normal PWR primary water
at the same temperature
Environment #2: PWR primary water within normal
specifications
Environment #3: Concentrated primary water (for low
leak rates)
A possible slightly alkaline pH is the only expected
significant factor for accelerating the CGR
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-34
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 22 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
CGR in OD Annulus Environment
Conclusions
For evaluation of (hypothetical) OD cracking above the
J-groove weld, the MRP recommends that CGR values
from the curve be multiplied by 2 to allow for uncertainty in
the exact composition of the external chemical environment
The MRP evaluations for cracking connected to the OD
environment are valid for low leak rates (typically < 1 liter/h
or 0.004 gpm)
Plant experience has shown this to be the usual case
Analysis would no longer be valid, however, if leak rates
were sufficiently high to result in a large, local decrease in
temperature and appreciable corrosion of low-alloy steel
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-35
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 23 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
MRP-115 Evaluation
for Alloy 82/182/132 Weld Material
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-36
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 24 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
MRP-115 Evaluation for Weld Metal Materials
Introduction
To date, relatively little PWSCC CGR data (18 points) has
actually been generated in the U.S. on Alloy 82/182 (outside
the naval reactors program)
These points from an EPRI program at Westinghouse were
previously used to generate a preliminary disposition curve
(MRP-21) ~5x higher than Scott model for base metal
Has been used by utilities, but never gained full acceptance
Panels work thus relied mainly on extensive test results
generated overseas (France, Sweden, Japan) and in the
NR program (unscreened database included 261 points)
Extensive consideration of screening criteria to be applied
resulted in realization that PWSCC in weld metals exhibits
additional features that have to be taken into account
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-37
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 25 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Metallurgical Factors Specific to Weld Metals
Cast Structures are Heterogeneous & Complex
Crown
Root
1 mm
(a) (b)
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-38
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 26 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Metallurgical Factors Specific to Weld Metals
Test Blocks Exhibit Different Geometries
Results in different degrees of restraint during weld
shrinkage (and thus varying residual strain levels).
Cooling patterns can also affect dendrite orientation.
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-39
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 27 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Crack growth is along (parallel to)
the direction of the dendrites for the
TS and LS orientations.
Crack growth is across
(perpendicular to) the direction of
the dendrites for the TL, LT, ST,
and SL orientations.
Nomenclature for crack orientation
The first letter denotes the direction normal to the plane of the crack face.
The second letter denotes the direction of crack growth.
Metallurgical Factors Specific to Weld Metals
Specimen Orientation is Critical to Results
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-40
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 28 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Metallurgical Factors Specific to Weld Metals
Crack Fronts May Be Highly Irregular (in 2 & 3D)
Examples of PWSCC fracture surfaces in Alloy 82 weld metal compact tension (CT)
specimens: unclear to what extent patterns arise from fundamental differences in
dendritic grain boundary (GB) susceptibility or from failure to transition adequately from
the transgranular fatigue pre-crack in air (lack of engagement). The latter would be a
test artifact of little relevance to field behavior.
However, recent investigations appear to provide convincing evidence that weld defects
(e.g. hot cracking) do NOT play a significant role in PWSCC initiation and propagation.
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-41
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 29 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
MRP Lab CGR Database for Alloy 82/182/132
Unscreened CGR Data for Alloys 82/182/132
1.E-12
1.E-11
1.E-10
1.E-09
1.E-08
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Stress Intensity Factor, K (MPam)
C
r
a
c
k
G
r
o
w
t
h
R
a
t
e
,
d
a
/
d
t
(
m
/
s
)
All data adjusted to 325C (617F)
using an activation energy of
130 kJ/mole (31.0 kcal/mole)
1mm/yr
All CGRs are reported
maximum CGRs and are
not adjusted to account for
alloy type or crack growth
orientation
MRP-55 Curve
for Alloy 600
MRP-21 Curve
for Alloy 182
1.E-12
1.E-11
1.E-10
1.E-09
1.E-08
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Stress Intensity Factor, K (MPam)
C
r
a
c
k
G
r
o
w
t
h
R
a
t
e
,
d
a
/
d
t
(
m
/
s
)
All data adjusted to 325C (617F)
using an activation energy of
130 kJ/mole (31.0 kcal/mole)
1mm/yr
All CGRs are reported average
CGRs and are not adjusted to
account for percentage
engagement across the crack front,
alloy type, or crack orientation
MRP-55 Curve
for Alloy 600
MRP-21 Curve
for Alloy 182
Complete worldwide results for
AVERAGE CGR (144 points)
Complete worldwide results for
MAXIMUM CGR (158 points)
Decision was made to use average CGR data (as in MRP-55)
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-42
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 30 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
MRP Lab CGR Database for Alloy 82/182/132
Key Data Screening Issues
Material within specifications including composition/condition/heat treatment
Mechanical strength properties
ASTM specimen size criteria and degree of plastic constraint
Pre-cracking technique (inc. straightness criteria, plastic zone size, crack morphology)
Special requirements for testing welds (e.g. pre-crack location, residual stresses/strains)
Environment (chemistry, temperature, electrochemical potential (ECP), flow rate at specimen,
neutron/gamma flux)
Loop configuration (e.g., once-through, refreshed, static autoclave)
Water chemistry confirmation by analysis (e.g., Cl, SO
4
, O
2
, Cr, total organic carbon (TOC),
conductivity)
Active constant or cyclic loading vs. constant displacement loading (e.g., using wedge)
On-line measurement of crack length versus time during test (including precision)
Actual crack length confirmed by destructive examination (assessment method/mapping)
Appropriateness of crack characteristics (fraction SCC along crack front, uniformity,
adequate SCC increment, transgranular portions within IGSCC fracture surface, etc.)
Possible effects of changes in loading or chemistry conditions during a test (including heat
up and cool down)
Calculation and reporting of K or K values
Reporting of raw a vs. t data and derivation of da/dt values
Reproducibility of data under nominally identical test conditions
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-43
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 31 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
MRP Lab CGR Database for Alloy 82/182/132
Screened CGR Data for Alloys 82/182/132
Average CGR data for Alloys 182/132
after screening (43 points)
Average CGR data for Alloy 82 after
screening (34 points)
1.E-12
1.E-11
1.E-10
1.E-09
1.E-08
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Stress Intensity Factor, K (MPam)
C
r
a
c
k
G
r
o
w
t
h
R
a
t
e
,
d
a
/
d
t
(
m
/
s
)
1mm/yr
MRP-55 Curve
for Alloy 600
MRP-21 Curve
for Alloy 182
All CGRs are adjusted to account
for percentage engagement across
the crack front but not alloy type
or crack orientation
1.E-12
1.E-11
1.E-10
1.E-09
1.E-08
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Stress Intensity Factor, K (MPam)
C
r
a
c
k
G
r
o
w
t
h
R
a
t
e
,
d
a
/
d
t
(
m
/
s
)
1mm/yr
MRP-55 Curve
for Alloy 600
MRP-21 Curve
for Alloy 182
All CGRs are adjusted to account
for percentage engagement across
the crack front but not alloy type
or crack orientation
Note the absence of results at K-values < 20 (A182) & < 28 MPam (A82)
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-44
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 32 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Derivation of MRP-115 Curves for Weld Metals
Procedure Adopted to Analyze Screened Data
Modify reported CGR to allow for incomplete initiation of
PWSCC across crack front (divide by engagement fraction)
Adjust to common reference temperature of 325C using an
activation energy of 130 kJ/mole (31 kcal/mole)
Assume no stress intensity factor threshold (i.e. K
ISCC
= 0)
Perform a least-squares multiple linear regression analysis
using factors for weld (i.e. heat), alloy type, and orientation
Analogous to derivation of MRP-55 curve (for Alloy 600),
base the deterministic CGR equation on the 75
th
percentile
of the log-normal distribution for the 19 weld factors
Compare final lines with laboratory data not used in their
derivation, Ringhals plant data, and other disposition curves
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-45
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 33 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Derivation of MRP-115 Curves for Weld Metals
Stress Intensity Factor Threshold for PWSCC
The threshold stress intensity factor, K
ISCC
, is a concept that
is difficult to implement as a practical engineering tool for
PWSCC of nickel-based alloys:
Because SCC is a time-dependent process, K
ISCC
is not an absolute
material property, but depends on test procedure and duration
K
ISCC
is sometimes designated at an arbitrary, slow, selected crack
growth rate
Slow crack growth over long periods can, however, be significant
In nearly all practical cases, SCC initiates in circumstances where
linear elastic fracture mechanics (LEFM) cannot be applied
Initiation and arrest of cracks involve different physical processes
In MRP-55, a threshold K
ISCC
of 9 MPam was assumed as
a curve-fitting parameter for Alloy 600 based on the arrest
of cracks in Alloy 600 steam generator tubes once K values
decreased to ~ 9 MPam
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-46
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 34 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Derivation of MRP-115 Curves for Weld Metals
K
ISCC
Threshold for PWSCC (cont'd)
Given the above, no K
ISCC
was assumed for Alloy 82/182/132:
No screened CGR data at all are available for Alloys 182/132 at
K-values < ~ 20 MPam and for Alloy 82 at K-values < ~ 27 MPam
For the weld metals, no comparable field data are available that might
allow such a threshold to be reasonably estimated
Analyses of weld metal cracking that involve the existence of pre-
existing defects (either real or postulated) could be strongly
influenced by assuming an arbitrary K
ISCC
Trial fits of the laboratory data with and without an imposed threshold
did not support the assumption of a particular K
ISCC
value
This conservative approach has been adopted until data become
available specific to the weld metals that justify a K
ISCC
threshold
The MRP has evaluated the effect of assuming a zero K
ISCC
value on the industry safety assessments for PWSCC of Alloy
82/182 piping butt welds
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-47
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 35 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Derivation of MRP-115 Curves for Weld Metals
Distribution of Screened Data by Weld Factor
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
0.1 1. 10.
Weld Factor, f
weld
C
u
m
u
l
a
t
i
v
e
D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n
F
9 182 Welds
8 82 Welds
2 132 Welds
Log-Normal Fit
Weld factors for 19 welds of Alloy 82/182/132
material with fit log-normal distribution
(most likely estimator), K
th
= 0, and best fit E
25th Percentile
75th Percentile
Median
The Alloy 82 data have been normalized
(increased) by applying a factor of 2.61:
1/f
alloy
= 2.61
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-48
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 36 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Derivation of MRP-115 Curves for Weld Metals
Recommended Disposition Curves (325C)
1.E-12
1.E-11
1.E-10
1.E-09
1.E-08
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Stress Intensity Factor, K (MPam)
C
r
a
c
k
G
r
o
w
t
h
R
a
t
e
,
d
a
/
d
t
(
m
/
s
)
The reference temperature for the
MRP curves is 325C (617F); the
recommended thermal activation
energy for temperature adjustment
is 130 kJ/mole (31.0 kcal/mole),
the same value recommended in
MRP-55 for base metal.
1 mm/yr
MRP-115 Curve for Alloy 182/132
CGR = 1.510
-12
K
1.6
MRP-115 Curve for Alloy 82
CGR = (1.510
-12
/2.6)K
1.6
For crack propagation that is
clearly perpendicular to the
dendrite solidification direction, a
factor of 2.0 lowering the CGR
may be applied to the curves for
Alloy 182 (or 132) and Alloy 82.
MRP-55 Curve for
Alloy 600 Base Metal
Laboratory testing indicates that
the CGR for Alloy 82 is on average
2.6 times lower than that for Alloy
182/132, so the MRP-115 curve
for Alloy 82 is 2.6 times lower
than the curve for Alloy 182/132.
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-49
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 37 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Comparison of MRP-115 Curve with Other Data
Comparison with Ringhals Plant Inspection Data
1.E-12
1.E-11
1.E-10
1.E-09
1.E-08
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Stress Intensity Factor, K (MPam)
C
r
a
c
k
G
r
o
w
t
h
R
a
t
e
,
d
a
/
d
t
(
m
/
s
)
MRP-115 Curve for Alloy 182/132
MRP-115 Curve for Alloy 82
MRP-55 Curve for Alloy 600
Ringhals 3 / Crack 1 / Depth
Increase from 2000 to 2001
Ringhals 3 / Crack 2 / Depth
Increase from 2000 to 2001
1 mm/yr
MRP-115 Curve for
Alloy 182/132
CGR = 1.510
-12
K
1.6
MRP-115 Curve for Alloy 82
CGR = (1.510
-12
/2.6)K
1.6
All curves adjusted to 325C
using an activation energy of
130 kJ/mole (31.0 kcal/mole)
The points for the Ringhals 3 hot leg safe end weld cracks are based on the
depth measurements made in 2000 and 2001 and the stress intensity factors
calculated by Ringhals (points shown at average of initial and final K
corresponding to best estimate initial and final depths). The Ringhals data
were adjusted from the operating temperature of 319C (606F) to the
reference temperature of 325C (617F) using the activation energy of
130 kJ/mole (31.0 kcal/mole).
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-50
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 38 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Comparison of MRP-115 Curve with Other Data
Comparison with Other Disposition Curves
1.E-12
1.E-11
1.E-10
1.E-09
1.E-08
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Stress Intensity Factor, K (MPam)
C
r
a
c
k
G
r
o
w
t
h
R
a
t
e
,
d
a
/
d
t
(
m
/
s
)
MRP-115 Curve for Alloy 182
Ringhals Two-Part Curve
(Adjusted to 325C)
EDF Alloy 182 Curve
MRP-21 Curve for Alloy 182
MRP-55 Curve for Alloy 600
All curves adjusted to 325C (617F)
using an activation energy of
130 kJ/mole (31.0 kcal/mole)
1 mm/yr
MRP-55 Curve
for Alloy 600
MRP-21 Curve
for Alloy 182
MRP-115 Curve for
Alloy 182
CGR = 1.510
-12
K
1.6
Ringhals Two-Part Curve @325C
EDF Alloy 182 Curve
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-51
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 39 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Application of MRP-115 Curves
Example Calculation for Flaw Growth in Alloy 182
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0 60 120 180 240 300
time (months)
a
/
t
(
f
l
a
w
d
e
p
t
h
/
w
a
l
l
t
h
i
c
k
n
e
s
s
)
T=617 F
AR=3
AR=6
AR=10
AR=2
Assumes part-depth circumferential flaw (of various shapes) at a reactor vessel
outlet nozzle in safe end region and includes effect of residual stress.
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-52
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 40 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Conclusions
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-53
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 41 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Conclusions
An international expert panel was formed, collected data,
developed data screening criteria, supported development of data
reduction processes, and made best practices recommendations
for future testing
For the weld metals, in particular, a methodology was developed
for considering the potentially non-conservative effect of
incomplete engagement to intergranular SCC across the
specimen width and over test duration. The approach is
appropriate regardless of whether the incomplete engagement:
is caused by isolated islands of more crack-resistant material, or
is a testing artifact due to the difficulty of the crack transitioning from the
transgranular fatigue pre-crack to the intergranular stress corrosion crack
A stress intensity factor threshold (K
ISCC
) value was:
assumed at 9 MPam as a curve-fitting parameter for the Alloy 600 base
metal on the basis of crack arrest data for field cracks in Alloy 600 steam
generator tubes
not assumed at all (i.e. K
ISCC
= 0) for the Alloy 82/182/132 weld metals, based
on lack of data and other considerations
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-54
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 42 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Conclusions (cont'd)
Linearized, multiple regression statistical models were fitted to the
screened databases for Alloy 600 and for Alloy 82/182/132,
including:
Arrhenius temperature correction
Alloy factor (Alloy 182/132 or Alloy 82) for the weld metals
Crack orientation factor for the weld metals
Crack tip stress intensity factor exponent
Assumed 1.16 value for Alloy 600 based on Scott's work with Alloy 600
steam generator tubes
Best-fit value of 1.6 for the weld metals derived from the MRP screened
laboratory database for Alloy 82/182/132
A "heat" or "weld" factor that accounts for the randomness associated with
composition, material processing, and weld fabrication
Insufficient data were available to include dissolved hydrogen
concentration (i.e., electrochemical potential), cold work, post-
weld heat treatment stress relief, or loading type (constant or
periodic unloading) directly in the models
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-55
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 43 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Conclusions (cont'd)
Detailed comparisons with all other available data were performed
to verify the robustness of the regression models and the absence
of any hidden effects in the overall set of CGR data collected
Comparisons to available plant data from repeat NDE of actual cracks
Comparisons to laboratory data collected using specimens of material actually
removed from operating plants
Comparisons to laboratory data screened from the MRP databases due to
lack of full testing information, or tests not meeting all screening criteria
In other countries, somewhat different approaches have been
used to develop CGR disposition curves for nickel-based alloys
Example analyses were developed for both base and weld metals
As expected, the assumption of no stress intensity factor threshold for the
weld metals has a significant effect for relatively small, part-depth flaws
Recommendations of the expert panel were documented with
regard to best practices for performing future CGR tests with pre-
cracked, nickel-based wrought and weld metal specimens
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-56
MRP PWSCC Growth Rate CurvesMarch 7, 2005 44 Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Conclusions (cont'd)
The methodology and results of this work have now been
published:
MRP-55 (EPRI 1006695) was published in proprietary and non-proprietary
forms in 2002
G. A. White, J. Hickling, and L. K. Mathews, Crack Growth Rates for
Evaluating PWSCC of Thick-Wall Alloy 600 Material, 11
th
International
Symposium on Environmental Degradation of Materials in Nuclear Power
SystemsWater Reactors (Stevenson, WA, August 1114, 2003), ANS, La
Grange Park, Illinois, 2003.
MRP-115 (EPRI 1006696) was published in proprietary form in 2004, with a
non-proprietary version planned for 2005
A paper is planned covering the weld metal study for the 12
th
International
Symposium on Environmental Degradation of Materials in Nuclear Power
Systems (Salt Lake City in August 2005)
The MRP-55 base metal curve was adopted by ASME Section XI
for evaluation of flaws for continued service
The MRP continues to sponsor additional research activities:
Laboratory CGR testing (e.g. on HAZ effects)
Continuing evaluation of plant inspection data in the US and abroad
Monitoring of parallel efforts within the international technical community
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-57
1
Comparative PWSCC Crack Growth Rate Studies of
Alloy 52M and Alloy 182 Weld Metals
Richard J. Jacko and Robert E. Gold
Westinghouse Electric Co., LLC
Materials Center of Excellence
INTRODUCTION
Cracking was detected in a reactor vessel outlet nozzle to pipe safe-end-weld at Ringhals 4 in July 2000.
The degradation consisted of several deep axial cracks in the Alloy 182 weld. The subsequent field
repairs of these nozzle-safe end welds was effected with Alloy 52M, such that Alloy 52M was the weld
metal in contact with the primary water. Alloy 52M is a compositionally-modified version of Alloy 52,
used for the gas tungsten/gas metal arc welding of Alloy 690 components [Ref. 1]. The decision was
made to examine the resistance of Alloy 52M welds to crack propagation in a simulated primary water
environment. To provide direct comparison with other nickel-based welds, specimens of Alloy 182 weld
metal were tested under the same conditions. The results of these crack propagation tests are provided in
this report.
TEST PROGRAM
The crack propagation tests were performed using compact tension specimens prepared according to the
guidelines in ASTM E647. The weld materials were tested as either 0.6T or 0.7T specimens. All testing
was performed at a nominal temperature of 340qC (644qF). The Alloy 52M material used to fabricate the
CT specimens was purchased specifically from Uddcomb Engineering for this program. Most of the
Alloy 182 weld metal specimens were prepared by depositing multipass shielded metal are weld passes in
a V-groove machined into a thick Alloy 600 plate. One Alloy 182 specimen used for the Phase 3 testing
was machined from the first coupon used for the Ringhals process qualification of the repair project. The
specimens were prepared from the as-deposited weld metal i.e., no further heat treatment was used.
For this program, the test specimens were exposed to simulated primary water and the boron and lithium
chemistry changes that occur over a fuel cycle were moderated for each test phase. The dissolved
hydrogen concentration was controlled within a tight range, from a low of 33 cm
3
H
2
/kg H
2
O for Phase 1
to a high of 37 cm
3
H
2
/kg H
2
O for Phase 2. The specimens were prepared as 0.6T or 0.7T compact
tension specimens consistent with the guidelines of ASTM E647. The weld specimens were machined
with 10% side grooves on each side to accommodate the tendency of cracks in welds to grow in
characteristic crystallographic orientations and to deviate from the direction dictated by maximum stress.
For all but one of the specimens for which data are reported here, the specimens were tested in the T-L
orientation, in which the weld dendrites are oriented normal to the crack propagation direction. One
Alloy 182 specimen (182-UE-1) was tested in the T-S direction in which crack extension is parallel to the
dendritic solidification pattern. Specimens were loaded in series such that a single applied load was used
to stress a "chain" of specimens. This necessitated closely matching the specimens in a given test array so
that each specimen experienced the intended nominal stress intensity. The crack propagation was
monitored by interim inspections.
The autoclave systems used hydraulic loading. The unloading was generally performed using an R ratio
of 0.7 (Load
min
/Load
max
). Prior crack growth rate testing of welds showed that these tests present certain
challenges. Principally, there is difficulty transitioning from a transgranular fatigue precrack to an
intergranular or interdendritic PWSCC crack. The unload/reload period was controlled by means of a
sophisticated computer-controlled hydraulic system, which permitted control of the unload/reload period
over the range 10 seconds to 2.5 hours. The tests were performed with initial cyclic loading with cyclic
periods that varied from 30 seconds to 9000 seconds (2.5 hours) to encourage the transition to an
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-59
2
intergranular crack. The cyclic loading involved 4 steps. Cyclic loading periods of 1000 s or longer were
included in calculating the times during which SCC took place.
RESULTS
The specific program for which this report was prepared involved the testing of a single Alloy 182
specimen (designated here as UE-1) and four Alloy 52M specimens. To provide a broader perspective on
these results, six additional Alloy 182 compact tension specimens were tested. At the completion of
testing, most specimens were cyclically loaded to fracture to permit examination of the fracture surfaces.
Table 1 presents a detailed summary of the test results. The format of the table is described as follows.
The top section is a general summary of the test parameters and results. The total test times, autoclave
temperatures and nominal pH and hydrogen concentrations are shown for each test/test set. The lower
five rows provide specific results for:
x % engagement - this is the percentage of the specimen width over which the crack front was
found to have propagated,
x K
avg
and da/dt - these are the actual values determined from post-test examinations of the
specimens,
x da/dt K30 T340C this is the value for the crack growth rate at the test temperature (340qC)
normalized to a stress intensity of 30 MPam (the normalization procedure is described
below)
x da/dt K30 T325C this is the value for the crack growth rate further normalized to a test
temperature of 325qC, the temperature currently being used to normalize the current crack
growth rates of most nickel-based materials for the EPRI MRP program activities.
The subsequent lower sections of Table 1 provide results specific to the individual test phases. Actual
hydrogen concentrations and values of the total measured crack extension (da, in Pm) are shown, in
addition to the actual K
avg
and values determined for da/dt, both as-measured and corrected for stress
intensity and temperature as described above.
Crack growth rates were reported as-measured for the test conditions. As indicated above, these rates
were normalized to a common stress intensity of 30 MPam. The method used was that used in EPRI
MRP-55 (Ref. 2), based on previous efforts by Scott (Ref. 3). These models determine that the crack
growth rate, da/dt, is proportional to the crack tip stress intensity as (K-9)
1.16
. Therefore, to calculate the
crack growth rate for a stress intensity of 30 MPam, the measured da/dt for a test performed at, for
example, a K of 35 MPam was multiplied by [(30-9)/(35-9)]
1.16
or by 0.78. In a similar manner, the
crack growth rates were temperature-corrected to a common temperature of 325C (617F) using an
activation energy of 31.05 kcal/mole (130 kJ/mole) (Ref. 2) to account for small variations in test
temperature. These small corrections to crack growth rate based on stress intensity and temperature allow
direct comparisons to be made from one test to another. The crack growth measurements were taken by
digital analysis of both optical and SEM montage images of the fracture surface. Positions of the notch,
fatigue precrack and final PWSCC crack front were taken by careful measurements across the crack front.
Typically 50 to 200 measurements were taken across the CT specimen depending on the regularity of the
crack front.
Of the six Alloy 182 specimens tested previously with Alloy 52M specimens 52-1 and 52-2, the far left
column presents the averaged results for the two specimens tested at a stress intensity of 41.5 MPam.
The four Alloy 182 specimens reported in the right-adjacent column were tested at an average stress
intensity of 26.8 MPam. Each of these six specimens was tested in both Phases 1 and 2 as shown in
Table 1. The remaining Alloy 182 specimen, UE-1 in Table 1, was tested only in the pH 7.2 environment
of Phase 3 at a stress intensity determined to be 39.6 MPam. As mentioned earlier, this specimen was
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-60
3
tested in the T-S orientation; the measured crack growth rates are seen to be ~2.5 times higher than those
measured for the T-L oriented specimens. The results on Alloy 182 are consistent with industry trends
(Ref. 4).
The remaining four columns in Table 1 present data for the Alloy 52M specimens. Post-test examinations
were performed only for specimens 52-1 and 52-2. Specimen 52-1 was exposed in Phase 1 (pH 7.4) and
Phase 2 (pH 6.9) for a total cumulative exposure of 1402.3 hours at an average stress intensity of 29.5
MPam. Only a small amount of transgranular corrosion fatigue cracking was visible on the fracture
surface. Specimen 52-2 was exposed for a total of 2700.1 hours at an average stress intensity of 32.4
MPam; this specimen was tested in all three pH environments pH 7.4, pH 6.9, and pH 7.2. Again, the
only cracking visible on the fracture surface appeared to be due to transgranular fatigue. The amount of
fatigue cracking experienced in Alloy 52M is consistent with that predicted by Chopra et al. in Reference
5. Note in Table 1 that an upper bound estimate of the rate of stress corrosion cracking was made by
assuming that all cracking observed was due to steady state SCC rather than cycle dependent corrosion
fatigue. The as-measured overall crack growth rates (da/dt at 340qC) are indicated with an asterisk;
corrected/adjusted values for da/dt are not shown in the subsequent rows or in the summaries for the
individual Phase 1, 2 and 3 exposures.
CONCLUSIONS
The results of the compact tension crack growth rate tests for Alloy 182 are consistent with results
published in the literature for this weld metal. The single specimen tested in the T-S orientation exhibited
somewhat higher crack growth rates than those measured previously for Alloy 182 welds tested in the T-L
orientation.
All degradation observed in the Alloy 52M specimens, tested for periods up to 2700 hours at stress
intensities in the 32-35 MPam range, was due to corrosion fatigue resulting from the cyclic load-unload
sequence used in these tests. Examination of the post-test fractured surfaces revealed no indications of
intergranular stress corrosion cracking.
REFERENCES
1. Inconel Filler Metal 52M, Preliminary Data Sheet, Special Metals Welding Products Company
(undated specification sheet).
2. Materials Reliability Program (MRP) Crack Growth Rates for Evaluating Primary Water Stress
Corrosion Cracking (PWSCC) of Thick-Wall Alloy 600 Materials (MRP-55) Revision 1, EPRI,
Palo Alto, CA: 2002. 1006695.
3. P. M. Scott, An Analysis of Primary Water Stress Corrosion Cracking in PWR Steam
Generators, presented at NEA/CSNI Specialist Meeting on Operating Experience with Steam
Generators, Brussels, Belgium, September 16-20, 1991.
4. Minutes of EPRI-MRP PWSCC Crack Growth Expert Panel Meeting, Gaithersburg, Maryland,
MRP 2003-38, October 3, 2003.
5. O. K. Chopra, W. K. Soppet and W. J. Shack, Effects of Alloy Chemistry, Cold Work, and Water
Chemistry on Corrosion Fatigue and Stress Corrosion Cracking of Nickel Alloys and Welds,
NUREG/CR-6721, April 2001.
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-61
4
Table 1 Crack growth rate test results Alloy 52M and Alloy 182 Specimens
Test No. 2 CT spec. 4 CT spec. 5.5C 5.56 5.57 5.58 5.59
Material Alloy 182 Alloy 182 Alloy 182 Alloy 52M Alloy 52M Alloy 52M Alloy 52M
Specimen average average UE-1 52-1 52-2 52-3 52-4
Orientation T-L T-L T-S T-L T-L T-L T-L
Total Test Time (h) 1402.3 1402.3 1297.8 1402.3 2700.1 1297.8 1297.8
Temp. deg C 339.8 339.8 341.6 339.8 340.7 341.6 341.6
pH plan 7.4/6.9 7.4/6.9 7.2 7.4/6.9 7.4/6.9/7.2 7.2 7.2
H
2
(cm
3
/kg) 35 35 35 35 35 35 35
% engagement 96% 84% 92% 96% 58% ?? ??
K avg (MPam) 41.5 26.8 39.6 29.5 32.4 ~34 ~34
da/dt, (m/s) T~340C 3.92E-10 1.93E-10 9.69E-10 1.35E-11* 1.28E-11* not not
da/dt K30,T340(m/s) 2.28E-10 2.34E-10 6.26E-10 max rate max rate examined examined
da/dt K30, T325C 1.21E-10 1.24E-10 3.09E-10 TG -cor. fatig TG -cor. fatig
Phase 1
pH 7.4 7.4 not 7.4 7.4 not not
Li (ppm) 6.5 / 2.6 6.5 / 2.6 tested 6.5 / 2.6 6.5 / 2.6 tested tested
H
2
(cm
3
/kg) 33.6 33.6 33.6 33.6
da (m) 876 493
K avg (MPam) 40.9 27.9 ~31.4 ~31.0
da/dt, (m/s) T~340C 3.49E-10 1.96E-10
da/dt K30,T340(m/s) 2.13E-10 2.25E-10
da/dt K30, T325C 1.14E-10 1.20E-10
Phase 2
pH 6.9 6.9 not 6.9 6.9 not not
Li (ppm) 1.9 / 0.8 1.9 / 0.8 tested 1.9 / 0.8 1.9 / 0.8 tested tested
H
2
(cm
3
/kg) 36.6 36.6 36.6 36.6
da (m) 1528 437
K avg (MPam) 43.3 26.3 ~27.6 ~27.3
da/dt, (m/s) T~340C 6.01E-10 1.72E-10
da/dt K30,T340(m/s) 3.30E-10 2.16E-10
da/dt K30, T325C 1.75E-10 1.14E-10
Phase 3
pH not not 7.2 not 7.2 7.2 7.2
Li (ppm) tested tested 3.2/2.6/2.0/1.1 tested 3.2/2.6/2.0/1.1 3.2/2.6/2.0/1.1 3.2/2.6/2.0/1.1
H
2
(cm
3
/kg) 35.3 35.3 35.3 35.3
da (m) 4526 ?? ?? ??
K avg (MPam) 39.6 ~35.3 ~34 ~34
da/dt, (m/s) T~340C 9.69E-10 not not
da/dt K30,T340(m/s) 6.26E-10 examined examined
da/dt K30, T325C 3.09E-10
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-62
Slide 1
Comparative PWSCC Crack Growth
Rate Studies of Alloy 52M and Alloy
182 Weld Metals
R. J. Jacko and R. E. Gold
PWSCC of Alloy 600
Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7 - 10,
2005
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-63
Slide 2
Background
zIncreased incidences of environmental degradation
(PWSCC) of Alloy 600 and the corresponding weld
metals have emphasized the need for expanding
the corrosion test database.
z The research reported here encompassed:
Crack growth rate testing of Alloy 52M used for
recent weld metal repairs at Ringhals 3 and 4,
Crack growth rate testing of Alloy 182 weld metal
specimens
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-64
Slide 3
Background (contd)
zTesting was performed in partial response to the repair of
cracking detected in a reactor vessel outlet nozzle to pipe
safe-end welds at Ringhals 3 & 4
zPWSCC growth rate testing in primary water conducted
during this program was used to obtain additional evidence
of SCC resistance of Alloy 52M as used during the Ringhals
3 and 4 nozzle repair project
zFurther details about this repair are provided in the
presentation titled RPV Outlet Nozzle Repair (SAFEPLAY)
for Ringhals Units 3 and 4
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-65
Slide 4
Experimental Program Crack
Growth Rate Tests
zCrack growth rate tests were performed on either 0.6T or 0.7T-compact
tension specimens prepared according to the guidelines of ASTM E647
zTesting was performed in 340qC (644qF) simulated primary water;
6.5 to 1.0 ppm Li, 1500 to 250 ppm B, ~35 cm
3
(STP)H
2
/kg H
2
O.
zSpecimens were actively loaded to nominal stress intensities between 26
MPam to 43 MPam.
zSpecimens were periodically unloaded to 0.7 initial load
Unloading period typically 9000 s (2.5 h) for most of test duration
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-66
Slide 5
Composition of Alloy 182 and
52M material
zThe Alloy 52M (Alloy 690 weld) material used to fabricate the CT
specimens was purchased specifically from Uddcomb Engineering for
this program.
zThe Alloy 182 weld metal specimens were prepared at a commercial
welding shop by depositing multi-pass shielded metal arc weld passes
in a V-groove machined into a two-inch by two-inch thick Alloy 600
plate.
zTest compositions are shown below.
C Cr Ni Fe Mn Mo Al Ti Nb + Ta Co
182 75A3 0.040 13.63 68.49 7.11 7.60 0.59 1.87
182 49A9 0.040 14.42 68.49 6.87 7.23 0.61 1.73
52M EX0A51P 0.020 30.04 60.37 8.42 0.81 0.02 0.10 0.21 0.85 0.007
- ++ - - - - - -
Alloy Heat
Composition - Major Elements (wt.%)
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-67
Slide 6
Microstructure of Alloy 52M
welds
Alloy 52M welds do not have intergranular M
23
C
6
/M
7
C
3
carbides present like 690TT
The higher %Cr present is assumed to increase the SCC resistance
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-68
Slide 7
Specimen Orientations
z Sketch showing the orientation of the compact
tension specimens with respect to the weld
orientation.
z All but one specimen was tested in the T-L
orientation where the weld dendrites are oriented
perpendicular to the crack growth direction.
z One specimen (182-UE-1) was tested in the T-S
orientation where the weld dendrites are oriented
parallel to the crack growth direction.
Faster crack growth rates are typically
observed in the T-S orientation.
T-L
Orientation
T-S
Orientation
Alloy 182
Weld
Alloy 52M or
182 Weld
T-L
Orientation
T-S
Orientation
Alloy 182
Weld
Alloy 52M or
182 Weld
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-69
Slide 8
Test Specimens loaded in series
Combinations of 0.6T and 0.7T CTs
zA combination of
Alloy 182 and Alloy
52M CT specimens
were tested in series
Same loads
Same test
solutions
Periodic and final
inspections using
combination of
compliance and
DC Potential
Drop
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-70
Slide 9
A 4-step Cyclic Loading Sequence was used to start
cracks growing during each test phase
zCyclic loading with increasing cyclic periods used to adjust crack
morphology from transgranular fatigue to intergranular PWSCC
zTrapezoidal waveforms used in four steps per Phase per below
zFor steps 3 and 4; 90% of the cycle spent at peak load
Phase 1&2 Load/K Cycle period N 1 t, step t = Phase scc
Step # Range (s) cycles total cycles duration (h) duration (h) time(h)
1 100% max -> 60% 30 1800 1800 15 15 ~0
2 100% max -> 60% 100 648 2448 18 33 ~0
3 100% max -> 70% 1000 90 2538 25 58 25
4 100% max -> 70% 9000 270 2808 676 734 701
Phase 3 Load/K Cycle period N 1 t, step t = Phase scc
Step # Range (s) cycles total cycles duration (h) duration (h) time
1 100% max -> 60% 30 1800 1800 15 15 ~0
2 100% max -> 60% 100 648 2448 18 33 ~0
3 100% max -> 70% 1000 90 2538 25 58 25
4 100% max -> 70% 9000 509 3047 1273 1331 1298
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-71
Slide 10
Test Environments
zpH plan:
Phase 1, pH 7.4, higher [Li]
Phase 2, pH 6.9, lower [Li]
Phase 3, pH 7.2, intermed. [Li]
zTest Materials:
Phase 1 and 2: Six Alloy 182 welds
and Two Alloy 52M welds
Phase 3: One Alloy 182 weld and
three Alloy 52M welds
zTest Temperature: 340C-342C
zAverage H
2
concentration: 35 cm
3
/kg
zTotal Test Duration:
Phases 1&2: 1402 hours at
temperature under load in the test
solution.
Phase 3: 1298 hours at temperature
under load
0
400
800
1200
1600
2
/
1
0
2
/
1
7
2
/
2
4
3
/
3
3
/
1
0
3
/
1
7
3
/
2
4
3
/
3
1
4
/
7
4
/
1
4
4
/
2
1
4
/
2
8
5
/
5
B
o
r
o
n
(
p
p
m
)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
L
i
t
h
i
u
m
(
p
p
m
)
Test 5.5 Boron
Lithium
52M Crack Growth Rate Test - Phase 3
0
400
800
1200
1600
1
5
-
M
a
y
-
0
3
2
2
-
M
a
y
-
0
3
2
9
-
M
a
y
-
0
3
0
5
-
J
u
n
-
0
3
1
2
-
J
u
n
-
0
3
1
9
-
J
u
n
-
0
3
2
6
-
J
u
n
-
0
3
0
3
-
J
u
l-
0
3
1
0
-
J
u
l-
0
3
1
7
-
J
u
l-
0
3
2
4
-
J
u
l-
0
3
B
o
r
o
n
(
p
p
m
)
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
L
i
t
h
i
u
m
(
p
p
m
)
nominal B Actual B nominal Li actual Li
Phase 1 and 2 Boron and Lithium Control Bands
Phase 3 Boron and Lithium Control Bands
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-72
Slide 11
Crack Growth Rate Tests Alloy 182 and Alloy
52M in 340qC Primary Water Overall Summary
Test No. 2 CT spec. 4 CT spec. 5.5C 5.56 5.57
Material Alloy 182 Alloy 182 Alloy 182 Alloy 52M Alloy 52M
Specimen average average UE-1 52-1 52-2
Orientation T-L T-L T-S T-L T-L
Total Test Time (h) 1402.3 1402.3 1297.8 1402.3 2700.1
Temp. deg C 339.8 339.8 341.6 339.8 340.7
pH plan 7.4/6.9 7.4/6.9 7.2 7.4/6.9 7.4/6.9/7.2
H2 (cm^3/kg) 35 35 35 35 35
% engagement 96% 84% 92% 96% 58%
K avg (MPa-m^0.5) 41.5 26.8 39.6 29.5 32.4
da/dt, (m/s) T~340C 3.92E-10 1.93E-10 9.69E-10 1.35E-11* 1.28E-11*
da/dt K30,T340(m/s) 2.28E-10 2.34E-10 6.26E-10 max rate max rate
da/dt, T325C 1.21E-10 1.24E-10 3.09E-10 TG - cfat TG - cfat
**
***
Notes: * Maximum assumed Crack Growth Rate, (assumes all crack growth, including the fatigue component, is due to SCC
** Crack Growth Rate corrected to a common stress intensity factor, K = 30 MPam
*** Crack Growth Rate corrected to a common stress intensity factor, K = 30 MPam and temperature corrected to
325C using 32 kcal/mole
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-73
Slide 12
Alloy 182 PWSCC Results
zIntergranular environmental cracking was observed in all seven Alloy 182
weld specimens.
zFor the two tests, (T-L orientation), conducted at the higher average
stress intensities (approximately 42 MPam), approximately 2 to 3 mm of
growth was observed during the 1402 hours of exposure under stress.
zFor the four tests, (T-L), conducted in the lower stress intensity range
(~27 MPam), an average of 0.9 mm of crack growth was observed.
zFor the one test conducted in the (T-S) orientation at an average stress
intensity of 40 MPam, an average of 4.5 mm of crack growth was
observed during the 1298 hours of exposure
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-74
Slide 13
Fracture Morphology of Alloy
182 (T-L)
-Intergranular cracking clearly seen on the Alloy 182
fracture
surfaces.
- Mid-phase fatigue band also visible
- Interdendritic cracking seen at higher mag.
scc
scc
fatigue
fatigue
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-75
Slide 14
Fracture Morphology of
Alloy 182 (T-S) orientation
zMore significant PWSCC was
observed during testing in the
T-S orientation
zDendrites are oriented parallel
to the growth direction
zAverage crack growth rate was
2.5 times faster in this weld
direction
fatigue
scc
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-76
Slide 15
Comparison of Alloy 182
results with EPRI models
Alloy 182 Crack Growth Rates
1.0E-11
1.0E-10
1.0E-09
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Stress Intensity K, MPa-m
0.5
P
W
S
C
C
G
r
o
w
t
h
R
a
t
e
a
t
3
2
5
C
,
(
m
/
s
)
pH 6.9 pH 7.2 pH 7.4 MRP-115
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-77
Slide 16
Alloy 52M PWSCC Results
z Sketches of the crack profiles determined from the post-test examinations of the fracture
surfaces are presented for Alloy 52M specimens 52-1 and 52-2
z No features indicating an interdendritic PWSCC fracture morphology were noted at any
location along the crack front.
z The only features discernible at the end of the fatigue precrack were small transgranular
bands of additional fatigue propagation
Test 5.56 - CT , Optical
a/W(notch) = 0.475; a/W(pc) = 0.524; a/W(scc) = 0.526; da = 0.062 mm,
da max = 0.227 mm, 96% engagement
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000 13000
CT width (um)
C
r
a
c
k
(
u
m
)
Notch Precrack End of TG Corrosion Fatigue
`
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-78
Slide 17
Fracture Morphology of Alloy
52M (T-L)
The only features discernible at the end of the fatigue precrack were two small
transgranular bands of additional fatigue propagation
fatigue
fatigue
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-79
Slide 18
Corrosion Fatigue explains the
Cracking Observed in the 52M Welds
zA refined fatigue analysis was performed based on a corrosion fatigue
growth correlation published by Chopra et al.
z Based on Chopra model:
94 m of cracking for specimen 52-1, (vs. 62 m measured) and
186 m of cracking for specimen 52-2, (vs. 125 m measured)
zThe agreement between the measured crack advance and the predicted
corrosion fatigue crack advance is reasonable.
zThere were no indications of an interdendritic fracture morphology
observed anywhere along the crack front in either of the two Alloy 52M
specimens that were destructively examined.
These interdendritic features are always observed and
associated with PWSCC in these nickel-base alloy welds.
zThe transgranular fracture morphology for the 52M is entirely explained
by corrosion fatigue crack advance where the transgranular morphology
is what would be expected.
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-80
Slide 19
Comparison: Alloy 182 vs. 52M
Growth Rates
z The corrosion fatigue rates observed for the Alloy 52M specimens are represented as
crack growth rates i.e., in m/s units and plotted with the Alloy 182 data.
1.0E-11
1.0E-10
1.0E-09
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Stress Intensity K, MPa-m
0.5
P
W
S
C
C
G
r
o
w
t
h
R
a
t
e
a
t
3
2
5
C
,
(
m
/
s
)
pH 6.9 pH 7.2 pH 7.4 MRP-115 Alloy 52M - fatigue
Even assuming that the
Alloy 52M fatigue
cracking is due to "time
dependent SCC", the
rates are <20 times lower
than Alloy 182
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-81
Slide 20
Summary
zThe results of the compact tension crack growth rate tests for Alloy 182
are consistent with results published in the literature for this weld metal.
zGrowth rates obtained were slightly below an Alloy 182 curve proposed
by EPRI.
zAll cracking observed in the Alloy 52M specimens, tested for periods up
to 2700 hours at stress intensities up to 35 MPam, was due to corrosion
fatigue resulting from the cyclic load-unload sequence used in these
tests.
zExamination of the post-test fractured surfaces revealed no indications of
intergranular stress corrosion cracking.
zEven if the 52M cracking observed was considered to be due to time-
based PWSCC rather than cycle-based corrosion fatigue, the Alloy 52M
equivalent rates are approximately one-twentieth (or less) those
measured for Alloy 182 tested under the same test conditions.
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-82
Outline of Evaluation Technology for SCC Growth of Ni Base Alloys
(NiSCC) Project in Japan and current results in PWR environment
Y. Yamamoto, M. Ozawa and K. Nakata
Incorporated Administrative Agency
Japan Nuclear Energy Safety Organization (JNES)
Fujita Kanko Toranomon Bldg., 3-17-1, Toranomon, Minato-ku,
Tokyo, 105-0001, Japan
Abstract
1. Outline of NiSCC project
Recently, SCC of Ni base alloys were detected in pressure boundary components of PWRs and
BWRs. If a crack is detected in a component during in-service inspection, the evaluation of crack
growth due to SCC and the evaluation of structural integrity are required. However, data of crack
growth rate (CGR) have not been acquired sufficiently. Therefore, the need to develop the SCC
growth rate evaluation method for base and weld metals of Ni base alloys has been recognized in
Japan.
In view of such situation, the project of Evaluation Technology for Stress Corrosion Crack Growth
of Ni Base Alloys (NiSCC) was commenced in 2000 and will be continued to 2005, which project is
organized by JNES, being supported by the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry (METI) in
Japan. The objectives of the project are to obtain the sufficient data of CGR in Ni base alloys,
especially in their welds and to develop the evaluation method of SCC growth rate for evaluating the
integrity of plants.
The SCC growth tests for base and weld metals of Ni base alloys are being conducted systematically
in simulated PWR and BWR water under constant load condition using CT specimens, in order to
make clear the relation between CGR and stress intensity factor K.
2. Currently obtained results on PWSCC growth tests
In this paper, currently obtained results from the constant load SCC growth tests in simulated PWR
primary water are described. Main targets for these tests are reactor vessel head penetrations, nozzle
safe-ends and in-core instrument nozzles.
Test methods
Materials used were Alloy 82 and 132 weld metals, as well as four heats of Alloy 600 base materials,
which were used for reactor vessel head penetrations of latest and early plant and for in-core
instrument nozzles of latest and early plant respectively. Simulating welding heat inputs of
commercial plants, SMAW and TIG welding techniques were applied for weld metals. Half-inch
compact tension specimens (1/2TCT) were prepared for crack growth test in PWR primary water at
temperatures of 340 and 360C (B:1800 ppm, Li:3.5 ppm, pH:6.4, DO<5 ppb, DH:30 cc/kg). The
specimen had side grooves with 5% depth of the thickness on each side surface. Each specimen was
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-83
pre-cracked at the tip of EDM slit by fatigue in air at room temperature where the maximum K value
was lower than 80% of that for the succeeding crack growth test and an intergranular pre-crack was
introduced in the specimen by a gentle cycle treatment in PWR primary water, in order to obtain
precise crack growth rate. K values were controlled from 20 to 50 MPam
1/2
.
The crack lengths were monitored by means of the reversing direct current potential drop method
(PDM). After the tests, actual crack lengths on the fracture surfaces were measured by averaging
crack lengths along the specimen thickness for each specimen, which were obtained with dividing the
area of SCC by the specimen thickness. Based on these observed results, the crack growth data
measured by PDM method were corrected so that the measured crack length coincided with the
actual one. The average CGRs were obtained from the slope of the corrected crack length vs. time
curve.
Test results
Figure 1 shows the relation between K value and the average CGR of Alloy 600 base metals
compared with the MRP curve [1] and the modified Scott curve [2]. And Fig.2 shows that of Alloy 82
and 132 weld metals compared with the modified Scott curve multiplied some factor on CGR to
specify the upper level of all data. The MRP curve and the modified Scott curve at 340C and 360C
were determined by using an activation energy of 130 kJ/mol.
An example of the fracture surface of Alloy 600 base metal specimen is shown in Fig.3. And that of
Alloy 82 weld metal specimen is shown in Fig.4.
In case of the specimen orientation of Alloy 132 weld metal was not consistent with the dendrite
direction, correct CGR didnt obtained because both fatigue pre-crack and SCC strayed from the
normal direction and propagated along the dendrite direction. Therefore, the CGRs of Alloy 132 weld
metal were determined from the SCC test results using the specimens machined out parallel to the
dendrite direction.
Main results are summarized as follows:
(1) CGRs showed test temperature dependence in both the weld and base metal: the CGR at 360C
was approximately twice as fast as that at 340C at 35 MPam
1/2
.
(2) The CGRs in Alloy 82 and 132 weld metals were nearly one order of magnitude faster than those
of base metal Alloy 600 in all test conditions. Little difference in CGR was observed among the four
heats of Alloy 600.
(3) The CGR data in base metals and weld metals were compared with the modified Scott model. The
experimental CGRs on base metals were less than 1/5 of the predicted curve from the modified Scott
model. On the contrary, those on weld metals were approximately 5 times larger than the predicted
curve.
(4) Interdendritic and intergranular cracks occurred in weld metals, Alloy 82 and 132, and base metal,
Alloy 600, respectively, in the tests. The crack propagation direction in weld metals was along the
dendrite direction, when the dendrite direction and perpendicular to stress direction was different
each other.
Future plan
(1) SCC growth tests under the K increasing condition (constant loading) both in PWR and BWR
environments are ongoing now. Additional data will be obtained in FY2005. From these results, CGR
vs. K curves will be proposed and reflected on regulatory rules on fitness-for-service.
(2) SCC growth tests under the K decreasing condition (constant displacement or load controlled)
and those to evaluate the cold work effects are now planed to be performed.
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-84
References
1. Materials Reliability Program (MRP) Crack Growth Rates for Evaluating Primary Water Stress
Corrosion Cracking (PWSCC) of Thick-Wall Alloy 600 Material (MRP-55) Non-proprietary
version, July 18, 2002.
2. Scott, P. M. An Analysis of Primary Water Stress Corrosion Cracking in PWR Steam Generators,
Presented at NEA/CSNI Specialist Meeting on Operating Experience with Steam Generators,
Brussels, Belgium, September 16-20, 1991.
1.l1?
1.l11
1.l10
1.l09
1.l08
1.l0
0 20 40 60 80
Stress Intensity Factor K (MPa m
1/2
)
C
G
R
d
a
/
d
t
(
m
/
s
)
Modified Scott Curve
(360C)5
10
-8
10
-9
10
-10
10
-11
10
-12
10
-7
(340C)5
Alloy 132
Alloy 82
Alloy 132
Alloy 82
360C
340C
1.l1?
1.l11
1.l10
1.l09
1.l08
1.l0
0 ?0 0 b0 80
Stress Intensity Factor K (MPa m
1/2
)
C
G
R
d
a
/
d
t
(
m
/
s
)
MRP Curve
(360C)
Modified Scott
Curve (360C)
10
-8
10
-9
10
-10
10
-11
10
-12
10
-7
(340C)
(340C)
0 20 40 60 80
Alloy 600
Closed Symbols : 360C
Open Symbols : 340C
for RVH nozzles of latest plant
for RVH nozzles of early plant
for ICI nozzles of latest plant
for ICI nozzles of early plant
Figure 1. Relation between K value and
the average CGR of Alloy 600
at 340C and 360C
Figure 2. Relation between K value and
the average CGR of Alloy 132
and Alloy 82 weld metals
at 340C and 360C
1 mm
1 mm
EDM slit
Fatigue pre-crack
in air
Env. pre-crack + SCC
Figure 3. An example of the fracture
surface of Alloy 600 specimen
tested at 35 MPa m
1/2
EDM slit
Fatigue pre-crack
Env. pre-crack + SCC
Figure 4. An example of the fracture
surface of Alloy 82 specimen
tested at 35 MPa m
1/2
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-85
0
Outline of Evaluation Technology for SCC
Growth of Ni Base Alloys (NiSCC) Project
in Japan and current results in PWR
environment
Y. Yamamoto, M. Ozawa and K. Nakata
Japan Nuclear Energy Safety Organization
Material Reliability Evaluation Group
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-86
1
NiSCC Project
Background
The need to develop the CGR evaluation method for
base and weld metals of Ni base alloys has been
recognized.
SCC of Ni base alloys in pressure boundary
components of PWRs and BWRs.
- Evaluation of crack growth due to SCC
- Structural integrity assessment
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-87
?
Objectives
To obtain the sufficient data of CGR in nickel base
alloys in PWR and BWR environment for base
metals and weld metals.
To prepare CGR vs. K
curves for evaluation of
the integrity of plants.
CGR vs. K curve
Parameter Material,
Water chemistry,
Temperature, etc.
Stress Intensity Factor K
C
G
R
d
a
/
d
t
NiSCC Project
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-88
3
Target structures
NiSCC Project
PWR
PWR
nozzle
safe-ends
reactor vessel
head penetrations
in-core instrument
nozzles
PWR
PWR
nozzle
safe-ends
reactor vessel
head penetrations
in-core instrument
nozzles
BWR
BWR
ICM housing /
CRD stub tube
welds
shroud
support
nozzle
safe-ends
BWR
BWR
ICM housing /
CRD stub tube
welds
shroud
support
nozzle
safe-ends
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-89
+
FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004 FY2005
Design and fabrication of testing
apparatus
BWR environment (Constant loading and cyclic loading test)
PWR environment-Nozzle (Constant loading test)
PWR environment -SG heat transfer tube
(Constant Loading test)
Preparing Crack Growth
Rate vs. K Curve
Program of Project
NiSCC Project
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-90
Test Conditions
Material :
Base Metal : Alloy 600 MA, 600 TT, 690 TT
Weld Metals : Alloy 132, Alloy 152 (for SMAW)
Alloy 82, Alloy 52 (for TIG)
Water Chemistry : PWR primary water
(simulated beginning of cycle RCS water,
B:1800 ppm, Li:3.5 ppm, pH:6.4, DO<5 ppb, DH:30 cc/kg)
Temperature : 290, 320, 340, 360qC
Stress Intensity Factor : 20 50 MPa m
1/2
(Now, test results of Alloy 600 MA, Alloy 132 and Alloy 82 at 340qC and 360qCare obtained. Other tests are
ongoing now.)
Current results on PWSCC growth tests
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-91
b
Current results on PWSCC growth tests
Chemical compositions of tested materials
Alloy 600 MA
C Si Mn P S Ni Cr Fe Cu
RVH nozzles of latest plant 0.017 0.29 0.32 0.009 0.001 74.03 16.21 8.57 0.05 975, 15 min
RVH nozzles of early plant 0.06 0.33 0.34 0.008 0.001 75.89 15.93 6.98 0.03 1050, 30 min
ICI nozzles of latest plant 0.031 0.25 0.39 0.004 0.001 73.41 16.15 8.94 0.02 930, 60 min
ICI nozzles of early plant 0.03 0.1 0.16 <0.001 0.001 75.31 15.33 8.75 <0.01 800, 120 min
Chemical compositions (wt%)
MA condition
C Si Mn P S Ni Cr Fe Cu Ti Nb+Ta
Alloy 132 0.05 0.22 2.8 0.005 0.004 69.9 15 9.7 <0.01 1.8
Alloy 82 0.03 0.21 3.08 0.001 0.002 73.94 18.32 1.39 0.02 0.33 ?.b1
Chemical compositions (wt%)
Weld metals
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-92
1/2TCT
Weld metal specimen sampling from
the welded joint of thick plate
Specimen sampling from
the actual RVH nozzle
8
0
m
m
OD
110 mm
ID
60 mm
1/2TCT
Specimen sampling from
the actual ICI nozzle
4
5
m
m
Specimen sampling
Current results on PWSCC growth tests
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-93
8
Test Procedure flow
1/2TCT specimens
Fatigue pre-cracking in air (ASTM E647)
Intergranular pre-cracking
in the primary water
Adjustment of water chemistry
Test start : Constant loading, PDM monitoring
SEM observation of fracture surface
Crack growth rate evaluation
PDM
Constant loading
Pre-crack
1/2TCT
Simulated BOC
Primary water
Current results on PWSCC growth tests
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-94
9
Average CGRs based on 'a
ave
were used.
Current results on PWSCC growth tests
CGR determination
t
0
crack area A
Crack length vs. time curve
by PDM monitoring
Time (Hr)
C
r
a
c
k
l
e
n
g
t
h
a
(
m
m
)
'a
PDM
a
0
Measurement of actual
crack length by SEM
average crack length :
'a
ave.
= A/t
0
Correction of crack length
vs. time curve by 'a
ave.
correction factor :
'a
ave
/ 'a
PDM
Time (Hr)
C
r
a
c
k
l
e
n
g
t
h
a
(
m
m
)
'a
PDM
a
0
'a
ave
CGR
Correction factor :
'a
ave
/ 'a
PDM
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-95
10
y b.01l03x 9.30l00
y 1.8l03x 1.03l01
8.0
9.0
10.0
11.0
1?.0
13.0
1+.0
1.0
1b.0
0 100 ?00 300 +00 00 b00 00 800 900 1000
8?
3+0
l 3 M lcm
0.00
30
1800
3.
b.+
3
0. 0.3
)
3
0. ?+
An example of PDM data
Current results on PWSCC growth tests
Time (Hr)
C
r
a
c
k
l
e
n
g
t
h
a
(
m
m
)
Introduction of
intergranular pre-crack
K
max
= 23 MPa m
1/2
(R=0.7, Hold time : 0.3 hr)
Constant loading (periodical unloading)
K
max
= 23 MPa m
1/2
(R=0.7, Hold time : 24 hr)
CGR=5.19u10
-10
m/s
Alloy 82
Tested at 340qC
K = 35 MPa m
1/2
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-96
11
1.l1?
1.l11
1.l10
1.l09
1.l08
1.l0
0 20 40 60 80
Stress Intensity Factor K (MPa m
1/2
)
C
G
R
d
a
/
d
t
(
m
/
s
)
Modified Scott Curve
(360C)5
10
-8
10
-9
10
-10
10
-11
10
-12
10
-7
(340C)5
Modified Scott Curve
(360C)
(340C)
Alloy 132
Alloy 82
Alloy 132
Alloy 82
360C
340C
Relation between K value and the average CGR of
Alloy 132and Alloy 82 weld metals at 340qC and 360qC
Current results on PWSCC growth tests
upper bound of all data
(at 360qC)
da/dt = 4.78u10
-11
(K-9)
1.16
(at 340qC )
da/dt = 2.13u10
-11
(K-9)
1.16
(adjusted for temperature
dependence with an activation
energy of 130 kJ/mole)
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-97
1?
dud`
d``ou
200m
Side view of
tested specimen
Specimen orientation is not consistent
with the dendrite direction because of
horizontal welding. (Alloy 132)
These data were rejected.
Fatigue pre-crack
in air
Env. pre-crack + SCC
EDM
slit
Crack propagated along the dendrite direction
An example of Alloy 132 tested specimen (1)
Current results on PWSCC growth tests
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-98
13
EDM
(1.0mm)
(2.6mm)
5mm
dud`
d``ou
Env. pre-crack + SCC
(max. 2.6mm)
Fatigue pre-crack in air
(approx. 1.0mm)
EDM slit
Side view of tested specimen
Specimen machined out parallel to
the dendrite direction (Alloy 132)
The CGRs of Alloy 132 were
determined by these data.
An example of Alloy 132 tested specimen (2)
Current results on PWSCC growth tests
Fracture surface of tested specimen
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-99
1+
Relation between K value and the average CGR of
Alloy 600 at 340qC and 360qC
Current results on PWSCC growth tests
1.l1?
1.l11
1.l10
1.l09
1.l08
1.l0
0 ?0 +0 b0 80
Stress Intensity Factor K (MPa m
1/2
)
C
G
R
d
a
/
d
t
(
m
/
s
)
MRP Curve
(360C)
Modified Scott
Curve (360C)
10
-8
10
-9
10
-10
10
-11
10
-12
10
-7
(340C)
(340C)
0 20 40 60 80
Modified Scott Curve
(360C)1/4
(340C)1/5
Alloy 600
Closed Symbols : 360C
Open Symbols : 340C
for RVH nozzles of latest plant
for RVH nozzles of early plant
for ICI nozzles of latest plant
for ICI nozzles of early plant
upper bound of all data
(at 360qC)
da/dt = 2.39u10
-12
(K-9)
1.16
(at 340qC )
da/dt = 8.53u10
-13
(K-9)
1.16
(adjusted for temperature
dependence with an activation
energy of 130 kJ/mole)
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-100
1
(1) CGRs showed test temperature dependence in both the
weld and base metal: the CGR at 360qC was
approximately twice as fast as that at 340qC.
(2) The CGRs in Alloy 82 and 132 weld metals were nearly
equal each other, and one order of magnitude faster than
those of base metal Alloy 600.
Summary
Current results on PWSCC growth tests
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-101
1b
(3) The experimental CGRs on base metals were less than 1/5
of the predicted curve from the MRP curve or the
modified Scott model. On the contrary, those on weld
metals were approximately 5 times larger than the
predicted curve.
(4) Interdendritic cracks occurred in weld metals, Alloy 82
and 132, and intergranular cracks occurred in base metal,
Alloy 600, in the tests.
(5) The crack propagation direction in weld metals was along
the dendrite direction, when the dendrite direction and
perpendicular to stress direction was different each other.
Summary
Current results on PWSCC growth tests
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-102
1
Future plan
(1) Additional CGR data acquisition under the K
increasing condition (constant loading) both in PWR
and BWR environments .
From these results, CGR vs. K curves will be proposed and
reflected on regulatory rules on fitness-for-service.
(2) Following items are now planed to be performed.
- SCC growth tests under the K decreasing condition
(constant displacement or load controlled).
- Evaluation of cold work effects.
- SCC growth tests in low K region for K values d 20 MPa m
1/2
.
- SCC growth tests using large scale test models simulating
actual plant components.
NiSCC Project
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-103
Finite-Element Analysis of Welding Residual Stresses
in Piping Butt Weldments and Their Effect on Crack Tip Stress Intensity Factors
J. E. Broussard, G. A. White, and E. S. Hunt
Dominion Engineering, Inc.
11730 Plaza America Drive, #310, Reston, VA 20190
Phone: 703-437-1155, Fax: 703-437-0780, E-mail: jbroussard@domeng.com
Extended Abstract
Recent inspections of nickel-based Alloy 182 piping butt weldments in pressurized water reactor
(PWR) power plants have revealed service-induced low potential stress corrosion cracking
(LPSCC).
1,2
Such cracking has the potential to lead to boric acid corrosion of ferritic steel
pressure boundary components by producing primary coolant leakage and, if circumferential in
orientation, could eventually cause piping rupture.
3
Costly visual and nondestructive
examinations are necessary to ensure safe plant operation. The optimal frequency of such
inspections is sensitive to the rate of crack growth in this weld material, which, in turn, is
influenced by the crack tip stress intensity factor (SIF).
The stress distribution acting on the crack plane is a combination of welding residual stresses and
piping operating stresses. While standard through-wall welding residual stress distributions
based on mockup stress measurements are available for butt weldment geometries, these are
limited in that they are generic for a wide variety of geometries and do not address anomalies
such as weld repairs. The present work examines differences between standard distributions and
those predicted by finite element analysis (FEA) methods.
Whether the residual stress distributions are obtained by classical methods or by FEA, crack tip
SIFs are typically calculated using handbook expressions that use arbitrary cubic stress
distributions acting on the crack plane.
4,5
The distribution applied to the handbook expression is
for the intact case (superposition assumption), regardless of the crack depth or aspect ratio.
These methods may not accurately estimate the true changes in crack tip stress intensity with
crack growth, since the remote stress distribution will change with crack growth through the
weld. The authors have developed an FEA methodology for calculating crack tip SIFs (through
the J-integral parameter) that accounts for the redistribution of stresses with crack growth.
References
1. A. Jenssen, K. Norrgrd, C. Jansson, J. Lagerstrm, G. Embring, and P. Efsing, Structural
Assessment of Defected Nozzle to Safe-End Welds in Ringhals 3 and 4, Fontevraud V
International Symposium on Contribution of Materials Investigation to the Resolution of
Problems Encountered in Pressurized Water Reactors, SFEN, 2002, pp. 4354.
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-105
2. G. Moffat, et al., Development of the Technical Basis for Plant Startup for the V. C.
Summer Nuclear Plant, Proceedings of ASME 2001 Pressure Vessels and Piping
Conference, ASME International, Atlanta, GA, 2001.
3. Materials Reliability Program: Alloy 82/182 Pipe Butt Weld Safety Assessment for US PWR
Plant Designs (MRP-113), EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2004. 1007029.
4. I. S. Raju and J. C. Newman, Stress Intensity Factor Influence Coefficients for Internal and
External Surface Cracks in Cylindrical Vessels, Aspects of Fracture Mechanics in Pressure
Vessels and Piping, ASME PVP Vol. 58, 1982, pp. 3748.
5. A. Zahoor, Section 1.5, Internal Flaw, Arbitrary Stress Distribution, 1 d R
i
/t d 10, in
Chapter 8, Finite Length, Axial Part-Throughwall Flaw, in Volume 3 of Ductile Fracture
Handbook, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 1989. NP-6301-D.
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-106
11730 Plaza America Dr. #310
Reston, VA 20190
703.437.1155
www.domeng.com
Finite-Element Analysis of Welding Residual Stresses
in Piping Butt Weldments and Their Effect on Crack Tip
Stress Intensity Factors
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Hyatt Regency, Tamaya Resort
Santa Ana Pueblo, New Mexico, USA
March 7-10, 2005
John E. Broussard, Glenn A. White, and E. Stephen Hunt
Dominion Engineering, Inc. (DEI)
Session 1A Crack Growth and Initiation
Monday, March 7, 2005
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-107
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 2 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Motivations
Illustrate options for calculating crack growth time
Show effect of key parameters for example butt weld configuration
Illustrate importance of assumptions made when comparing field crack
growth data to experimental data for controlled fracture mechanics
specimens
Show how knowledge of the level of engineering conservatism
depends on the analysis assumptions made
DEI's work in this area includes work sponsored by EPRI.
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-108
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 3 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Outline
Background
Factors Affecting Crack Growth Time
Welding Residual Stress Calculation Methods
Matrix of 12 Example Cases for Pressurizer Surge Line Nozzle
Fracture Mechanics Modeling with Stress Redistribution
Conclusions
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-109
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 4 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Background
PWSCC of Alloy 82/132/182 butt welds has become an increasing
concern
Cracks at several plants (Ringhals 3 & 4, VC Summer, Tsuruga 2, TMI-1)
Leaks at VC Summer and Tsuruga 2 (including small circ flaw at VC Summer)
Crack growth calculations support
Root cause analyses
Safety assessments
Development of inspection guidelines
Evaluation of flaws for continued service
A number of factors affect crack growth predictions
Butt weld design
Operating loads and temperature
Stresses (weld residual, weld repairs, differential thermal expansion, operating loads)
Stress intensity factor calculation model
Crack growth model
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-110
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 5 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Location of Pressurizer Surge Line Nozzle:
Butt Weld Location #1
2
6
4
3
1
7
5
3
2
3
10
12
4
7
8
5
9
1
6
11
Westinghouse Design Plant CE Design Plant
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-111
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 6 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Location of Pressurizer Surge Line Nozzle:
Butt Weld Location #1
B&W Design Plant
1
5
8
6
3
2
9
10
4
13
12
11
7
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-112
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 7 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Overview of Factors Affecting Standard SCC
Crack Growth Calculation for Weld Metals
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-113
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 8 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Circ Cracks Greater Concern Than Axial Cracks
In most cases axial cracks are
limited to width of weld
Cracks in weld do not propagate into
adjacent low-alloy or stainless steel by
SCC
Potential concern is with cases
involving A600 safe ends
Circumferential cracks can grow
through-wall, and around the
circumference
Potential risk of rupture
Potential risk of large leaks (boric acid
corrosion)
Example of cracks detected in a
reactor vessel hot leg outlet nozzle
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-114
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 9 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Welding Residual Stresses
Generic Industry Models
Generic residual stress models established by testing
Most results were for thinner wall BWR piping
Generic models based on nominal fit of test data
NUREG-0313, Technical Report on Material Selection and
Processing Guidelines for BWR Coolant Pressure
Boundary Piping: Final Report
"Evaluations of Flaws in Austenitic Piping," Transactions
of ASME, J. of Pressure Vessel Technology, v. 108, Aug.
1986, pp. 352-366.
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-115
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 10 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Welding Residual Stresses
Finite Element Model of Typical Pressurizer Surge Nozzle Weld
Alloy 182 Butter
Alloy 82/182 Weld
LAS Nozzle
SS Pipe
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-116
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 11 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Welding Residual Stresses
FEA vs. Standard Generic Model (Without Weld Repairs)
For Pipes < 1" Thickness
For Pipes > 1" Thickness
-80.0
-60.0
-40.0
-20.0
0.0
20.0
40.0
60.0
80.0
0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00
Fraction Through Wall (from ID)
W
e
l
d
i
n
g
R
e
s
i
d
u
a
l
H
o
o
p
S
t
r
e
s
s
(
k
s
i
)
Generic <1 Inch Thick
HP Injection (t=0.8, Di/t =2.7)
Instrument (t=0.2, Di/t=5.6)
-80.0
-60.0
-40.0
-20.0
0.0
20.0
40.0
60.0
80.0
0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00
Fraction Through Wall (from ID)
W
e
l
d
i
n
g
R
e
s
i
d
u
a
l
H
o
o
p
S
t
r
e
s
s
(
k
s
i
)
Generic >1 Inch Thick
RPV (t =2.3, Di/t =13.0)
PZR Surge (t=1.7, Di/t=6.0)
PZR Safety (t=1.6, Di/t=3.1)
For Pipes < 1" Thickness
For Pipes > 1" Thickness
-80.0
-60.0
-40.0
-20.0
0.0
20.0
40.0
60.0
0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00
Fraction Through Wall (from ID)
W
e
l
d
i
n
g
R
e
s
i
d
u
a
l
A
x
i
a
l
S
t
r
e
s
s
(
k
s
i
)
Generic <1 Inch Thick
HP Injection (t=0.8, Di/t =2.7)
Instrument (t=0.2, Di/t=5.6)
-80.0
-60.0
-40.0
-20.0
0.0
20.0
40.0
60.0
80.0
0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00
Fraction Through Wall (from ID)
W
e
l
d
i
n
g
R
e
s
i
d
u
a
l
A
x
i
a
l
S
t
r
e
s
s
(
k
s
i
)
Generic >1 Inch Thick
RPV (t =2.3, Di/t =13.0)
PZR Surge (t=1.7, Di/t=6.0)
PZR Safety (t=1.6, Di/t=3.1)
Generic results generally conservative through mid-wall
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-117
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 12 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Welding Residual Stresses
FEA vs. Standard Generic Model (with Weld Repair from ID Surface)
Axial Stress
-80.0
-60.0
-40.0
-20.0
0.0
20.0
40.0
60.0
80.0
0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00
Fraction Through Wall (from ID)
W
e
l
d
i
n
g
R
e
s
i
d
u
a
l
A
x
i
a
l
S
t
r
e
s
s
(
k
s
i
)
Generic >1 Inch Thick
RPV (t =2.3, Di/t =13.0)
PZR Surge (t=1.7, Di/t=6.0)
PZR Safety (t=1.6, Di/t=3.1)
Generic results do not bound FEA results for areas with ID repairs
Hoop Stress
-80.0
-60.0
-40.0
-20.0
0.0
20.0
40.0
60.0
80.0
0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00
Fraction Through Wall (from ID)
W
e
l
d
i
n
g
R
e
s
i
d
u
a
l
H
o
o
p
S
t
r
e
s
s
(
k
s
i
)
Generic >1 Inch Thick
RPV (t =2.3, Di/t =13.0)
PZR Surge (t=1.7, Di/t=6.0)
PZR Safety (t=1.6, Di/t=3.1)
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-118
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 13 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Welding Residual & Operating Stresses
With Partial Arc ID Repair
Condition Axial Stress Hoop Stress
W
e
l
d
i
n
g
R
e
s
i
d
u
a
l
a
n
d
O
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
S
t
r
e
s
s
3
0
A
r
c
I
D
R
e
p
a
i
r
39.9 ksi Max ID Stress 54.6 ksi Max ID Stress
W
e
l
d
i
n
g
R
e
s
i
d
u
a
l
a
n
d
O
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
S
t
r
e
s
s
9
0
A
r
c
I
D
R
e
p
a
i
r
40.2 ksi Max ID Stress 52.0 ksi Max ID Stress 38.6 52.9
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-119
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 14 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Welding Residual & Operating Stresses
With Partial-Arc Weld Repair from ID & OD Surface (FEA vs. FEA)
-50.0
-40.0
-30.0
-20.0
-10.0
0.0
10.0
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00
Fraction Through Wall (from ID)
O
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
A
x
i
a
l
S
t
r
e
s
s
(
k
s
i
)
As-Designed
15 ID Repair
15 OD Repair
Partial-arc weld repairs from ID and OD produce high restraint and
result in through-wall stresses much higher than without weld repairs
-10.0
0.0
10.0
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
60.0
70.0
80.0
0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00
Fraction Through Wall (from ID)
O
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
H
o
o
p
S
t
r
e
s
s
(
k
s
i
)
As-Designed
15 ID Repair
15 OD Repair
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-120
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 15 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Welding Residual Stresses
Conclusions
Welding residual stresses are high and a significant contributor to butt weld
PWSCC
The generic welding residual stress model is conservative for the
as-designed case without repairs
Weld repairs from the ID surface (360 or partial-arc) significantly increase ID
surface stresses
Generic welding residual stress model does not bound FEA results for cases involving
repairs from the ID surface
Partial-arc weld repairs from the OD surface have high restraint and produce
similar through-wall stress distributions as for cases of ID repairs
Generic welding residual stress model does not bound FEA results for cases involving
partial-arc repairs from the OD surface
High stresses for cases involving partial-arc repairs are limited to the repaired
area
Expected to produce cracks limited to the repaired area, not 360
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-121
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 16 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Parameters Considered in Set of 12 Example
Time to Leakage Calculation Cases
Geometry
Weld OD
Weld ID
Weld Thickness
Repaired? As-Designed 30 ID Repair
Temperature
Internal Pressure
External Axial Load
Assumed External Moment
Stress Driving Crack Growth
Type of Model Strength of Materials FEA
Include Weld Residual Stress? Yes No
Residual Stress Method? Standard Curve FEA
Include Thermal Expansion (Q) Stress? Yes (20 ksi on ID) No
Stress Intensity Factor Method
Crack Aspect Ratio
CGR Curve MRP-21 No Threshold
Initial Crack Depth
Modeling Parameter Cases Considered
W
e
l
d
C
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n
Pressurizer Surge Line Nozzle
13.32 inches
10.00 inches
1.66 inches
653F (345C)
Crack Geometry Part-Depth Circumferential
2250 psi
Negligible
2,500,000 in-lb (15.8 ksi max. axial stress)
W
e
l
d
L
o
a
d
i
n
g
S
t
r
e
s
s
M
o
d
e
l
Axial
T
i
m
e
t
o
L
e
a
k
a
g
e
C
a
l
c
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Newman-Raju Solution for Flat Plate
2c /a = 2
10% through-wall (4.2 mm)
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-122
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 17 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Pressurizer Surge Line Nozzle
Path 3 Used for Stress Input to Example Crack Growth Calculations
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-123
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 18 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Stress Results for 12 Example Cases
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Normalized Through-Wall Distance from ID Surface (a /t )
Case 11+12
FEA,
30ID Repair
Case 9+10
FEA,
No Repair
-40,000
-20,000
0
20,000
40,000
60,000
80,000
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Normalized Through-Wall Distance from ID Surface (a /t )
A
x
i
a
l
S
t
r
e
s
s
(
p
s
i
)
Case 1+2
Q Stress,
Residual Stresses
Case 5+6
No Q Stress,
Residual Stresses
Case 3+4
Q Stress,
No Residual Stresses
Case 7+8
No Q Stress,
No Residual
Stresses
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-124
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 19 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Stress Intensity Factor Results for 12 Example
Cases
.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00
Normalized Through-Wall Distance from ID Surface (a /t )
Case 11+12
FEA,
30ID Repair
Case 9+10
FEA,
No Repair
Newman-Raju flat plate
solution* (for cubic
stress distribution)
Aspect ratio = 2c/a = 2
Crack face assumed to
be pressurized
-10
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00
Normalized Through-Wall Distance from ID Surface (a /t )
C
r
a
c
k
T
i
p
S
t
r
e
s
s
I
n
t
e
n
s
i
t
y
F
a
c
t
o
r
a
t
D
e
e
p
e
s
t
P
o
i
n
t
(
M
P
a
m
)
Case 1+2
Q Stress,
Residual Stresses
Case 5+6
No Q Stress,
Residual Stresses
Case 3+4
Q Stress,
No Residual Stresses
Case 7+8
No Q Stress,
No Residual
Stresses
*T. L. Anderson, Fracture Mechanics: Fundamentals and Applications, Second Edition, CRC Press, 1995, p. 632.
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-125
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 20 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Two CGR Curves Assumed in Example Time to
Leakage Calculations
1.E-12
1.E-11
1.E-10
1.E-09
1.E-08
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Stress Intensity Factor, K (MPam)
C
r
a
c
k
G
r
o
w
t
h
R
a
t
e
,
d
a
/
d
t
(
m
/
s
)
Curves based on a reference temperature
of 325C (617F) with the temperature
effect to be calculated with an activation
energy of 130 kJ/mole (31.0 kcal/mole)
1 mm/yr
MRP-21 curve for Alloy 182
(Bamford, et al., 9th Env. Degrad. )
CGR = 1.410
-11
(K9)
1.16
Alternate curve for Alloy 182
with no K threshold
(for example calcs in this
presentation only)
CGR = 3.010
-12
K
1.5
MRP-55 curve for Alloy 600
MRP-115 curve
for Alloy 182
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-126
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 21 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Time for Crack Growth Results:
Strength of Materials Approach to Stress
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00
Normalized Through-Wall Distance from ID Surface (a /t )
T
i
m
e
f
o
r
C
r
a
c
k
G
r
o
w
t
h
t
o
L
e
a
k
a
g
e
(
y
e
a
r
s
)
Case 1
Q Stress,
Residual Stresses
Case 5
No Q Stress,
Residual Stresses
Case 3
Q Stress,
No Residual Stresses
Case 7
No Q Stress,
No Residual
Stresses
K
th
= 9
.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00
Normalized Through-Wall Distance from ID Surface (a /t )
Case 2
Q Stress,
Residual Stresses
Case 6
No Q Stress,
Residual Stresses
Case 4
Q Stress,
No Residual Stresses
Case 8
No Q Stress,
No Residual
Stresses
K
th
= 0
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-127
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 22 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Time for Crack Growth Results:
FEA Approach to Calculating Stress
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00
Normalized Through-Wall Distance from ID Surface (a /t )
T
i
m
e
f
o
r
C
r
a
c
k
G
r
o
w
t
h
t
o
L
e
a
k
a
g
e
(
y
e
a
r
s
)
Case 11 (Kth = 9)
FEA,
30ID Repair
Case 12 (Kth = 0)
FEA,
30ID Repair
No Growth Predicted
for Cases 9 and 10
FEA,
No Repair
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-128
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 23 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Results of 12 Example Time to Leakage
Calculation Cases
1.7
1.5
1.2
1.1
2.4
1.9
2.3
1.6
0.6
0.6
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
Case 1
w/Resid
Kth = 9
Case 2
w/Resid
Kth = 0
Case 3
NoResid
Kth = 9
Case 4
NoResid
Kth = 0
Case 5
w/Resid
Kth = 9
Case 6
w/Resid
Kth = 0
Case 7
NoResid
Kth = 9
Case 8
NoResid
Kth = 0
Case 9
w/Resid
Kth = 9
Case 10
w/Resid
Kth = 0
Case 11
w/Resid
Kth = 9
Case 12
w/Resid
Kth = 0
T
i
m
e
f
o
r
C
r
a
c
k
G
r
o
w
t
h
t
o
L
e
a
k
a
g
e
(
y
e
a
r
s
)
FEA Approach to Stress
N
o
C
r
a
c
k
G
r
o
w
t
h
P
r
e
d
i
c
t
e
d
N
o
C
r
a
c
k
G
r
o
w
t
h
P
r
e
d
i
c
t
e
d
Strength of Materials Approach to Stress
30ID Weld Repair As-Designed Weld
With Thermal Expansion Stress Without Thermal Expansion Stress
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-129
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 24 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Fracture Mechanics with Stress Redistribution
Background
Stress intensity factors are often calculated using
superposition method
For cases with high residual stresses, superposition
Conservatively applies residual stresses as primary loads
Does not allow for stress relaxation and redistribution with crack growth
Development work was performed to modify the existing
stress analysis model to calculate J-integrals including the
effects of stress relaxation with crack growth
J-integral is appropriate for treatment of crack growth driven
by local residual stresses as it reflects the energy release
rate, not just the stress singularity at the crack tip due to
remote loading
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-130
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 25 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Fracture Mechanics with Stress Redistribution
Calculation Methodology
Initial application was for through-wall crack in outer row
CRDM nozzle parallel to weld contour with variable distance
above top of weld
Custom fracture mechanics code added to DEI welding
residual finite-element stress model
Stress redistribution from intact to cracked conditions
modeled
Redistribution modeled as an elastic unloading problem amenable to LEFM
Equivalent stress intensity factor (K) calculated from
J-integral
J-integral calculated using numerical volume integration
J-integral averaged across wall thickness
J-integral approach captures effect of Mode II and III contributions
2
1
avg
eq
J E
K
Q
i
n
)
MRP-105 (Plant C) MRP-104 (Westinghouse Plant Curve)
MRP-104 (CE Plant Curve) / NRC Prelim Assess MRP-103, App. B (B&W Plant Curve)
DEI FEA Model for Alternate Plant EMC2 High Yield Strength Center Nozzle
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-135
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 30 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Conclusions
Classical strength of materials analysis methods and
published fracture mechanics solutions can be used to
estimate stresses and crack tip stress intensity factors.
However, these methods:
Do not readily handle anomalies such as weld repairs
Are based on linear superposition
Do not fully consider the effect of stress redistribution upon crack growth
Finite element methods are capable of handling factors not
readily addressed by classical superposition methods
Finite element models using parametric inputs permit
different cases to be evaluated quickly
Finite element analysis methods should be used
For important analyses
As a check of classical superposition models for other analyses
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-136
Stresses and Stress Intensity Factors in Piping Butt Welds 31 2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Conclusions (continued)
Standard generic model for welding residual stresses
appears to be conservative for as-designed welds but may
not be bounding for repaired welds
Key parameters in calculation of crack growth time:
Weld repair
Assumed crack aspect ratio
Assumed initial crack size
The assumed value for the stress intensity factor threshold:
Has a small to mild effect on the crack growth time for relatively large initial crack
sizes or high stress locations
May have a large effect for small initial crack sizes or relatively low stress
locations
Fracture mechanics FEA modeling is key to understanding
level of engineering conservatism given local residual stress
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-137
A Novel Approach for the Mitigation of PWSCC
Barry Gordon
Structural Integrity Associates, Inc.
3315 Almaden Expressway, Suite 24
San Jose, CA 95118-1557
bgordon@structint.com
408-978-8200
Bryan Templeton
Structural Integrity Associates, Inc.
6855 South Havana Street, Suite 350
Centennial, CO 80112-3868
btemplet@structint.com
303-792-0077
The mitigation of primary water stress corrosion cracking (PWSCC) of Alloy 600 and its weld
metals is critical to the operability of pressurized water reactors (PWRs). Increased efforts are in
place by the industry to develop and qualify effective short-term and long-term PWSCC
remedies. There is also an industry effort to investigate novel approaches for PWSCC
mitigation. This paper examines one such novel approach, i.e., to electronically increase the
corrosion potential of the PWR Alloy 600 components into a corrosion potential range where the
initiation and propagation of PWSCC of Alloy 600 and its weld metals is mitigated.
The results of a series of slow strain rate test (SSRT) conducted at The Ohio State University
(OSU) in the mid-1980s using a tensile specimens machined from Alloy 600 tubing (longitudinal
half-tube splits) with a cold-pressed hump, Figure 1, provided the technical motivation for this
investigation and project [1]. The results of the tests on these specimens, which provide a
complex stress state that facilitates PWSCC, revealed that increasing the corrosion potential of
Alloy 600 in deaerated PWR-type environments mitigated crack initiation, Figure 2. Subsequent
and more recent investigations using real-time crack growth rate monitoring indicated a profound
influence of hydrogen partial pressure/corrosion potential and the observation of worst case
PWSCC at corrosion potentials near the nickel/nickel oxide (N/NiO) equilibrium, Figure 3 [2].
Therefore, a test program has been initiated at the Colorado School of Mines to verify that
anodic polarization of Alloy 600 by perhaps only 100 mV will mitigate PWSCC. This could
eventually lead to the installation of relatively simple anodic protection systems for various
PWSCC susceptible components including top head penetrations, Figure 4.
References
1. N. Totsuka and Z. Szklarska-Smialowska, Effect of Electrode Potential on Hydrogen-
Induced IGSCC of Alloy 600 in an Aqueous Solution at 350 qC, Corrosion, Vol. 43, No.
12, December 1987, , NACE, Houston, TX, p. 734.
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-139
2. G. A. Young, N. Lewis, and D. S. Morton, The Stress Corrosion Crack Growth Rate of
Alloy 600 Heat Affected Zones Exposed to High Purity Water, USNRC-ANL
Conference on Vessel Penetration Inspection, Cracking, and Repairs, September 29
October 2, 2003, Gaithersburg, Maryland.
Figure 1.
PWSCC Split Alloy 600 Tube Tensile Specimens. (All dimensions in mm.) [1]
Figure 2
Percentage of PWSCC on the Fracture Surface as a Function of Applied Potential (SHE) [1]
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-140
Figure 3
Crack Growth Rate vs. Corrosion Potential to the Ni/NiO Transition (SHE) [2]
Counter electrode
- Direct Current
Source
+
Pt reference electrode
e
-
e
-
RPV Head Working electrode
Counter electrode
- Direct Current
Source
+
Pt reference electrode
e
-
e
-
RPV Head Working electrode
Figure 4
Sketch of Possible Anodic Protection System for Top Head Penetrations
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-141
A Novel Approach for the
A Novel Approach for the
Mitigation of PWSCC
Mitigation of PWSCC
Bryan Templeton Bryan Templeton
Structural Integrity Associates, Inc Structural Integrity Associates, Inc
March 7, 2005 March 7, 2005
2005 PWSCC of Alloy 600 International
Conference & Exhibit Show
Santa Ana Pueblo, New Mexico
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-142
PRS PRS- -05 05- -006 006/ /2 2
1. 1.
Demonstrate that Anodic Protection can be
Demonstrate that Anodic Protection can be
used to
used to
Prevent PWSCC initiation in Alloy 600 Components Prevent PWSCC initiation in Alloy 600 Components
Arrest on Arrest on- -going crack growth going crack growth
2. 2.
Establish a practical mitigation scheme
Establish a practical mitigation scheme
3. 3.
Establish a PWSCC testing facility at the
Establish a PWSCC testing facility at the
Colorado School of Mines with both
Colorado School of Mines with both
SSRT/CERT and CGR Testing capability
SSRT/CERT and CGR Testing capability
Project Objectives
Project Objectives
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-143
PRS PRS- -05 05- -006 006/ /3 3
Anodic Protection Conceptual Schematic
Anodic Protection Conceptual Schematic
Counter electrode
- Direct Current
Source
+
Pt reference electrode
e
-
e
-
RPV Head Working
electrode
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-144
PRS PRS- -05 05- -006 006/ /4 4
Pourbaix Diagram for Ni Alloys in LWRs
Pourbaix Diagram for Ni Alloys in LWRs
What is Anodic
What is Anodic
Protection?
Protection?
Shifting potential
Shifting potential
positively on the
positively on the
Pourbaix Diagram
Pourbaix Diagram
P. M. Scott, Corrosion,
Vol. 56, No. 8
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-145
PRS PRS- -05 05- -006 006/ /5 5
OSU Results
OSU Results
% PWSCC on the Fracture Surface as a Function of Applied Potential
Anodic Protection
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-146
PRS PRS- -05 05- -006 006/ /6 6
Effect of Dissolved H
Effect of Dissolved H
2 2
on Alloy X
on Alloy X
-
-
750 HTH Crack
750 HTH Crack
Growth Rate
Growth Rate
at
at
360
360
q
q
C (680
C (680
o o
F)
F)
HTH = 1093 C/1h + 704 C/20h
D. Morton, et al., 10
th
ICEDMNPSWR, 2001
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-147
PRS PRS- -05 05- -006 006/ /7 7
PWSCC Growth Rate vs. Corrosion Potential
PWSCC Growth Rate vs. Corrosion Potential
Difference from Ni/NiO
Difference from Ni/NiO
Nickel Nickel
Oxide Metal
Stability Stability
-50 0 50
P
W
S
C
C
G
r
o
w
t
h
R
a
t
e
,
m
i
l
s
/
d
a
y
Alloy X-750 AH, 338 C, 27.5 MPam
Alloy X-750 HTH, 360 C, 49.4 MPam
Alloy 600, 338 C, 66 MPam
D. Morton, et al., 10
th
ICEDMNPSWR 2001
AH = 885 C/24h + 704 C/20h
HTH = 1093 C/1h + 704 C/20h
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
CP Ni/NiO - CP, mV
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-148
PRS PRS- -05 05- -006 006/ /8 8
PWSCC Test Loop Design
PWSCC Test Loop Design
Regenerative
Heat Exchanger
De-Min Bed
Oxygen Meter
Conductivity
& pH Meter
Flow Meter
Pressure Gauge
Pump
H
2
addition
Pressure Pulsation
Dampener
Valv
e
Water Reservoir with
Evacuation
capability, Argon
bubbling purge, and
H
2
addition directly
into the tank
Distilled Water
B and Li addition
Pressure Gauge
Waste Heat
Exchanger
Slow Strain
Rate Testing
Cortest Equip
Thermocouple
Pressure Regulator
3 Ports into the Autoclave Head
(already exist):
1 Reference Electrode
2 Counter Electrode
3 Thermocouple
Data Acquisition
System
Sintered Metal Water Filter
Low Pressure Rupture Disc
High Pressure Rupture Disc
Pressure Gauge
Valv
e
1 Liter
Autoclave
C
A
B
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-149
PRS PRS- -05 05- -006 006/ /9 9
CSM Labs Test Loop Includes
CSM Labs Test Loop Includes
1 Liter Alloy 600 Autoclave 1 Liter Alloy 600 Autoclave
certified to 5000 psig at 650 certified to 5000 psig at 650
o o
F F
Brand Brand- -new new Cortest Cortest turnkey turnkey
CERT Test System including CERT Test System including
SSRT capability of 6.56 x 10 SSRT capability of 6.56 x 10
- -6 6
to to
6.56 x 10 6.56 x 10
- -8 8
in/s in/s
- -1 1
Dead weight tester with 3 ton Dead weight tester with 3 ton
fulcrum arm for constant load fulcrum arm for constant load
testing testing
Ag Ag- -AgCl AgCl Reference electrode Reference electrode
A
B
C
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-150
PRS PRS- -05 05- -006 006/ /10 10
Other Test Loop Features
Other Test Loop Features
Brand Brand- -new National new National
Instruments Data Acquisition Instruments Data Acquisition
system including: system including:
Remote viewing of system Remote viewing of system
operation (over internet) operation (over internet)
System control programs with System control programs with
automatic shutdown safety automatic shutdown safety
features features
Labview Labview graphical interface graphical interface
Potential measurement and Potential measurement and
impressing capability impressing capability
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-151
PRS PRS- -05 05- -006 006/ /11 11
Test Specimens
Test Specimens
Specimen Design by Institute of Nuclear Safety, Japan
Cold-pressed hump creates complex stress state that facilitates PWSCC
Simple flat dog bone-type or flat-notched specimen geometries did not
consistently produce PWSCC
Status: We have 10 specimens in hand
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-152
PRS PRS- -05 05- -006 006/ /12 12
Current Microstructure and Processing Steps
Current Microstructure and Processing Steps
Cut a strip 1.16 wide, 5 long, and Cut a strip 1.16 wide, 5 long, and
0.375 thick from plate provided by GO 0.375 thick from plate provided by GO
Carlson Carlson - - Heat 36925 2E Heat 36925 2E
Hot rolled down to 0.044 by 20 long in Hot rolled down to 0.044 by 20 long in
8 passes 8 passes
Machined out 10 strips Machined out 10 strips
Pickled in 15% HNO Pickled in 15% HNO
3 3
and 2% HF at 140 and 2% HF at 140
o o
F F
Heat treated to produce intragranular Heat treated to produce intragranular
carbide distribution carbide distribution
Punched center hump to induce cold Punched center hump to induce cold
worked complex stress state worked complex stress state
Etchant: 80 mL
HNO
3
, 3 mL HF
State: As-heat Treated
Grainsize: ASTM 2.5 3.0
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-153
PRS PRS- -05 05- -006 006/ /13 13
Test Plan
Test Plan
1. 1. Successfully crack 3 specimens Successfully crack 3 specimens
by PWSCC with: by PWSCC with:
ECP measurement ECP measurement
No impressed potential No impressed potential
Worst case environmental Worst case environmental
conditions conditions
2. 2. Impress an anodic potential beyond Impress an anodic potential beyond
+80mV range to see if cracking is +80mV range to see if cracking is
prevented in the same worst prevented in the same worst- -case case
environmental conditions environmental conditions
3. 3. Map out the successful operational Map out the successful operational
potential range potential range
4. 4. See if a pre See if a pre- -existing crack can be existing crack can be
arrested arrested
Temperature 617
o
F 325
o
C
Pressure 2200 psig
pH 7.6 @ 617
o
F
Dissolved H2 15 - 25 cc/kg (22 cc/kg first target)
Testing Strain Rate
Li 595 ppm
B 2.2 ppm
O <5 ppb
Reference Electrode Ag - AgCl
Counter Electrode Autoclave
Test Electrode Specimen
1.7 x 10
-7
/s to 5 x 10
-8
/s
Desired Test Conditions
Will conduct interrupted current experiments to measure the
IR drop of the system
Other Test Conditions
Aqueous Concentrations:
Electrodes
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-154
PRS PRS- -05 05- -006 006/ /14 14
Schedule
Schedule
Test Loop construction was completed in
Test Loop construction was completed in
early February
early February
Initial Testing began in mid February
Initial Testing began in mid February
Still demonstrating cracking reproducibility
Still demonstrating cracking reproducibility
Plan to begin anodic testing later this spring
Plan to begin anodic testing later this spring
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-155
PRS PRS- -05 05- -006 006/ /15 15
Results to Date
Results to Date
To be added before presentation
To be added before presentation
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-156
Effect of cyclic loadings on the stress corrosion crack growth rate in PWR primary water.
C. Guerre, O. Raquet
Commissariat lEnergie Atomique (CEA)
DEN/DPC/SCCME/LECA
91191 Gif-sur-Yvette Cedex, France
G. Turluer
Institute for Radiological Protection and Nuclear Safety (IRSN)
DSR/SAMS, BP 17
92262 Fontenay-aux-Roses Cedex, France
Abstract
Fatigue air pre-cracked Compact Tensile (CT) specimens in Alloy 600 were tested in the VENUS
corrosion loop, a high temperature recirculating loop, which reproduces the conditions of primary water
of Pressurized Water Reactors (PWR). In order to assess the effect of cyclic loading on Stress Corrosion
Cracking (SCC) crack growth, CT specimens were tested under either constant load or under low
frequency cyclic loading at 325C and at 289C. Two Alloy 600 materials, with respective microstructure
and mechanical properties, were studied. PWSCC crack growth rates and fracture surface were
characterized by macroscopic and microscopic observations. Comparison of crack growth rates
demonstrated that no systematic accelerating effect was observed for the conditions tested. Comparison of
the results obtained at 325C and at 289C showed that the apparent activation energy could appear
higher under cyclic loading than under constant load.
Introduction
Results of tests show that Alloy 600 is sensitive to stress corrosion cracking in primary water of PWR.
Since few years, there is a growing interest to assess the effects of stress transients on the Primary Water
Stress Corrosion Cracking (PWSCC). Congleton and al. [1] concluded to an accelerating effect of cyclic
loading on Crack Growth Rate (CGR). Daret and Vaillant [2,3,4] showed that the accelerating effect was
not significant for very sensitive heats. Bosch and Vaillant [4,5] agreed with an environmentally assisted
cracking phenomena for frequencies below 0,01 Hz. Concerning the influence of the wave form, Lidar [5]
concluded that the saw-tooth wave form was the most damaging loading.
This study takes place in an IRSN / CEA program that focuses on the effect of low frequency and high R
ratio cyclic loading conditions on Alloy 600 in order to assess the effect of gentle cycling or periodic load
discharge. Two heats were tested, the first one (heat 3110439) was air melt by Allegheny Ludlum and the
specimens were machined in a hot rolled plate, the second one (heat WL344) was produced by Techphy
and was tested as forged.
Materials and experimental procedure
The main properties of the heats are given in table 1. The heat 3110439 was presumed to be more
sensitive to stress corrosion cracking than the WL344 heat.
3110439 WL344
C (%) 0,045 0,060
Vickers hardness 250 Hv 320 Hv
i
245 Hv
Grain size (ASTM) 4,3 4,5 6
Rp
0,2 %
(MPa) / R
m
(MPa) at room temperature 863/920 430 / 720
Rp
0,2 %
(MPa) / R
m
(MPa) at 289C 800 / 853 450 / 700
Rp
0,2 %
(MPa) / R
m
(MPa) at 325C 837 / 850 395 / 650
Table 1 : main properties of Alloy 600 heat 3110439 and heat WL344
i
The Vickers hardness measured in a grain containing intragranular carbides is higher than the hardness
measured in a grain free from carbides.
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-157
Tests were conducted on CT specimen. The thickness was either 25,4 mm or 20 mm according,
respectively, to 1TCT standard and CT 20 standard. All the specimens were air fatigue precracked
according to ASTM E399 and ISO/DIS 7539 standards. After the test, the specimens were broken open
by fatigue in air. Then, the fracture surface was analyzed by scanning electron microscopy in order to
characterize the fracture morphology and to measure the crack length.
The tests are performed in the VENUS corrosion loop. Venus is equipped with four independent
autoclaves, inside which up to three specimens can be tested in a daisy chain. Seven specimens were
tested simultaneously at 325C and eight specimens at 289C. The tests were performed in primary water
(100 ppm boron and 2 ppm lithium). Chlorides, fluorides and sulphates levels were kept lower than 150
ppb thanks to the use of ion exchange resins. The hydrogen content measured by a silver/palladium
membrane was kept within the range 25-50 cc.STP.kg
-1
.
At 325C, three types of waveform were investigated (constant load, triangular or saw-teeth wave form).
Details of the loadings have been described previously [8]. At 289C, specimens were tested only under
either constant load or saw-teeth wave form (R = 0.8 , f = 1.5 10
-3
2.3 10
-3
Hz) during at least 2000 h.
Results
1,E-11
1,E-10
1,E-09
1,E-08
1,E-07
1,E-06
0 10 20 30 40 50
K (MPam
1/2
)
289C - constant
289C - cyclic
325C - constant
325C - cyclic
da / dt (mm.s
-1
)
Figure 1: crack growth rate versus K
(Alloy 600 heat WL344)
1,E-11
1,E-10
1,E-09
1,E-08
1,E-07
1,E-06
0 10 20 30 40 50
K (MPam
1/2
)
289C - constant
289C - cyclic
325C - constant
325C - cyclic
da / dt (mm.s
-1
)
Figure 2: crack growth rate versus K
(Alloy 600 heat 3110439)
The graph of the figure 1 shows the crack growth rates versus the stress intensity factor measured on the
fracture surface for the heat WL344. The specimen tested at 289C and for which the reported crack
growth is 10
-11
mm.s
-1
did not propagate under cyclic loading. This graph shows that cyclic loading does
not lead to an enhanced crack growth rate. Assuming that the crack growth does not depend of the K
factor for the range tested, the comparison of results obtained at 289C and 325C lead to apparent
activation energy of about 190 kJ.mol
-1
under constant load. This value is over 130 kJ.mol
-1
, the reliable
value defined by Le Hong [7] on a statistical basis. Considering an average crack growth rate of 10
-11
mm.s
-1
to simulate that no propagation occurs, the apparent activation energy is even higher under cyclic
loadings.
Results for heat 3110439 are represented on figure 2. Due to the uneven crack front, all crack growth
rates are measured in the middle of the specimen. At 325C, cyclic loadings lead to an increase of the
crack growth rates by a factor 4, that can be considered as significant assuming a scatter ratio of 2 [2]. At
289C, the results are similar to those found for the other heat: cyclic loading lead to a decrease of the
crack growth rate. For the two heats, this effect could be explained by an increase of the apparent
activation energy under cyclic loading.
For all specimens tested, the fracture mode is mainly intergranular under constant load as well as under
cyclic loading.
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-158
1.E-09
1.E-08
1.E-07
1.E-06
1.6 1.65 1.7 1.75 1.8
1000 / T (K
-1
)
HB 400 [7]
WF675 [7]
WL344 cstt
WL344 cycl
da / dt (mm.s
-1
)
HB 400
WF 675
Figure 3 : da/dt versus 1000/T : comparison with values reported by Le Hong and al. [7]
On figure 3, crack growth rates measured on heat WL344 were compared to those reported by Le Hong
[7]. Heat WF 675 was characterized as very sensitive to SCC, whereas heat HB 400 was considered as a
medium sensitive product. Concerning values measured under static load, WL344 can be defined as
showing intermediate sensitivity between HB 400 and WF 675. According to Le Hong [7], cyclic loading
increases crack growth rates of medium sensitive product as HB 400. This graph shows that the behaviour
of heat WL344 is different at 325C as well as at 289C. This graph showed also that if our measurements
can approximately fit the apparent activation energy for constant loading, under cyclic loading the
apparent energy activation could be higher.
Conclusion
Air fatigue precracked CT specimen were tested at 289C and 325 C in primary water of PWR. For the
conditions and the materials tested, no systematic enhancing effect was found under cyclic loading. This
result can be explained by the fact that the heats are too sensitive to SCC. Tests at lower temperature
induced lower crack growth rates consistent with an apparent activation energy found in the literature
under constant load.
The existence of an enhancing effect should be investigated on heats with lower sensitivity.
References
[1] J. Congleton, E.A. Charles, Sui G., Review on effect of cyclic loading on environmental assisted
cracking of alloy 600 in typical nuclear coolant water, Corrosion science, volume 43, (2001)
[2] F. Vaillant, J.M. Boursier, C. Amzallag, J. Champredonde, J. daret, C. Bosch, Influence of a cycling
loading on crack growth rates of alloy 600 in primary water : an overview, 11
th
Int. Conf. Environmental
Degradation of Materials in Nuclear Systems, Stevenson, WA, Aug. 10-14 (2003)
[3] J. Daret, Influence dune sollicitation cyclique sur la vitesse de propagation de fissures dans lalliage
600 massif- Bilan des essais mens sur la boucle Pollux, CEA report RT-SCCME 598, (2002)
[4] F. Vaillant, Le Hong S., Amzallag C., Bosch C., Crack growth rate on vessel head penetrations in
Alloy 600 in primary water, Colloque Fontevraud IV, 14-18 september 1998
[5] C. Bosch , Etude de la relation entre la CSC et la FC basse frquence de lAlliage 600 en milieu
primaire REP, Ph.D. Thesis, University of Bordeaux, France (1998)
[6] P. Lidar, Aspects of crack growth in structural materials in light water reactors, Ph.D. Thesis,
Departement of Material Science and Engineering, Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm, Sweden
(1997)
[7] S. Le Hong, F. Vaillant, C. Amzallag, Synthesis and comparison of crack growth rate measurements
on tubes and plates in Alloy 600 in high temperature hydrogenated primary water, in: Advances in
mechanical behavior, plasticity and damage, volume 2, Euromat 2000, eds D. Miannay, P. Costa, D.
Franois, A. Pineau, (2000)
[8] C. Guerre, O. Raquet, L. Duisabeau, G. Turluer, Effect of cyclic loadings on the stress corrosion crack
growth rate in Alloy 600 in PWR primary water, Eurocorr 2004, 12-16 september 2004
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-159
Nuclear Energy Division Laboratory of Aqueous Corrosion Study
2005 PWSCC of Alloy 600 International Conference & Exhibit Show
Santa Ana Pueblo, March 7-10, 2005
Effect of cyclic loadings
on the stress corrosion crack growth rate
in PWR primary water.
Catherine GUERRE
1
, Olivier RAQUET
1
Guy TURLUER
2
1
CEA, DEN/DPC/SCCME/LECA, 91191 Gif-sur-Yvette Cedex (France)
catherine.guerre@cea.fr
2
IRSN, French Institute for Radiological Protection and Nuclear Safety,
DSR/SAMS, BP 17, 92262 Fontenay-aux-roses Cedex (France)
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-160
Nuclear Energy Division Laboratory of Aqueous Corrosion Study
2005 PWSCC of Alloy 600 International Conference & Exhibit Show
Santa Ana Pueblo, March 7-10, 2005
Context
Context
1. Operating conditions of power plants generate cyclic loading besides
residual and static operational stresses.
For example, French nuclear power plants operate under variable
power.
2. In laboratories, many experimental procedures are used to simulate
propagation under constant loading conditions: constant K, partial
unloading, sequences of gentle cycling
->There is a growing interest to assess the role and effect of cyclic or
stress transients on the PWSCC behaviour of components.
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-161
Nuclear Energy Division Laboratory of Aqueous Corrosion Study
2005 PWSCC of Alloy 600 International Conference & Exhibit Show
Santa Ana Pueblo, March 7-10, 2005
Objectives
IRSN CEA program: Effect of Cyclic Loadings on SCC Growth Rate
in Primary Water Environment
Objectives
This IRSN CEA program focus on the effect of low frequency high
R ratio on Ni based alloys in view to improve knowledge of the
conditions and possible factors leading to enhanced CGR :
mechanical loading (frequency, wave form, )
temperature,
material properties,
under conditions representative of the primary water of PWR.
da
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-162
Nuclear Energy Division Laboratory of Aqueous Corrosion Study
2005 PWSCC of Alloy 600 International Conference & Exhibit Show
Santa Ana Pueblo, March 7-10, 2005
SUMMARY
Context and objectives
Material and experimental procedure
VENUS corrosion loop
Materials and mechanical loadings
Results
Heat WL 344
Heat 3110439
Discussion
Conclusion and perspectives
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-163
Nuclear Energy Division Laboratory of Aqueous Corrosion Study
2005 PWSCC of Alloy 600 International Conference & Exhibit Show
Santa Ana Pueblo, March 7-10, 2005
VENUS corrosion loop :
SCC crack VElocity measurements
in the primary water of PWR NUclear reactors
in CT Specimens using DCPD technique
Re-circulating corrosion loop :
Four independant autoclaves
-> up to three specimen per autoclave in daisy chain
-> 12 specimen in all
Up to 360C and 190 bars
High flow rate -> 2.5 m
3/
h
Water clean-up system (ion exchange resins)
Crack growth monitoring
-> acoustic emission, direct current potential drop method.
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-164
Nuclear Energy Division Laboratory of Aqueous Corrosion Study
2005 PWSCC of Alloy 600 International Conference & Exhibit Show
Santa Ana Pueblo, March 7-10, 2005
Venus loop
Mechanical electrical
cylinder
Frequency : from about
0.5 Hz to 10
-4
Hz
Various wave forms
Dissolved hydrogen level measured by a silver palladium probe
Acoustic emission and DCPD method
Circulating pump
Pressurizer
Heater
Ion exchange resin
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-165
Nuclear Energy Division Laboratory of Aqueous Corrosion Study
2005 PWSCC of Alloy 600 International Conference & Exhibit Show
Santa Ana Pueblo, March 7-10, 2005
MATERIALS : Alloy 600
Experimental procedure
Heat 3110439
(core)
WL 344
(core)
100 m
Heat 3110439 Heat WL344
Air melter Allegheny Ludlum Techphy
Metallurgical form Rolled As forged
Vickers hardness (Hv) 250 -320 245
Grain size (ASTM) 4.3-4.5 6
C (%) 0.046 0.06
Mechanical properties at 20C
Rp
0,2%
(MPa) 863 430
UTS (MPa) 920 720
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-166
Nuclear Energy Division Laboratory of Aqueous Corrosion Study
2005 PWSCC of Alloy 600 International Conference & Exhibit Show
Santa Ana Pueblo, March 7-10, 2005
CT specimen (25,4 mm or 20 mm thick)
Before the SCC test : the specimen are air fatigue precracked (a/W = 0.5) as
recommanded by ASTM E399 standard.
After the test : the specimen are broken open by fatigue in air.
PWR primary water at 325C and 289C
1000 ppm B, 2 ppm Li
water chemistry controlled by ion exchange resins
([Cl
-
], [SO4
2-
], [F
-
] < 50 ppb)
hydrogen content kept within the range 25-50 cc.kg
-1
Loadings conditions
at 325C : constant load or triangular wave form or saw-teeth wave form
at 289C : constant load or saw-teeth wave form
Experimental procedure
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-167
Nuclear Energy Division Laboratory of Aqueous Corrosion Study
2005 PWSCC of Alloy 600 International Conference & Exhibit Show
Santa Ana Pueblo, March 7-10, 2005
325C
Sequential loading * + constant load (+ partial unloading)
Direct loading + constant load
Direct loading + low frequency cycling (f=6 10
- 4
Hz, R=0.8) incl. a high frequency step
Triangular wave form
Saw tooth wave form
* f = 0.3 Hz->10
-3
Hz, R=0.3 -> 0.7
289C
Direct loading + constant load
Direct loading + low frequency cycling (f=6 10
- 4
Hz, R=0.8) incl. a high frequency step
Saw tooth wave form
Experimental procedure : details of the loadings
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-168
Nuclear Energy Division Laboratory of Aqueous Corrosion Study
2005 PWSCC of Alloy 600 International Conference & Exhibit Show
Santa Ana Pueblo, March 7-10, 2005
Fracture surface
Regular crack front.
No crack branching.
Mode I is respected.
Results : heat WL344
325C
Air fatigue pre-crack
Postcrack
1 mm
289C
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-169
Nuclear Energy Division Laboratory of Aqueous Corrosion Study
2005 PWSCC of Alloy 600 International Conference & Exhibit Show
Santa Ana Pueblo, March 7-10, 2005
Intergranular fracture is observed for constant load as well as for cyclic
loadings at 289C and at 325C.
Numerous intergranular precipitates are observed on the fracture surface.
Fracture surface
Results : heat WL344
289 289 C, C, cyclic cyclic loading loading
10 m
325C, 325C, cyclic cyclic loading loading
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-170
Nuclear Energy Division Laboratory of Aqueous Corrosion Study
2005 PWSCC of Alloy 600 International Conference & Exhibit Show
Santa Ana Pueblo, March 7-10, 2005
Crack growth rates
Results : heat WL344
1,E-11
1,E-10
1,E-09
1,E-08
1,E-07
1,E-06
0 10 20 30 40 50
K (MPam
1/2
)
289C - constant 289C - cyclic
325C - constant 325C - cyclic
da / dt (mm.s
-1
)
325C
A plateau effect was observed in a
range from 20 MPa.m
1/2
to 40
MPa.m
1/2
.
No crack growth occured at 289C
under cyclic loadings.
No accelerating effect of cyclic
laodings was found at 289C and at
325C.
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-171
Nuclear Energy Division Laboratory of Aqueous Corrosion Study
2005 PWSCC of Alloy 600 International Conference & Exhibit Show
Santa Ana Pueblo, March 7-10, 2005
Crack growth rates
Results : heat WL344
[1] Le Hong, Vaillant, Amzallag, Synthesis and comparison of crack growth rate measurements on tubes
and plates in alloy 600 in high temperature hydrogenated primary water, Euromat 2000
Le Hong and al. [1]:
Q = 130 kJ/mol
Under constant load :
Q around 190 kJ/mol
(no statistical datas)
medium
sensitive
high
sensitive
1.E-09
1.E-08
1.E-07
1.E-06
1.6 1.65 1.7 1.75 1.8
1000 / T (K
-1
)
HB 400 [7]
WF675 [7]
WL344 cstt
WL344 cycl
da / dt (mm.s
-1
)
HB 400
WF 675
[1]
[1]
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-172
Nuclear Energy Division Laboratory of Aqueous Corrosion Study
2005 PWSCC of Alloy 600 International Conference & Exhibit Show
Santa Ana Pueblo, March 7-10, 2005
Fracture surface
air fatigue
pre-crack
fatigue
postcrack
Results : heat 3110439
Ep235
Sequence loading + constant load
0,5 cm
Sequence loading + constant load
Fracture morphology is a general pattern for all the
specimens :
- at 325c and at 289 C : uneven crack front,
- at 325C : deviation of the primary crack plane
and crack branching, but within the side grooves.
-> microstructural heterogeneities
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-173
Nuclear Energy Division Laboratory of Aqueous Corrosion Study
2005 PWSCC of Alloy 600 International Conference & Exhibit Show
Santa Ana Pueblo, March 7-10, 2005
Results : heat 3110439
1 cm
K = 19.2
MPam
1/2
K = 19.3
MPam
1/2
8 10
-7
mm/s
1,5 10
-7
mm/s
oxides
CT20, 289C,
cyclic loading
Fracture surface
oxide
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-174
Nuclear Energy Division Laboratory of Aqueous Corrosion Study
2005 PWSCC of Alloy 600 International Conference & Exhibit Show
Santa Ana Pueblo, March 7-10, 2005
Fracture surface
Results : heat 3110439
Constant load 289C
Triangular 325C
Intergranular fracture is observed for constant as well as for cyclic loadings at both
temperatures (R ratio =0.8 and low frequency)
Short circuits between the crack sides are found on the fracture surface (broken in
some cases during the high frequency step)
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-175
Nuclear Energy Division Laboratory of Aqueous Corrosion Study
2005 PWSCC of Alloy 600 International Conference & Exhibit Show
Santa Ana Pueblo, March 7-10, 2005
Crack growth rates
Results : heat 3110439
1,E-11
1,E-10
1,E-09
1,E-08
1,E-07
1,E-06
0 10 20 30 40 50
K (MPam
1/2
)
289C - constant 289C - cyclic
325C - constant 325C - cyclic
da / dt (mm.s
-1
)
325C
Crack growth are measured in the
middle part of the specimen (mode I
is respected).
At 325C,
cyclic loading -> x 4
At 289C,
no accelerating effect
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-176
Nuclear Energy Division Laboratory of Aqueous Corrosion Study
2005 PWSCC of Alloy 600 International Conference & Exhibit Show
Santa Ana Pueblo, March 7-10, 2005
Materials:
Irregular crack front on the heat 3110439 Alloy 600 (microstructural
heterogeneities).
Medium to high sensitive heats.
Influence of cyclic loading :
At 325C : Enhancing effect for one heat (x4)
At 289C : Decrease of the crack growth rates
Alloy 600 heats too sensitive to SCC
Influence of the apparent activation energy that is higher under cyclic
loading ?
Increase of the apparent activation energy
On-goings work
Cold-worked stainless steels
Weld metals (Alloy 182/82)
Conclusion and perspectives
Session 1A: Crack Growth and Initiation
3-177
4
SESSION 1B: STRATEGIC PLANNING
Strategic planning was addressed by seven participants in Session 1B. Summaries of the
presentations are given below followed by the questions asked, responses provided, and
comments made by the participants concerning each presentation. Click on the links to access
directly copies of the materials presented together with extended abstracts.
MRP Generic Guidance for Alloy 600 Management (MRP-126), presented by
S. Chu, EPRIsolutions (Paper 1B.1)
This presentation was given by S. Chu of EPRIsolutions. The main points made during the
presentation were as follows:
x The MRP has issued MRP-126 for plants to use in developing their Alloy 600 management
plans. It provides short and long-term guidance for management of inspection, evaluation,
mitigation, and repair/replacement of all Alloy 600 base material (with the exception of
steam generator tubing) and Alloy 82/182 weld metal locations in PWR primary systems.
x The objectives of a plant's Alloy 600 management plan are as follows: 1) maintain plant
safety; 2) minimize the impact of PWSCC on plant availability; 3) develop and execute long-
term strategies for Alloy 600 management.
x MRP-126 was distributed to US PWR CNOs on December 21, 2004, marking the start of an
18-month implementation period for the mandatory requirement that Each plant shall
develop and document an Alloy 600 management plan, defining the processes it intends to
use to maintain the integrity and operability of each Alloy 600/82/182 component for the
remaining life of the plant. A plan is required to be in place at every operating PWR by
June 21, 2006.
x MRP-126 contains a list of good practices in its Table 1-1, Key Elements of a Plant Specific
Alloy 600 Management Plan. There are 15 key elements listed and matched to the NRCs
attributes for evaluation of generic aging management programs. The key elements cover
topics such as identification of Alloy 600/82/182 locations and inspection programs, plans
for implementation of Alloy 600/82/182 mitigation strategies and/or replacements, details
regarding inspection programs, and administrative items such as procedures for disposition of
inspection findings.
4-1
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
One comment was made following the presentation:
x Comment (C. King): The MRP-126 industry guidance calls for an Alloy 600 "plan" (rather
than "program") to allow previous work already done by utilities to be applied.
Programmatic Approach to the Management of PWSCC/Alloy 600 Issues,
presented by D. Peltola, Duke (Paper 1B.2)
This presentation was given by D. Peltola and authored by D. Peltola, C. Frye, and D. Whitaker
of Duke Energy. The main points made during the presentation were as follows:
x Because of the large number of Alloy 600 components at its seven nuclear units, Duke
Energy has developed a programmatic approach to management of PWSCC that is consistent
with MRP-126.
x The programmatic approach ranks the risk for the different pressure boundary Alloy 600
parts considering temperature, stress, operating experience, failure consequences, and
economic risks. The stress factor takes into account whether the component was subjected to
post weld heat treatment, and also takes into account whether a credible NDE has been
performed.
x Alloy 600 components attached to the pressurizer were found to have the highest risk
ranking, with components attached to the reactor vessel being next highest. The rankings
reflect the fact that steam generators and reactor vessel heads at all Duke units have been
replaced with PWSCC resistant components.
x The models will be updated to reflect operating experience and economic analyses, and
repair and contingency strategies will be developed.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (B. Montgomery): How do you foresee "going forward" with implementation?
What is the impact of implementation issues (outage schedules, mitigation cost, etc.) on
scheduling mitigation processes?
Response (D. Peltola): We are applying mitigation to steam space nozzles first. We have
taken practical implementation capabilities into account. The outage duration will be the
limiting factor. We are trying to minimize scheduling impacts (no extension due to
mitigation activities).
x Question (C. Castelao): Are you applying any risk-informed ISI program in your plant? If
so, how were the pressurizer attachments ranked with the risk-informed ISI methodology
compared with their ranking with the specific program for Alloy 600/82/182?
Response (D. Peltola): No risk-informed ISI program has been included yet.
x Question (R. Hsu):
1. When you calculate risk, how do you handle the number of components? Do you
treat all reactor vessel head nozzles as one component?
2. What kind of stress are you referring to?
4-2
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-3
3. What kind of repair was done? The NRC still views Alloy 600 and Alloy 690 as the
same with respect to regulation.
Response (D. Peltola):
1. The heads addressed under the program were replaced with new heads having Alloy
690 nozzles, so this question does not apply to the current heads, which are resistant
to PWSCC.
2. The stress values used are general estimates and are not based on detailed stress
analysis.
3. The Alloy 600 safe end is cut out, and the safe end and weld replaced with Alloy 690.
We understand that the basis for a different treatment of Alloy 600 and Alloy 690 is
still to be developed.
x Question (W. Sims):
1. Isnt the hot leg more consequential? Why is there no strategy for the hot legs?
2. Aren't the penetrations all full-penetration welds?
Response (D. Peltola):
1. We will be developing a strategy. We do not have any large-bore Alloy 600 welds on
the hot leg. We just have small-diameter instrument taps.
2. Yes, but they are only ferritic, not bi-metallic.
x Question (G. Rao):
1. When looking at component locations, are you considering only pressure boundary
locations?
2. How about the safety and economic implications for potential loose parts from
internal components?
3. What are the temperatures you used based on?
Response (D. Peltola):
1. Yes, no internal components were included.
2. Loose parts are not considered. Visual examination of the hot leg flow element
components and replacement once-through steam generators with Alloy 690
materials shows a low potential for loose parts.
3. Operating temperatures were used.
x Question (S. Janes): Could you explain the process for choosing the assigned values for
susceptibility/consequence?
Response (D. Peltola): The Duke risk ranking was focused on relative risk development.
The idea was to give enough "spread" in the variable ranges so that all the components did
not have the same ranking value. The results were to develop "relative" risk. Please look at
the value details provided in the presentation's extended abstract.
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans, presented by G. White, DEI
(Paper 1B.3)
This presentation was given by G. White and authored by G. White, M. Fleming, and E. S. Hunt
of Dominion Engineering, Inc. (DEI). The main points made during the presentation were as
follows:
x This presentation described several approaches to the development of strategic plans for
managing Alloy 600/82/182 components in PWRs. Plant experience has shown that such
components may be susceptible to PWSCC because of the high residual stresses that
typically result from welding of such components. After presenting a basic matrix of
PWSCC experience by location within the RCS and listing the available analysis tools,
several examples of PWSCC evaluations are provided including a probabilistic safety
assessment and deterministic and probabilistic economic modeling.
x The key purpose of an Alloy 600 management plan is to provide a framework for ensuring
that plant safety is maintained, while the effect of PWSCC on plant availability is minimized.
In addition, the Alloy 600 management plan provides a long-term strategy for most
effectively allocating inspection, mitigation, repair, and replacement resources. Actions
taken and the timing of those actions will significantly affect the cost of PWSCC
management, and component- and plant-specific factors must be considered.
x The methodology presented by the authors uses such tools, as appropriate, as net present
value economic analysis, finite-element stress analysis, Weibull statistics, fracture
mechanics, and Monte Carlo statistical modeling. As warranted for particular sets of Alloy
600 components, an integrated life-cycle management (LCM) approach provides an objective
means for developing the set of the most promising management strategies. The final step is
the selection by the utility of one strategic plan for implementation.
x Modifications to the primary water chemistry parameters are potential means to reducing the
risk of PWSCC. The presentation includes the results of an example probabilistic evaluation
of the benefits of zinc addition to the primary coolant. In this type of evaluation, the benefits
of a reduced likelihood of PWSCC initiation and reduced personnel radiation exposure are
weighed against the costs of chemicals, associated equipment, labor, additional fuel
inspections, and additional water chemistry monitoring. For the example case shown,
addition of natural zinc to a concentration of 20 ppb resulted in a reduction in the risk of high
net life cycle costs. This effect was due to the benefit of zinc addition in reducing the
probability of significant PWSCC events.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (G. Rao): Questions arise with respect to technically justifiable inputs for analysis
approaches. How do you model benefits of zinc addition on PWSCC?
Response (G. White): Of course, sound technical approaches based on the best available
information should be applied to develop modeling inputs. In our models of the benefits of
zinc addition on PWSCC, we have applied the results of laboratory tests showing an increase
in the time to crack initiation as a function of the zinc concentration level. The assumed
4-4
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
dependence on zinc concentration level is supported by studies of plant experience, including
for PWSCC of Alloy 600 steam generator tubes. Our past models have not taken credit for a
reduction in crack growth rate with zinc addition because the relevant laboratory data and
plant experience are as of yet inconclusive.
x Question (R. Hsu): Describe the approach for modeling crack initiation.
Response (G. White): Because physical models of PWSCC crack initiation based on first
principles are impractical, reliability engineering approaches such as Weibull statistical
modeling are applied based on plant experience supplemented with the results of relevant
laboratory tests. This is the standard approach in the industry. Care must be taken to define
an appropriate initiation crack size based on short crack growth considerations and the
detectability limits for the relevant plant NDE inspections.
Strategic Planning for Alloy 600 Programs, presented by G. Elder,
Westinghouse (Paper 1B.4)
This presentation was given by G. Elder of Westinghouse and authored by G. Elder of
Westinghouse and G. Gerzen of Exelon. The main points made during the presentation were as
follows:
x Because of the increasing nature of PWSCC of Alloy 600/82/182 components in PWRs, U.S.
PWR plants are now required to develop Alloy 600 Management Programs. This
presentation described a process being developed by many plants to manage PWSCC of
Alloy 600 components. The result is a set of plans that meets the requirements of report
MRP-126 [13] (see Paper 1B.1). The process comprises six basic steps as shown in slide 2
of the presentation:
Task 1: Identify Alloy 600/82/182 Locations
Task 2: Plant-Specific Weld Repair and Inspection Experience (Joint Scope)
Task 3: Component Susceptibility Ranking
Task 4: Comparison with Industry PWSCC Experience
Task 5: Candidate Strategies for Evaluation
Task 6: Quantitative Technical-Financial Evaluation to Develop Optimal Strategies
x This process starts with a method of ranking the susceptibility of the various locations in the
plant and comparing the ranking to industry experience in order to prioritize upcoming
actions. The susceptibility evaluation utilizes a physically-based model that includes the
effects of time, temperature, residual and operating stresses, and the effects of manufacturing
methods. It also includes applicable data from recent laboratory findings and service
experience. The model has been developed and benchmarked for relevance by comparison
with operating experience with primary system components.
x The results of the susceptibility model are then used to calculate projections of crack
initiation, propagation, and leakage with time in a probabilistic manner. This process uses
industry-available information together with Westinghouse data and knowledge and decision
13
Materials Reliability Program: Generic Guidance for Alloy 600 Management (MRP-126), EPRI, Palo Alto,
CA: 2004. 1009561.
4-5
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
software tools, and it employs Monte-Carlo simulation of crack initiation, crack propagation,
crack detection, and leakage. Once the probabilities of failure are projected, the cost of
failure (emergency repairs, loss of production, etc.) is compared with the cost of the different
inspection, preventive, repair, or replacement actions, and the optimum action and timing are
identified. This process also evaluates the "risk" of waiting for the optimal time to
implement these solutions.
x Deliverables from the technical-financial evaluation include the following:
Plan for resolving Alloy 600 issue at all locations (what to do, when, and why)
Budgets for resolution of the issue
Sensitivity studies on impact of uncertainties on plant operation
Models that can be quickly modified to reflect industry events and plant-specific
inspection results (quickly determine effect on Alloy 600 plan)
Decision points for future
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (G. Kammerdeiner): Is the increase in stress state due to repairs a qualitative
evaluation? Have there been, other than the STP bottom mounted nozzles, cold leg locations
that have higher susceptibility to SCC, as compared to a similar hot leg location, due to
repairs?
Response (G. Elder): No. The increase in stress due to weld repairs has been determined by
finite element analysis in most cases. For a very few applications, it has been determined by
expert panel elicitation. The cold leg locations generally have lower susceptibility rankings
than the hot leg locations. This susceptibility is not zero, however, and will increase with
time. If a cold leg location has evidence of repairs, its susceptibility can be equivalent to
some hot leg locations.
Probabilistic PWSCC Failure Assessment of Alloy 600/82/182 Reactor
Vessel Subcomponents at Beznau 1&2 for a Sixty Year Life Extension,
presented by G. Rao, Westinghouse (Paper 1B.5)
This presentation was given by G. Rao of Westinghouse and was authored by G. Rao of
Westinghouse and G. Flueckiger of NOK (Switzerland). The main points made during the
presentation were as follows:
x A probabilistic PWSCC failure assessment of Alloy 600/82/182 reactor vessel
subcomponents had been performed in 1998 and was updated in 2004. The failure
assessment considered microstructural data based on field replications, temperatures,
calculated stresses, industry crack growth rate data, and industry experience. The assessment
included evaluations using a probabilistic fracture mechanics code.
x The results of the evaluations indicate that the failure probability for the reactor vessel head
at Beznau 1 is high enough that mitigative actions should be taken soon, such as T-cold
conversion, zinc addition, or head replacement.
4-6
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
x The results of the evaluations indicate that the failure probability for the reactor vessel head
at Beznau 2 are low enough at 60 years, less than 5% probability of a 75% through-wall
crack, that no mitigative actions need to be taken. An important factor in the lower
probability of cracking at Beznau 2 is the significant microstructural difference between the
two units, with Unit 2 nozzles having a much higher grain boundary coverage by carbides.
x Assessment of inspection results for bottom mounted instrument penetrations at Beznau 1
and 2 indicate that additional inspections or evaluations may be necessary to establish the
significance of recorded lack of fusion indications in the welds.
A Matrix Evaluation of Repair/Modification Options for Reactor Pressure
Vessel Bottom Mounted Nozzles, presented by R. Payne, Framatome ANP
(Paper 1B.6)
This presentation was given by R. Payne and authored by R. Payne and S. Levesque of
Framatome ANP. The main points made during the presentation were as follows:
x In 2003, cracks were found in two bottom mounted nozzles (BMNs) at a nuclear power plant.
These BMNs were modified using a half nozzle technique similar to that used to repair heater
sleeves and instrument nozzles. With additional time for development of designs and
tooling, improved modification options may be available. This paper reviewed a full array of
options that could be considered for further development.
x Repair criteria provided by EPRI MRP were considered in the evaluation of the various
modification options. The options evaluated to these criteria included in-vessel full nozzle
modification, internal diameter temper bead modification, pad modification, small pad
modification, in-vessel weld overlay modification, mechanical seal, and a flexible end
diaphragm seal. A total of 13 repair options were evaluated considering 23 repair
characteristics, with varying weights assigned to the repair characteristics depending on their
importance. The inner diameter temper bead half nozzle modification was evaluated as being
the best modification option. Four half nozzle modification options, including the inner
diameter temper bead half nozzle modification option, were evaluated as being better than
the best full-nozzle modification.
x The evaluation tool used for this evaluation, i.e., the matrix evaluation methodology, is being
used to prioritize tooling development efforts at Framatome ANP for BMN modifications.
However, the tooling being developed by Framatome-ANP will support all of the pad and
inner diameter temper bead options.
x The evaluation discussed here was a generic evaluation, but can be customized to specific
evaluations that take into account factors such as the planned outage length and plant-specific
configurations. In addition, the evaluation matrix method can be applied to other locations
and repair concepts.
4-7
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
Assessment of the Repair/Remediation/Mitigation Techniques for
Dissimilar Metal Butt Welds, presented by D. Waskey, Framatome ANP
(Paper 1B.7)
This presentation was given by D. Waskey of Framatome ANP. The main points made during
the presentation were as follows:
x After providing an overview of service-related cracking in dissimilar metal welds in U.S.
BWRs and PWRs, the presentation covered the repair, remediation, and mitigation
technologies that have been developed and applied in the worldwide commercial nuclear
power industry in response to such degradation.
x For over 20 years, stainless steel butt welds in BWRs have experienced degradation due to
intergranular stress corrosion cracking (IGSCC). More recently, Alloy 82/182 piping butt
welds in PWRs have experienced PWSCC degradation. Ten specific cases of such BWR and
PWR degradation were cited in the presentation. In the U.S., the repair solutions used have
depended on the size of the pipe being repaired. An inlay/safe end replacement approach has
been applied to small nozzles (Palisades pressurizer PORV nozzle), a nickel-alloy structural
weld overlay approach has been applied to intermediate nozzle sizes (1216" diameter), and
a spool piece replacement approach has been applied to large nozzles (VC Summer reactor
outlet nozzle).
x The global solution options for dissimilar metal welds include the following:
Safe End Replacement
Weld Inlay (Both Preventive and Repair)
Structural Weld Overlay (WOL)
Weld Overlay for Stress Improvement (PWOL)
Mechanical Stress Improvement Process (MSIP)
Induction Heating Stress Improvement (IHSI)
Last Pass Heat Sink Welding (LPHSW)
Cavitation Peening
Laser Peening
x The presentation included a current assessment of the first five of these options including
relative cost, schedule, dose, OD spatial envelope, internal accessibility, inspection frequency
requirements, and ASME Code and Regulatory acceptance, as well as the long-term expected
service life of each technology. Slide 13 presents the advantages and disadvantages of the
five options. Based on the assessment, the following application recommendations were
made on the basis of pipe size:
4" & smaller Safe End Replacement
420" Structural Weld Overlay
2036" ID Originated Inlay
2036" MSIP
4-8
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
x The presentation concluded with discussion of a draft ASME Code Case addressing nickel-
alloy weld overlays to piping or components and of the three revisions to Code Case N-638
[14].
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Comment (M. Badlani): This is a clarification on the comment/slide by the presenter
regarding the indications found by the new PDI qualified UT in three BWR dissimilar metal
welds that had been previously treated with MSIP.
On two of these welds the old pre-MSIP UT data was examined using the new PDI
software, and it was found that these indications existed prior to the application of MSIP.
They were missed under the old UT examinations. In fact, the PDI enhanced images showed
no change in the extent of indications since MSIP was applied.
On the third weld the prior UT data was inconclusive. However, the field records were
reviewed and a finite element stress analysis was performed by an independent company, for
the actual geometry and actual radial contraction applied by MSIP to this weld. The
independent analysis confirmed that MSIP generated high compressive stresses in the
weldment and in all likelihood this indication existed prior to the application of MSIP.
x Comment (P. Riccardella): I just wanted to correct some terminology. You refer to PWOL
as "weld overlays for stress improvement." I will be covering PWOLs in my presentation
Wednesday afternoon, but in a nutshell, "P" stands for "Pre-emptive," meaning that they are
applied to a weld with no detected cracking as a mitigation rather than a repair. PWOLs may
be applied as "full structural" or as "partial structural," but, in any event, they are not applied
just for stress improvement. There is always some element of structural reinforcement
involved.
x Question (J. Hydeman): What methodology did you use to arrive at the recommended
dissimilar metal weld mitigation/repair techniques?
Response (D. Waskey): A set of assessment criteria including the factors of cost, schedule,
dose, OD spatial envelope, internal accessibility, long-term integrity, and Code and
Regulatory acceptance were ranked for each technique by a composite group of plant owners
and Framatome ANP experts.
14
Cases of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; Code Case N-638-1, "Similar and Dissimilar Metal Welding
Using Ambient Temperature Machine GTAWTemper Bead Technique," Section XI, Division 1, approved
February 13, 2003.
4-9
Shannon Chu
EPRI Solutions, Inc.
3412 Hillview Avenue
Palo Alto, CA 94304
MRP Generic Guidance for Alloy 600 Management (MRP-126)
The EPRI Materials Reliability Program (MRP) Alloy 600 Issue Task Group (ITG) determined
that every plant should have an overall plan for managing the issue of Alloy 600 PWSCC
degradation. This decision was based on the need for the industry to stop reacting to each
finding of Alloy 600 PWSCC degradation as an isolated event and start pro-actively managing
the issue.
The MRP has produced a report, Generic Guidance for Alloy 600 Management (MRP-126), for
plants to use in developing and documenting their individual Alloy 600 management plans. This
document provides short and long-term guidance for management of inspection, evaluation,
mitigation, and repair/replacement of all Alloy 600 base material (with the exception of steam
generator tubing) and Alloy 82/182 weld metal locations in PWR primary systems. It offers
comprehensive reference lists that can be used by newer staff to become more familiar with the
issue of Alloy 600 PWSCC degradation. More experienced staff can use the guidance document
as an outline for preparing their plant specific Alloy 600 management plan.
The objectives of an Alloy 600 management plan are as follows: 1) maintain plant safety; 2)
minimize the impact of PWSCC on plant availability; 3) develop and execute long-term
strategies for Alloy 600 management.
Copies of MRP-126 were distributed to US PWR Chief Nuclear Officers on December 21, 2004,
marking the start of an 18-month implementation period for the mandatory requirement that
Each plant shall develop and document an Alloy 600 management plan, defining the processes
it intends to use to maintain the integrity and operability of each Alloy 600/82/182 component
for the remaining life of the plant.
The guidance document includes some history and background information on the issue of
PWSCC of Alloy 600 and provides a description of various sections that may be included in
plant-specific Alloy 600 management plans. The sections described include: Assigned
Responsibilities and Interfaces, Industry Experience, Determine All Alloy 600/82/182 Locations,
Inspection Plan, Component Ranking, Mitigation, Repair/Replacement, and Maintaining the
Alloy 600 Management Plan. The document also contains several appendices that list helpful
references.
In addition to the mandatory requirement, the document contains a good practice element in
Table 1-1, Key Elements of a Plant Specific Alloy 600 Management Plan. There are 15 key
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-11
elements listed and matched to the NRCs attributes for evaluation of generic aging management
programs. The key elements are as follows:
x Alloy 600/82/182 locations and inspection programs
x Assigned responsibilities for Alloy 600 management (including individuals from multiple
disciplines and departments)
x Implementation plans (modification packages, budget, scheduling, etc.) with contingency
planning
x Plan for implementation of Alloy 600/82/182 mitigation strategies
x Plan for possible replacement of components as preventative action
x Detailed data (including location, component function, service history, temperature,
operating environment, fabrication records, etc.) about components containing Alloy
600/82/182 to be used in inspection ranking
x Plant specific inspection plan for detection of PWSCC cracking designed to detect any
PWSCC cracking before it impacts plant safety and operability
x Plant specific inspection matrix listing applicable inspection techniques for each type of
Alloy 600/82/182 component/weld
x Plant specific repair matrix listing acceptable repair techniques for each type of Alloy
600/82/182 component/weld
x Inspection schedule that meets Code and regulatory requirements for Alloy 600/82/182
locations (ASME and NRC requirements) for evaluation of inspection results
x Reference to applicable Code and regulatory requirements for Alloy 600/82/182 locations
(ASME and NRC requirements) for evaluation of inspection results
x Procedures for disposition of inspection findings
x Reference to site quality assurance procedures and associated regulations
x References to industry Alloy 600/82/182 experience
x Schedule for periodic review of industry data on available inspection, repair, and mitigation
technologies and lessons learned from industry experience
The Alloy 600 management plan guidance document was prepared by an EPRI consultant based
on an outline developed by a committee from the Alloy 600 Issue Task Group (ITG) and with
continued participation by the committee and review and comment from others in the Alloy 600
ITG.
Acknowledgements
The following individuals formed the committee that participated in development of this
document: Don Bemis, Dana Covill, Greg Gerzen, Larry Mathews, William Sims, Satyan
Sharma, and Les Spain. The following individuals provided significant comments that resulted
in vast improvements to the document: Tom Alley, Chris Kiefer, Terry McAlister, Sharon
Merciel, and Pete Okas.
References
1. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Division of Regulatory Improvement Programs.
Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation. Standard Review Plan for Review of License Renewal
Applications for Nuclear Power Plants (NUREG-18002), Washington, D.C.: July 2001
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-12
2. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Division of Regulatory Improvement Programs.
Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation. Generic Aging Lessons Learned (GALL) Report
(NUREG-1801, Vol. 2), Washington, D.C.: July 2001
3. Nuclear Energy Institute, Guideline for the Management of Materials Issues, NEI 03-08:
May, 2003
4. MTAG, Material Guidelines Implementation Protocol, Revision 1: April, 2004
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-13
Photo
MRP Generic Guidance for
Alloy 600 Management
(MRP-126)
Shannon Chu
EPRI Solutions, Inc.
Consultant to EPRI
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-14
2 Copyright 2004 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Alloy 600 Management Plans
Background
Alloy 600 Issue Task Group determined that a more
proactive approach to managing Alloy 600 was needed
at the individual plant level
Committee formed to develop guidance document for
plants to use
EPRI consultant coordinated and completed
development
Objectives
Maintain plant safety
Minimize the impact of PWSCC on plant availability
Develop and execute long-term strategies for Alloy 600
Management
Required to be in place at every operating PWR by June
21, 2006
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-15
3 Copyright 2004 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Guidance Document - Mandatory Element
This guidance document includes a mandatory
requirement on page 1-1, that Each plant shall
develop and document an Alloy 600 management
plan, defining the processes it intends to use to
maintain the integrity and operability of each Alloy
600/82/182 component for the remaining life of the
plant.
MRP-126 was distributed to US PWR Chief
Nuclear Officers with a transmittal letter dated
December 21, 2004 indicating the start of the 18
month implementation schedule.
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-16
4 Copyright 2004 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Guidance Document - Good Practice Element
Implementation of the key elements listed in Table 1-1
of this document is considered good practice. The
remainder of this document consists of background
material and general information.
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-17
5 Copyright 2004 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Guidance Document Outline
Introduction history of the issue, objective of the
document, objectives of Alloy 600 management plans,
statement of requirement for PWRs to develop and
document a plan, key elements of plans (Table 1-1)
Assigned Responsibilities and Interfaces
Industry Experience
Determine All Alloy 600/82/182 Locations
Inspection Plan
Component Ranking
Mitigation
Repair/Replacement
Maintaining the Alloy 600 Management Plan
Appendices
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-18
6 Copyright 2004 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Key Elements of a Plant Specific Alloy 600
Management Plan Table 1-1
NRC Evaluation
Attribute
Alloy 600 Management Plan Document Elements
1 Scope of
Program
- Alloy 600/82/182 locations and inspection programs
- Assigned responsibilities for Alloy 600 management
(including individuals from multiple disciplines and
departments)
- Implementation plans (modification packages, budget,
scheduling, etc.) with contingency planning
2 Preventative
Actions
- Plan for implementation of Alloy 600/82/182 mitigation
strategies
- Plan for possible replacement of components as
preventative action
3 Parameters
Monitored
/Inspected
- Detailed data (including location, component function,
service history, temperature, operating environment,
fabrication records, etc.) about components containing
Alloy 600/82/182 to be used in inspection ranking
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-19
7 Copyright 2004 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Key Elements of a Plant Specific Alloy 600
Management Plan Table 1-1 (continued)
NRC Evaluation
Attribute
Alloy 600 Management Plan Document Elements
4 Detection of
Aging Effects
- Plant specific inspection plan for detection of
PWSCC cracking designed to detect any PWSCC
cracking before it impacts plant safety and operability
- Plant specific inspection matrix listing applicable
inspection techniques for each type of Alloy
600/82/182 component/weld
5 Monitoring and
Trending
- Inspection schedule that meets Code and regulatory
requirements for Alloy 600/82/182 locations {In-
Service Inspection (ISI), Pre-Service Inspection(PSI)}
and incorporates results from previous inspections
6 Acceptance
Criteria
- Reference to applicable Code and regulatory
requirements for Alloy 600/82/182 locations (ASME
and NRC requirements) for evaluation of inspection
results
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-20
8 Copyright 2004 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Key Elements of a Plant Specific Alloy 600
Management Plan Table 1-1 (continued)
NRC Evaluation
Attribute
Alloy 600 Management Plan Document Elements
7 Corrective Actions - Procedures for disposition of inspection findings
- Plant specific repair matrix listing acceptable repair
techniques for each type of Alloy 600/82/182
component/weld
8 Confirmation
Process
- Reference to site quality assurance procedures and
associated regulations
9 Administrative
Controls
- Reference to site quality assurance procedures and
associated regulations
10
Operating
Experience
- References to Industry Alloy 600/82/182 experience
- Schedule for periodic review of industry data on
available inspection, repair, and mitigation
technologies and lessons learned from industry
experience
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-21
9 Copyright 2004 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Appendices Valuable References
Summary of Key Industry Events Involving PWSCC of Alloy
600/82/182
Resources Locations of Alloy 600/82/182
Resources Inspection Planning
Resources Component Ranking and Susceptibility
Resources Mitigation
Example Inspection and Repair Matrix
Resources Repair/Replacement
Assorted EPRI and NRC Alloy 600/82/182 Resources
Assorted Owners Group Alloy 600/82/182 Resources
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-22
10 Copyright 2004 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Committee Members and Comment
Contributors
Committee Members
Don Bemis
Dana Covill
Greg Gerzen
Larry Mathews
William Sims
Satyan Sharma
Les Spain
Additional Significant
Comments Submitted
Tom Alley
Chris Kiefer
Terry McAlister
Sharon Merciel
Pete Okas
EPRI Support - Christine King and Shannon Chu
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-23
D. W. Peltola
Duke Energy Corporation - Oconee Nuclear Station
7800 Rochester Highway
Seneca, SC, 29672-0752
C. R. Frye
D. E. Whitaker
Duke Energy Corporation - Nuclear General Office
PO Box 1006, Duke Mail Code EC07C
Charlotte, NC, 28201- 1006
Abstract
Due to the large numbers of Alloy 600 components at its seven nuclear units (particularly at the
three Oconee units), Duke Energy has developed a programmatic approach to the management of
Primary Water Stress Corrosion Cracking (PWSCC) and related issues affecting Alloy 600
welds. The approach is based on a forced Risk ranking of all the Alloy 600 weld components at
all seven Duke nuclear units. The Risk ranking takes into account the individual components'
susceptibility to PWSCC, current Operating Experience (OE) and the component's failure
consequences. Additional statistical analysis of the risk values is used to identify all of the
highest Risk Alloy 600 weld components within the nuclear fleet. This information is being used
to develop and prioritize future component-specific Alloy 600 mitigation strategies.
PWSCC susceptibility is affected by many factors; the two most important factors appear to be
temperature, and stress. However, the actual condition of the Alloy 600 locations with respect to
many of the other underlying factors is unknown. Should the actual condition of any one of the
factors be extreme, it may take precedence over all the other factors in determining
susceptibility. For the above reason, the susceptibility ranking model also incorporates OE.
General laboratory and field experience has shown that with all other contributing factures being
equal, temperature has the most significant effect on component susceptibility to PWSCC. The
temperature difference between the cold leg, hot leg, and pressurizer can cause a significant
difference in crack initiation and crack growth rates. Because OE also shows a tendency towards
leakage at higher temperatures, the relative numerical values used for the susceptibility factors in
the overall Risk model are higher for higher temperatures. For this application, 650F is given a
susceptibility factor of 12, 602F a 6, 557F a 3 and less than 550F a 1.
To compare the relative stress, the joint configuration was compared and the PWHT was
considered. The possibility of repairs is addressed by assuming that the welded joint was
repaired during manufacturing. However, if creditable NDE has been performed (volumetric or
wetted surface exam) and no indications were found, a -4 stress factor value was assigned. It is
realized that other factors such as yield strength, product form, manufacturing steps, etc. also
affect stress, but it is felt that further detail would not greatly change the final action plan. The
stress factor numerical values are given in the following table.
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-25
Table 1 - Stress Factors Used for Alloy 600 Component Risk
Joint Design & PWHT Numerical Factor
Partial Penetration & No PWHT 12
Partial Penetration & With PWHT 10
Full Penetration & No PWHT 8
Full Penetration & With PWHT 6
Creditable NDE -4
OE is based on either finding leakage or finding an NDE indication on a like or similar location.
'Like' is defined as same location (the same temperature, steam or water environment, etc.), same
joint design, and same PWHT. OE factors used are 12 for leakage and 8 for an NDE indication.
'Similar' is defined as the same joint design and approximate temperature and are given OE
Factors of 10 for Leakage and 6 for an NDE indication. Note that the steam space environmental
effects are considered different from the water space environmental effects.
The consequence of a failure of an Alloy 600 component or 82/182 weld is based on the
economic cost of a failure and the challenge to safety from a LOCA. Failure in this application
means having to perform a repair. As with the susceptibility ranking, the consequence ranking
will be performed using known variables which have the greatest effect on consequence
The failure may be due to a large leak which would bring the plant down, a small leak which
would be discovered during an outage, or a NDE indication. The challenge to safety for most
locations can be characterized by the Conditional Core Damage Probability (CCDP) for different
size LOCAs and the probability of having a LOCA. Probability of experiencing a LOCA is
different from susceptibility ranking and is somewhat dependent on the past NDE, pipe size,
weld configuration, and history of crack morphology. The economic consequence of a failure
can be ranked as to the cost of an unplanned repair and the possibility of an unplanned outage.
The calculated rate of leakage and the time for a circumferential crack to grow to a critical crack
size are typically smaller for smaller pipe sizes. Circumferential cracking that could lead to a
break has been observed in partial penetration welds and in the HAZ of Alloy 600 components
attached by full penetration welds. ASME Code Section XI volumetric NDE is performed on
butt welds 4 inch Nominal Pipe Size. The numerical values assigned to safety consequences
are based on pipe size, weld joint and if the weld is to an Alloy 600 component, and range from
values of 10 to 24.
The economic risk is based on the possibility of leakage causing an unscheduled outage, the
approximate cost of the repair, and time to perform the repair. Generally speaking, leakage from
PWSCC of Alloy 600 locations other than steam generator tubes has been found during
scheduled refueling outages. This is because of the slow rate of leakage through PWSCC type
cracking and the requirements to perform BMV inspections. The exception to this rule may be
small bore piping where a through wall circumferential crack could grow to critical crack size in
one fuel cycle and cause an unscheduled outage. Circumferential cracks, whose failure could
result in large leak rates, have been associated with the HAZ of alloy 600 components next to
butt welds, partial penetration welds with root exposed to primary water, and Alloy 600 nozzles
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-26
welded with partial penetration welds. The economic cost of repairs and the time for repair
generally related to the pipe size with the larger pipes being more expensive. The numerical
values developed for the economic consequences range from 4 to 12.
The PWSCC susceptibility and the consequence rankings, developed separately above, were
combined (multiplied) to generate an individual Alloy 600 weld component Risk value.
These Risk values were then statistically evaluated. Individual components with Risk values
more than one standard deviation above the average were considered "High" Risk; those between
the average and plus one standard deviation "Above Average" Risk; those between the average
and minus one standard deviation "Below Average" Risk; and those components with individual
risk values less than one standard deviation below the average were considered "Low" Risk.
A Risk comparison was then made between the average unit and the average major component
Risk values. The five major component categories include Alloy 600 components attached to the
Reactor Vessel, the Pressurizer, the Hot Legs, the Cold Legs and the Core Flood Tanks. The
averages and the one-sigma values were calculated on a unit basis from the values of the Alloy
600 weld components. The Risk values were then compared, with the results included below.
Table 2 - Oconee Units 1, 2 & 3 Alloy 600 Component Risk Comparison
Major Component ONS 1 ONS 2 ONS 3
Average RV 479 433 433
Average PZR 903 976 976
Average HL 608 572 592
Average CL 510 484 510
Average CF 264 264 237
Unit Average / One Sigma 614 / 271 593 / 282 583 / 275
It is clear from this comparison, that the Alloy 600 components attached to the Pressurizer are,
by far, the highest Risk components. In addition, a similar comparison of all the Alloy 600
components at all seven Duke nuclear units shows that after the Oconee pressurizer components,
the McGuire & Catawba Pressurizer and Reactor Vessel attached components are next highest in
overall Risk. Finally, the Oconee high Risk components are few: 17 at ONS1/2 and 25 at ONS3.
The conclusions of this Risk evaluation and comparison are that, first, a simplified Risk
evaluation can provide useful information on individual Alloy 600 component basis, which can
be used to determine relative major component and overall average unit Risks; second, there are
only a few high risk Alloy 600 components, primarily on the Pressurizer; and third, that the Risk
comparison can provide insight to help in prioritizing mitigation strategies for Alloy 600
components at each of the seven Duke nuclear units.
Acknowledgments:
The authors wish to acknowledge the contributions of Alton (Bud) Auvil of Welding Services,
Incorporated, in Norcross GA, who helped provide the initiative to get this paper started and
supported us with his comments and technical reviews.
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-27
1
Programmatic Approach to the
Management of PWSCC/Alloy
600 Issues
2005 PWSCC of Alloy 600 International
Conference and Exhibition - March 7,
2005
David W. Peltola, PE
Duke Energy-Oconee Nuclear Station
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-28
2
Significant Numbers of Oconee
Alloy 600 Components
375 Alloy 600 Components / Unit (ONS1
has additional 117 Pzr Heater Sleeves)
125 are Nozzles, Safe Ends, etc. per Unit
Used 250 Alloy 600 Welds in Oconee
Forced Ranking Risk Evaluation
Reactor Vessel Head & Steam Generator
Replacements have reduced the numbers.
Actual Per Unit Weld Numbers: ONS1 =
245, ONS2 = 242, ONS3 = 264
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-29
3
Rank Weld Components to Focus
on Relative Alloy 600 Vulnerabilities
Purpose is to Manage the A600 issue by
Maintain Plant Safety
Prevent Leakage, Corrosion or Rupture
Prioritize Future Actions
Identifying Component PWSCC Susceptibility
Identifying Component Consequence of Failure
Determine Risk (Susceptibility X Consequence)
Forced Component Ranking
Evaluation & Comparison of Results
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-30
4
Susceptibility Ranking
Three Key Operating Aspects
Temperature
Stress (Joint Configuration, PWHT, Repairs)
Apply Operating Experience (OE)
OE is divided into . . .
Identify if failure found by leakage or NDE
Is component Like or just Similar ?
Assign Values, 1 to 12 for Temperature, -4 to 12
for Stress & 6 to 12 for OE. The lower values
represent a lower PWSCC susceptibility.
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-31
5
Consequences Ranking
Values assigned from 4 (Low) to 24 (High)
Economic Cost of Failure (4 to 12)
Unscheduled outage Cost
Repair Cost (time)
Challenge to Safety-LOCA (10 to 24)
Pipe Size
Weld Joint
Attached Alloy 600 Component
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-32
6
Risk Ranking
Risk = Susceptibility X Consequences
Similar to Previous AREVA Rankings, but
Focus on Primary Attributes (T, )
Updated to Include Latest OE
Consistent With Recent Guidance
Model Follows MRP 126
Focus on Weld Components (MRP Butt Weld
Visual Exams)
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-33
7
Risk Statistics
Forced Risk Ranking Results in Individual
Component Risk Values
See if theyre Relatively High/Low
Use Standard Deviation as Ruler
High Risk Components > Average + One Sigma
Low Risk Components < Average - One Sigma
Use Unit Average and Compare to Major
Component Average Values per Unit
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-34
8
Risk Comparison Process
Develop Unit & Major Component
Averages by Weld Type
Develop Standard Deviation Values
Compare Unit & Major Component Values
Against System, Major Component or Unit
Determine Outliers (High / Low Risk)
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-35
9
General Results
Weld Results Were as Expected, but
Relative Values Gave Added Insight
High Risk Components
Pressurizer Attached Components
Moderate Risk Components
HL, CL, RV Attached Components
Low Risk Components
Core Flood Tank Components
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-36
10
Results-ONS Weld Risk Values
Major Component
ONS 1 ONS 2 ONS 3
Average RV
479 433 433
Average PZR
903 976 976
Average HL
608 572 592
Average CL
510 484 510
Average CF
264 264 237
Unit Average /
One Sigma
614 / 271 593 / 282 583 / 275
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-37
11
Duke Risk Evaluation Results
PZR
RV
HL
CL
CF/AT
S/G
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
140%
160%
180%
Major Component
Risk Comparison
ONS1 ONS2 ONS3 MNS CNS
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-38
12
No. of Weld Components w/in Risk Bands
Risk Band ONS 1 ONS 2 ONS 3
Highest (greater
than Average + 1
Sigma)
17 17 25
Above Average
(Average + 1 Sigma)
131 79 81
Below Average
(Average - 1 Sigma)
86 137 141
Lowest (less than
Average - 1 Sigma)
11 13 17
Total 245 242 264
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-39
13
Conclusions
Oconee Continues its Primary Focus on
Pressurizer Attached Components
Then CNS & MNS RV & PZR Components
Cold Leg & Core Flood least Risk (All)
To Do
Update Models for OE
Update Models for economic analysis
Develop Repair and Contingency Strategies
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-40
Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans
G. A. White, M. R. Fleming, and E. S. Hunt
Dominion Engineering, Inc.
11730 Plaza America Drive, #310, Reston, VA 20190
Phone: 703-437-1155, Fax: 703-437-0780, E-mail: gwhite@domeng.com
Extended Abstract
Depending on the plant design, Alloy 600 and Alloy 82/182 nickel-based materials are used in a
number of components in PWR plants. These include reactor vessels (top and bottom head
nozzle penetrations), pressurizers (instrument penetrations; heater sleeves; and surge, spray,
safety, and relief nozzles), and reactor coolant system (RCS) piping (butt welds and instrument
nozzles). Plant experience has shown that such components may be susceptible to primary water
stress corrosion cracking (PWSCC) because of the high residual stresses that typically result
from welding of such components. In response to the potential for cracking, U.S. PWRs are
developing Alloy 600 management plans, and the EPRI Materials Reliability Program has issued
guidance on developing such plans. This presentation describes an approach developed by the
authors to constructing an Alloy 600 management plan. Results for a hypothetical plantbased
on data developed for several actual PWRsare presented as a case study.
The key purpose of an Alloy 600 management plan is to provide a framework for ensuring that
plant safety is maintained, while the effect of PWSCC on plant availability is minimized. In
addition, the Alloy 600 management plan provides a long-term strategy for most effectively
allocating inspection, mitigation, repair, and replacement resources. Actions taken and the
timing of those actions will significantly affect the cost of PWSCC management. Component-
and plant-specific factors must be considered. Component-specific factors include inspection
costs, the probability of the occurrence of cracks or leaks, and the costs and critical path time
associated with repairs, remedial measures, and replacement. Costs of repair and remediation,
for example, may vary depending on how they are incorporated into a management plan.
Repairs may be more costly if cracks or leaks are discovered and no provision to perform repairs
has been made. Plant-specific considerations include component configuration and loading,
material and fabrication factors, outage schedules (e.g., planned extended outages), power
uprates, T
hot
reductions, license renewal, and utility-specific objectives. Industry experience is a
key input to plan development.
The methodology presented by the authors uses such tools, as appropriate, as net present value
economic analysis, finite-element stress analysis, Weibull statistics, fracture mechanics, and
Monte Carlo statistical modeling. As warranted for particular sets of Alloy 600 components, an
integrated life-cycle management (LCM) approach provides an objective means for developing
the set of the most promising management strategies. The final step is the selection by the utility
of one strategic plan for implementation.
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-41
11730 Plaza America Dr. #310
Reston, VA 20190
703.437.1155
www.domeng.com
Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Hyatt Regency, Tamaya Resort
Santa Ana Pueblo, New Mexico, USA
March 7-10, 2005
Glenn A. White, Mark R. Fleming, and E. Stephen Hunt
Dominion Engineering, Inc. (DEI)
Session 1B Strategic Planning
Monday, March 7, 2005
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-42
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans 2
Outline of Presentation
Basic Approach to Development of A600 Management Plans
MRP-126 Program Elements
Economic Modeling
Matrix of Alloy 600 Locations
Analysis Toolbox
Examples
Water Chemistry Changes as PWSCC Remedial Measure
Refueling Water Level Considerations
Probabilistic CRDM Nozzle Risk Assessments
Deterministic Economic Modeling for Reactor Vessel Closure Head
Probabilistic Economic Modeling for Zinc Addition
Conclusions
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-43
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans 3
Basic Approach
Purpose of Alloy 600 Management Plan
MRP-126 establishes a mandatory requirement that "Each plant shall
develop and document an Alloy 600 management plan, defining the
processes it intends to use to maintain the integrity and operability of
each Alloy 600/82/182 component for the remaining life of the plant."
MRP-126 is "a standard guideline that provides short- and long-term
guidance for managing
inspection,
evaluation,
mitigation, and
repair/replacement
of all Alloy 600 base material and Alloy 82/182 weld metal locations
[except steam generator tubing and reactor internals] "
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-44
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans 4
Basic Approach
MRP-126
Objectives of an Alloy 600 management plan per MRP-126:
maintain plant safety
minimize the impact of PWSCC on plant availability
develop and execute long-term strategies for Alloy 600 management
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-45
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans 5
Basic Approach
MRP-126 (cont'd)
Key good practice program elements per MRP-126 (incorporated from
US NRC NUREG-1801 attributes for evaluation of generic aging
management program):
Scope of Program
Preventive Actions
Parameters Monitored/Inspected
Detection of Aging Effects
Monitoring and Trending
Acceptance Criteria
Corrective Actions
Confirmation Process
Administrative Controls
Operating Experience
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-46
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans 6
Basic Approach
Economic Modeling
In addition to maintaining plant safety and reliability, a third key
consideration is selection of a cost effective strategic plan
Therefore, there are three basic goals for development of an Alloy 600
management plan:
Ensure an extremely low risk of core damage (nuclear safety)
Ensure a low risk of pressure boundary leakage (defense in depth)
Result in lowest net present value life cycle cost
Two basic approaches to integrated economic modeling and strategic
planning:
Deterministic net present value (NPV) modeling with best estimate,
pessimistic, and optimistic cases (e.g., LcmVALUE software prepared
for EPRI Life Cycle Management Demonstration Project)
Monte Carlo probabilistic economic modeling to consider level of
economic risk in more detailed manner
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-47
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans 7
Basic Approach
Economic Modeling (cont'd)
Establish risk of future cracks/leaks for each alternative considered
Establish consequences of leakage
Estimate costs for each alternative
Calculate Net Present Value (NPV) cost for each alternative assuming
Planned operating life, including life extension
Discount rate
Estimated value of lost production $/MWe
Labor Costs
Radiation Exposure Cost
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-48
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans 8
Locations of Alloy 600
Westinghouse Design Plant
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-49
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans 9
Locations of Alloy 600
CE Design Plant
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-50
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans 10
Locations of Alloy 600
B&W Design Plant
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-51
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans 11
Locations of Alloy 82/182/132 Piping Butt Welds
Westinghouse and CE Design Plants
2
6
4
3
1
7
5
3
2
3
10
12
4
7
8
5
9
1
6
11
Example Westinghouse Design Plant Example CE Design Plant
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-52
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans 12
Locations of Alloy 82/182/132 Piping Butt Welds
B&W Design Plant
Example B&W Design Plant
1
5
8
6
3
2
9
10
4
13
12
11
7
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-53
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans 13
Alloy 600, 82, and 182 Locations
Matrix for 69 Operating U.S. PWRs
Reactor Vessel
Lower Head
Piping Butt Welds and/
or Alloy 600 Safe Ends
CRDM/CEDM
Other
J-groove Nozzles
BMI
>1" NPS
>350F (177C)
B&W 7 69 per unit 08 per unit 52 per unit 25 per unit
9
CE 11 4191 per unit 711 per unit None 2729 per unit
9
CE 80 3 97 per unit 1 per unit 61 per unit 6 per unit
9
W 2-Loop 6 3749 per unit 1 per unit 36 per unit 0, 14 per unit None
W 3-Loop 13 6569 per unit 01 per unit 50 per unit 0, 618 per unit None
W 4-Loop 29 7497 per unit 05 per unit 58 per unit 622 per unit None
Key
Reported Cracks
Reported Cracks and Leaks
Note: Other Alloy 600/82/182 locations include: core support lugs, SG divider plate, head leak monitor tubes, etc.
Plant
Category
Reactor Vessel
Top Head
Instrument Nozzles
and/or
PZR Heater Sleeves
#
U.S. Units
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-54
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans 14
Analysis Toolbox
Failure Mode and Effect Analysis
Materials, fabrication, and water chemistry factors
Consequences of failure
Review of plant experience
Time, temperature, stress, and material/fabrication category
Weibull statistical modeling (time to crack initiation or leakage)
Review of examination sensitivity
Stress calculations
Classical techniques
FEA
Critical flaw size calculation
Leak rate calculation
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-55
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans 15
Analysis Toolbox (cont'd)
Crack Growth Calculations
Crack growth rate disposition curves
Crack tip stress intensity factor calculations
Boric Acid Corrosion Evaluations
Component Rankings
Temperature
Stress
Material and fabrication category
Consequence of failure
Safety and Economic Modeling
Deterministic models
Probabilistic Monte Carlo models
Benchmarking
Sensitivity studies
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-56
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans 16
Water Chemistry Changes as PWSCC Remedial
Measure
Primary water chemistry variables that may affect PWSCC:
Effects of zinc on PWSCC
Effects of hydrogen on PWSCC
Effects of lithium, pH
T
and boron on PWSCC
The following are typically considered:
Influence on crack initiation
Influence on Crack Growth Rate (CGR)
Possible beneficial/adverse effects
Economic impact
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-57
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans 17
Effects of Hydrogen Concentration and
Temperature on PWSCC
1.0
10.0
100.0
270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 350 360
Temperature, C
H
y
d
r
o
g
e
n
C
o
n
c
e
n
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
,
c
c
/
k
g
Calculated
Ni/NiO Phase Transition
Hydrogen concentration for peak
crack growth rate observed in tests
Peak PWSCC initiation
susceptiblity from tests
0.5 atm hydrogen
0.1 atm hydrogen
Measured hydrogen
concentration
for Ni/NiO phase transition
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-58
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans 18
Refueling Water Level Considerations
Mid-Loop Water Level Refueling Water Level
with SG Nozzle Dams
Refueling Water Level
with SG Nozzle Dams
and Surge Line Plug
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-59
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans 19
Probabilistic CRDM Nozzle Assessments
Simplified Monte Carlo Simulation Model Flowchart
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-60
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans 20
Probabilistic CRDM Nozzle Assessments
Example Sensitivity Study Results for Effect on Core
Damage Frequency (CDF)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Sensitivity Case Number
C
D
F
(
p
e
r
y
e
a
r
)
1st Year
2nd Year
3rd Year
B
a
s
e
C
a
s
e
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-61
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans 21
Deterministic Economic Modeling
Reactor Closure Head Example Results
0K
5,000K
10,000K
15,000K
20,000K
25,000K
30,000K
Case 1
NDE Every
Outage
Case 2
NDE Every
2nd Outage
Case 3
NDE Every
4th Outage
Case 4
Reduce Head
Temp and
NDE Every
3rd Outage
Case 5
NDE Every
2nd Outage,
Replace Head
After 1st Flaw,
then NDE Every
4th Outage
Case 6
Replace Head
in Three Years
then NDE Every
4th Outage
C
o
m
p
u
t
e
d
N
P
V
C
o
s
t
s
Preventive Maintenance Corrective Maintenance Lost Production Consequential Costs
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-62
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans 22
Probabilistic Economic Modeling
Primary System Zinc Addition
Compare the net present value (NPV) of basic options
Natural zinc addition at different concentrations
Depleted zinc addition at different concentrations
No zinc addition
Quantify costs
Chemicals
Equipment
Injection equipment
Additional filters or resin
Man power
Fuel inspections
Additional analyses (Ni and Zn monitoring)
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-63
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans 23
Probabilistic Economic Modeling
Primary System Zinc Addition (cont'd)
Quantify Benefits
PWSCC
Predict likelihood of future occurrence in SG tubes, butt welds, CRDM nozzles, BMI
nozzles, etc, using statistical techniques (Weibull projections)
Quantify costs of inspections and repairs, including possible down time
Dose reduction
Predict likely dose reductions for each case (different target concentrations,
depleted versus natural, etc.)
Quantify economic benefit of lower dose rates
Quantify Other Economic Inputs
Discount rate (time value of money)
Replacement power costs
Manpower costs (may increase with time)
Plant life-time
Other planned maintenance activities (e.g., SG replacement)
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-64
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans 24
Probabilistic Economic Modeling
Economics of Zinc Addition: Sample Results
0%
4%
8%
12%
16%
20%
24%
Cumulative NPV Cost for Operation through EOL
F
r
a
c
t
i
o
n
o
f
L
o
w
e
r
9
5
t
h
P
e
r
c
e
n
t
i
l
e
M
o
n
t
e
C
a
r
l
o
C
a
s
e
s
No Zinc
Natural Zinc at 20 ppb
In this example,
zinc addition
reduces risk of high
net life cycle costs
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-65
2005 EPRI International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference Development of Alloy 600 Management Plans 25
Conclusions
All U.S. plants are required to develop an Alloy 600 Management Plant
for maintaining integrity and operability of each Alloy 600/82/182
component
Options for cost effective management tend to be specific to each
category of components:
Reactor Closure Head Penetrations
Reactor Bottom Head Penetrations
Piping Butt Welds
Instrument Nozzles and Heater Sleeves
Miscellaneous Locations
Plant specific parameters and preferences determine optimal course of
action
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-66
Strategic Planning for Alloy 600 Programs
Dr. G. Gary Elder
Westinghouse Electric Company
Nuclear Services
P.O. Box 355
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15230 USA
Phone: 412-374-4884, Fax: 412-374-3777, email: eldergg@westinghouse.com
Greg Gerzen
Exelon Nuclear
4300 Windfield Rd.
Warrenville Ill. 60555
Phone: 630-657-3845, Fax: 630-657-4328, email: greg.gerzen@exeloncorp.com
Abstract
Primary water stress corrosion cracking (PWSCC) of Alloy 600 materials continues to
receive a high level of visibility and regulatory scrutiny because of the seemingly
continuous identification of cracking incidents during plant operation and regulatory
imposed plant inspections. In addition to these findings, there have been a large number
of incidents of part through-wall cracks in Alloy 600 base metal and Alloy 182/82 weld
material over this same time frame. While these findings do not always require an
immediate repair, the potential for large expenditures is high, and is increasing with time.
Given this situation, the need for an Alloy 600 Management Program is evident and is
now required by MRP-126, Materials Reliability Program: Generic Guidance for Alloy
600 Management. Plants need to have an assessment of the industry experience, clear
indications about which are the most susceptible locations in their plant, contingency
plans, in case a failure occurs at their plant, and action plans to prevent failures from
happening. Given the high financial exposure that Alloy 600 issues bear, it is also
important to identify the budgeting implications of alloy 600 actions, as well as the most
cost effective solution at each location.
A process employed by many power plants to manage this issue is shown in Figure 1.
This process consists of determining the susceptibility to PWSCC at each location in the
plant to prioritize upcoming actions and a technical and financial evaluation to determine
which solution to apply at these locations and the timing of this application. The output of
this program is a detailed financially justified plan for management of the alloy 600
PWSCC issues at each power plant.
This process starts with a method of ranking the susceptibility of the various locations in
the plant and comparing the ranking to industry experience in order to prioritize
upcoming actions. The susceptibility evaluation utilizes a physically-based model,
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-67
equation(1), which includes the effects of time, temperature, residual and operating
stresses, and the effects of manufacturing methods. It also includes applicable data from
recent laboratory findings and service experience. The model has been developed and
benchmarked for relevance by comparison with operating experience with primary
system components.
(1) Susceptibility Index = 1/t = Rate = A
n
e-Q/RT
Where: A is the microstructural factor which includes the effects of
manufacturing processes
is the combined residual plus operating stress
Q = apparent activation energy = 50 kcal/mole
R = gas constant =.001103kcal/mole
T = location specific temperature
The results of the susceptibility model are then used to calculate projections of crack
initiation, propagation and leakage with time in a probabilistic manner. This process uses
industry-available information together with Westinghouse data and knowledge, and
decision software tools. It employs Monte-Carlo simulation of crack initiation, crack
propagation, and leakage as shown in equations (2), (3), and (4).
(2) T
i
=(1/n
i
)
1/
i
[-ln(1-)]
1/
Where:
T
i
= Time, in Effective Full Power Years (EFPY) to initiate a crack,
n
i
= number of welds in ith location,
i
= Scale parameter for ith location,
= Shape parameter,
= random number (0< <1).
(3) T(c)=(1/CGR)[W(d
c
-d
i
)/100]
Where:
Crack sizes d
i
and d
c
are expressed as percent of wall thickness.
W = wall thickness.
CGR = crack growth rate projected by a standard industry PWSCC crack growth
model for base metal and 5X the base metal forecast for weld material.
(4) T(L)=T(c)+T(L)=Time-to-leak.
Where:
T
i
= Time to initiation.
T(c ) = T
i
+ T (c ) = Time to small crack.
A typical output from the crack initiation, crack propagation and leakage models is
contained in Figure 2. Once the probabilities of failure are projected, the cost of failure
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-68
(emergency repairs, loss of production, etc.) is compared with the cost of the different
inspection, preventive, repair or replacement actions, and the optimum action and timing
are identified. These models also include the simulation of crack detection during these
inspections. This process also evaluates the risk of waiting for the optimal time to
implement these solutions. The output of this program is a detailed financially justified
plan for management of the alloy 600 PWSCC issues at each power plant which meets
the requirements of MRP-126.
Westinghouse Proprietary
18
Prevention & Mitigation Strategy Development to
Proactively Manage Alloy 600
Susceptibility
Ranking
1.
2.
3.
Quantitative
Technical-Financial Evaluation
to Develop Optimal Strategies for
Resolution of this Issue
Task
6
Task
3
Surge nozzle
-pipe welds
Spray nozzle-pipe weld
Safety & relief
nozzle-pipe welds
RV nozzle-pipe
weld
CRDM motor housing
CRDM nozzles
to RV head welds
Instrument tubes
Core support
block
Monitor tube
Head vent pipe
Heat transfer tubing
Tubesheet (TS) cladding
Tube-TS cladding weld
Partition plate & welds
Primary nozzle closure
rings & welds
Bottom channel head
drain tube & welds
Task
1
Plant-specific
Weld Repair &
Inspection
Experience
(Joint Scope)
Task
2
Comparison
with Industry
PWSCC
Experience
Candidate
Strategies
for Evaluation
Task
5
Task
4
Figure 1: Alloy 600 Decision Advisor Process
EFPY to Crack Initiation & Leak
Pressurizer Surge Line Nozzle Weld (PW6)
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
0 10 20 30 40 50 6
Effective Full Power Years (EFPY)
C
u
m
u
l
a
t
i
v
e
P
r
o
b
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
0
PW6 Initiate
PW6 Zn Initiate
PW6 Leak
PW6 Zn Leak
Unit EFPY
Figure 2: Output of Crack & Leakage Models
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-69
Slide 1
Strategic Planning for Alloy 600
Programs
Gary Elder
Westinghouse Electric Co.
Greg Gerzen
Exelon Nuclear
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-70
Slide 2
Prevention & Mitigation Strategy
Development to Proactively Manage Alloy
600
Susceptibility
Ranking
1.
2.
3.
Quantitative
Technical-Financial Evaluation
to Develop Optimal Strategies for
Resolution of this Issue
Task
6
Task
3
Surge nozzle
-pipe welds
Spray nozzle-pipe weld
Safety & relief
nozzle-pipe welds
RV nozzle-pipe
weld
CRDM motor housing
CRDM nozzles
to RV head welds
Instrument tubes
Core support
block
Monitor tube
Head vent pipe
Heat transfer tubing
Tubesheet (TS) cladding
Tube-TS cladding weld
Partition plate & welds
Primary nozzle closure
rings & welds
Bottom channel head
drain tube & welds
Task
1
Plant-specific
Weld Repair &
Inspection
Experience
(Joint Scope)
Task
2
Comparison
with Industry
PWSCC
Experience
Candidate
Strategies
for Evaluation
Task
5
Task
4
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-71
Slide 3
Program Deliverables
zSusceptibility ranking of all alloy 600 locations within your plant
zComparison of susceptibility rankings to industry failures
zRecommended inspection, repair, replacement & mitigation strategies to
resolve this issue at your plant and the technical & financial justification
for these actions
What to do
When to do it
Why do it
zDevelops a plan which meets the requirements of Materials Reliability
Program: Generic Guidance for Alloy 600 Management (MRP-126)
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-72
Slide 4
Alloy 600 Locations in
Westinghouse Plants
Surge nozzle
-pipe welds
Spray nozzle-pipe weld
Safety & relief
nozzle-pipe welds
RV nozzle-pipe
weld
CRDM motor housing
CRDM nozzles
to RV head welds
Instrument tubes
Core support
block
Monitor tube
Head vent pipe
Heat transfer tubing
Tubesheet (TS) cladding
Tube-TS cladding weld
Partition plate & welds
Primary nozzle closure
rings & welds
Bottom channel head
drain tube & welds
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-73
Slide 5
Alloy 600 Locations in CE
Plants
PZR & RC pipe-surge
line connections
Spray nozzle-pipe weld
Safety & relief
valve nozzle-pipe
welds
RCP suction
& discharge
Charging inlet
nozzles
Safety injection &
SDC inlet nozzle
Spray nozzles
Let-down & drain nozzles
CEDM motor housing
CEDM/ICI nozzles
to RV head welds
ICI nozzles-ICI guide tubes
Shutdown cooling
outlet nozzle
Surge nozzle-
pipe welds
Heat transfer tubing
Tubesheet (TS) cladding
Tube-TS cladding weld
Partition plate & welds
Primary nozzle closure
rings & welds
Bottom channel head
drain tube & welds
PZR instrument
nozzles
PZR heater
sleeves
RVH vent nozzle
Monitor tube
RCS instrument nozzles
Guide lugs
flow skirt
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-74
Slide 6
Task 3
Susceptibility Ranking
zRank components using physics-based susceptibility model
This model incorporates microstructural and fabrication
effects, residual stress, time, and temperature
zA Susceptibility Index is calculated for each location
Susceptibility Index
Microstructural factor
Stress factor
Temperature Time
Susceptibility Index = 1/t = Rate = A
n
e-Q/RT
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-75
Slide 7
Benchmarking of Susceptibility
Index to Industry Data
Susceptibility Index (Si)
Example
1.00E-22 1.00E-20 1.00E-18 1.00E-16 1.00E-14 1.00E-12 1.00E-10 1.00E-08 1.00E-06 1.00E-04 1.00E-02 1.00E+00
L
o
c
a
t
i
o
n
Range of Industry Cracking Events to Date
More Susceptible
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-76
Slide 8
Candidate Strategies
zMitigation Techniques
Zinc Addition
MSIP
Waterjet Peening
O.D. Weld Overlay to put
I.D. in compression
Clad with alloy 690
material
zRepair Techniques
MNSA
Embedded Flaw Repair
Excavate crack & weld
repair
Nozzle Repair
Structural O.D. weld
overlay
Clad with alloy 690
material
Replace with alloy 690
material
Sleeving
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-77
Slide 9
Candidate Strategies
zComponent Replacement
Reactor Vessel Head
Pressurizer
Steam Generator
zOther Considerations
Containment hatch size
Outage length
Synergies with other actions
10 year ISI &/or other outage
activities
MSIP at other locations
Head assembly upgrades to reduce
future outage time
Contingencies when performing
inspections
Regulatory drivers (mandated
inspections)
Dose reduction from zinc
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-78
Slide 10
Task 6 - Quantitative Technical-
Financial Evaluation
zConstruct probability of crack or leak with time at each location from the
susceptibility model
zDetermine the probability of detection of cracks at each location
zEvaluate the cost of implementation of a selected strategy at each
location vs. do nothing
Do nothing means implement the industry inspection program and
do not take preemptive actions
Cost of implementation include cost of outage extension, forced
outage, replacement power
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-79
Slide 11
Task 6 - Quantitative
Technical-Financial Evaluation
zWhere no pre-emptive action is taken, evaluate the probability and
consequence of cracks or leaks
Cracks discovered at mandated NDE inspections
Leaks detected at bare metal inspections
Costs of reactive repairs and/or forced outages
zEvaluation is performed to determine the optimal solution at each
location on a net present value basis
Costs escalated at plant specific rate
Costs discounted at plant specific rate
zResults in a recommended strategy to implement at each location and
the outage in which to implement it
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-80
Slide 12
Crack Initiation
T
i
= (1/n
i
)
1/
i
[-ln(1-)]
1/
Where:
T
i
= Time, in Effective Full Power Years (EFPY) to initiate a
crack,
n
i
= number of welds in ith location,
i
= Scale parameter for ith location,
= Shape parameter,
= random number (0< <1).
P
r
o
b
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
D
e
n
s
i
t
y
Time to Failure for Surge Nozzle Weld (EFPY)
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
0
2.5m
5m
7.5m
0.01
0.0125
0.015
0.0175
0.02
0.0225
C
u
m
u
l
a
t
i
v
e
P
r
o
b
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
Time toFailure for Surge Nozzle Weld(EFPY)
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
Monte Carlo Analysis
employed to develop
probability
distribution of crack
initiation with time
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-81
Slide 13
Crack Growth & Leakage
Models
The time to grow from one stage to the
next e.g., from initial size di to larger
size dc is given by
T(c) = (1/CGR)[W(d
c
- d
i
)/100],
Where:
Crack sizes d
i
and d
c
are expressed as per-
cent of wall thickness.
W = wall thickness.
T
i
= Time to initiation.
T(c ) = T
i
+ T (c ) = Time
to small crack.
T(L ) = T(c ) + T (L) =
Time to leak.
EFPY to Crack Initiation & Leak
Pressurizer Surge Line Nozzle Weld (PW6)
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Effective Full Power Years (EFPY)
C
u
m
u
l
a
t
i
v
e
P
r
o
b
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
PW6 Initiate
PW6 Zn Initiate
PW6 Leak
PW6 Zn Leak
Unit EFPY
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-82
Slide 14
Determination of Optimal Time to
Implement Pre-Emptive Actions
-400
-200
0
200
400
600
800
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Refueling Outage
N
P
V
o
f
C
a
s
h
F
l
o
w
Net Benefit = NPV Preemptive Action NPV Do Nothing
Note: Example Only Not
Plant Data
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-83
Slide 15
Risk vs. Reward for
Pre-Emptive Action
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Refueling Outage
N
e
t
P
r
e
s
e
n
t
V
a
l
u
e
o
f
T
o
t
a
l
C
o
s
t
(
$
M
)
100%
89% 77% 70% 63%
57% 51% 46% 41% 36%
31% 27% 23% 20%
18% 16%
Probability of Head Replacement Being Implemented Prior to Crack or Leak Detection
Head Replacement Costs w/o Containment Penetration
Head Replacement Costs with Containment Penetration
Range of Costs with Detected Cracks or Leaks
11%
23%
30%
37%
43%
49%
54%
59%
64%
69%
73%
77%
80%
82%
84%
Probability of Crack Detection Causing Repairs
Note: Example Only
Not Plant Data
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-84
Slide 16
Deliverables from Technical
Financial Evaluation
zPlan for resolving alloy 600 issue at all locations
What to do When & Why
zBudgets for resolution of the issue
zSensitivity studies on impact of uncertainties on plant
operation
zModels that can be quickly modified to reflect industry
events & plant specific inspection results
Quickly determine effect on alloy 600 plan
zDecision points for future
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-85
Slide 17
Conclusion
zThis approach combines
Westinghouse OEM and fleet knowledge, operational,
engineering and field service experiences
Utility plant specific knowledge and experience
Industry experience
zEmploys decision analysis (probabilistic) methods) to evaluate the
risk & reward of various strategies employing the engineering,
operational, and financial inputs specific to a plant
zLeading to a plant-specific strategy to proactively manage
potential issues for each Alloy 600 location, with the justification
(financial and technical) for the strategy
zDevelops a plan which meets the requirements of Materials
Reliability Program: Generic Guidance for Alloy 600 Management
(MRP-126)
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-86
Probabilistic PWSCC Failure Assessment of Alloy 600/82/182 Reactor Vessel
Sub-components at Beznau Units 1 and 2 for a Sixty Year Plant Life Extension
Gutti V. Rao Westinghouse Electric Co, Pittsburgh, PA, USA
Gottfried Flueckiger, NOK, Swizerland
Abstract
During April 1998, Westinghouse conducted a Primary Water Stress Corrosion Cracking
Assessment of Alloy 600 base metal and the associated Alloy 82 and 182 weld metal
subcomponents in Beznau Units 1 &2 as part of the Plant Life Extension (PLEX) study
undertaken by NOK. The study included probabilistic failure assessment of CRDM
penetrations and deterministic susceptibility assessment of other Alloy 600/82/182
subcomponents in the reactor vessels. The 1998 study incorporated analytical models and
contributing parameters consistent with the industry practice at the time. More recently
during December 2004, Westinghouse updated the 1998 PWSCC assessments with latest
Westinghouse probabilistic and deterministic models, microstructural data from field
replication of penetrations in both the units and recent industry experience. The current
paper summarizes the recent sixty year PLEX study results of Beznau Units 1 and 2.
Enhancements to the previous Beznau PLEX Assessments
The probabilistic Alloy 600/82/182 PWSCC failure assessments conducted as part of the
PLEX study in 1998 are updated in the current study with the following enhancements:
i) Microstructural data from field replication efforts of penetrations in both units
ii) Latest stress analysis results specific to Beznau penetration welds/flaw
tolerance handbook
iii) Latest industry crack rate models (MRP-55)
iv) Latest inspection results of Units 1 and 2 penetrations
v) Latest upper head mean fluid temperature analysis results
vi) Latest industry experience including BMI penetrations
Summary of Results
Deterministic and probabilistic Alloy 600/82/182 PWSCC assessments were made for the
Beznau Units 1&2 rector vessel sub-components. The probabilistic PWSCC assessment
results of the head penetrations considered the probability of reaching a 75 percent
through-wall crack for service periods of up to 60 years. The results are illustrated in
figures 1 and 2 and in table 1.
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-87
Figure 1
Probabilistic Assessment Results of Beznau Unit 1 Upper Bound Penetration
1.00E-06
1.00E-05
1.00E-04
1.00E-03
1.00E-02
1.00E-01
1.00E+00
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
YEARS
F
A
I
L
U
R
E
P
R
O
B
A
B
I
L
I
T
Y
OLD STRESS-NEW CGR
PREVIOUS
NEW STRESS
NEW STR-NEW TEMP 1
NEW STR-NEW TEMP 2
70
1.00E-06
1.00E-05
1.00E-04
1.00E-03
1.00E-02
1.00E-01
1.00E+00
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
YEARS
F
A
I
L
U
R
E
P
R
O
B
A
B
I
L
I
T
Y
OLD STRESS-NEW CGR
PREVIOUS
NEW STRESS
NEW STR-NEW TEMP 1
NEW STR-NEW TEMP 2
70
Figure 2
Probabilistic Assessment Results of Beznau Unit 2 Upper Bound Penetration
1.00E-08
1.00E-07
1.00E-06
1.00E-05
1.00E-04
1.00E-03
1.00E-02
1.00E-01
1.00E+00
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 7
YEARS
F
A
I
L
U
R
E
P
R
O
B
A
B
I
L
I
T
Y
OLD STRESS-NEW CGR
PREVIOUS
NEW STRESS
NEW STR-NEW TEMP 1
NEW STR-NEW TEMP 2
0
(Ref. 1)
1.00E-08
1.00E-07
1.00E-06
1.00E-05
1.00E-04
1.00E-03
1.00E-02
1.00E-01
1.00E+00
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 7
YEARS
F
A
I
L
U
R
E
P
R
O
B
A
B
I
L
I
T
Y
OLD STRESS-NEW CGR
PREVIOUS
NEW STRESS
NEW STR-NEW TEMP 1
NEW STR-NEW TEMP 2
0
(Ref. 1) (Ref. 1)
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-88
Table 1
Bounding RVHP Probabilities for 75% Through-Wall Crack
% Failure Probability for Time in Years
Penetration/Unit/
Temperature
(1)
20 30 40 50 60
Unit 1 Upper Bound 21.86 54.94 70.56 78.15 87.52
Unit 1 Lower Bound 1.05 4.11 8.95 14.37 22.67
Unit 2 Lower Bound <0.01 0.06 0.36 0.80 1.59
Unit 2 Upper Bound 0.03 0.46 1.31 2.99 4.46
Note:
1. Temperature values in Table 6-7 are mean values and those in Table 6-8 are bounding temperatures.
The results showed that at 60-year life, the predicted failure probabilities of RVH
penetrations were noticeably higher for Unit 1 than those for Unit 2 at the higher service
temperature. The failure probabilities of the penetrations in Unit 1 ranged from
23 percent to 88 percent. For Unit 2 penetrations, the failure probabilities RVH
penetrations ranged from approximately 1.6 percent to 4.5 percent. The probabilities for
Unit 1 are high enough at 40 years of life that mitigation options should be implemented
before that time is reached. Other plants with calculated failure probabilities in this range
have been found with significant cracking in their penetrations (Table 2).The
probabilities for Unit 2, on the other hand, appear to be low enough, even at 60 years, to
be acceptable for the life of the unit without any modification.
Table 2
Recent Inspection Results from Two Plants were utilized for Bench Marking
Crack Found
Year of
Operation
Failure Probability
(Updated Stress)
Plant A Yes 27 0.78
Plant B No 22 0.55*
Note:
* Probabilities do not reflect recent operation with Zinc Addition. Actual probability values are expected
to be lower.
An assessment of the BMI inspection results at Beznau Units 1&2 suggested that
additional inspections/evaluations may be necessary to establish the significance of the
recorded indications.
The deterministic PWSCC assessments provided susceptibility ranking of the locations in
each unit relative to the highest susceptible RVHP location in that unit.
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-89
The results of the deterministic assessments showed that:
The CRDM penetration followed by the J-groove weld are ranked higher than other
locations in Unit 1.The head vent tube followed by CRDM penetration are among the
higher-ranked ones in Unit 2.
Recommendations
Based on the higher cracking probabilities predicted for the Unit 1 RVH penetrations at
both 40 year and 60 year service times, it is recommended that appropriate mitigative
actions be implemented as soon as possible for Beznau Unit 1. These may include,
i) T-cold conversion ii) Zn addition and iii) Head replacement.
Until the mitigative actions are implemented for Unit 1, it is recommended that an in-
service inspection plan based on probabilistic crack initiation be developed and
implemented in the interim period.
Based on the results of the deterministic PWSCC assessments, it is recommended that the
Unit 2 head vent be inspected at the earliest opportunity.
It is recommended that additional inspections/evaluations be conducted of the large
number of lack of fusion defects identified in Units 1&2 BMI penetrations. The effort
should focus on determination of sizing and proximity to the wetted ID surface and any
role of inclusions in the cracking process.
The following recommendations are made for the BMIs Beznau Units, consistent with
industry recommendations in the US:
i) Beznau Unit with an upcoming 10-year reactor vessel ISI should plan to
supplement the lower vessel head bare metal visual inspections with volumetric
inspections. The inspections to be considered include UT of the nozzle and either
enhanced visual of the J-groove weld or ECT of the J-groove weld, depending on
vendor demonstrated capabilities.
ii) If an ISI is not scheduled in the near term, the unit should continue with visual
inspections per recommendations provided in MRP 2003-017.
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-90
Slide 1
Gutti Rao
Westinghouse Electric Company, Pittsburgh PA, USA
Gottfried Flueckiger
NOK, Switzerland
Probabilistic PWSCC Failure Assessment of Alloy
600/82/182 Reactor Vessel Subcomponents at Beznau
1&2 for a
Sixty Year Life Extension
2005 International PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Hyatt Regency, Tamaya Resort
Santa Ana Pueblo
New Mexico
March 7-10, 2005
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-91
Slide 2
Background
z 1992 ISI Inspections of Beznau Unit 1 revealed two small ET indications
(<.08 in.) in the RVH penetrations. Subsequent inspections in 1993 (ET) and
1997 (ET,UT) confirmed no further growth of these indications.
z Field microstructural replication of Unit 1 RVH penetrations was conducted
in 1997
z Initial PLEX study of Beznau 1&2 was conducted in 1998
z Probabilistic Failure Assessments were conducted in 1998 utilized Unit 1
replication results
z Field replication of Unit 2 RVH penetrations was conducted in 1999
z PLEX update incorporating Unit 2 replication results, latest Westinghouse
models, and industry experience since 1998
z The current paper summarizes the Alloy 600 assessments of the recent PLEX
update at Beznau 1 and 2
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-92
Slide 3
Purpose
z To summarize the results of the PWSCC assessments of the Reactor
Vessel Alloy 600/82/182 sub-components at
Beznau Units 1&2
The assessment is conducted as part of the 60-year plant life
extension efforts undertaken by NOK
The assessment is based on Westinghouse latest deterministic
and probabilistic structural reliability models
The RVH penetrations were assessed with the latest
Westinghouse Probabilistic Model
Other RV Alloy 600/82/182 locations were assessed by
Westinghouse deterministic model
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-93
Slide 4
Westinghouse Probabilistic
Model
z Uses mechanistic models for time to crack initiation and crack growth
due to PWSCC
z Calculates effects of uncertainties, such as stress, temperature,
microstructure, etc.
z Models independently reviewed
z Benchmarked against observations at D.C. Cook, Ringhals, Asco and
North Anna
z Software uses PFM methods approved by NRC for piping
risk-informed ISI
z The basic model was previously applied to 39 U.S. plants in
developing an Industry Histogram provided to U.S. NRC
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-94
Slide 5
Enhancements to the 1998
Probabilistic Assessments of Beznau
Units
The probabilistic PWSCC failure assessments of the Alloy 600 Reactor Vessel
Head Penetrations (RVHP) were conducted with the following enhancements:
z Microstructural data from the Westinghouse field replication results of
Units 1&2 Upper Head Penetrations
z Latest stress analysis results of the Beznau 1& 2 head penetration welds/
flaw tolerance handbook
z Latest Industry Crack Growth Models (MRP-55)
z Latest inservice inspection results of Beznau Units 1&2 Head Penetrations
z Latest upper head mean fluid temperature analysis results
z Latest industry service experience including BMI penetrations
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-95
Slide 6
Stress Analysis
Differences Between Previous and Current Modeling
z Penetration Nozzle Geometry
Current analysis based on Beznau Units 1&2 plant specific
geometry
Previous analysis based on a 4-loop Westinghouse plant
Major differences:
Penetration Nozzle Angle
J-Weld Sizes
Vessel Head
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-96
Slide 7
Stress Analysis (cont.)
Differences Between Previous and Current Modeling
z J-Weld Fabrication Process
Current analysis simulated the process with two weld passes
(8 layers of element)
Previous analysis simulated the process by imposing ovality on the
nozzle (2 layers of element)
z Current Finite Element Analysis
Uses more elements in general, especially near the J-weld region
Elastic plastic analysis techniques have been refined over the years
z Stress-Strain Curves
Both analyses used the same cyclic stress strain curve
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-97
Slide 8
Stress Analysis (cont.)
Set-Up
Angle
New Stress Old Stress Increase
(%)
0.0 63.85 34.4 85%
69%
40%
29%
18%
19.3 81.17 47.90
31.5 80.97 58.02
36.6 81.18 63.03
43.0 82.84 70.23
Beznau RV Head Penetration Stress Comparison
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-98
Slide 9
Microstructure
Impact of Field Replication Results
z Review of Unit 1 and Unit 2 replication results
showed significant microstructural differences in
the penetration heads between Units 1&2
z The lowest GBC in Unit 1 was 11.4% the lowest
measured in Unit 2 was 57.2%
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-99
Slide 10
Microstructure (cont.)
Replication Results
Replica Scanning Electron Micrographs Illustrating the Carbide
Distribution in Penetration No. 19 Material Unit 2
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-100
Slide 11
Crack Growth
Latest Industry Crack Growth Rate (CGR) Model
z MRP-55 Rev. 1 recommended the CGR curve
based upon 75
th
percentile level of the distribution
of the CGR variability
(Slide 14)
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-101
Slide 12
Service Temperature
Westinghouse Latest THRIVE Code Analysis Established Upper
Head Mean Fluid temperature
z Reactor coolant system conditions and core power distributions are
used on a per cycle basis
z Upper head region best estimate mean fluid temperature based on 5
past cycles of operation
z THRIVE analysis results:
Unit
Average Mean Fluid
Temperature
Maximum Mean
Fluid Temperature
Beznau 2 305.2C (581.4F) 307.2C (584.9F)
Beznau 1 305.9C (582.6F) 308.8C (587.8F)
(Slide 16)
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-102
Slide 13
Probabilistic Assessment
Results
Beznau Unit 1 Upper Bound Penetration
1.00E-06
1.00E-05
1.00E-04
1.00E-03
1.00E-02
1.00E-01
1.00E+00
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
YEARS
F
A
I
L
U
R
E
P
R
O
B
A
B
I
L
I
T
Y
OLD STRESS-NEW CGR
PREVIOUS
NEW STRESS
NEW STR-NEW TEMP 1
NEW STR-NEW TEMP 2
(Slide 19)
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-103
Slide 14
Probabilistic Assessment
Results (cont.)
Beznau Unit 2 Upper Bound Penetration
1.00E-08
1.00E-07
1.00E-06
1.00E-05
1.00E-04
1.00E-03
1.00E-02
1.00E-01
1.00E+00
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
YEARS
F
A
I
L
U
R
E
P
R
O
B
A
B
I
L
I
T
Y
OLD STRESS-NEW CGR
PREVIOUS
NEW STRESS
NEW STR-NEW TEMP 1
NEW STR-NEW TEMP 2
(Ref. 1)
(Slide 20)
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-104
Slide 15
Bounding RVHP Probabilities for 75%
Through-wall Crack for Temperature
Set 1
% Failure Probability for Time in Years
Penetration/Unit/
Temperature
(1)
20 30 40 50 60
UP BND/U1/308.8C 21.86 54.94 70.56 78.15 87.52
LOW
BND/U1/308.8C
1.05 4.11 8.95 14.37 22.67
LOW
BND/U2/307.2C
<0.01 0.06 0.36 0.80 1.59
UP BND/U2/307.2C 0.03 0.46 1.31 2.99 4.46
Note:
1. Temperature values in Table 6-7 are mean values and those in Table 6-8 are bounding temperatures.
(Slide 21)
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-105
Slide 16
Recent Inspection Results
Crack Found
Year of
Operation
Failure Probability
(Updated
Stresses)
Note:
* Probabilities do not reflect operation with Zinc additions. Actual probability values are expected to be
lower.
Plant A Yes 27 0.78
Plant B No 22 0.55
Recent inspection results from two plants were utilized for
bench marking
(Slide 22)
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-106
Slide 17
Summary
z Deterministic and probabilistic Alloy 600/82/182 PWSCC
assessments were made for the Beznau Units 1&2 rector
vessel sub-components.
z The probabilistic PWSCC assessment results of the head
penetrations considered the probability of reaching a 75
percent through-wall crack for service periods of up to 60
years.
(Slide 27)
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-107
Slide 18
Summary (cont.)
z At 60-year life, the predicted failure probabilities of
RVH penetrations are noticeably higher for Unit 1
than those for Unit 2 at the higher service
temperature.
The failure probabilities of the penetrations in
Unit 1 ranged from 23 percent to 88 percent.
For Unit 2 penetrations, the failure probabilities
RVH penetrations ranged from approximately
1.6 percent to
4.5 percent.
(Slide 28)
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-108
Slide 19
Summary (cont.)
z The probabilities for Unit 1 are high enough at 40 years of
life that mitigation options should be implemented before
that time is reached. Other plants with calculated failure
probabilities in this range have been found with significant
cracking in their penetrations.
z The probabilities for Unit 2, on the other hand, appear to be
low enough, even at 60 years, to be acceptable for the life of
the unit without any modification.
z An assessment of the BMI inspection results at Beznau
Units 1&2 suggested that additional inspections/evaluations
may be necessary to establish the significance of the
recorded indications.
(Slide 29)
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-109
Slide 20
Recommendations
z Based on the higher cracking probabilities predicted for the Unit 1
RVH penetrations at both 40 year and 60 year service times, it is
recommended that appropriate mitigative actions be implemented as
soon as possible for Beznau Unit 1. These may include:
T-cold conversion
Zn addition
Head replacement
z Until the mitigative actions are implemented for Unit 1, it is
recommended that an inservice inspection plan based on probabilistic
crack initiation be developed and implemented in the interim period.
(Slide 31)
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-110
Slide 21
Recommendations
(new slide)
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-111
A Matrix Evaluation of Modification Options for
Reactor Pressure Vessel Bottom Mounted Nozzles
Ronald J. Payne
AREVA
Framatome ANP
3315 Old Forest Rd.
Lynchburg, Virginia 24501
USA
PHONE: (434) 832-2328
FAX: (434) 832-3022
EMAIL:ron.payne@framatome-anp.com
Stephen Levesque
AREVA
Framatome ANP
3315 Old Forest Rd.
Lynchburg, Virginia 24501
USA
PHONE: (434) 832-2375
FAX: (434) 832-3022
EMAIL:stephen.levesque@framatome-anp.com
INTRODUCTION
The onset of Primary Water Stress Corrosion Cracking (PWSCC) has created the need for
modifications to the primary system including the replacement of nozzles containing Alloy 600 materials
and the replacement of entire components including Reactor Vessel Closure Heads (RVCHs), steam
generators, and pressurizer replacements scheduled for the near future.
In 2003, cracks were found in two Bottom Mounted Nozzles (BMNs) at a nuclear power plant. These
BMN penetrations were modified on an emergent basis using techniques commonly employed for the
modification of pressurizer heater and instrumentation nozzles. Subsequently, NRC Bulletin 2003-02 was
released on August 21, 2003, which required plants to perform Bare Metal Visual (BMV) on BMNs at the
next refueling outage or provide an action plan to enable BMV during a subsequent refueling outage.[1] If
operators choose to leave their Alloy 600 BMNs in service, increased inspection criteria is expected. The
replacement of the entire reactor vessel has not been considered because of the complexities involved;
however, the future cost of inspections may offset the cost of modifying the nozzles. This paper
discusses several modification options for the BMNs and ranks the modifications according to a set of
attributes that have been developed using the BMN repair criteria developed by the Materials Reliability
Program (MRP).[2]
BMN NOZZLE CONFIGURATIONS
There are two basic commercial designs for a Pressurized Water Reactor (PWR) with BMNs:
Westinghouse 2-loop, 3-loop, and 4-loop designs and Babcock & Wilcox (B&W) designs. The
Westinghouse design is a vertically oriented BMN secured to the cladded carbon steel lower head of the
RPV with an Alloy 82/182 J-groove weld. The B&W design has additional reinforcement at the upper
portion of the nozzle. The reinforcement was added to the nozzle to ensure structural integrity of the
nozzle during operation. The additional nozzle reinforcement increases the complexity of the weld on
B&W designed BMN. The basic geometry of the BMN in both designs is similar, which allows design
compatibility for modification development approaches.
MODIFICATION EVALUATION CRITERIA
Framatome ANP has been actively involved in the EPRI managed Materials Reliability Program. The
MRP has developed a list of repair criteria for BMN. This list was published to the MRP via email during
2004.[2] These attributes have been used as a basis for the evaluation of several modification
approaches to determine the best modification approaches for further development.
MODIFICATION CONCEPTS
Framatome ANP has developed several modification approaches to address PWSCC of the BMNs.
The modification approaches selected for this evaluation were: In-Vessel Full Nozzle Modification,
Internal Diameter Temper Bead (IDTB) Modification, Pad Modification, Small Pad Modification, In-Vessel
Weld Overlay Modification, Mechanical Seal, and the Flexible End Diaphragm Seal.
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-113
MODIFICATION EVALUATION
Through the participation of industry representatives and Framatome ANP experts representing all
disciplines related to modification of the BMNs, a modification evaluation was conducted in a weighted
matrix. The evaluators represented materials, structural analysis, component engineering, welding
engineering, tooling design, nondestructive evaluation, and field service implementation.
Weighting of the attributes was performed on a scale of 1-10 with the most important attributes
receiving higher scores. Each repair approach was scored according to each attribute. The attributes
were scored on a scale of 1-5 with a low score representing the best option. The sum of the weighted
score represents the score of the overall repair approach. Thus the lowest score is the best repair option
for the chosen set of criteria. Table 1 shows the final rankings of the modification evaluation.
Table 1: Modification Evaluation Rankings
Repair/Modification Option Score Wt. Score
IDTB Half Nozzle 45 190
Small PAD Half Nozzle Option B 49 210
PAD Half Nozzle 58 239
Small PAD Half Nozzle Option A 59 248
Small PAD Full Nozzle Option B 56 255
In-Vessel Full Nozzle 56 278
IDTB Full Nozzle 62 284
Small PAD Full Nozzle Option A 67 293
PAD Full Nozzle 66 293
In-Vessel Weld Overlay - Embedded Flaw 70 324
In-Vessel Weld Overlay - Flaw Removal 77 355
Flexible End Diaphragm Seal 81 385
SUMMARY
The Framatome ANP matrix evaluation of BMN modification options ranked the four half nozzle
approaches best with the IDTB half nozzle modification ranked number one. The half nozzle modification
approaches received better scores mostly due to the decrease in equipment development costs and
decreased schedule impact, although the half nozzle modification approaches are not technically superior
to the full nozzle modifications.
This evaluation tool is currently being used to prioritize tooling development efforts for BMN
modifications. Framatome ANP is developing the next generation machining tools for BMN modifications.
This tooling will support all the pad and IDTB modification approaches. Framatome ANP is also
developing a small diameter weld head for future IDTB modifications to BMN nozzles.
This evaluation was performed as a generic evaluation. This is a dynamic evaluation tool that can be
customized to specific applications. For example, a plant may opt to perform BMN modifications during
an extended outage, where the removal of internals and draining of the vessel would have less
importance than during a refueling outage. Plant specific geometries/configurations may also provide
different results.
The BMN matrix evaluation method is a general evaluation tool than can be used to prioritize
development efforts. Additionally, the matrix evaluation methodology can be applied to other
locations/concepts.
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-114
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The authors would like to thank the following organizations for their input into this repair evaluation
study:
Duke Energy Nuclear Management Company
TXU Arizona Public Service
Entergy Tennessee Valley Authority
OKG First Energy
Dominion South Texas Project
Southern Nuclear Exelon
REFERENCES
[1] Boger, B. A., 2003, Leakage from Reactor Pressure Vessel Lower Head Penetrations and
Reactor Coolant Pressure Boundary Integrity, NRC Bulletin 2003-02.
[2] Finland S., Couch D., 2004, Repair Criteria for Bottom Mounted Nozzles (BMN), MRP 2004-033.
[3] Boric Acid Corrosion Guidebook, Revision 1, TR-1000975, Electric Power Research Institute,
Palo Alto, California, 2001.
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-115
A Matrix Evaluation of
Repair/Modification Options for
Reactor Pressure Vessel Bottom
Mounted Nozzles
EPRI PWSCC of Alloy 600 2005 International
Conference & Exhibition
Ron Payne
Steve Levesque
AREVA
Framatome ANP
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-116
> CRR 05-37
Outline
> Background
> BMN configurations
> MRP attributes of an ideal repair
> Repair/modification concepts
> Detailed assessment plan
> Tooling development
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-117
> CRR 05-37
Background
> Alloy 600 is being replaced throughout the
primary system
Repairs/modifications
RVCH IDTB, weld overlay, MSIP, small bore mod, etc.
Component replacement
SGR, RVCH, PZR, etc.
> Bottom mounted nozzles
What repair/modification approach is best?
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-118
> CRR 05-37
Background
> Framatome ANP developed a matrix evaluation of BMN
repair/modification options
Based on MRP attributes of an ideal repair
13 Framatome ANP developed repair/modification concepts
Framatome ANP internal evaluation matrix completed with
input from all facets of repair/modification
Unbiased to maximum extent practicable
Tooling design, materials, stress analysis, component
engineering, field service, and nondestructive evaluation
> Matrix evaluation with industry perspective though web
cast
Duke, TXU, Southern Nuclear, NMC, APS, Exelon, Entergy,
TVA, Dominion, First Energy, OKG, STP
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-119
> CRR 05-37 5
BMN Configurations
3 CE units with large diameter ICI BMN not specifically
evaluated but general evaluation applicable
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-120
> CRR 05-37
BMN Configurations
B&W BMN Configuration
Typical BMN Under Vessel
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-121
> CRR 05-37
Repair/Modification Attributes
> Developed from EPRI MRP 2004-033, Repair
Criteria for Bottom Mounted Nozzles
Life extension, cost, code applicability, regulatory
acceptance
Framatome ANP specific attributes added
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-122
> CRR 05-37
Repair/Modification Attributes
> Life of the repair
Materials assessment
> Corrosion resistant
materials
Pressure boundary
> ASME code compliance
Latest edition/code cases,
etc.
> Regulatory agreement
Acceptance of code rules,
relief request, etc.
> Impact on accident
analysis
Loss of coolant accident
> Maintain positional
tolerance
Control to original
specifications
> Loose parts concerns
Original configuration
influence
> Volumetrically inspectable
Determined by
configuration,
accessability, etc. during
implementation
> Future in-service
inspection requirements
Original construction code
requirements
> Future in-service
inspectability
Pressure boundary wetted
surface (visual)
> Crevice geometry
Inconel pressure boundary
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-123
> CRR 05-37
Repair/Modification Attributes
> Wetted weld root
Partial penetration weld
geometry
> Exposed carbon steel
BAC concern
> Anti-ejection device
Loss of coolant accident
> New stresses in exposed
Alloy 600
Welding/mechanical
stresses
> ALARA
Personnel exposure,
contamination potential
> Contingency cost
Predeployment &
development allocation
> Deployment cost
Total cost to perform
repair
> Outage impact
Time to perform repair,
impact on other activities
> Drain vessel
Must the vessel be
drained to perform the
repair
> Small footprint
containment
Size of equipment
> Multiple repair practicality
Ease of performing
multiple repairs
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-124
> CRR 05-37
In-Vessel Full Nozzle Modification
> Permanent repair solution
> Accomplished with RV in flooded condition
by use of a cofferdam deployed from above
the RV or by decon and drain of RV
> Virtually eliminates all Alloy 600 from service
> Challenging weld geometry
> A690 replacement nozzle
> No exposed CS
> Anti-ejection feature
> No crevice geometry
> No wetted weld root
> Contingency requirements
Embedded flaw analysis or
Ambient temperature temperbead welding
Challenging geometry
Half bead machine GTAW approach
> Post installation volumetric inspectability of
nozzle
> High development cost
Wholesale modification could offset
development cost
> Significant outage impact
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-125
> CRR 05-37
IDTB Half Nozzle Modification
> Permanent repair solution
> Adaptation of Framatome ANP RVCH IDTB
Modification
> A690 replacement nozzle
> Requires flaw evaluation of remaining A600
> Exposed CS
> No wetted weld root
> Ambient temperature temperbead welding
> Limited post installation inspectability
Possible OD circ detection
Fully inspectable with system breach
Threaded SST connection with seal weld
possible
> Lower weld volume than PAD concepts
> Right circular weld geometry identical for
all penetrations
Framatome ANP Patent Pending
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-126
> CRR 05-37
IDTB Full Nozzle Modification
> Permanent repair solution
> Adaptation of Framatome ANP RVCH IDTB
modification
> Accomplished with RV in flooded condition
by use of a double wall cofferdam deployed
from above the RV
> Virtually eliminates all Alloy 600 from
service
> A690 replacement nozzles
> Exposed CS
> Anti-ejection feature
> Crevice geometry
Liner option
> Wetted weld root on attachment side
> Ambient temperature temperbead welding
> Limited post installation inspectability
Possible OD circ detection
Fully inspectable with system breach
Threaded SST connection with seal weld
possible
> Lower weld volume than PAD concepts
> Right circular weld geometry identical for all
penetrations Framatome ANP Patent Pending
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-127
> CRR 05-37
PAD Half Nozzle
> Widely applied permanent
modification to PZR instrument
and heater penetrations and STP
BMN
> A690 replacement nozzle
> Requires flaw evaluation of
remaining A600
> Exposed CS
> Wetted weld root
> Ambient temperature temperbead
welding
> Crevice geometry
> Limited post installation
inspectability
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-128
> CRR 05-37
PAD Full Nozzle Modification
> Permanent repair solution
> Accomplished with RV in
flooded condition by use of a
double wall cofferdam
deployed from above the RV.
> Virtually eliminates all Alloy
600 from service.
> Optional corrosion liner to seal
low alloy steel material
> Crevice geometry
> Utilizes PAD half nozzle
tooling and processes for
under vessel
> Wetted weld root
> Ambient temperature
temperbead welding
> Limited post installation
inspectability
Framatome ANP Patent Pending
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-129
> CRR 05-37
Small PAD Half Nozzle Option A
> Permanent repair solution
> Adaptation of widely used
modification to PZR
instrument and heater
penetrations
> Accomplished with RV in
flooded condition by use
of a plug installed from
above or below RV
> A690 replacement
materials
> Exposed CS
> Crevice geometry
> Wetted weld root on
attachment side
> Ambient temperature
temperbead welding
> Limited post installation
inspectability without
breaching primary system
> Lower weld volume than
PAD concepts Framatome ANP Patent Pending
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-130
> CRR 05-37
Small PAD Full Nozzle Modification Option A
> Permanent repair solution
> Accomplished with RV in flooded
condition by use of a double wall
cofferdam deployed from above
the RV.
> Reduces alloy 600
Virtually eliminates A600 with
overbore
> Optional corrosion liner to seal
low alloy steel material
Ni plating option
> Crevice geometry
> Adaptation of widely used
modification to PZR instrument
and heater penetrations
> Wetted weld root
> Ambient temperature temperbead
welding
> Limited post installation
inspectability without breaching
primary system
Framatome ANP Patent Pending
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-131
> CRR 05-37
Small PAD Half Nozzle Option B
> Permanent repair solution
> Adaptation of widely used
modification to PZR instrument
and heater penetrations
> Accomplished with RV in flooded
condition by use of a plug
installed from above or below RV
> A690 and SST replacement
materials
> Exposed CS
> No crevice geometry
Stainless steel nozzle
> Ambient temperature temperbead
welding
> Limited post installation
inspectability
Fully inspectable with system
breach
Threaded SST connection with seal
weld possible
> Lower weld volume than PAD
concepts
Framatome ANP Patent Pending
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-132
> CRR 05-37
Small PAD Full Nozzle Modification Option B
> Permanent repair solution
> Accomplished with RV in flooded
condition by use of a double wall
cofferdam deployed from above the
RV.
> Reduces alloy 600
Virtually eliminates A600 with overbore
> Optional corrosion liner to seal low
alloy steel material
Ni plating option
> No crevice geometry
Stainless steel nozzle
> Ambient temperature temperbead
welding
> Limited post installation inspectability
Fully inspectable with system breach
Threaded SST connection with seal
weld possible
> Adaptation of widely used modification
to PZR instrument and heater
penetrations
Framatome ANP Patent Pending
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-133
> CRR 05-37
In-Vessel Mechanical Seal
> In-Vessel sophisticated
machining of nozzle and
cladding
> Location specific
geometry
> Temporary repair
existing LCIP tube
existing LCIP weld
existing LCIP buttering
existing cladding
inconel buttering pad
RPV bottom head
Lower Core Instrumentation Penetration
Mechanical Backfitting or Repair
- of Weld and Buttering, Threaded Tight Cap
- of Penetration Tube, Threaded Sleeve
mech. thread locking (not shown)
hold down nut
sealing
tight cap
sealing
seal surface
original outside contour
can be realized, if requested
O-ring sealing
(stainless steel tube silver plated
with pressure holes)
or other adequate sealing
threaded connection
sleeve
mech. thread locking (not shown)
connection to thimble tube
(same shape as existing LCIP)
Patented
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-134
> CRR 05-37
In-Vessel Weld Overlay Embedded Flaw
> Embedded flaw analysis
assumes postulated flaw
does not exceed critical flaw
size
> Accomplished with RV in
flooded condition by use of
a cofferdam deployed from
above the RV or by decon
and drain of RV
> Challenging weld geometry
> Susceptible high tensile
stress A600 at nozzle OD
weld tie-in
> No exposed CS
> No crevice geometry
> No wetted weld root
> Post installation volumetric
inspectability of nozzle
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-135
> CRR 05-37
In-Vessel Weld Overlay Flaw Removal
> Similar to in-vessel weld
overlay embedded flaw
but with either complete
flaw removal or reduction
in postulated flaw to sub-
critical size
> Complete flaw removal
requires ambient
temperature temperbead
welding of complex
geometry
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-136
> CRR 05-37
Flexible End Diaphragm Seal (FEDS)
> Based on 1993 European
application for repair of
RVCH penetration
performed by Framatome
ANP
> In-Vessel sophisticated
machining required
> Location specific geometry
> Susceptible high tensile
stress A600 at nozzle OD
weld tie-in
> Complex weld geometry
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-137
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-138
> CRR 05-37
Detailed Assessment Plan
Repair Option Score
Weighted
Score
IDTB Half Nozzle 45 190
Small PAD Half Nozzle Option B 49 210
PAD Half Nozzle 58 239
Small PAD Half Nozzle Option A 59 248
Small PAD Full Nozzle Option B 56 255
In-Vessel Full Nozzle 56 278
IDTB Full Nozzle 62 284
Small PAD Full Nozzle Option A 67 293
PAD Full Nozzle 66 293
In-Vessel Weld Overlay - Embedded Flaw 70 324
In-Vessel Weld Overlay - Flaw Removal 77 355
Flexible End Diaphragm Seal 81 385
> Subjective evaluation for trending purposes
Site outage constraints (i.e. SGR, 10-yr ISI) can influence/change
weighting/ranking
Original configuration influence not fully evaluated
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-139
> CRR 05-37
Tooling Development - Machining
> Next generation BMN machining
system
Supports multiple Framatome ANP
repair concepts
Roughing/finishing cutter change
capable
Simplified alignment
> 2.50 maximum diameter
> 18 axial stroke to facilitate
through wall BMN machining for
full nozzle replacement behind a
cofferdam
> Manual or remote operability
Spindle tele-presence sensors
Integral cameras
PLC control
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-140
> CRR 05-37
Tooling Development - Welding
> Water Cooled, 300 amp
capacity
> Dual axes wire manipulator
> Single weld vision with
renewable optical cover
Integral light guide
Remote Iris
Actuated weld filter
> Conventional gas lens
> Minimum welded ID 1.05
> Maximum diameter 3.50
> Maximum wall thickness
without configuration change -
0.44
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-141
> CRR 05-37
Summary
> Framatome ANP matrix evaluation of BMN
modification options ranked the four half nozzle
approaches best
Miniature IDTB half nozzle ranked number one
Prioritizes development efforts
> Dynamic evaluation tool
Continuous refinement
Additional input encouraged
Configuration and site specific weighting/ranking
> Can be applied to other locations/concepts
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-142
ASSESSMENT OF THE REPAIR/REMEDIATION/MITIGATION TECHNIQUES
FOR DISSIMILIAR METAL BUTT WELDS
Dave Waskey
Framatome ANP Inc. (AREVA Group)
3315 Old Forest Road
Lynchburg, VA 24506-0935
dave.waskey@framatome-anp.com
For over two decades stainless steel butt welds in Boiling Water Reactors
(BWRs) have been failing due to Intergranular Stress Corrosion Cracking
(IGSCC). During the last decade Alloy 600 Dissimilar Metal Butt Welds (DMWs)
started to fail by Primary Water Stress Corrosion (PWSCC) in BWRs, Table 1[1].
And now the first two Alloy 600 DMW PWSCC failures in Pressurized Water
Reactors (PWRs) have occurred on the VC Summer RV hot leg nozzle, Figure 1,
and the TMI hot leg surge nozzle, Figure 2.
These problems have resulted in a number of repair/remediation/mitigation
technologies being developed and used in the world wide commercial nuclear
industry, Table 2[2, 3, and 4]. This presentation will include a historical
perspective of these technologies and a current assessment of each including
relative cost, schedule, dose, inspection frequency requirements [5], and ASME
Code and Regulatory acceptance, as well as the long term expected service life
of each technology.
References:
1. W.H. Cullen, Jr. and T.S. Mintz, A Survey of World Wide Experience with
the Cracking Susceptibility of Alloy 600 and Associated Welds, Rev.2,
March 25, 2004.
2. J. Schmidt, D. Pellkofer, E. Weib, Alternative Methods for Post Weld
Treatment of Austenitic Pipe Welds to Increase the Operational Safety of
BWR Plants, Nuclear Engineering and Design 174, 1997.
3. EPRI Project Manager, S. Findlan, Materials Reliability Program:
Recommendations for Testing of Emerging Mitigation Techniques for
PWSCC (MRP-119), June 2004.
4. EPRI Project Manager, C. King, Materials Reliability Program: Generic
Guidance for Alloy 600 Management (MRP-126), November 2004.
5. EPRI Project Manager, C. King, Materials Reliability Program: Primary
System Piping Butt Weld Inspection and Evaluation Guideline (MRP-139),
Draft F, January 4, 2005.
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-143
Table 1 Dissimilar Metal Butt Weld Failures/PDI Rejectable in the US
Plant Type Plant Date Component Reference
GE Type 4 Vermont Yankee April 1986 RV Core Spray Nozzle LER 271-1986-005
CE Palisades 1 September 1993 PZR Relief Valve LER 225-1993-009
GE Type 4 Hope Creek 1 September 1997 RV Core Spray Nozzle LER 354-1997-023
GE Type 4 Duane Arnold 1 November 1999 Recirculation Riser LER 331-1999-006
W 3 Loop Summer 1 October 2000 RV Hot Leg Nozzle LER 395-2000-008
GE Type 3 Pilgrim 1 October 2003 RV Nozzle to Cap LER 293-2003-006
GE Type 4 Susquehanna 1 March 2004 RV Recirc Nozzle Event Notification
Report 40605
B&W Three Mile Island Fall 2003 RCS Hot Leg Surge
Nozzle
LER 289-2004-001
GE Type 3 Quad Cities Spring 2004 RV Recirc Nozzle
GE Type 4 Hope Creek Fall 2004 RV Recirc Nozzle LER 354-2004-010
Table 2 Dissimilar Metal Weld Global Solutions
> Safe End Replacement
> Weld Inlay (Both Preventive & Repair)
> Structural Weld Overlay (WOL)
> Weld Overlay for Stress Improvement (PWOL)
> Mechanical Stress Improvement Process (MSIP)
> Induction Heating Stress Improvement (IHSI)
> Last Pass Heat Sink Welding (LPHSW)
> Cavitation Peening
> Laser Peening
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-144
Figure 1 VC Summer RV Hot Leg Nozzle Failure
Figure 2 Three Mile Island RC Pipe Hot Leg Surge Nozzle
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-145
FRAMATOME ANP, INC.
Assessment of
Repair/Remediation/Mitigation Techniques
for Dissimilar Metal Butt Welds
Dave Waskey
Framatome ANP
An AREVA and Siemens Company
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-146
2 FRAMATOME ANP, INC. > CRR 05-32
Agenda
> Overview of Dissimilar Metal Butt Weld
(DMW)Failures
> Review of Global Solutions
> Comparison of Available Techniques
> Regulatory Issues
> Conclusions
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-147
3 FRAMATOME ANP, INC. > CRR 05-32
Dissimilar Metal Weld Failures in the US
Plant Type Plant Date Component Reference
GE Type 4 Vermont Yankee April 1986 RV Core Spray Nozzle LER 271-1986-005
CE Palisades 1 September 1993 PZR Relief Valve LER 225-1993-009
GE Type 4 Hope Creek 1 September 1997 RV Core Spray Nozzle LER 354-1997-023
GE Type 4 Duane Arnold 1 November 1999 Recirculation Riser LER 331-1999-006
W 3 Loop Summer 1 October 2000 RV Hot Leg Nozzle LER 395-2000-008
GE Type 3 Pilgrim 1 October 2003 RV Nozzle to Cap LER 293-2003-006
GE Type 4 Susquehanna 1 March 2004 RV Recirculation Nozzle Event Notification Report
40605
B&W Three Mile Island Fall 2003 RCPipeHot Leg Surge
Nozzle
LER 289-2004-001
GE Type 3 Quad Cities Spring 2004 RV Recirculation Nozzle
GE Type 4 Hope Creek Fall 2004 RV Recirculation Nozzle LER 354-2004-010
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-148
4 FRAMATOME ANP, INC. > CRR 05-32
Dissimilar Metal Weld Failures
> Small Nozzle Solution in US To Date
> Inlay/Safe End Replacement - Palisades PORV
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-149
5 FRAMATOME ANP, INC. > CRR 05-32
Dissimilar Metal Weld Failures
> 12 16 Diameter Nozzle
Solution in US To Date
> Inconel Structural Weld
Overlay
Seven (7) on BWRs (Note:
three (3) were previously had
MSIP)
One (1) on PWR
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-150
6 FRAMATOME ANP, INC. > CRR 05-32
Dissimilar Metal Weld Failures
> Large Nozzle Solution in US To Date
Spool Piece Replacement - VCS RV HL Nozzle
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-151
7 FRAMATOME ANP, INC. > CRR 05-32
Butt Weld
0
TIME
Component Degradation Curve
1970s 1980s 1990s 2000s
C
u
m
u
l
a
t
i
v
e
D
e
g
r
a
d
a
t
i
o
n
B
W
R
P
i
p
e
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
i
z
e
r
H
e
a
t
e
r
S
l
e
e
v
e
s
R
P
V
H
e
a
d
S
G
B
W
R
In
t
e
r
n
a
ls
EPRI used with
permission
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-152
8 FRAMATOME ANP, INC. > CRR 05-32
Dissimilar Metal Weld Global Solutions
> Safe End Replacement
> Weld Inlay (Both Preventive & Repair)
> Structural Weld Overlay (WOL)
> Weld Overlay for Stress Improvement (PWOL)
> Mechanical Stress Improvement Process (MSIP)
> Induction Heating Stress Improvement (IHSI)
> Last Pass Heat Sink Welding (LPHSW)
> Cavitation Peening
> Laser Peening
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-153
FRAMATOME ANP, INC.
Technique Comparisons
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-154
10 FRAMATOME ANP, INC. > CRR 05-32
Assessment Criteria
> Available Approaches:
Safe End Replacement
Weld Inlay (Both Preventive & Repair)
Structural Weld Overlay (WOL)
Weld Overlay for Stress Improvement (PWOL)
Mechanical Stress Improvement Process (MSIP)
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-155
11 FRAMATOME ANP, INC. > CRR 05-32
Assessment Criteria
> Definitions
Repair Leaking or Unacceptable Flaw Size
Remediation Acceptable Flaw Size
Mitigation Prior to Flaw Identification
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-156
12 FRAMATOME ANP, INC. > CRR 05-32
Assessment Criteria
> Dependent Factors
Cost
Schedule
Dose
OD Spatial Envelope
Internal Accessibility
Long Term (Life of Plant) Integrity
Code and Regulatory Acceptance
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-157
13 FRAMATOME ANP, INC. > CRR 05-32
Pros & Cons
Pros Cons
MSIP x Places ID in compression
x No pipe entry
x Can be both mitigation and remediation technique
x Can be performed in flooded condition
x Can be life of plant repair
x Offers shortest schedule
x Cannot be used if flaw is above predescribed length
x Requires OD spatial envelope
x Requires regulatory approval for DM welds
x Not a repair option
x Requires subsequent outage inspection to verify no flaw
growth
x Accurate profile required prior to MSIP to design device
x Leaves flaw in place
x Leaves flaw exposed to RCS water
Preventative Overlay x Puts ID surface in compression
x Can be wet or dry
x Short schedule
x Can provide life of plant repair
x No subsequent outage flaw growth verification by
UT
x Mitigation technique, i.e. no flaws
x No Code rules requires regulatory approval
x Requires spatial envelope
Structural Overlay x Can be wet or dry
x Addresses compressive plus new structural
boundary
x Is both a mitigation and remediation technique
x Leaves flaw in place
x Requires spatial envelope
x Is more expensive and schedule intensive on larger
diameter pipes
x Requires subsequent outage inspections to show flaw has
not grown into outer 25% of wall
x No Code rules requires regulatory approval
Inlay x Permanently removes Alloy 182 from RCS
interface
x Represents lowest possible future inspection
requirements
x No OD spatial envelope needed
x Lower dose
x Shortest on component schedule for large pipes
x Can remove flaw or optionally imbed a flaw
x No regulatory approval required unless flaw
removal uses Ambient Temperature Temperbead
welding
x Breach system FME Concerns
x Drain down requirement
x Component accessibility challenges
Safe End Replacement
(Spool Piece)
x Best for small pipes
x Highest confidence for life of plant repair
x No regulatory approval required
x Limited to smaller pipes based on cost and schedule
x Requires drain down
x FME concerns
x Higher dose location dependent
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-158
14 FRAMATOME ANP, INC. > CRR 05-32
Application Recommendations
> Applications Recommendations
4 & Smaller Safe End Replacement
4 - 20 Structural Weld Overlay
20 - 36 ID Originated Inlay
20 - 36 MSIP
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-159
FRAMATOME ANP, INC.
Regulatory Issues
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-160
16 FRAMATOME ANP, INC. > CRR 05-32
Relief Requests/Code Cases
> Code Case N-XXX (Inconel Weld Overlay to Piping
or Components)
Applies to Inconel weld overlays to PI, P3, SS, Inconel
piping or nozzles
Same/similar rules as N-504 (Stainless Piping Weld
Overlay)
Will permit first layer as part of structural overlay
provided it has minimum 24% Cr
Provides temper bead rules by reference
Draft in Code Committee
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-161
17 FRAMATOME ANP, INC. > CRR 05-32
Relief Requests/Code Cases
> Code Case N-638
Rev. 1
Redefined scope to permit use on dry vessels for radiological reasons
NRC endorsed with restriction requiring NB-5000 acceptance criteria
Rev. 2
Permits repair to SA-302 Gr.B that has been modified by nickel addition and
fine grain heat treatment
Clarifies impact testing acceptance to be based on Charpy V-notch lateral
expansion criteria
Provides provision to visually inspect prior to welding in lieu of surface
examination
Provides toughness testing adjustment temperatures clarifications to permit
PQRs to use Section III
Requires Contractor Code NDE rather than Section XI
Approved unanimously at December Section XI Meeting
Rev.3
Area limitation from 100 sq. in. to 500 sq. in. and greater sizes with Section III
and residual stress analysis w/o NRC RR approval
Technical basis document funded by EPRI expected at next Section XI
meeting
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-162
FRAMATOME ANP, INC.
Conclusions
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-163
19 FRAMATOME ANP, INC. > CRR 05-32
Dissimilar Metal Weld - Conclusions
> NEI 03-08: Guideline for the Management of
Materials Issues
Is a road map to show the NRC that the utilities are
proactive and aggressively addressing these issues
> MRP-139: Primary System Piping Butt Weld
Inspection and Evaluation Guideline
This guidance will be similar to the BWR IGSCC
program and recommends significant increased
inspections
> The Big Question
Will we see an industry trend for mitigation first on the
DMWs?
Session 1B: Strategic Planning
4-164
5
SESSION 2A: CRACKING AND RELIABILITY STUDIES
OF ALLOY 690
The subject of crack initiation and growth and initiation in Alloy 690 and its weld metals was
addressed by five participants in Session 2A. Summaries of the presentations are given below
followed by the questions asked, responses provided, and comments made by the participants
concerning each presentation. Click on the links to access directly copies of the materials
presented together with extended abstracts.
Assessment of PWSCC Resistance of Alloy 690: Overview of Laboratory
Results and Field Experience, presented by F. Vaillant, EDF (Paper 2A.1)
This presentation was given by F. Vaillant and written by F. Vaillant, J.-M. Boursier (EDF-
R&D), Y. Rouillon (EDF-DIN), O. Raquet, M. Helie (CEA Saclay), and P. Scott, M. Foucault
(Framatome-ANP France). The main points made during the presentation were as follows:
x Current field experience in France has been that no SCC has occurred in Alloy 690
components after more than 20 years of service in the case of SG tube plugs, more than 15
years of service for SG tubes, and over 10 years of service in the case of CRDM nozzles (3
vessel heads).
x All of the many the laboratory tests that have been performed have demonstrated a very high
resistance to SCC of Alloy 690 in PWR primary water.
x In a few cases, a limited susceptibility to PWSCC has been observed in laboratory tests for
Alloy 690 with a microstructure characterized by intragranular carbide precipitation when
subjected to extremely severe loadings. For these cases, an approach based on the strain rate
damage model was developed. Based on this model, no significant cracking would be
expected in roll transitions of SG tubes during the lifetime of PWR plants. Moreover, the
results show that no SCC is expected for industrial products having the specified
intergranular carbide microstructure.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (W. Cullen): Are there plans for additional testing of the PWSCC resistance of
Alloy 690?
Response (F. Vaillant): There are no current plans for additional testing. The results of the
tests already performed are considered conclusive and to demonstrate a very high resistance
to PWSCC of industrial grades of Alloy 690.
5-1
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
x Question (J. Hickling): When you showed your test results for the DCB and CT specimens
you said there was "no cracking." I assume that these were air-fatigue precracked specimens,
so that you were really saying that you detected no intergranular crack propagation.
However, for the test time shown, slow crack growth would not probably have led to even
one grain depth of growth, so the conclusion drawn is perhaps a little less certain than it
appears?
Response (F. Vaillant): I agree. This is the reason why I mentioned that the duration of the
tests (less than 1500 hours) was probably shorter than desirable. Nevertheless, no SCC
propagation was observed by SEM of the fatigue pre-crack.
x Question (R. Jacko): You report that there has been no observed PWSCC in Alloy 690 steam
generator tube plugs with up to 20 years of PWR exposure. Have there been any destructive
examinations performed of Alloy 690 plugs exposed for such long times? If so, what was the
longest exposure examined?
Response (F. Vaillant): Destructive examinations have been performed on steam generator
tube plugs of Alloy 690, but operating times were only about 25,000 hours. You are
certainly aware that the extraction of plugs from in-service steam generators is very
expensive.
x Question (J. Gorman):
1. What is the temperature for slides 12 and 14?
2. What was the crack morphology observed with the CERT specimens?
3. How can one assure that thick section Alloy 690 has a good microstructure?
Response (F. Vaillant):
1. 360C (680qF).
2. IGSCC.
3. Meeting specified mill annealing and thermal treatment temperatures and times
provides good assurance that the desired microstructure will be developed.
Microstructure checks are performed of the final product to verify that the desired
microstructure has been obtained.
A Review of PWSCC, Weldability, and Thermal Ageing of Nickel Weld
Metals in PWR Primary Water, presented by J.-M. Boursier, EDF (Paper
2A.2)
This presentation was given by J.-M. Boursier and written by J.-M. Boursier, F. Vaillant, B.
Yrieix, and T. Couvant of EDF R&D. The main points made during the presentation were as
follows:
x This presentation provided an overview of the main results obtained in a variety of
investigations of 19% Cr, 22%, 26% Cr and 30% Cr alloys that compared them with Alloy
182 (15% Cr). SCC susceptibility in primary water at 360C (680qF) was evaluated using
constant load tests, RUB tests, and slow strain rate tests. The weldability of weld metals was
studied focusing on susceptibility to hot cracking. The resistance to thermal ageing was
investigated in order to detect any long term ordering of the Ni-Cr solid solution that could
induce embrittlement.
5-2
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
x Weld metals containing 30% chromium were found to have high susceptibility to hot
cracking, such that care is required to avoid hot cracking when making field welds.
x Thermal ageing was investigated in order to detect any long term ordering after 30,000 hours
at 400C (752qF) and 60,000 hours at 360C (680qF). Hardness measurements, Charpy tests
and resistivity measurements did not show any effect of ageing.
x A strong correlation between SCC susceptibility in primary water at 360C (680qF) and the
chromium content of these welds metals was observed. Neither crack initiation nor crack
growth was detected for material containing more than 26% Cr. Moreover, hot cracks, which
were frequently present in alloys containing 30%Cr, never propagated during stress corrosion
tests in the laboratory.
x R&D has contributed and still continues to provide solutions which contribute to the
optimization of nuclear power plant operation, especially for increase in PWR service life.
Future R&D studies will focus on studies of the complex microstructure of weld metals, on
the evaluation of cyclic loading on initiation and propagation of SCC, and on the influence of
weld defects on the fracture toughness of weld metals in relation to hydrogen content and
thermal ageing.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (S. Bruemmer): I was very interested in your identification of hot cracking types
seen as solidification and liquation mechanisms. This behavior is very poorly understood for
Ni-base alloys, and it would be useful to determine key metallurgical and welding
characteristics that lead to cracking. Do you plan additional examinations to better
understand hot cracking mechanisms?
Response (J.-M. Boursier): I agree with your comment. We think that we should improve
our knowledge concerning weldability. We plan to carry out some additional work in future
years, mainly in support of new nuclear units. This future work focusing on hot cracking
mechanisms will probably be carried out in cooperation with vendors.
x Question (T. Yonezawa): With regard to the constant load test results shown on slide 7 of
your presentation, how did you distinguish between creep and SCC?
Response (J.-M. Boursier): The fracture surfaces of the creep failures only had dimples. The
cracks grew from weld defects.
x Question (J. Gorman): How did you make RUB samples (split tube reverse U-bends) from
solid weld metal?
Response (J.-M. Boursier): We machined tubes from the weld metal. Then we prepared
RUB specimens in the same manner as when using steam generator tubes.
5-3
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
Integrity of TT Alloy 690 Piping Material, presented by T. Yonezawa, MHI
(Paper 2A.3)
This presentation was given by T. Yonezawa and written by T. Yonezawa, K. Fujimoto, H.
Kaguchi, and S. Asada of Mitsubishi Heavy Industries (MHI). The main points made during the
presentation were as follows:
x EPRI guidelines for cold worked and annealed steam generator tube material were published
in 1991 and 1999. However, there are no guidelines for hot finished thermally treated (TT)
Alloy 690. This leads to uncertainty regarding the appropriate requirements to use for this
type of material. To resolve this uncertainty, this paper discusses suitable material
specifications for hot finished TT Alloy 690 that, without causing deterioration of PWSCC
resistance, will result in material meeting mechanical property requirements.
x MHI considers that there is a worldwide consensus that M
23
C
6
carbides must be precipitated
semi-continuously at grain boundaries to maintain the PWSCC resistance of TT Alloy 690.
In order to achieve coherency of the lattice for grain boundary carbides with that of the
matrix (which is necessary for optimum PWSCC resistance), a suitable range of carbon
content and mill annealing temperature was established for cold finished material. This
recommended range, determined from the coherency of the grain boundary carbides, is the
range where high SCC resistance is achieved in high caustic solutions, used as an accelerated
test condition for PWSCC.
x The above approach has been applied to the quality control of cold finished TT Alloy 690 by
MHI for 17 years, and is still applied. However, in the case of hot finished TT Alloy 690,
dynamic re-crystallization occurs during hot working. The remaining chromium carbides in
hot worked material are mostly located at the grain boundaries. These grain boundary
chromium carbides increase in size during thermal treatment after mill annealing. For this
reason, the temperature-carbon range where suitable coherent grain boundary carbides are
achieved for hot finished TT Alloy 690 is located at lower temperatures and higher carbon
content than that for cold finished TT Alloy 690, as shown in slide 21. Also, the carbon
content for hot finished TT Alloy 690 can be higher than that for cold finished TT Alloy 690,
without deterioration of PWSCC resistance.
x Generally, ultrasonic examination is relatively difficult for large grained nickel-based alloys,
such as Alloys 600 and 690. Grain size increases with an increase of annealing temperature,
especially when at higher temperature than the secondary re-crystallization temperature.
Therefore, the mill annealing temperature must be kept below the secondary re-
crystallization temperature.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (A. McIlree): Your presentation did not mention the issue (requirement) of a
minimum yield strength. In the US this is 35 ksi. Do you have a similar minimum yield
strength requirement in Japan, and how does your recommended processing meet this
requirement?
5-4
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
Response (T. Yonezawa): In Japan, there is the same requirement on yield strength as in the
US. In the ASME Code, Section II (2001 edition), hot worked (annealed) NO690 pipes are
specified as 30 ksi minimum yield strength. We proposed in 2003 that this be increased to
the same as for cold worked and annealed material, i.e., to 35 ksi. Japan also specified 35
ksi. In order to meet this requirement, it is not necessary to use special processing for TT690
pipes. With regard to meeting ultimate strength requirements at high temperature, hot
finished TT690 has little margin. To address this situation, we recommend use of a higher
carbon content and a lower mill annealing temperature than for cold finished TT690.
x Comment (S. Fyfitch): Your fabrication sequence indicates that following hot extrusion you
need to go to a mill anneal step. This may not necessarily be the case since the temperature
rises during the extrusion process, essentially producing a mill anneal.
Response (T. Yonezawa): Even if a high temperature working process is used, re-
crystallization is not enough by dynamic-recrystallization, and residual strain will remain
after hot working. We consider that mill annealing is needed after hot working to control the
microstructure, such as grain boundary carbides.
x Question (J.-M. Boursier): Concerning Alloy 690, another subject of interest is the release of
nickel oxides from steam generator tube materials during operation, since nickel becomes
activated in the neutron flux in the core and leads to surface contamination (by
58
Co) and
dosimetry problems. Do you have any information concerning the relationship between the
different steps of the fabricating process and the nickel release of Alloy 690?
Response (T. Yonezawa): With regard to nickel release from TT 690, the most important
factors controlled by the material fabricating process are the surface roughness and the thin
layer of cold worked (plastically strained) material on the surface. The thin surface layer of
cold worked material strongly increases the diffusion coefficient of the nickel. With these
factors in mind, for SG tubes, we require a very smooth inner surface and a minimal cold
worked surface layer.
x Question (S. Bruemmer): Within your "Fabrication Process" slide you showed a
straightening step for the tube. This was after the mill anneal, but before the thermal
treatment. Since the thermally treated carbide microstructure is very important to SCC
resistance, can the straightening operation produce high local deformation and alter
subsequent microstructure evolution?
Response T. Yonezawa): Usually the cold working ratio of the straightening process is less
than about 4%. From our studies, the straightening process does not affect the microstructure
after thermal treatment.
x Question (J. Gorman): Have long term PWSCC tests been performed to verify that hot
worked, mill annealed, and then thermally treated material has as good resistance to PWSCC
as does cold worked, mill annealed and then thermally treated material? What about hot
worked and thermally treated material with no mill anneal following the hot working?
Response (T. Yonezawa): We are conducting very long term verification tests for PWSCC
resistance for hot finished, mill annealed, and then thermally treated material and for cold
finished, mill annealed, and then thermally treated material. This testing is being conducted
with the sponsorship of the Japanese PWR owners group.
5-5
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
x Question (G. Rao): Your position seems to be that whatever process leads to the desired
microstructure is better. Please comment.
Response (T. Yonezawa): We have lots of data that correlates microstructure and PWSCC
behavior. Based on this we use microstructure as a quality control tool. However, we can
not so easily explain the mechanism by which microstructure affects PWSCC behavior.
Nevertheless, the database correlating microstructure and PWSCC behavior is strong.
x Comment (A. McIlree): Copson was not the inventor of Alloy 690. Rather, he was the
promoter. Alloy 690 was developed in the 1930s (before Copson's work) for use in milk
pasteurization applications.
Status of MRP Work to Demonstrate the Long-Term Resistance of Alloys
690, 152 and 52 to PWSCC, presented by J. Hickling, EPRI (Paper 2A.4)
This presentation was given and written by J. Hickling of EPRI. The main points made during
the presentation were as follows:
x The purpose and scope of the MRP-111 report (EPRI 1009801) published in March 2004 was
to evaluate existing field and laboratory test data regarding the behavior of Alloys
690/52/152 in order to demonstrate and quantify the margin of improvement of Alloys
690/52/152 over Alloys 600/82/182. Further purposes were to provide a technical basis for
development of future inspection requirements for Alloys 690/52/152, and to identify gaps in
the existing Alloys 690/52/152 data and suitable strategies to fill these gaps.
x The vast majority of Alloy 690 test specimens have been crack-free after exposures up to
100,000 hours. In contrast, most Alloy 600 specimens in both MA and TT conditions
developed PWSCC, often after relatively brief periods.
x There have been occasional instances of shallow intergranular cracking observed in Alloy
690 test specimens. This has mostly been the result of mechanical microfissuring, rather than
PWSCC. However, PWSCC may be possible to a small extent in conjunction with atypical
heat treatments and unusual alloy microstructures or compositions, especially if material is
subsequently cold worked.
x No PWSCC of Alloy 152/52 weld metals has been identified to date (but investigations are
limited).
x Two methods have been used to estimate the improvement factor provided by Alloy 690TT
as compared to Alloy 600. The first method, based on Weibull and Weibayes analysis,
provides an average improvement factor of 26.5 relative to Alloy 600MA material and 13.3
relative to Alloy 600TT. The second method, based on the ratio of test time to first Alloy
600 failure, provides an average improvement factor of 27.1. These numbers are
conservative, due to an absence of PWSCC in most Alloy 690 specimens within the test
duration.
x Field experience with Alloy 690 confirms the laboratory test results. Worldwide, numerous
PWR units have now operated with steam generators having Alloy 690 tubing for over nearly
fifteen years. Many other components containing Alloy 690 and its weld metals are also in
5-6
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
service; in this regard, Alloy 52 has been in service for over 10 years. To date, there have
been no indications of corrosion degradation in any of the Alloy 690 components in service
x Based on both laboratory and field data, it is concluded that Alloy 690 and its weld metals
Alloys 52/152 are very unlikely to develop PWSCC during extended PWR plant lifetimes
(60+ years).
x Some specific knowledge gaps were identified in MRP-111. These include:
Insufficient testing of Alloy 52 and 152 weld metals.
The effects of different product forms on PWSCC behavior have not been definitively
resolved.
Insufficient investigation of the effects of subtle changes in chemical composition,
changes in thermo-mechanical processing, and surface finish on PWSCC resistance.
No information regarding crack growth rates in base or weld metals if PWSCC should
occur.
A potential concern regarding the susceptibility of the HAZ to PWSCC (by analogy with
Alloy 600).
Corrosion fatigue behavior needs to be better defined (however, behavior similar to that
of Alloy 600 is expected).
LTCP (low temperature crack propagation) has been shown by naval reactor tests to be a
possible concern.
x Test results published in 2004 as MRP-123 showed that Alloy 690 is not completely
"immune" to PWSCC crack growth, but rates are low. A follow-on program is evaluating
crack growth rates in Alloys 690, 52 & 152 using sophisticated test techniques.
x Planned future work includes continuing to follow the NDE of thick-walled Alloy 690
components (e.g. replacement RPV heads in France), revision of MRP-111 in 2006, addition
of data from a WOG test program that compared Alloy 52M and 182 weld metals, and the
possible addition of data from a long-term Japanese test program on Alloy 690 and its weld
metals. An experimental program is currently being initiated to assess the PWSCC resistance
of the HAZ in welded, thick-section material of Alloys 600 and 690. The results from MRP-
111 and the additional test programs will be used, together with field inspection data, to
develop & refine a less-stringent NDE program for thick-walled components made of Alloy
690.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Comments (R. Staehle): Your presentation shows clearly the great improvement in Alloy
690TT as applied to primary chemistry. I have three comments:
1. On the secondary side there are at least three environmental circumstances in which
SCC of Alloy 690 occurs:
a. Lead
b. Low valence sulfur
5-7
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
c. Mildly acidic
These are not well defined but seem credible. The occurrence of such SCC depends,
apparently, on the occurrence of deposit buildup and subsequent concentration; this
process is not well defined.
2. You might give some attention to the data which show that the composition of Alloy
690 is adjacent to a zone of significant general corrosion as identified in Copson's
lead oxide experiments as well as those of Killian in alkaline solution and in mildly
acidic solutions. The significance of this with respect to operational chemistries
should be defined.
3. Considering the large amounts of chromium in Alloy 690, long term consideration
should be given to depletion of chromium from the surface. This depletion increases
with increasing pH conditions and rates for preferential depletion should be defined.
x Question (J.-M. Boursier): On your slide No. 18, you identified various knowledge gaps
concerning PWSCC of 30% Cr alloys. Could you rank the gaps from high level of
importance to lower levels of importance?
Response (J. Hickling): This is quite a challenge since the gaps relate to different issues in
some cases (e.g., LTCP). I would rate the top three priorities as:
1. Product type and possible effect of mechanical/thermal processing on PWSCC
resistance.
2. Testing of Alloy 52M/152 weld metals from a sufficient variety of different welds.
3. Investigating possible HAZ effects.
Corrosion fatigue testing is probably a low priority item.
x Question (D. Lister): You indicate that some testing of the PWSCC resistance of Alloys 690
and its weld metals is being performed in supercritical water. The properties of supercritical
water are quite different from non-supercritical water. How do you extrapolate back to
service conditions?
Response (J. Hickling): We are including Alloy 600 in the test program. Its known behavior
will help us extrapolate the Alloy 690 and weld material results back to service conditions.
Response (R. Jacko): A region has been selected where the properties of supercritical water
are similar to those of 350/360C (662/380qF) water, e.g., with regard to heat capacity.
Comment (D. Lister): I was thinking primarily about conductivity.
Response (R. Jacko): I will have to check this aspect.
PWSCC Growth Rates of Cold Worked Alloy 690 & Alloys 52/152 Weld
Metal, presented by P. Andresen, GE Global Research Center (Paper 2A.5)
This presentation was given by P. Andresen and written by P. Andresen of the GE Global
Research Center and J. Hickling of EPRI. The main points made during the presentation were as
follows:
x CGR tests in simulated primary water at 340360qC (644680qF) have been performed on
cold worked Alloy 690 material. The cold work is intended to simulate residual strains
present in the heat affected zone (HAZ) of welds and/or fabrication or surface cold work.
5-8
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
x Based on the CGR tests, a preliminary conservative assessment of Alloy 690 susceptibility to
crack growth through PWSCC shows:
Slow crack growth appears to occur in some (but not all) Alloy 690 materials at constant
K.
Rising dK/da loading shows somewhat higher CGRs and may be relevant in certain field
situations.
Truly intergranular crack propagation has not yet been demonstrated for Alloy 690
materials.
x Similar testing of Alloys 152 and 52 is now starting. Future work will also examine the
possibility of increased PWSCC susceptibility in the HAZ of Alloy 690.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Questions (W. Cullen): How was the material processed?
Response (P. Andresen): The plate materials came in the hot worked and mill annealed
condition (1800F and 2000F (982C and 1093C)). Additional thermal treatment was not
performed by GE Research. The CRDM material was normal production materialGE
Research did no further thermo-mechanical processing apart from forging at room
temperature to yield about 20% or 40% reduction in thickness.
x Comment (R. Staehle): With respect to the transgranular SCC observed on some of your
fracture surfaces, transgranular SCC has also been observed in LPSCC of Alloy 600 by
Smialowska and co-workers at elevated potentials and pH ~3. Reviewing such data might be
helpful.
x Comment (J. Hickling): The specimens destructively examined to date hardly had an
opportunity to demonstrate an intergranular cracking mode of SCC since (at least in one
case) the total extent of crack growth at constant (or near constant) load was still less than the
typical grain diameter of the material.
Response (P. Andresen): When considering the entire crack front, there is a mix of areas
where the crack is positioned very near (and well aligned with) a grain boundary and where
the crack is part way into a grain (and therefore must grow extensively to encounter a grain
boundary). This geometric concern alone probably does not account for the very limited
intergranular cracking observed. It does highlight that only a limited volume of the
microstructure is sampled in such small increments of crack advance.
x Question (B. Templeton): From your banded microstructure do you know where you are
crackingin a carbide region or a denuded region? Mechanistically will that make a
difference?
Response (P. Andresen): Two issues. First, even in the one cross-sectional plane that we
showed, we think that we have captured SCC response in both microstructures. When you
consider the entire crack front, it is impossible to imagine that the microstructure aligns
perfectlythat is, the crack front sampled different microstructures. Second, there is
abundant evidence that microstructure is important in SCC, including the benefit associated
5-9
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
with grain boundary carbides. But there is little evidence that reasonable microstructural
variations result in a fundamental change in SCC mechanisms. Growth rates vary with
microstructure and this highlights concerns for good control of microstructures and for
evaluation of situations that might disrupt good microstructuresespecially in the
"thermomechanical processing" associated with weld metal and heat affected zones.
5-10
ASSESSMENT OF PWSCC RESISTANCE OF ALLOY 690 : OVERVIEW OF
LABORATORY RESULTS AND FIELD EXPERIENCE
Franois VAILLANT, Jean-Marie BOURSIER (EDF-R&D), Yves ROUILLON (EDF-DIN)
Olivier RAQUET, Max HELIE (CEA Saclay),
Peter SCOTT, Marc FOUCAULT (Framatome-ANP France)
Abstract
Alloy 690 (a nickel base alloy containing 30% chromium) is now widely used to replace components in alloy 600
that have been found to be susceptible to SCC in primary and secondary environments of PWRs. This choice was
based on extensive R&D programs undertaken by French laboratories during more than 25 years. They have enabled
the development of predictive models based on alloy 600 to be extended recently to alloy 690.
In primary PWR environments, laboratory results at 360C have demonstrated the strong SCC resistance of alloy 690
using RUB and constant load specimens machined from industrial steam generator (SG) tubes. No SCC was
observed in laboratory tests after 90000 h on RUBs and 100 000 h on 16 mock-ups with various roll transitions in SG
tubes incorporating some extremely severe rolling anomalies. Only limited cracking (100 to 200 m) was observed
after CERT tests on some experimental SG tubes with a seriously degraded microstructure. Even taking this cracking
into account, the margins for improved SCC resistance brought about by alloy 690 (with respect to alloy 600) are
very considerable, since no cracking was obtained on industrial tubes with as-specified microstructure with
intergranular carbides. Moreover, no crack propagation was obtained on fatigue precracked specimens machined
from a CRDM nozzle in alloy 690, under static or cyclic loading.
Current field experience in France shows no SCC in alloy 690 components after more than 20 years in the case of SG
tube plugs, more than 15 years for SG tubes, and over 10 years for CRDM nozzles (3 vessel heads).
Background
The choice of alloy 690 with 30% chromium in EDF PWRs was the result of a large scale R&D cooperative effort
between EDF, CEA, Framatome-ANP and Westinghouse in the early 80s [1,2]. This chromium level, by lowering
the observed dissolution/oxidation rate and maintaining high repassivation kinetics, was assumed to prevent SCC of
alloy 690 [3]. No cracking was reported in laboratory studies up to the middle of the 90s, but the durations of the
tests in primary water environments were limited. French laboratories have continued to sustain an extensive survey
program including many comprehensive investigations during the last decade. New interest in studying 690 in PWR
primary water has arisen more recently in the USA in the context of the renewal of vessel heads and bottom mounted
instrumentation penetrations needed after the extensive cracking was observed in alloy 600 components.
The decision to introduce alloy 690 for SG tubing in PWR plant was first taken in 1984 with applications in the
USA; the first SG replacement in France occurred in 1990 (Dampierre 1). Since that time, alloy 690 is the
replacement material in France for all components formerly fabricated in alloy 600 and for manufacturing new ones.
This paper summarizes French R&D effort on alloy 690 in PWR primary environment and its application to plants.
General overview of open literature
The general status of knowledge on alloy 690 from foreign laboratories is available in reference [4]. The longest
duration for SCC tests without any cracking being observed is 90 000 h at 360C on RUBs. Very few results with
any observed cracking were reported : the most significant SCC was obtained in hydrogenated steam at 380C on
RUBs of two pre-production heats with non-standard microstructure after 13824 h : one tube (mill-annealed (MA) at
965C + thermally-treated (TT) at 700C) and having only intragranular carbides cracked but no cracking was
observed on a tube MA at 1070C, resulting in intergranular carbide grain boundary decoration [5].
French R&D results
Experimental conditions
* Steam generator tubes : 40 SG tubes have been studied by EDF and CEA. They covered the evolution in
manufacturing procedures from the beginning of the development of alloy 690 with experimental and industrial tubes
having a wide range of microstructures resulting from various carbon contents and mill-annealed temperatures. Most
of the tubes were thermally treated at 700C [6,7]. The industrial tubes were first mill-annealed at 1040-1080C
(generally in a H
2
atmosphere) prior to thermal treatment (TT) at 700C, resulting in intergranular (IG) carbide
decoration of the grain boundaries. By contrast, two of the experimental tubes (WE092 and WE094) had a severely
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-11
degraded microstructure (with significant intragranular carbide precipitation) due to a two-step heat-treatment
1
associated with a high carbon content (above the specification limit of 0.040% in the case of tube WE092). Another
experimental tube (9G4), MA at 980C (H
2
atmosphere), was tested both in the MA and MA+TT conditions.
* Vessel head penetrations (VHP) : EDF has also investigated three VHPs : one pre-industrial and two industrial.
They were hot-extruded at 1110-1230C and then heat-treated at 715C. The resulting microstructure consisted of an
intergranular carbide precipitation and a grain size between 3 and 5.
Tests on SG tubes and VHPs fabricated from alloy 690 included RUBs, constant extension rate tests (CERTs using
tensile specimens with a gage length of 86 mm) at 5 10
-8
s
-1
, and constant load tests at ~0.9 UTS. All the tests were
performed at 360C in PWR primary water (PW : 1000 ppm B, 2 ppm Li) with 25-50 cc H
2
/kg controlled by a silver-
palladium sensor, in static autoclaves. Reference tests with alloy 600 were performed under the same conditions.
Micrographic examinations of cross-sections of the specimens were performed at the end of the tests.
The resistance to crack propagation was also assessed on fatigue-precracked specimens : DCB (thickness 10 mm) [8]
and CT (15 mm) with trapezoidal loading (partial unloading-reloading at K=30 MPam, R=0.7, frequency 2.8 10
-4
Hz); see [9] for experimental details. The fracture surfaces were examined at the end of the tests.
* SG tubes : Mock-ups with roll transitions were also tested by Framatome-ANP. They were tested in the form of
capsules made from SG tubes, including industrial roll transitions with and without some extremely severe rolling
anomalies. The capsule mock-ups containing hydrogenated water were introduced into an oven at 360C. The stress
level (up to about 450 MPa) resulted in the combination of residual stresses (from the mechanical expansion) and the
steam pressure inside the capsule. Sixteen mock-ups in alloy 690 (industrial tubes) were tested, with 40 mock-ups in
alloy 600 as controls.
SCC results on RUBs
* Despite some limited observations of lack of ductility to 10 m-depth within a cold worked layer that were due to
the bending applied when forming the RUB specimens from SG tubes, no SCC crack initiation or propagation was
noted after 72500 h to 90000 h on experimental tubes and 90000 h on industrial tubes (EDF, CEA). In every case for
Alloy 600 MA, rapid cracking (500 h) occurred. Though the lack of ductility observed could induce a significant
decrease of the stress level at the surface of the RUBs in alloy 690, it was proved that the tips of these defects were
still severely stressed. On the experimental tube WE092, a layer of 90 m was removed by electropolishing locally
and the stress level remained as high as 875 MPa even after 30000 h at 360C.
* In the case of VHPs, no cracking occurred within 12665 h on alloy 690, while SCC was observed between 500 h
and 2000 h on alloy 600.
SCC results from constant load tests
*A constant load test was performed by EDF on a specimen machined from the experimental SG tube WE092 at the
stress level of 686 MPa (0.95 UTS
360
), with the as-received surface state and anomalous intragranular carbide
microstructure. No significant SCC was observed (crack depths less than 10 m IG within the cold worked layer)
after 11000 h in PW at 360C. By contrast, a susceptible tube in alloy 600 suffered SCC (450 m) in 820 h.
* No cracking was observed within 18500 h on a VHP in alloy 690 at a true stress of 580 MPa (0.9 UTS
360
).
SCC results from CERTs
EDF and CEA have performed CERTs at an extension rate of 5 10
-8
s
-1
in a primary environment at 360C. The
specimens were either in the as-received surface state, or electropolished in some cases at EDF.
* SG tubes (width of tensile specimen : 4 mm)
Seven industrial tubes were tested : they exhibited small cracks (10 to 30 m) in the (external) cold work layer in the
as-received condition, and less than 10 m in the electropolished condition. By contrast, a reference tube of alloy
600 had a crack depth greater than 500 m in the as-received condition, and 50-100 m in the electropolished
condition. These results confirmed the very good SCC resistance of industrial tubes in alloy 690, even under a very
severe dynamic mechanical loading.
Five experimental tubes were also tested :
- three tubes had a maximum crack depth less than 20 m : heat 9G4 in the MA (980C) condition and two
others after MA at 980 and 1040C in a NH
3
atm followed by TT, tested with an electropolished surface state.
- two other tubes, however, showed some significant SCC susceptibility associated with an anomalous
intragranular carbide microstructure during CERT tests : specimens from heat WE092 HT E2 revealed crack depths
1
Heat treatments : E1 : 980C (NH
3
) + 700C, then 980C + 700C.
E2 : 980C (NH
3
) + 700C, then 1040C to 1060C + 700C
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-12
between 120 m and 170 m, and the longest crack in heat WE094 HT E1 was 250 m after testing with the as-
received surface state. In the electropolished condition, the maximum crack depth was only 40 m for heat WE092
HT E2. Cross-checking these tests by exchanging specimens between the laboratories provided similar results.
It can be concluded that under a very severe dynamic loading, tubes with anomalous extensive intragranular carbide
precipitation exhibited some significant sensitivity to SCC, particularly in the case where an initial cold worked layer
was present. A role of the MA atmosphere could not be proved in this case. By contrast, industrial tubes with
intergranular carbides demonstrated very good resistance to SCC, even in as-received cold worked surface condition.
* VHPs (specimen : 4 mm). No significant cracking was noted on two VHPs in alloy 690 even after an elongation
to failure of 44%. For comparison, IGSCC to a depth of 800 m was observed in similar tests on a VHP in alloy 600.
Results on mock-ups (SGs)
While the forty mock-ups in alloy 600 were found cracked by SCC with an average time to cracking of 8350 h, no
cracking was noted on sixteen mock-ups in alloy 690 after 100 000 h at 360C.
Results on crack propagation resistance
Tests on DCB specimens did not result in any propagation by SCC at 350C on a VHP in alloy 690 after 9500 h in
the as-received state, and 6800 h after tensile cold working to 20% [10]. These were completed by tests on CT
specimens with trapezoidal loading : no cracking was obtained after 1150 h at 360C or after 1240 h and 1488 h at
325C. Taking into account the severity of such loading observed in the case of alloy 600 [11], it was concluded that
the crack propagation resistance of alloy 690 with interganular carbides was completely satisfactory.
Conclusion
All the laboratory tests performed have demonstrated the extreme SCC resistance of alloy 690 in PWR primary water
environments. In some cases, some susceptibility to SCC was demonstrated on materials with an intragranular
carbide precipitation when subjected to extremely severe loadings. For these cases, an approach based on the strain
rate damage model was developed [10]. Based on this model, no significant cracking would be expected in roll
transitions of SG tubes during the lifetime of PWR plants. Moreover, the results show that no SCC is expected on
industrial products having the specified intergranular carbide microstructure.
It is also noted that current field experience in France has shown that no SCC has occurred in alloy 690 components :
after more than 20 years in the case of SG tube plugs, more than 15 years for SG tubes, and over 10 years in the case
of CRDM nozzles (3 vessel heads).
References
[1] Proceedings : Workshop on Thermally-Treated Alloy 690 Tubes for Nuclear Steam Generators ,
Pittsburg (PA), June 26-28, 1986. Rapport EPRI NP-4665-SR,July 1986
[2] C. GIMOND, P. SAINT-PAUL, J. BLANCHET, A. KLEIN, Choix de lalliage 690 pour les tubes de
gnrateurs de vapeur , Colloque International Fontevraud I, 2-6 September 1985, pp 270-279
[3] F. VAILLANT et al, Influence of Cr content and microstructure on creep and PWSCC resistance of nickel
base alloys , 9
th
Int. Symp. Environ. Degrad. of Mat. in Nucl. P Syst W. React., Newport Beach (CA), august 1999
[4] J. HICKLING, C.P. KING, Materials Reliability program (MRP), Resistance to Primary Stress Corrosion
Cracking of Alloy 690, 52 and 152 in Pressurized Water Reactors, EPRI draft report, December 2003. Prepared by
Framatome ANP (H. XU, S. FYFITCH et al)
[5] G.T. SUI, J.M. TITCHMARSH, G.B. HEYS, J. CONGLETON, Stress corrosion cracking of alloy 600
and 690 in hydrogen/steam at 380C , Corrosion Science, July 1996
[6] F. VAILLANT, Rsistance la corrosion sous contrainte en milieu primaire des alliages 690 et 800. Point
des rsultats en dcembre 1995 , note HT-44/95/013/A, January 1996
[7] O. RAQUET et al, Rsistance la CSC en milieu primaire REP de matriaux tubulaires en alliage 690
soumis une dformation globale constante , CEA technical report RT-SCCME 618, January 2003
[8] R. MAGDOWSKI, M.O. SPEIDEL, Stress corrosion crack growth of various materials exposed to
simulated PWR water , ETH Zrich report, EDF/ETH contract ND 3367-RE, April 1997
[9] F. VAILLANT et al, Influence of a cyclic loading on crack growth rates of alloy 600 in primary
environment: an overview , 11
th
Int. Symp. Environ. Degrad. of Materials in Nucl. P Syst W. React., Stevenson
WA, August 2003
[10] J.M. BOURSIER et al, Effect of the strain rate on the stress corrosion cracking in high temperature
primary water : comparison between the alloys 600 and 690 , Same conference.
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-13
Assessment of PWSCC resistance
of Alloy 690 : overview of laboratory
results and field experience
F. VAILLANT, J. M. BOURSIER (EDF/R&D),
Y. ROUILLON (EDF/DIN-Saint-Denis),
O. RAQUET, M. HELIE (CEA/SCCME-Saclay)
P. SCOTT, M. FOUCAULT (Framatome-ANP)
2005 PWSCC Intern. Conf.
Santa Ana Pueblo (NM), March
7-10 2005
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-14
20/06/2005 2
Background
80s : important R&D effort on alloy 690 (EDF, CEA, Framatome, Westinghouse)
1984 : decision to introduce 690 in plants (USA, France)
1990 : 1
st
application in France (SG replacement Dampierre 1), then vessel
heads
mid-90s : no SCC reported from lab. but limited durations of the tests
R&D overview in French laboratories and field experience
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-15
20/06/2005 3
General overview of open literature
From foreign laboratories :
- For the longest durations of tests : no SCC on RUBs after 90 000 h at 360C
(B&W)
- Only one case of significant cracking on RUBs: (Univ Newcastle)
SCC after 13800 h in hydrogenated steam at 380C on a tube with low MA
temperature (965C) + TT 700C (intragranular precipitation)
no SCC in the same conditions on a tube with MA 1070C + TT 700C
(intergranular precipitation)
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-16
20/06/2005 4
Experimental conditions of French R&D program 1
SGs : 40 tubes investigated
21 industrial tubes (high MA temperature (1040-1080C, generally H
2
) + TT 700C)
intergranular carbides
19 experimental tubes, (MA (980C<T<1040C, NH
3
or H
2
) r TT 700C)
* some with intergranular carbides
* others with inter + intra carbides,
among them WE092 and WE094
with a 2 step HT
Tubes Heat C (%) Heat treatment YS (MPa) 20C
Requirements
RCC M 4105
0.010< <0.040 - 275 < <470
Industrial 21 0.015 to 0.025 1040-1080C +
5hx700C
305 to 360
3 0.012 to 0.028
MA :
980 to 1045C
320 to 410
13 0.012 to 0.028 980C-1040C r
5hx700C
-
Experimental WE092 0.041 HT1 :
980C + 700C
499
HT2 :
980C + 700C
+ 1040-1060C
+700C
447
WE094 0.029 HT1 :
980C + 700C
-
HT2 :
980C + 700C
+ 1040-1060C
+700C
419
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-17
20/06/2005 5
Experimental conditions 2
Vessel head penetrations
1 pre-industrial and 2 industrial VHPs (hot extrusion 1110-1230C + 715C),
intergranular carbides
SCC tests * RUBs, constant load
* CERTs (5 10
-8
s
-1
),
* capsules mock-ups (industrial roll transition and severe anomalies),
* DCB 10, CT 15 with trapezoidal loading (1/h, R = 0.7)
Environment 1000 ppm B, 2 ppm Li, 25 to 50 cc H
2
/kg
360C except for some CT with trap. Loading
For each test, one reference sample in alloy 600
Destructive examination at the end of the tests
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-18
20/06/2005 6
SCC results 1
RUBs
No SCC was observed after 90 000 h at 360C
only some lacks of ductility (< 10 m) which could not propagate
0
10000
20000
30000
40000
50000
60000
70000
80000
90000
100000
Number of specimens
M
a
x
d
u
r
a
t
i
o
n
o
f
t
h
e
t
e
s
t
s
(
h
)
600
690
reference
6 11
9
21
9G4 MA
industrial SG
tubes
experimental
SG tubes
MA + TT
WE092 &
WE094
VHPs
4
SCC
no SCC
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-19
20/06/2005 7
SCC results 2
Constant load tests
No SCC observed after at 360C on exp tube WE 092 E2, 686 MPa, 11000 h
industrial VHP, 580 MPa, 18500 h
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
12000
14000
16000
18000
20000
Number of specimens
T
i
m
e
t
o
f
a
i
l
u
r
e
(
h
)
1 3
600
690
no SCC
SCC
V = 0,9 UTS
Exp SG tube
WE092
industrial
VHP
3
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-20
20/06/2005 8
SCC results 3
CERTS
No significant SCC on industrial tubes or VHPs
Some SCC sensitivity on experimental tubes
with degraded microstructure (intra carbides)
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
Number of specimens
M
a
x
c
r
a
c
k
d
e
p
t
h
(
m
)
600 690
experimental
SG tubes
WE092 E2
WE094 E1
Reference
1 2 2 1
1
industrial
SG tubes
6
others
industrial
VHP
1
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-21
20/06/2005 9
SCC results 4
Tests on capsules mock-ups
* classical roll transition and severe anomalies on mechanically
expanded SG tubes
* hydrogenated water inside the capsules, at 360C
* 40 mock-ups in alloy 600 : average cracking time 8350 h
* 16 mock-ups in alloy 690 : no cracking after 100 000 h
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-22
20/06/2005 10
SCC results 5
Crack propagation resistance on industrial VHP in alloy 690
* DCB, 350C, - non cold worked (CW),
K = 15, 20, 25 MPam no SCC in 9500 h
K > 50 no SCC in 6780 h
- 20% CW (by tension)
15 < K < 60 no SCC in 6890 h
* CT 15 non CW, trapezodal loading (R=0.7, 1 cycle/h), K
max
= 30
- 360C : no SCC in 1150 h
- 325C : no SCC in 1240 h and 1488 h
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-23
20/06/2005 11
Life assessment with alloy 690 1
Background
* Very good SCC resistance of industrial tubes or VHPs
* Some SCC sensitivity in very severe loading conditions on degraded
products (intragranular carbides), which occurs for 10% elongation at
least.
Objective
Life assessment of 690 using
- experimental tube WE092 HT2
- strain rate damage model
- see presentation at 11th Env Degr Conf, Stevenson, 2003
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-24
20/06/2005 12
Life assessment of alloy 690 2
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-25
20/06/2005 13
Life assessment of alloy 690 3
On exp tube WE092 :
* at 360 C, for a stress of 0.9 UTS :
initiation time ~ 11 000 hours
SCC time to failure should be close to 200 000 hours.
* at 360 C, for an applied stress of 450 MPa :
initiation time ~ 30 000 hours
time to reach a crack depth of 100 m : | 615 000 hours
On industrial tubes
* no SCC expected
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-26
20/06/2005 14
Life assessment of 690 / 600 4
Alloy 690,WE 092 HT2 Alloy 600
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-27
20/06/2005 15
Field experience
No SCC was noted from French field with 690 :
* 20 yrs with SG plugs
* > 15 yrs with SG tubes
* > 10 yrs with CRDM nozzles (3 vessel heads)
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-28
20/06/2005 16
Conclusion
* Very good SCC resistance of industrial tubes or VHPs in alloy 690
* Some SCC sensitivity in very severe loading conditions on degraded
products (intragranular carbides)
* Life assessment approach with experimental alloy 690
in the as-received condition :
- This approach allows results of the evolution of the crack depth during CERTs and
constant load tests to be described in a same diagram
- Confirms the huge margins of SCC resistance of alloy 690 /
alloy 600, even in the case of an experimental tube
- no SCC expected with industrial products
* No SCC in the field
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-29
20/06/2005 17
Life assessment of alloy 690 5
Step dH/dt (s
-1
) Expected Measured
Time (h) Damage
(m)
Time (h) Damage
(m)
1 2.5 10
-7
60
2 4.4 10
-8
1870 90 1756 85
Cumulative
damage rule
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-30
A REVIEW OF PWSCC BEHAVIOR, WELDABILITY AND THERMAL AGEING OF
NICKEL WELD METALS CONTAINING 15 TO 30% CHROMIUM
J.M. Boursier, F. Vaillant, B. Yrieix, T. Couvant
EDF R&D
Materials and Mechanic of Components Department
Les Renardires - 77818 Moret sur Loing - France
Abstract
In 1991, a vessel head penetration was found leaking at Bugey 3 plant during the hydrotest. Metallurgical
investigations confirmed that this problem was again related to primary water stress corrosion cracking of alloy 600.
Moreover, the main crack initiated in the base metal of the penetration (alloy 600) has also propagated in the weld
metal in alloy 182. More recently, stress corrosion cracking in alloy 182 has been found on welds of U.S. plants.
SCC susceptibility of alloy 182 has been evidenced by several laboratories.
In France, all original vessel heads using alloy 600 have been or will be replaced with penetrations in alloy 690 (with
30% chromium). With respect to substitution materials, ELECTRICIT DE FRANCE has undertaken a large R&D study
focusing on the development of new weld metals. The aim of this study was to identify new materials that will be
able to weld alloy 690. Weld metals containing 15 to 30% Chromium have been studied.
This paper presents an overview of the main results obtained on 19% Cr, 22%, 26% Cr and 30% Cr alloys with
respect to alloy 182 (15% Cr). Firstly, stress corrosion cracking susceptibility in primary water at 360 C has been
evaluated during constant load tests, RUB tests, slow strain rate tests. No cracking was observed on material
containing more than 26% Cr for both initiation and propagation. A life assessment was performed for all weld
materials with respect to alloy 182. Secondly, the weldability of weld metals has been studied focusing on the
susceptibility to hot cracking. Thirdly, the resistance to thermal ageing has been investigated in order to detect any
long term ordering of the Ni-Cr solid solution that could induce embrittlement. Hardness, resistivity measurements
and Charpy tests results did not show any effect of ageing up to 60,000 hours at 360C.
Introduction
During a decennial hydrotest in 1991, a leakage was found in a vessel head penetration of Bugey 3 plant, due to
stress corrosion cracking [1]. The main crack, initiated in the penetration in Alloy 600, has also propagated in the
weld metal 182 (SMAW). More recently, several stress corrosion cracking have been detected in Alloy 182 welds in
American, Swedish and Japanese plants [2-3]. These degradations have been observed on welds that were not stress
relieved and repaired. In France, only one case of initiation of cracking in alloy 182 has been encountered on a steam
generator tubesheet which has been hammered by a loose part [4]. To contribute to the maintenance policy, a large
R&D program has been therefore undertaken by EDF and CEA, aiming to measure the crack growth rates in weld
metals [5]. Moreover, in order to be able to weld the alloy 690 that has replaced alloy 600, Electricit de France
studied new filler materials containing 22 to 30 % chromium. This paper presents an overview of the main results
obtained on 19% Cr, 22% Cr, 26% Cr and 30% Cr alloys with respect to alloy 182 (15% Cr).
Stress corrosion cracking resistance
In order to check the stress corrosion cracking resistance of the various studied alloys, several SCC tests have been
performed, (i) firstly to evaluate the susceptibility to crack initiation (RUB and constant load tests), (ii) secondly to
determine the crack propagation resistance (CERT and Crack Growth Rate tests).
All the corrosion tests were performed in simulated primary water of PWRs at 360C. The environment is
conditioned from deaerated demineralised water with the following elements : 2 ppm lithium as Lithia, 1000 ppm
boron as boric acid, 25-50 ml/kg dissolved hydrogen in water. The hydrogen content is monitored during the test by
a hydrogen Ag-Pb probe (inside the autoclave), which has been previously calibrated in a loop with an
Orbisphere sensor.
RUB tests
RUB tests were performed on Alloys 182 (15% Cr), 82 (19% Cr), 625 (22% Cr), 52 (30% Cr), 152 (30% Cr) and
Soudometal 30Cr. Samples have been examined after each period of 500 hours, the total duration of the RUB tests
5-31
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
reached 27,000 hours. In order to separate SCC initiation to hot cracking, observations have been realized according
to the procedure developed by EDF [6].
Alloy 182 : After 500 hours, SC cracks initiated. After 1500 hours, the crack depth reached 500 to 800 m.
Alloy 82 : The crack initiation occurred after 2000 hours on one specimen, and after 6500 hours 3 others samples in
alloy 82 have cracked. The crack path is intergranular, and the maximum crack depth is 980 m.
No Stress Corrosion Crack has been observed after up to 27,136 hours on alloys 625, 152, 52 and Soudmetal 30Cr
even on samples where weld defects have been identified.
Constant load tests
Constant load tests have been carried out on these as-welded alloys 182, 82 and 152 alloys in PWR primary water
with a nominal stress between 0.78 UTS for alloy 182/82 and 0.94 UTS for alloy 152. Alloys 182 and 82 evidenced
stress corrosion cracking within a short time (lower than 600 hours) in PWR primary water. By contrast, no SCC has
been observed on alloy 152 after up to 21,000 hours, even where hot cracks were present in the sample. 2 specimens
failed by creep (dimples on the fracture surface).
Slow strain rate tests
Slow strain rate tests have been performed on tensile specimens of alloys 182, 82, 625, Soudometal 22Cr and 26Cr ,
52, 152 and Soudometal 30Cr. These tests were carried out both in PWR primary water at a strain rate of 5.10
-8
s
-1
and in inert environment Argon at 10
-6
s
-1
at 360 C. Alloys 182 and 82 were highly sensitive to stress corrosion
cracking while alloy 625, Soudometal 22Cr and 26Cr are less susceptible to stress corrosion cracking. Beyond 26%
Chromium content, all the studied weld metals showed a very high resistance to stress corrosion cracking despite hot
cracks were present inside the specimens (alloys with 30%Cr) : no stress corrosion crack has been observed on
alloys containing more than 26% Chromium.
Metallurgical weldability
Nickel alloys are very frequently difficult to weld. These alloys are sensitive to hot cracking thus an experimental
study has been carried out in order to rank the various products and to understand their behaviors. The studied weld
metals have 15 to 30%Cr. They have been elaborated from industrial batches, prototype batches and simplified
laboratory alloys, and are mainly obtained by SMAW, which is the most critical process, but also by SAW and
GTAW. The solidification and liquation hot cracking sensitivity have been evaluated by Varestraint and Gleeble
tests. No ductility-dip cracking was observed. Metallurgical investigations (optical metallography, SEM, differential
thermal analysis, quenching in oriented solidification and thermodynamical calculations) have also been performed
on these alloys in order to link their hot cracking behavior to their chemical composition through their
microstructure [7]. The main conclusions are summarized in the following table.
Hot cracking
type
182 SMAW
82 GTAW
(15 22%Cr)
82 SAW
(18 22%Cr)
52 GTAW
(30%Cr)
52 SAW
(30%Cr)
152 SMAW
(30%Cr)
Solidification --- //-- - /-- /-
Liquation .-- //-- .- //- /.
These weld ability results allowed to qualify the 30%Cr alloys for several applications linked to the three processes
SMAW, SAW and GTAW.
Ageing
Because Nickel alloys containing 30% Chromium have a chemical composition close to the stoechiometry Ni
2
Cr, a
long term ordering transformation of the initial solid solution can occur during holding in temperature. This
microstructural transformation induces hardening and embrittlement, which are important for the operating
properties. This transformation is strongly reduced by adding other elements like iron and becomes unlikely for iron
content > 8% (EDF requirement)
1
. However thermal ageing tests have been performed to verify that the
transformation did not occur in these weld metals.
1
J.C. Van-Duysen, Etude bibliographique des transformations du type ordre-dsordre dans les alliages Nickel Chrome : Evaluation du
risque dvolution structurale de lalliage 690 la temprature de service , EDF R&D report HT-41/NEQ/1117-A, December 1990.
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-32
No increase of hardness was observed after 60,000 at 360 C, 30,000 hours at 400 C and 30,000 hours at 450
C on Alloy 152. For Soudometal 30Cr weld metal, a decrease of the hardness was observed after 60,000 hours
at 360C, for the three heat treatments. After 30,000 hours at 400 and 450 C, the curves seemed to show a
slight increase of the hardness but still in the scattered band of the hardness measurements.
Charpy tests have been performed on samples aged during 20,000 to 30,000 hours at 400C and 5,000 to
30,000 hours at 450C. Globally, the main tendency was a slight increase of the toughness with time in
temperature.
Electrical resistivity measurements have also been performed because this property, which decreases with the
long term ordering, is the most sensitive method to detect the earlier stage of the transformation. Moreover, at
the opposite of hardening and embrittlement, which could be due to other metallurgical transformation, this
decrease of resistivity is characteristic of the long term ordering. By contrast, short term ordering induces an
increase of resistivity. No decrease of the resistivity has been observed, the resistivity seemed to increase
around 20,000 hours at 400C, which could be due to short term ordering. TEM examinations shew no
evidence of any long term ordering.
Assuming an activation energy above or equal to 125 kJ/mole, the lack of microstructural evolution after 30,000 h at
400C and 60,000 h at 360C qualified these materials in operation at 325C respectively up to 500,000 h and
250,000 h. Nevertheless, ageing tests are carried on, and further investigations to validate the activation energy
accurately are in project.
Conclusion and perspectives
This large study allowed the comparison of the long term behaviour of various weld nickel alloys containing 19 to
30 % chromium with respect to alloy 182 (15% Cr).
i Firstly, concerning the weld ability of weld metals, the high susceptibility to hot cracking of weld metals
containing 30 % chromium should be mentioned. Welds on site should be realized carefully.
i Secondly, concerning the ageing of these alloys, the resistance to thermal ageing has been investigated in order to
detect any long term ordering after 30,000 hours at 400C and 60,000 hours at 360 C. Hardness measurements,
Charpy tests and resistivity measurements did not show any effect of ageing.
i The strong dependency between the SCC susceptibility in Primary Water at 360 C and the chromium content of
these welds metals should be noticed. No cracking was observed on material containing more than 26% Cr for
initiation and propagation both. Moreover, hot cracks, which were highly present on alloys containing 30%Cr,
never propagated during stress corrosion tests in laboratory.
R&D has contributed and still continues to promote solutions which enables the optimisation of Nuclear Power
Plants operation, mainly for the increase of PWR service life. R&D studies will focus on the study of the complex
microstructure of weld metals, on the evaluation of cyclic loading on initiation and propagation both of SCC, on the
influence of weld defects on the fracture toughness of weld metals in relation to hydrogen content and thermal
ageing.
References
[1] J. Economou, A. Assice, F. Cattant, J. Salin, M. Stindel, NDE and metallurgical examinations of vessel
head penetrations , 3
rd
International Symposium of Fontevraud, September 12-16, 1994.
[2] Summer NPP Event, Material Reliability Program IIG Meeting EPRI, Clear Water Beach, December 7-8,
2000.
[3] Summary of US PWR reactor Vessel head nozzle inspections Results, USNRC, Conference on VHP
inspection, cracking and repairs, Gaithersburg September 29 October 2, 2003.
[4] J.M. Boursier, Y. Rouillon, S. Lehong, C. Amzallag, Metallurgical investigations and SCC tests on Ni-
Cr-Fe in PWR primary water , 4
th
International Symposium of Fontevraud, September 14-18, 1998.
[5] S. Le Hong, J.M. Boursier, C. Amzallag, J. Daret, Measurements of stress corrosion cracking
propagation rates in weld alloy 182 in primary water of PWR, 10
th
International Conference on
Environmental Degradation of Materials in Nuclear Power System - Water Reactors, Lake Tahoe (NA),
August 2001.
[6] J.M. Boursier, M. Cleurennec, Y. Rouillon, F. Arnoldi, D. Buisine, Differentiation between hot cracking
and stress corrosion cracking in PWR primary water of alloy 182 weld material , EUROCORR99, Aachen,
August 1999.
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-33
[7] D. Buisine, P.H. Milleville, F. Vaillant, P. Vidal, L. Dunand-Roux, M. Martinovitch, Qualification des
nouveaux produits dapport en alliage base nickel haute teneur en chrome , Journes AFIAP, Colloque
Fabrication Soudage Contrles, Paris, Octobre 1995.
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-34
A review of PWSCC, weldability
and thermal ageing of Nickel weld
metals in PWR Primary water
J.M. Boursier, T. Couvant,
F. Vaillant, B. Yrieix
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-35
21/06/2005 2
Background
In 1991, a vessel head penetration was found leaking at Bugey 3 (France)
PWSCC of alloy 600
Initiation in the base metal (600) of the penetration
Propagation in the weld metal in alloy 182
More recently, PWSCC found in US, Swedish and Japanese plants
(alloy 182)
SCC susceptibility of alloy 182 studied by several laboratories
In France, replacement of all original vessel head using alloy 600 with
penetration in alloy 690, and welding of new vessel head adapters with
alloy 152
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-36
21/06/2005 3
Objectives
Weld metals with different chromium content
PWSCC susceptibility ?
Weldability : susceptibility to hot cracking ?
Thermal ageing susceptibility ?
Dendrites in alloy182
50 m
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-37
21/06/2005 4
MATERIALS Chemical composition (weight %)
Alloy
Product
reference
Welding
technique
Cr
(%)
Fe
(%)
C
(%)
Mn
(%)
Nb+ Ta
(%)
182 D481 SMAW 14.5 7.9 0.024 7.32 2.0
82 D347
GTAW
SAW
18.1 3.8 0.014 3.02 2.47
625 D476 SMAW 21.2 1.3 0.024 0.76 3.64
22Cr D512 SMAW 21.75 9.6 0.022 4.35 1.76
26Cr D642 SMAW 25 9.55 0.038 7.7 1.8
52 D543
GTAW
SAW
25.5 8.7 0.037 0.27 0.02
D502 29.3 10.75 0.040 3.6 1.6
152
D492
SMAW
28.8 9.62 0.040 3.51 1.59
D508 29.7 10.2 0.041 4.33 1.78
D510 29.8 10.4 0.044 4.25 1.71 30Cr
D647
SMAW
28.6 10.0 0.031 4.23 < 0.01
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-38
21/06/2005 5
STRESS CORROSION CRACKING (1/4)
STRESS CORROSION CRACKING (1/4)
Simulated PWR environment
360C
2 ppm of Li + 1000 ppm of B
25-30 ml/kg dissolved hydrogen
Initiation tests
Constant deflexion tests : RUBs
Constant load tests : 0.8 UTS for alloy 182 and 0.9 UTS for alloy 152
SSRTs
Strain rate : 5.10
8
s
1
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-39
21/06/2005 6
STRESS CORROSION CRACKING (2/4)
STRESS CORROSION CRACKING (2/4)
0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
D
481-
2
D
481-
3
D
347
-1-1
D
347-
1-2
D
347-
1-3
D
347-
1-4
D
476-
1-1
D
476-
1-2
D
476-
1-3
D
543-
1
D
543-
2
D
543-
3
D
543-
4
D
502-
2-1-
1
D
502-
2-1-
3
D
502-
2-1-
4
D
502-
2-1-
6
D
502-
2-1-
7
D
508-
1-1
D
508-
1-2
D
508-
1-3
D
508-
1-4
T
i
m
e
t
o
c
r
a
c
k
i
n
g
(
h
)
Alloy 182
Alloy 82
Alloy 625
Alloy 52
Alloy 152
Soudomtal 30%Cr
Results of initiation tests (RUBs)
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-40
21/06/2005 7
STRESS CORROSION CRACKING (3/4)
STRESS CORROSION CRACKING (3/4)
Alloy 182 82 152
Nominal true stress
(MPa)
527 580 560 590 627
Duration (h) 96 572 8592 1240 21332
Result
SCC
(1,7 mm depth)
SCC
(1,5 mm depth)
No SCC
No rupture
No SCC
Creep failure
No SCC
Creep failure
Results of initiation tests (constant load)
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-41
21/06/2005 8
STRESS CORROSION CRACKING (4/4)
STRESS CORROSION CRACKING (4/4)
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
10 15 20 25 30 35
Chromium content (%)
M
a
x
.
c
r
a
c
k
d
e
p
t
h
(
m
)
Results of SSRTs
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-42
21/06/2005 9
METALLURGICAL WELDABILITY (1/3)
METALLURGICAL WELDABILITY (1/3)
Welding techniques
Shielding Metal Arc Welding
Submerged Arc Welding
Gas Tungsten Arc Welding
Evaluation to hot cracking susceptibility
Varestraint test
Gleeble test
Criteria based on small deformations (0.015 < H < 0.03) and
expressed with : -./
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-43
21/06/2005 10
METALLURGICAL WELDABILITY (2/3)
METALLURGICAL WELDABILITY (2/3)
Results
Hot cracking type
182 SMAW 82 GTAW
(15 to 22% Cr)
82 SAW (18 to
22% Cr)
52 GTAW (30%
Cr)
52 SAW (30% Cr) 152 SMAW (30% Cr)
Solidification - to - - / / to - - - / to - - / to -
Liquation . to - - / / to - - . to - / / to - / / to .
Conclusions
30% Cr alloys have been qualified for several applications
For a given grade, the behaviour is very different with the batch
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-44
21/06/2005 11
METALLURGICAL WELDABILITY (3/3)
METALLURGICAL WELDABILITY (3/3)
Conclusions
Good liquation cracking behaviour ogood solidification cracking
behaviour
Very bad behaviour with one type of cracking overy bad behaviour
with the other
Impurity and alloying content are not always sufficient to explain the
different behaviours
The self-healing phenomena cannot be used to obtain a non sensitive
material
Some of the very bad behaviours have still no well-identified origin
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-45
21/06/2005 12
AGEING (1/4)
AGEING (1/4)
Situation
30% Cr alloys have a chemical composition close to the Ni
2
Cr
stoechiometry osusceptibility to long term ordering ohardening
oembrittlement
Evaluation
Hardness measurements
Charpy tests : embrittlement evaluation
Resistivity measurements
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-46
21/06/2005 13
AGEING (2/4)
AGEING (2/4)
Hardness results for alloy 152 (D492) in 3 thermal
treatment states
No increase of hardness after 60,000 h at 360C
No increase of hardness after 30,000 h at 450C
D492 - Agei ng at 360C
180
190
200
210
220
230
240
250
100 1000 10000 100000
Durat ion (h)
H
V
3
0
AW HT1 HT2
D492 - Agei ng at 450C
180
190
200
210
220
230
240
250
100 1000 10000 100000
Durat ion (h)
H
V
3
0
AW HT1 HT2
AW = As Welded, HT1 = 16 h at 610C, HT2 = 20 h at 550C + 16 h at 610C
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-47
21/06/2005 14
AGEING (3/4)
AGEING (3/4)
Charpy test results for alloy 152 (D492) in 3 thermal treatment
states
Tests after aging at 400 and 450C, until 30,000 h
Slight increase of the resilience with time, after aging 30,000 h at 400C
D492 - Ageing at 400C
7
8
9
10
11
100 1000 10000 100000
Durat ion (h)
C
h
a
r
p
y
t
e
s
t
(
d
a
J
/
c
m
)
AW HT1 HT2
D492 - Ageing at 450C
7
8
9
10
11
100 1000 10000 100000
Durat ion (h)
C
h
a
r
p
y
t
e
s
t
(
d
a
J
/
c
m
)
AW HT1 HT2
AW = As Welded, HT1 = 16 h at 610C, HT2 = 20 h at
550C + 16 h at 610C
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-48
21/06/2005 15
AGEING (4/4)
AGEING (4/4)
Resistivity measurements for alloy 152 (D492) in 3 thermal
treatment states
No decrease of resistivity with time
Slight increase of the resistivity at 400C around 20,000 h (due to
short ordering ?)
D492 - Ageing at 400C
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
100 1000 10000 100000
Durat ion (h)
R
e
s
i
s
t
i
v
i
t
y
,
.
c
m
AW HT1 HT2
D492 - Ageing at 450C
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
100 1000 10000 100000
Duration (h)
R
e
s
i
s
t
i
v
i
t
y
,
.
c
m
AW HT1 HT2
AW = As Welded, HT1 = 16 h at 610C, HT2 = 20 h at
550C + 16 h at 610C
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-49
21/06/2005 16
CONCLUSIONS
CONCLUSIONS
Susceptibility to hot cracking of weld nickel containing 30%
chromium.
Hardness measurements, Charpy tests and resistivity
measurements did not show any effect of ageing (tests in
progress).
Strong correlation between PWSCC susceptibility and
chromium content.
No SCC has been observed on materials containing more than
26%Cr (initiation/propagation).
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-50
21/06/2005 17
MATERIALS REQUIREMENTS (RCCM)
MATERIALS REQUIREMENTS (RCCM)
Alloy
Cr
(%)
Fe
(%)
C
(%)
Mn
(%)
Nb+ Ta
(%)
T
(C)
Ys
(MPa)
UTS
(MPa)
El.
(%)
20 > 250 > 550 > 30
182 13 17 < 10 < 0.1 5 9.5 1 2.5
350 > 190 - -
20 > 250 > 550 > 30
82 18 22 < 3 < 0.1 2.5 3.5 2 3
350 > 190 - -
625 20 23 < 7 < 0.1 < 1 3.2 4.2 - - - -
20 > 250
586
750
> 30
152 28 31.5 8 12 < 0.045 < 5 1.2 2.22
350 > 190 > 435 -
52 28 31 8 12 < 0.4 < 1 < 0.1 - - - -
Chemical composition (wt%) & Mechanical properties
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-51
21/06/2005 18
SPECIMENS FOR PWSCC TESTS
SPECIMENS FOR PWSCC TESTS
S
T
L
Stress
Propagation of PWSCC
RUBS : T-L
Cylindrical specimens : L-TS
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-52
21/06/2005 19
VARESTRAINT
VARESTRAINT
TEST
TEST
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-53
21/06/2005 20
Heat treating leading to short ordering
Heat treating leading to short ordering
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-54
Integrity of TT Alloy 690 Piping Material
T. Yonezawa
K.Fujimoto
Takasago R & D Center,
Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, Ltd.,
2-1-1, Shinhama, Arai-cho,
Takasago City, Hyogo Pref., JAPAN 676-8686
H. Kaguchi
S. Asada
Kobe Shipyard and Machinery Works,
Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, Ltd.
1-1-1, Wadasaki-cho, Hyogo-ku,
Kobe City, Hyiogo Pref., JAPAN 652-8585
Abstract
1. Introduction
From the beginning of the practical use, after developing by H.R.Copson of INCO, Alloy 600
has been widely applied to the various components which have dissimilar metal weld joint for
light water reactors, based upon the low coefficient of thermal expansion and the fact that stress
relieving after welding is not required.
After experience of PWSCC in many components with Alloy 600, though these materials are
being replaced with thermally treated (TT) Alloy 690 for which there is no possibility of
PWSCC.
However, the metallurgical characteristics and mechanical properties of TT Alloy 690 are not
exactly the same as those of Alloy 600. Also, these properties for hot finished TT Alloy 600 are
not the same as those for cold finished TT Alloy 690.
Authors have proposed revision of the design stress intensity and yield strength values for Alloy
690 to ASME committee, in 2003, and the ASME Code Case N698 was established.
A.R McIlree edited the EPRIs Guidelines for PWR Steam Generator Tubing Specifications and
repair, in 1991 and 1999, based on the information from the EPRI workshop and his hearing with
the researchers, fabricators and material suppliers of USA, Japan and so on. This guideline was
established for cold finished TT Alloy 690 PWR Steam Generator Tubing. There is no guideline
for hot finished TT Alloy 690 specifications, up to now. Therefore, there is confusion between
hot finished and cold finished TT Alloy 690, for some experts in this field.
So, this paper discusses the most suitable material specification for hot finished TT Alloy 690
without deterioration of the PWSCC resistance, to meet the mechanical properties.
2. Fabricating Process for TT Ally 690
TT Alloy 690 is being applyed (or is planning to be applied) to the SG tubes, RPV (reactor
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-55
pressure vessel) head adapters, RPV outlet and inlet nozzles, various nozzles for pressurizer,
bottom mounted instrumentation, core support etc. as components to be used in PWR primary
coolant environment.
The fabricating process for these TT Alloy 690 components are classified as either hot finished
and annealed process, so called hot finished process or cold finished and annealed process, so
called cold finished process. The hot finished TT Alloy 690 is being applied to the all
components except SG tubes and small diameter pipes.
3. Metallurgical Properties of TT Alloy 690
1) Controlling of strength level
In case of Alloys 600 and 690, grain refining strengthening, solid-solution strengthening and
strain strengthening are available as strengthening mechanisms. That is, the tensile and yield
strength of the Alloy 690 must be determined mainly by the grain size, carbon content and
residual strain due to cold working.
Generally speaking, the grain size after mill annealing of the austenitic alloys decreases with
increase of the cold working ratio when higher than 10 percent. That is, the cold finished
austenitic alloy normally has finer grains and higher strength than the hot finished one.
Therefore, in order to gain the same strength level for hot finished Alloy 600 as that for cold
finished Alloy 600, extra high carbon content and /or extra low temperature mill annealing (so
called equalizing) were applied to the hot finished Alloy 600, and as a result, the PWSCC
susceptibility of this hot finished Alloy 600 was increased.
The best suitable carbon content and mill annealing condition must be selected for the hot
finished TT Alloy 690, reflecting the misunderstanding of hot finished Alloy 600.
2) Controlling of grain boundary carbide precipitation
Currently, it is worldwide consensus that the M
23
C
6
carbides must be precipitated
semi-continuously to maintain the PWSCC resistance for TT Alloy 690.
Authors have previously reported the effect of carbon content, mill annealing condition and
grain boundary carbide coherency on the IGSCC resistance in high caustic solution, used to
determine the accelerated properties of PWSCC resistance, as shown in Fig.1
1)
.
That is, in order to gain the coherency of the lattice for grain boundary carbides with that for
matrix, a range was recommended based on carbon content and mill annealing temperature.
This recommended range determined from the coherency of the grain boundary carbides is the
range where high corrosion resistance is achieved in high caustic solution, such as primary
water.
These data have been applied to the quality control of the cold finished TT Alloy 690 by
Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, Ltd. for 17 years, and still applied currently.
In case of the hot finished TT Alloy 690, dynamic re-crystallization must occur during hot
working. Remaining chromium carbides will be mostly located at the grain boundaries for hot
working condition. The grain boundary chromium carbides will grow up around the remaining
chromium carbides mentioned above as the core, during TT after mill annealing. Therefore,
the range of coherent grain boundary carbides for hot finished TT Alloy 690 is located lower
than that for cold finished TT Alloy 690, as shown in Fig.2. Also, the carbon content for hot
finished TT Alloy 690 is available to be higher than that for cold finished TT Alloy 690,
without deterioration of PWSCC resistance.
.
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-56
3) Other properties
Generally, ultrasonic examination is very difficult for large grained nickel based alloys, such
as Alloys 600 and 690. Grain size increases with an increase of annealing temperature,
especially when at higher temperature than the secondary re-crystallization temperature.
Therefore, the mill annealing temperature must be selected at a lower temperature than the
secondary re-crystallization temperature.
References
1) T.Kusakabe, T.Yonezawa, S.Tokunaga: Research on Corrosion Resistance of Steam Generator
Tube, Mitsubishi Heavy Industries Technical Review, Vol.33(1996), No.1, P.6
1200
1150
1100
1050
1000
950
900
850
M
A
T
e
m
p
.
(
)
C Content (%)
0.010 0.015 0.020 0.025 0.030 0.035
Intact
SCC/IGA Detected
Recommendable Range for TT690
(Coherent Type B)
NO SCC
SCC
(Incoherent)
Heat Treatment Conditions :
MA+70015h+SR (55015h)
Test Specimen : Highly Stressed C-ring
Environment : 10%NaOH, 325
Testing Time : 1,000h
1200
1150
1100
1050
1000
950
900
850
M
A
T
e
m
p
.
(
)
C Content (%)
0.010 0.015 0.020 0.025 0.030 0.035
Intact
SCC/IGA Detected
Recommendable Range for TT690
(Coherent Type B)
NO SCC
SCC
(Incoherent)
Heat Treatment Conditions :
MA+70015h+SR (55015h)
Test Specimen : Highly Stressed C-ring
Environment : 10%NaOH, 325
Testing Time : 1,000h
Recommendable Range for
Cold Finished TT 690
Recommendable Range for
Hot Finished TT 690
Figure 1 Effect of carbon content and mill
annealing temperature on IGSCC resistance
and coherency of grain boundary carbides
for cold finished TT Alloy 690
Figure 2 Recommendable range of carbon
content, mill annealing temperature
and coherency of grain boundary
carbides for hot finished TT Alloy 690
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-57
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
Integrity of TT Alloy 690 Piping Material
2005 PWSCC of Alloy 600 International Conference & Exhibit Show
Tamaya Resort, Santa Ana Pueblo, NM March 7-10, 2005
T. Yonezawa*, K.Fujimoto*,
H. Kaguchi**, S. Asada**
* Takasago R&D Center
**Kobe Shipyard and Machinery Works
Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, Ltd.
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-58
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
Contents
1. Introduction
2. Fabricating Process of Piping and Tubing
3. Metallurgical Properties of TT Alloy 690
1) Controlling of Strength Level
2) Controlling of G.B. Carbide Precipitation
3) Other Properties
4. Summary
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-59
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
Contents
1. Introduction
2. Fabricating Process of Piping and Tubing
3. Metallurgical Properties of TT Alloy 690
1) Controlling of Strength Level
2) Controlling of G.B. Carbide Precipitation
3) Other Properties
4. Summary
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-60
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
* After experience of PWSCC for Alloy 600, these components
are being replaced with TT Alloy 690.
* The metallurgical characteristics and mechanical properties
of TT Alloy 690 are not exactly the same as those of Alloy 600.
* Alloy 600 was originally developed by H.R.Copson of INCO.
Alloy 600 has been widely applied to components with
dissimilar metal weld joint, due to the low coefficient of
thermal expansion and the fact that stress relieving after
welding is not required.
1. Introduction
* These properties for hot finished TT Alloy 600 are not the
same as those for cold finished TT Alloy 690.
* We have proposed revision of the design stress intensity and
yield strength values to ASME committee, in 2003, and the
ASME Code Case N698 was established.
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-61
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
* A.R McIlree edited the EPRIs Guidelines for PWR SG Tube
Specifications and repair, in 1991 and 1999.
* This guideline was established for cold finished TT Alloy 690
PWR SG Tubing.
* There is no guideline for hot finished TT Alloy 690 spec.,
up to now.
Therefore, there is confusion between hot finished and cold
finished TT Alloy 690, for some experts in this field.
* So, this presentation discusses the most suitable material spec.
for hot finished TT Alloy 690 without deterioration of the
PWSCC resistance, to meet the mechanical properties.
1. Introduction (Contd.)
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-62
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
Contents
1. Introduction
2. Fabricating Process of Piping and Tubing
3. Metallurgical Properties of TT Alloy 690
1) Controlling of Strength Level
2) Controlling of G.B. Carbide Precipitation
3) Other Properties
4. Summary
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-63
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
* In case of small diameter and thin wall tube and pipe will be
fabricated by the cold finished process, usually.
SG tubes are fabricated by cold finished process.
* The fabricating process for these TT Alloy 690 components
are classified as either hot finished and annealed process
or cold finished and annealed process.
2. Fabricating Process of Piping and Tubing
* TT Alloy 690 is being applied (or is planning to be applied) to
the SG tubes, RPV (reactor pressure vessel) head adapters,
RPV outlet and inlet nozzles, various nozzles for pressurizer,
bottom mounted instrumentation, core support etc. as
components to be used in PWR primary coolant environment.
* The hot finished TT Alloy 690 is being applied to all
components except SG tubes and small diameter pipes.
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-64
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
Contents
1. Introduction
2. Fabricating Process of Piping and Tubing
3. Metallurgical Properties of TT Alloy 690
1) Controlling of Strength Level
2) Controlling of G.B. Carbide Precipitation
3) Other Properties
4. Summary
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-65
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
* In case of Alloys 600 and 690, grain refining strengthening,
solid-solution strengthening and strain strengthening are
available as strengthening mechanisms.
* That is, the tensile and yield strength of the Alloys 600 and
690 must be determined mainly by the grain size, carbon
content and residual strain due to cold working.
3. Metallurgical Properties of Piping and Tubing
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-66
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
3. Metallurgical Properties of Piping and Tubing
* The grain size of the austenitic alloys remarkably grow at
higher temperature than the secondary re-crystallization
temperature.
* The secondary re-crystallization temperature for Alloys 600
and 690 locates at same temperature of the fully soluble
temperature for Cr carbides.
* But, in case of the cold finished Alloys 600 and 690, the grain
size after M.A. of the austenitic alloys decreases with increase
of the cold working ratio when higher than 10%.
* So, if fully soluble temperature will be selected as M.A., Alloys
600 and 690 must be annealed at higher temperature than the
secondary re-crystallization temperature.
* That is, the cold finished TT Alloys 600 and 690 normally have
finer grains, and higher strength than the hot finished one.
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-67
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
Reactor Vessel Closure Head of PWR
4.06"
2.75"
Pipe(N06690 SB-167)
J-weld
(Alloy 690(ERNiCrFe-7))
Fig. Head adapters in which N06690 are used in RVCH
Reactor Vessel Closure Head of PWR
J-Weld
Alloy 690 (ERNiCrFe-7)
Pipe (N06690 SB-167)
2.75
4.06
2. Fabricating Process of Piping and Tubing (Contd.)
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-68
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
* In order to gain the same strength level for hot finished
Alloy 600 as that for cold finished Alloy 600, extra high C
content and /or extra low temperature M.A. (so called
equalizing) was applied to the hot finished Alloy 600,
and as a result, the PWSCC susceptibility of this hot finished
Alloy 600 was increased.
* The best suitable carbon content and M.A. condition must be
selected for the hot finished TT Alloy 690, reflecting the
misunderstanding of hot finished Alloy 600.
3. Metallurgical Properties of Piping and Tubing (Contd.)
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-69
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
Contents
1. Introduction
2. Fabricating Process of Piping and Tubing
3. Metallurgical Properties of TT Alloy 690
1) Controlling of Strength Level
2) Controlling of G.B. Carbide Precipitation
3) Other Properties
4. Summary
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-70
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
Pipes
for
RPV
Head
Adapter
SG
Tubes
VOD Furnace
Billet Making
Billet Ingot Casting
Machining
Mill Anneal
Cold Drawing
TT
Repeat
Cold Finished
Hot Finished
2. Fabricating Process of Piping and Tubing (Contd.)
Straightener
Hot Extrusion
From Catalog of Sumitomo Metals Ind.
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-71
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
3. Metallurgical Properties of Piping and Tubing (Contd.)
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
10
2
MA600
TT600
MA690
TT690
SP800
: CRACKED
: CRACKED
: NOT CRACKED
: NOT CRACKED
: NOT CRACKED
: NOT CRACKED
10
3
10
4
Testing Time (Hr)
Stress
(kg/mm
2
)
MA600
TT600
SP800
TT690
Pre-Strained
R-U Bend Specimen
PWSCC test results in temperature accelerated
primary water (360)
Ni Cr Fe
Alloy
600
72.0 14.0
- 17.0
6.0
- 10.0
Alloy
800
30.0
- 35.0
19.0
- 23.0
39.5
Alloy
690
58.0 27.0
- 31.0
7.0
- 11.0
(T.Yonezawa et al : 1995)
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-72
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
Schema of semi-continuous
/ coherent G. B. carbides
/ Type B
Matrix 1
Matrix 2
Cr Carbide
Matrix 1
Cr
Matrix 2
Carbide
Discrete
/Incoherent
Semi -Continuous
/Coherent
Cr Carbide
GrainBoundary
Coherent
Micro-Structure of Grain Boundary
(Semi-Continuous/Coherent/TypeB)
Matrix 1
Matrix 2
GrainBoundary
GrainBoundary
(T.Yonezawa et al : 1988)
3. Metallurgical Properties of Piping and Tubing (Contd.)
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-73
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
Matrix M23C6
G.B.
5 nm
Lattice Image
Coherent G.B. M
23
C
6
Cr-Carbide to Matrix
(T.Yonezawa et al : 1988)
3. Metallurgical Properties of Piping and Tubing (Contd.)
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-74
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
Effect of C content and
M.A. tempt. on SCC
resistance and Coherency
of G.B. carbides
The recommended
range shows
Coherent Type B.
This range agrees with
the range of high
corrosion resistance in
alkaline solution, and
shall be in primary
water.
1200
1150
1100
1050
1000
950
900
850
M
A
T
e
m
p
.
(
)
C Content (%)
0.010 0.015 0.020 0.025 0.030 0.035
Intact
SCC/IGA Detected
Recommendable Range for TT690
(Coherent Type B)
NO SCC
SCC
(Incoherent)
Heat Treatment Conditions :
MA+70015h+SR (55015h)
Test Specimen : Highly Stressed C-ring
Environment : 10%NaOH, 325
Testing Time : 1,000h
(T.Yonezawa et al : 1995)
3. Metallurgical Properties of Piping and Tubing (Contd.)
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-75
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
* Currently, it is worldwide consensus that the M
23
C
6
carbides
must be precipitated semi-continuously to maintain the
PWSCC resistance for TT Alloy 690.
3. Metallurgical Properties of Piping and Tubing (Contd.)
* In order to gain the coherency of the lattice for G.B.
carbides with that for matrix, a range was recommended
based on the C content and M.A. temperature.
* We have previously reported the effect of C content, M.A.
condition and G.B. carbide coherency on the IGSCC resistance
in high caustic solution, used to determine the accelerated
properties of PWSCC resistance for the cold finished
TT Alloy 690.
* In case of the cold finished TT Alloy 690, fully soluble
temperature must be selected, to gain the high SCC resistance.
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-76
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
* This recommended range determined from the coherency of
the grain boundary carbides is the range where high
corrosion resistance is achieved in high caustic solution,
such as primary water.
* These data have been applied to the quality control of TT
Alloy 690 in MHI from 17 years ago.
3. Metallurgical Properties of Piping and Tubing (Contd.)
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-77
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
3. Metallurgical Properties of Piping and Tubing (Contd.)
Recommendable range of C content, M.A. temperature and
coherency of G.B. carbides for hot finished TT Alloy 690
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-78
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
* In case of the hot finished TT Alloy 690, dynamic re-
crystallization must occur during hot working.
* Remaining Cr carbides will be mostly located at the G.B.
during hot working.
* Therefore, the temperature range of coherent G.B. carbides
for hot finished TT Alloy 690 is located lower than that for
cold finished TT Alloy 690.
* The G.B. Cr carbides will grow up around the remaining
Cr carbides as the core, during TT after M.A.
3. Metallurgical Properties of Piping and Tubing (Contd.)
* So, reducing of the M.A. temperature is available without
deterioration of PWSCC resistance.
* Also, the suitable C content for hot finished TT Alloy 690
needs to be higher than that for cold finished TT Alloy 690
from the viewpoint of maintaining strength level.
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-79
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
Contents
1. Introduction
2. Fabricating Process of Piping and Tubing
3. Metallurgical Properties of TT Alloy 690
1) Controlling of Strength Level
2) Controlling of G.B. Carbide Precipitation
3) Other Properties
4. Summary
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-80
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
*Ultrasonic inspection as nondestructive examination is very
difficult for the large grained nickel based alloy as Alloys 600
and 690.
* Grain size increases with an increase of M.A. temperature, at
higher temperature of secondary re-crystallization, especially.
* So, the M.A. temperature must be selected at lower tempt.
than the secondary re-crystallization tempt.
3. Metallurgical Properties of Piping and Tubing (Contd.)
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-81
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
Contents
1. Introduction
2. Fabricating Process of Piping and Tubing
3. Metallurgical Properties of TT Alloy 690
1) Controlling of Strength Level
2) Controlling of G.B. Carbide Precipitation
3) Other Properties
4. Summary
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-82
07-10, 03, 05 EPRI Conf.
* The best suitable carbon content and mill annealing
condition must be selected for the hot finished TT Alloy 690,
with reflection of misunderstanding for hot finished Alloy
600.
4. Summary
* In case of the hot finished TT Alloy 690, dynamic re-
crystallization must be happened during hot working.
* The temperature range of coherent grain boundary
carbides for hot finished TT Alloy 690 is located lower than
that for cold finished TT Alloy 690.
* The suitable carbon content for hot finished TT Alloy 690
needs to be higher than that for cold finished TT Alloy 690 .
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-83
Extended Abstract for Alloy 600 Conference, March 2005, NM
Status of MRP Work to Demonstrate the Long-Term Resistance
of Alloys 690, 152 and 52 to Primary Water Stress Corrosion Cracking
John Hickling, Technical Leader Materials Issues,
Technology Group Nuclear Sector
EPRI, Palo Alto, CA
Over the last thirty years, stress corrosion cracking in PWR primary water (PWSCC) has
been observed in numerous Alloy 600 component items and associated welds, sometimes
after relatively long incubation times. Repairs and replacements have generally utilized
wrought Alloy 690 material and its compatible weld metals (Alloy 152 and Alloy 52),
which have been shown to be highly resistant to PWSCC in laboratory experiments and
have been free from cracking in operating reactors over periods already up to nearly 15
years. It is nevertheless prudent for the PWR industry to attempt to quantify the
longevity of these materials with respect to aging degradation by corrosion in order to
provide a sound technical basis for the development of future inspection requirements for
repaired or replaced component items.
The MRP-111 report (EPRI 1009801), prepared by Framatome-ANP (now AREVA) and
published in March 2004, reviewed numerous laboratory tests, conducted over the last
two decades, that were performed with wrought Alloy 690 and Alloy 52 or Alloy 152
weld materials under various test conditions pertinent to corrosion resistance in PWR
environments. Test media relevant to the primary circuit included high temperature de-
aerated/hydrogenated water (with and without additions of zinc or some impurities),
simulated primary water and hydrogenated steam (sometimes doped with contaminants).
The vast majority of the Alloy 690 specimens did not develop cracking after exposure
times as long as 100,000 hours, whereas most of the Alloy 600 specimens in both MA
and TT conditions developed PWSCC in the same studies, often after relatively brief
periods. Occasional instances of shallow intergranular cracking in Alloy 690 material
were more consistent with mechanical microfissuring than PWSCC, although the latter
has occurred to some extent in conjunction with abnormal heat treatments and unusual
alloy microstructures or compositions. No PWSCC of the Alloy 152/52 weld metals has
been identified to date, but investigations are limited. Furthermore, the resistance of the
weld heat affected zone in the base metal does not appear to have been separately studied.
Wherever possible, the existing laboratory test data were evaluated to estimate the
improvement factor of Alloy 690 relative to Alloy 600. Average improvement factors of
at least 26 relative to Alloy 600MA material and 13 relative to Alloy 600TT material can
be derived, but these numbers are clearly conservative, due to an absence of PWSCC in
most Alloy 690 specimens within the test duration. In addition, Alloy 690 service
experience in PWRs was reviewed to augment the laboratory findings. Based on both
laboratory and field data, it was concluded that Alloy 690 and its weld metals are unlikely
to develop PWSCC during extended PWR plant lifetimes (60+ years). Hence, the
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-85
PWSCC inspection regimes developed in recent years for thick-walled component items
made of Alloys 600, 182, and 82 would be unnecessarily stringent if applied in exactly
the same way to comparable component item locations involving Alloys 690, 152 and 52.
MRP-111 also identified some specific knowledge gaps. This has led to an ongoing
program for focused testing of Alloy 690 material and its weld metals, sponsored within
the EPRI MRP program by the Mitigation WG (chairman: John Wilson, Exelon) of the
industry Alloy 600 Issue Task Group. The paper will review both the conclusions from
previous studies and the present status of this MRP work. Proof-of-concept testing
(published in 2004 as MRP-123), showed that Alloy 690 is not completely "immune" to
crack growth through PWSCC, but that rates are low. A follow-on program using
sophisticated test techniques to evaluate crack growth rates in Alloys 690, 152 and 52
will be described in a separate paper at this conference. A separate program, now
underway, will use alternative methods (thermal acceleration by testing in supercritical
fluids) to examine the long-term PWSCC resistance of various heats of 690 material and
at least one Alloy 52M weld deposit.
The MRP Alloy 600 ITG continues to follow NDE of Alloy 690 components
(particularly replacement RPV heads already in service for substantial periods in France)
and MRP-111 will be revised in 2006 to incorporate this service experience, as well as
the results from additional laboratory testing (including a planned examination of
possible HAZ effects). The goal here is to provide the technical basis for an appropriate
inspection regime for thick-walled components made out of these more PWSCC resistant
materials.
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-86
Status of MRP Work to
Demonstrate the Long-Term
Resistance of Alloys 690,
152 and 52 to PWSCC
EPRI MRP International Conference
on PWSCC of Alloy 600
Santa Ana Pueblo, NM, March 2005
John Hickling
Technical Leader Materials Issues
Technology Group / Nuclear Sector
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-87
2
Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Background
Alloy 690 and associated weld metals (Alloys 152/52) are
being widely used for repair and replacement of thick-section
components (such as CRDM vessel head penetrations)
considered susceptible to PWSCC
This choice of material relies heavily on laboratory work
carried out to demonstrate the suitability of thin-walled Alloy
690 tubing for replacement steam generators and the
excellent service experience in PWR applications to date
Nevertheless, some questions inevitably remain with regard
to the long-term behavior of these materials and the credit
which can be taken for superior resistance to PWSCC in
terms of inspection requirements.
The paper will present an overview of the current state of
knowledge on this topic and describe the proactive work
being performed by the MRP to confirm expectations of
satisfactory performance up to the end of plant life.
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-88
3
Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Purpose and scope of MRP-111 report (EPRI
1009801) published in March 2004
Report was prepared by Xu, Fyfitch, Scott,
Foucault, Kilian & Winter of Framatome-ANP
(now AREVA) to
Evaluate existing field and laboratory test data on the
behavior of Alloys 690/52/152
Demonstrate and quantify the margin of improvement
of Alloys 690/52/152 over Alloys 600/82/182
Provide a technical basis for development of future
inspection requirements for Alloys 690/52/152
Identify gaps in the existing Alloys 690/52/152 data
and suitable strategies to fill the gaps
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-89
4
Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Laboratory test conditions analyzed
High temperature de-oxygenated (deaerated) water
Additions of boron, lithium, and hydrogen
Additions of zinc
Hydrogenated steam
Steam doped with chloride, fluoride, and sulfate
anions
High temperature water (typically 680
o
F)
Hydrogenated steam (typically 750
o
F)
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-90
5
Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Laboratory test methods used to date
Double U-bend (simulating crevice conditions)
Reverse U-bend (RUB)
Constant Load Tests (CLTs)
Four-point bend
Steam generator tubing mock-up specimens, which
had the longest test duration of 100,000 hours
Slow-strain-rate test (SSRT) specimens
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-91
6
Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Laboratory test materials in MRP-111
15 different laboratory test programs involving Alloys
690/52/152 and Alloy 600 controls were reviewed
Approximately 40 heats of Alloy 690 with carbon content
from 0.001% to 0.065%
Approximately 300 Alloy 690/52/152 specimens in the
MA, TT, and thermally aged conditions
In most cases, test specimens were fabricated from SG
tubing
Two studies involving weld metals (Alloys 152 and 52M)
One study involving a plate material
One study with a laboratory heat cast and rolled into a bar
One study with CRDM nozzle forging material
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-92
7
Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Example of Alloy 690 SG heats tested in France:
(collaborative work by EdF and CEA using SSRT)
Specimen : cold pressed hump
Increase of hardness
High local strain rate (x10)
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-93
8
Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Some findings from laboratory testing in France
Two abnormal pre-production heats included in testing
Purposely produced with Cr and C on high end and Fe
on low end of specification
Atypical thermal history (two mill anneals)
Low density of intergranular carbides
Surface defects observed on various specimens
Largest defects found on two pre-production heats
Shallow intergranular cracking (mainly) also observed
during SSRT testing in primary water
Exceptions were one pre-production heat and one
industrial heat, where intergranular cracking was
somewhat deeper in heavily deformed (hump)
specimen, in which strain is highly localized
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-94
9
Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Published data from laboratory testing in France
EdF concludes that IGSCC of Alloy 690 material had been
provoked to a limited extent, but resistance is clearly high
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-95
10
Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Overall summary of laboratory test results
analyzed in MRP-111
Vast majority of Alloy 690 specimens were crack-free after
exposures up to 100,000 hours
Most Alloy 600 specimens in both MA and TT conditions
developed PWSCC, often after relatively brief periods
Occasional instances of shallow intergranular cracking in
Alloy 690 material observed
Mostly consistent with mechanical microfissuring, rather than
PWSCC
PWSCC may be possible to a small extent in conjunction with
atypical heat treatments and unusual alloy microstructures or
compositions, especially if material is subsequently cold worked
No PWSCC of Alloy 152/52 weld metals identified to date
(but investigations are limited)
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-96
11
Copyright 2005 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. All rights reserved.
Analysis of laboratory test results
Two methods have been used to provide a quantitative
estimate of IF
R
, the improvement factor for Alloy 690 relative
to Alloy 600
The first method is based on Weibull and Weibayes
analysis if sufficient test data are available
The Weibayes conservatively assumes one Alloy 690
failure to occur just beyond the test duration
T is the Weibull characteristic time (63.2% cumulative
fraction of failure)
600 ,
690 , ) 0 . 5 , 1 (
Alloy Weibull
Alloy r Weibayes
IF
R
T
T E
i
n
a
t
2
k
s
i
i
n
p
e
r
m
i
l
R
=
0
.
7
,
0
.
0
0
1
H
z
@
4
0
5
6
h
8.5 x 10
-9
mm/s
T
o
2
6
k
s
i
i
n
@
4
2
2
0
h
T
o
9
0
0
0
s
h
o
l
d
@
4
3
2
0
h
T
o
1
0
0
0
s
h
o
l
d
@
4
4
0
7
h
T
o
9
0
0
0
s
h
o
l
d
@
4
4
8
9
h
T
o
2
8
k
s
i
i
n
@
4
5
7
0
h
T
o
2
9
k
s
i
i
n
@
4
9
6
5
h
T
o
3
0
k
s
i
i
n
@
5
3
2
2
h
1.1 x 10
-8
mm/s
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-135
SCC of Alloy 690
EPRI Testing on Alloy 690 / 152 / 52
Evaluation of two 0.5T CT specimens of 690 CRDM and
of one specimen each of alloy 152 and 52 by:
cold worked alloy 690 by forging at 25 C by 20%
tested near peak in CGR (near Ni/NiO transition)
tested at 360C to accelerate testing
used periodic gentle cyclic loading to activate SCC
Observed very low growth rates as we approach
constant K conditions, with one specimen showing
reticence to sustain growth, the other growing slowly
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-136
SCC of Alloy 690
Summary
Ongoing, conservative assessment of possible Alloy 690
susceptibility to crack growth through PWSCC involves:
cold working test materials (plate & CRDM samples)
by 20 to 40% through forging at 25C
choosing simulated primary water chemistry to be
near the known CGR peak for Alloy 600
(near the Ni/NiO transition)
testing at elevated temperatures of 340 and 360C
using periodic "gentle" cyclic loading to (re-)activate
possible SCC
using both constant, high K and varying (dK/da)
loading to maximize CGR response
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-137
SCC of Alloy 690
Preliminary Conclusions
Ongoing, conservative assessment of possible Alloy 690
susceptibility to crack growth through PWSCC shows:
slow crack growth appears to occur in some (but not
all) Alloy 690 materials, even at constant K
rising dK/da loading shows somewhat higher CGRs
and may be relevant in certain field situations
truly intergranular crack propagation has not yet been
demonstrated for Alloy 690 materials
Analogous testing of Alloys 152 and 52 is now starting
Future work will examine the possibility of increased
PWSCC susceptibility in the HAZ of Alloy 690
Session 2A: Cracking and Reliability Studies of Alloy 690
5-138
6
SESSION 2B: REPAIR METHODS AND
TECHNOLOGIES
The subject of repair methods and technologies was addressed by six participants in Session 2B.
Summaries of the presentations are given below followed by the questions asked, responses
provided, and comments made by the participants concerning each presentation. Click on the
links to access directly copies of the materials presented together with extended abstracts.
Mechanical Nozzle Seal Assembly for Reactor Vessel Bottom Mounted
Instrument Nozzles, presented by W. Sims, Entergy (Paper 2B.1)
This presentation was given by W. Sims of Entergy and authored by W. Sims of Entergy, P.
Kreitman of PCI Energy Services, and J. McGarry of Westinghouse. The main points made
during the presentation were as follows:
x This presentation discussed developments related to the Mechanical Nozzle Seal Assembly
(MNSA) device that provides both sealing and structural support for small-bore nozzle
connections. It was developed starting in 1993 as an alternative to weld repair for leaks in
J-groove welds of Alloy 600 instrumentation nozzles, and it can also prevent potential
leakage at susceptible nozzle sites. MNSA installation is faster than welded repairs, can be
installed with water in the vessel (core offload is not required), and no NDE (PT or UT) is
required as part of the repair operation. MNSAs have been installed at more than 10 plants in
the U.S. since 1998. The presentation included a description of the plant-specific
engineering analysis required, along with licensing issues, installation tooling descriptions,
process steps, and schedule durations for a typical MNSA-2 installation.
x The new MNSA-2 design is an improvement over the original MNSA-1 design because it
seals on a machined counterbore instead of the outside of the vessel or pipe. The MNSA-2
also addresses installation issues on extremely inclined nozzle locations, and it was
developed as a repair option for reactor vessel bottom mounted instrumentation (BMI)
nozzles and pressurizer heater sleeves. The MNSA-2 system and special installation tooling
has been qualified for BMI nozzle applications, and an ASME Code Case (N-733) has been
developed to gain acceptance of the device as a permanent repair solution. In seismic load
testing, the MNSA-2 acted as a rigid body. General corrosion of the base metal exposed to
primary coolant is one of the listed plant-specific analyses, but corrosion rates are small for
deaerated, unconcentrated primary water.
6-1
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
x The MNSA-2 has several key design features:
It is a split device, so the pressure boundary does not have to be broken for installation,
eliminating any risk of uncovering the core.
It has an anti-ejection feature preventing a LOCA in the unlikely case of complete weld
failure.
It includes a leak (channel) tube as a redundancy to divert reactor coolant away from the
vessel in the event that the primary seal ever leaked.
It uses Belleville washers and a Grafoil seal compressed by bolts.
x The MNSA-2 was used to avert a possible 12-day extension of an ANO Unit 2 refueling
outage in the spring 2002, when six MNSA-2 devices were installed to repair leaking
pressurizer heater sleeves, saving the utility as much as $13 million compared to the costs
that would have resulted from mobilization and performance of welded repairs. One device
was installed in less than two shifts after a leak was found during heatup.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (S. Janes): MNSA-1 installation requires NDE of the base metal to ensure there is
no carbon steel wastage. Why not with MNSA-2?
Response (W. Sims): Minor wastage would be visible during the counterbore operation for
the MNSA-2.
x Question (S. Janes): Do you need to disassemble an installed adjacent MNSA to machine for
a new leak location (i.e., to install an adjacent MNSA)?
Response (W. Sims): This is expected to be unlikely for reactor vessel bottom mounted
instrumentation nozzles. For the CE pressurizers that have the design with 120 heater
sleeves, it is possible that an adjacent MNSA would have to be uninstalled as part of the
operation.
x Question (J. Howson): What is the recovery process for the threaded holes in the shell?
Response (W. Sims): The holes can be oversized and threaded inserts (Heli-Coil) can be
used as required.
x Question (V. Nilekani): What are ISI and leak monitoring requirements on MNSA repairs?
Response (W. Sims): The approved code case allows visual inspection every outage and
dismantling and reassembly every ten years. Any leakage is classified as unidentified
leakage.
x Comment (B. Montgomery): For the BMI nozzle application, the MNSA has to be installed
with the core loaded because the thimbles have to be inserted for dose reasons.
6-2
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
"Small Pad" Weld Repair of Pressurizer Heater Sleeves and BMI Nozzles,
presented by B. Newton, PCI Energy Services (Paper 2B.2)
This presentation was given by B. Newton of PCI Energy ServicesWestinghouse. The main
points made during the presentation were as follows:
x The presentation described improvements to the conventional weld repair process for Alloy
600 pressurizer heater sleeves and reactor vessel bottom mounted instrumentation (BMI)
nozzles. The basic improvement to this permanent repair option is the use of an integrated
("small") pad design that reduces installation time and cost, reduces manual intervention by
eliminating any J-groove weld, and improves volumetric NDE coverage. The presentation
discussed the repair equipment and the automated repair process, including comparisons with
other repair options.
x The pad volume is reduced by more than 65% compared to conventional repairs, avoiding
overlap with adjacent penetration repairs. This size reduction is achieved by using a four-
axis welding system that enables a remote installation of the pad on the exterior vessel
surface with the replacement nozzle in place. By installing the pad with the nozzle in place,
the need for a J-groove weld (and the associated manual excavation/welding) is eliminated,
resulting in substantial reductions in pad weld thickness and diameter.
x The 48-hour hold step in the repair process is required after cooling and before final NDE.
The remote equipment can be used to make a repair to the pad if needed. Installation time
for the "small pad" repair is comparable to that for midwall weld repairs because of the
higher rate of weld metal addition for the "small pad" repair. The high angle for pressurizer
heater sleeves makes welding challenging for this geometry. The "small pad" footprint
avoids welding over MNSA bolt removal areas. The equipment is designed to function in the
relatively high radiation area under the reactor vessel.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (H. Offer): Does the welding equipment orbit 360 or more on extreme hillside
locations? Does the concentration of bead starts and stops lead to nozzle distortion issues,
and need for alignment inspections?
Response (B. Newton): No, the welding equipment does not orbit 360 on extreme hillside
locations; a "double-up" method is used. A reduced weld thickness results in reduced
distortion. Alignment is monitored using PCIs Laser Trac system. Alloy 690 half-nozzle
movement occurs during welding, and is controlled through bead placement and weld
parameter controls. The Laser Trac system confirms alignment acceptability during and after
welding.
x Question (M. McDevitt): Has PCI resolved problems with weld cracking at the "triple point"
between the vessel, sleeve, and weld pad, and if so, has PCI produced a significant number of
defect-free weld mockups?
Response (B. Newton): PCI has identified the cause of triple point hot cracks, and designed
a weld process that will avoid the problem. PCI has not yet demonstrated a statistically large
sample of defect-free welds.
6-3
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
x Question (R. Payne): Did you perform a tempering evaluation under varying electrode
orientation and location geometry? Was any metallography performed to verify?
Response (B. Newton): Consistent tempering is expected because variations in electrode
orientation and location geometry will be identical from layer to layer. No metallography
has been performed to date.
x Question (M. Lashley):
1. Will this design allow angle beam examination of the new pad (does it have the
space)?
2. Have any mockups been inspected by NDE?
Response (B. Newton):
1. We perform a 0 inspection from the pad and a 0 inspection from the ID.
2. No.
x Question (M. Holmberg): Do you check the chromium content of the first weld pass to
ensure that the material properties are consistent with that assumed for Alloy 52 weld metal?
Response (B. Newton): No. Dilution is minimized thorough process controls. These
controls have, in other applications, been sufficient to maintain high first-layer chromium
levels. Application-specific testing will be performed as part of the development process.
x Question (S. Boggs):
1. How do you get a complete 0 UT of the pad to vessel with the nozzle in place? It
does not seem possible to get a complete pad UT due to the transducer interference
with the nozzle in place.
2. What envelope will the small pad weld head fit? Will it fit a pressurizer application?
Response (B. Newton):
1. We should be able to get a full exam of the pad to tube with the ID UT. For the pad
surface, accessibility is comparable to UT accessibility for conventional pad repairs.
This, combined with UT from the sleeve ID, will enable UT coverage equivalent to or
superior to that obtained for conventional pad repairs.
2. This equipment was designed to perform embedded flaw repairs in the spatial
envelope that exists under the reactor pressure vessel head. Equipment modifications
will be required to accommodate the smaller accessibility envelope beneath the
pressurizer. These modifications will be focused toward a size envelope equal to or
smaller than that afforded by the intended application.
Mid-Wall Weld Repairs for Pressurizer Heater Sleeves, presented by P.
Amador, Welding Services Inc. (Paper 2B.3)
This presentation was given by P. Amador and authored by P. Amador and J. Puzan of Welding
Services, Inc. (WSI) and D. Mattson of Structural Integrity Associates (SI). The main points
made during the presentation were as follows:
x The presentation described recent developments in welded repair options for pressurizer
heater sleeves developed by the authors including the new mid-wall repair option. The mid-
wall repair option is intended to further reduce repair time beyond the advances realized for
6-4
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
OD weld pad repairs. This presentation reviewed the mid-wall repair method including
procedures, the licensing process, the status of its first implementation at Waterford 3, and
other potential applications such as reactor vessel bottom mounted instrumentation (BMI)
nozzles. The presentation also briefly covered the experience with weld pad repairs at Palo
Verde Unit 2 and 3 in fall 2003 and fall 2004, respectively.
x The development program for the mid-wall weld repair technology included design and
licensing activities with ASME Section III and Section XI evaluations. The U.S. NRC
formally approved the mid-wall weld repair technique in October 2004, and the technology
was to be implemented in April 2005 at Waterford. The goal for the mid-wall repair method
was to reduce the repair schedule for pressurizer refurbishments to the range of 15-20 days,
thus allowing for pressurizer refurbishment during a normal refueling outage window and a
significant reduction in personnel dose. The program included development and
qualification of the inspection required to support a mid-wall repair.
x The mid-wall repair program involved development of remote welding equipment and
procedures to complete the mid-wall weld without weld root defects typical of similar partial
penetration welds. In addition, the program addressed mechanical tooling provided to ensure
alignment of the repair sufficient for heater reinstallation, tools to allow some of the repairs
to progress with the pressurizer filled, as well as tools required for PT and UT to document
weld quality in the field. A test program having the goal of no "triple point anomalies" or
welding solidification issues generated numerous defect-free weld samples.
x WSI/SI experience with OD weld pad repairs has included 11 of the 14 currently operating
CE-design plants in the U.S. The actual mid-wall weld is applied as an orbital welding
process, with a 0.4" shear length. The mid-wall weld sequential repair procedure comprises
four distinct phases:
Phase I: Remove heater, decontaminate, cut sleeve, and clean
Phase II: Place new sleeve into position, and install mid-wall weld head
Phase III: Perform final machining of weld ID, and perform remote video PT
Phase IV: Perform final automated UT, and reinstall heater and seal weld
The ID sever tool used in Phase I mounts to the adjacent nozzle. Each mid-wall weld head
has a lifetime of about 60 penetrations. Digital control is used to improve process control.
The root of the mid-wall weld is isolated from the primary water environment.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (M. McDevitt): Has WSI developed and tested tooling that can extract any defects
detected on the mid-wall weld, and repair the excavation?
Response (P. Amador): Yes. WSI would completely machine out the new heater sleeve and
mid-wall weld, and repeat the installation. WSI has successfully demonstrated this
evolution.
6-5
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
x Question (G. Alkire): Has there been any corrosion testing performed on completed welds to
assess their susceptibility to PWSCC?
Response (P. Amador): No. Alloy 52 is considered to be resistant to PWSCC.
The Embedded Flaw Process for Repair of Reactor Vessel Head
Penetrations, presented by W. Bamford, Westinghouse (Paper 2B.4)
This presentation was given by W. Bamford of Westinghouse and authored by W. Bamford of
Westinghouse and P. Kreitman of PCI Energy Services. The main points made during the
presentation were as follows:
x The embedded flaw repair for reactor vessel head penetrations (such as CRDM nozzles) was
developed in 1993, and first implemented at DC Cook 2 in 1996. The process was adopted
for OD weld repairs subsequent to the initial work in the early 1990s for CRDM nozzle ID
surfaces. The process has been given generic approval by the U.S. NRC including for J-
groove weld surfaces through issuance of Safety Evaluation Reports (SERs). Inspections
required by the July 3, 2003, SER are consistent with those for a structural weld, with both
UT and surface examinations required in most cases.
x Embedded flaw repairs using Alloy 52 weld metal additions seal cracks from the
environment, stopping PWSCC, and are permanent, nonstructural repairs. The small
thickness of the embedded flaw repair minimizes residual stresses in the weld and makes the
repair process relatively quick. Three layers of weld are required on attachment weld repairs,
and two layers for the tube ID or OD. The required welding can be performed remotely.
x The residual stresses produced by the embedded flaw technique have been measured using
mockups and found to be relatively low because of the small thickness of the weld. This
implies that no new cracks will initiate and grow in the area adjacent to the repair weld, so
long as it is not in a highly stressed region. The small residual stress produced by the
embedded flaw weld will act constantly, and therefore, have no effect on the already low
fatigue usage factors for this region.
x For embedded flaw repairs on the nozzle ID surface, Alloy 52 weld metal is applied to a 90
circumferential extent of the ID surface so that the edges of the applied weld metal are in the
compressive residual stress zones of the ID surface. For embedded flaw repairs on the nozzle
OD surface, Alloy 52 weld metal is applied to the full circumference. For an ID flaw the
repair can be accomplished in one half day, while for an OD or weld flaw the repair may take
as long as 1.5 days.
x The embedded flaw repair process is now fully developed and has been applied to at least 18
penetrations in five plants to date. Embedded flaw repairs remain in service at the following
plants: DC Cook 2 (two different applications including ID and OD repairs of the same
nozzle), Beaver Valley 1, ANO-1, and San Onofre 3. Leakage from one of the CRDM
penetrations at North Anna repaired using an embedded flaw technique was the result of
incomplete coverage of the Alloy 82/182 wetted surface due to misinterpretation of the
location of the interface between the weld buttering and the head low alloy steel. Lessons
6-6
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
learned and corrective actions have been implemented for this experience. The oldest repair,
at DC Cook 2 in 1996, has shown no degradation in recent examinations including during an
examination in 2004. A plant in Japan also recently implemented an embedded flaw repair.
Advances in Design and Implementation of Alloy 52 Structural Weld
Overlay Repair Welding, presented by B. Newton, PCI Energy Services
(Paper 2B.5)
This presentation was given by B. Newton of PCI Energy ServicesWestinghouse. The main
points made during the presentation were as follows:
x The presentation discussed the development of structural weld overlay designs for PWR
piping, including a recent Alloy 52 weld development program. This program, which
addressed the key issues of welding sequence, welding equipment design, and process
parameters, resulted in the process improvements necessary for high quality (i.e., reduced
oxides, artifacts, and inclusions) weld overlays to be produced using orbital progression. The
improvements to the orbital progression process were achieved through improved process
controls and use of advanced welding equipment. The engineering design of the weld
overlays was coordinated with field inspection capabilities.
x The relatively high chromium content (2831.5%) of Alloy 52 and 52M makes these weld
metals easily oxidized, increasing welding difficulty. Optimization of gas (argon) shielding
is important because of the reduction in oxidation achieved.
x The first structural weld overlay for a PWR was applied at TMI Unit 1 to repair a part-depth
flaw in an Alloy 182 weld safe end region. [Editor: During the fall of 2003, a part-depth
(approximately 45% through wall) axial indication was discovered in a repaired pressurizer
surge line nozzle butt weld at TMI Unit 1 [15]. The indication had the characteristics of
PWSCC, but the presence of PWSCC was not confirmed.]
x Alloy 52 filler metal relies on aluminum and titanium as deoxidizers, and these elements
have proven troublesome with regard to weld quality. During the downhill progression
portion of the orbital weld, oxide inclusions tend to aggregate. Ultrasonic examination
consistently identifies these areas as rejectable "lack of bond" defects. To date, this problem
has been addressed through the use of a double-uphill welding progression instead of the
orbital weld progression.
x Orbital overlay welding has several advantages over other welding progressions:
Decreased welding time
Decreased radiation exposure
Decreased machining and prep time due to more regular final deposit shape
Fewer challenges to weld quality due to fewer starts and stops and decreased manual
interventions
15
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "Cracking in Pressurizer Safety and Relief Nozzles and in Surge Line
Nozzle," NRC Information Notice 2004-11, May 6, 2004.
6-7
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
x Due to the poor machinability of Alloy 52, another goal of the development effort was to
eliminate the final machining step from the process. In addition, a joint PCI/EPRI effort is
underway to minimize the extent of sacrificial layers (which have an inadequate chromium
level for resistance to PWSCC). The goal of this investigation is to show that adequate
chromium levels are achieved after one (or less) sacrificial layer on carbon steel.
Beneficial Application of Alloy 52M Filler Materials to Dissimilar Metal
Weldments, presented by P. Amador, Welding Services Inc. (Paper 2B.6)
This presentation was given by P. Amador and authored by P. Amador and A. Auvil of Welding
Services, Inc., R. Smith of Structural Integrity Associates, S. Kiser of Special Metals Inc., and S.
Findlan and A. McGehee of EPRI. The main points made during the presentation were as
follows:
x The authors have worked together to evaluate the use of Alloy 52 and 52M materials for
weld overlays (particularly for ambient temper bead applications) and for pressurizer mid-
wall heater sleeve repairs. This presentation described the experiments and testing
conducted, using field-simulated geometries, to evaluate the weldability of Alloy 52M.
Significant advantages were observed in the Alloy 52M weld deposits that improved the dye
penetrant surface examinations and the ultrasonic volumetric examinations. Results also
suggest that Alloy 52M has a greater tolerance to variations in welding parameters that avoid
cracking in the weld (both hot and cold cracking). In addition, the metallurgical evaluations
confirmed a significant reduction in the presence of oxides and small microfissures dispersed
throughout the weld deposit. The program concluded that high quality welds can be made
reliably using Alloy 52M filler material, and that the probability for making successful welds
is very high.
x Hot and cold cracking have been documented in a number of Alloy 52 applications, and
Alloy 52 weldments are known to exhibit a variety of entrapped oxide conditions. All of
these conditions affect the inspections required to document a quality deposit. To address
issues of concern, Special Metals Company has refined and improved the chemistry and
processing of Alloy 52, and the modified filler material Alloy 52M has been developed and
investigated by several users. The only difference in the specification of composition for
Alloy 52M versus Alloy 52 is that Alloy 52M has a higher specified range of niobium
(0.50-1.0% versus 0.10% maximum), although Alloy 52M heats typically have higher
manganese and lower aluminum. The use of Alloy 52M is very beneficial for weld overlay
applications because in addition to providing a highly corrosion resistant deposit, it can be
deposited using conventional orbital welding techniques (360 degree application), which
results in reduced welding time in comparison to the double-up approach.
x An experimental study investigated a full -inch thick overlay of Alloy 52M(S) filler
material on a 10-inch diameter carbon steel pipe. Alloy 52M(S) is Alloy 52M subjected to
special cleaning steps during the wire drawing process and denoted as "super-clean."
Dilution of the weld deposit with iron was measured to demonstrate that the initial layer of
the Alloy 52M is adequate to accommodate any dilution effects. (The first weld layer had a
chromium content of 26.3%, better than the target of 24%.) Punch marks were placed onto
6-8
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
the pipe to facilitate measurements of shrinkage. The additional axial shrinkage with each
progressive weld layer was observed to decrease due to the increased pipe rigidity after each
layer was applied. Most of the overlay was free of UT indications, but one region of
indications (3.7 inches circumferential by 2.3 inches axial) was detected on the downhill side
primarily at the mid-plane of the overlay. The indications were found to be primarily due to
porosity, with no evidence of hot cracks or ductility dip cracks. The weld porosity was likely
due to very low Power Ratio weld parameters. The weld quality was demonstrated to be
excellent even with 360 degree application in a 5G horizontal pipe position. The study also
addressed mid-wall welded repairs of pressurizer heater sleeves (also see Paper 2B.3). The
extra cleaning steps used with the super clean version of Alloy 52M appeared to be beneficial
for thick deposits such as weld overlays because the deposits have fewer oxide "floaters" and
improved resistance to ductility dip cracking and hot cracking.
x The Alloy 52M orbital weld overlay process was applied at Calvert Cliffs Unit 2 as a repair
for indications detected in February 2005 in a piping butt weld connecting the hot-leg RCS
piping to a drain line. No flaws were reported for the overlay weld. Future plans for the
weld overlay process included the EPRI preemptive weld overlay (PWOL) mockup program
for a pressurizer surge nozzle geometry and further development of the effective use of the
Power Ratio parameter.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (D. Waskey): What position was the 26% chromium content value taken from?
Response (P. Amador): There is a good uniformity in the chromium content around the
circumference.
x Comment (P. Riccardella): I would like to make a comment on UT acceptance of weld
overlays. Part of the problem that all vendors have been dealing with to address oxide
floaters, etc. (as discussed by B. Newton and P. Amador) relates to UT acceptance standards.
Section XI standards are based on structural significance vs. Section III standards which are
workmanship-based. Many floater/lack of fusion type indications would be acceptable by
Section XI but not by Section III. Unfortunately, the new version of Code Case N-638
(Revision 2) discussed by D. Waskey yesterday invokes Section III standards, versus the
prior version (N-638, Revision 1) which permits Section XI standards. I fear that this is a
step backwards, and may result in unnecessary repairs and outage delays.
Response (D. Waskey): I agree fully with your comment and concern. However, the Code
Committee (WG-W Section XI) voted unanimously to respond to the NRC Regulatory Guide
1.147 R14 restriction so that utilities would not have to get relief to use N-638.
It should also be noted that the draft Code Case for nickel-alloy weld overlays will have
the similar desired Section XI NDE as found in N-504 and pending Appendix "P" for
stainless steel weld overlays. Therefore, there would only be a conflict with the temper bead
portion of the nickel-alloy weld overlays.
Discussions with the NRC are pursuing to understand and resolve their restriction.
6-9
Contact information:
Paul Kreitman
(847) 990-7443
kreitmpj@pci.westinghouse.com
MECHANICAL NOZZLE SEAL ASSEMBLY FOR
REACTOR VESSEL BOTTOM MOUNTED INSTRUMENT NOZZLES
Authors:
William D. Sims
Entergy Operations, Inc.
1448 State Road 333
Russellville, AR 72845
Paul J. Kreitman, P.E.
PCI Energy Services LLC
One Energy Drive
Lake Bluff, IL 60048
John T. McGarry
Westinghouse Electric Company LLC
20 International Drive
Windsor, CT 06095
ABSTRACT
Increased concern over the susceptibility of Bottom Mounted Instrument (BMI) Nozzles
to Primary Water Stress Corrosion Cracking (PWSCC) have caused plant owners with
Westinghouse and B&W designed pressurized water reactors to look for practical repair
contingencies. In response to this industry demand, Westinghouse has developed a new
version of its Mechanical Nozzle Seal Assembly (MNSA2) for BMI applications.
MNSA devices have been successfully implemented on a variety of small bore nozzle
applications including Pressurizer heater sleeves, Pressurizer instrument nozzles and
reactor coolant system RTD taps. The MNSA mechanically seals leaking nozzles or can
prevent potential leakage at susceptible nozzle sites. Westinghouse and Entergy Nuclear
South co-developed an improved version of the system, MNSA2, to address installation
issues on extremely inclined nozzle locations, such as pressurizer outer periphery heater
sleeves. Entergy Nuclear has patented the new design.
The MNSA2 system uses a machined counterbore around the nozzle so that the seal is
located against a flat surface at the bottom of the counterbore. This is a significant
improvement over the original design, which relied on the vessel or pipe as-found surface
for seal contact. The new design saved Entergy, one of the largest nuclear operators in
the U.S., as much as 13 million dollars in 2002. The MNSA2 was used to avert a
possible 12-day extension of Arkansas Nuclear Ones Unit 2 refueling outage in the
Spring of 2002, when six MNSA2 devices were used to repair leaking heater sleeves on
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-11
Contact information:
Paul Kreitman
(847) 990-7443
kreitmpj@pci.westinghouse.com
the pressurizer. As direct result of this effort, the Entergy Nuclear team was awarded the
coveted Top Industry Practice Award (TIP) by the Nuclear Energy Institute in 2003.
Westinghouse has recently qualified the MNSA2 system and special installation tooling
for BMI applications in preparation for three 2003-2004 refueling outages. As
recommended by the NRC, Westinghouse has developed an ASME Code Case to gain
acceptance of the device as a permanent repair solution.
This presentation will explain in detail how the mechanical seal device works, and
discuss the advantages of this repair methodology compared to traditional half-nozzle
welded repairs. A description of the plant specific engineering analysis required is also
included along with licensing issues, installation tooling descriptions, process steps and
schedule durations for a typical MNSA2 installation.
Figure 1 - MNSA2 Device
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-12
Slide 1
Entergy
Mechanical Nozzle Seal Assembly
for Reactor Vessel
Bottom Mounted Instrument Nozzles
William Sims - Entergy
Paul J. Kreitman - PCI Energy Services
John T. McGarry - Westinghouse Nuclear Services
Presented at the
2005 PWSCC of Alloy 600 International Conference &
Exhibition
March 7-10, 2005
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-13
Slide 2
Entergy
Agenda
zMNSA Overview
zInstallation History
zQualification
zEngineering Analyses
zInstallation
zConclusion
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-14
Slide 3
Entergy
Typical Existing BMI Design
Vessel material is Low-Alloy Steel (SA-533).
Type 304 Stainless steel clad applied to ID
surface. Clad thickness is 7/32 nominal.
1/4 thick A-182 pad is weld deposited on
O.D. surface of vessel at each BMI location,
for the older Wplants.
Nozzle material is Alloy 600 (SB-166)
Clearance fit between Nozzle and carbon
steel vessel
Partial Penetration J-weld between nozzle
and vessel
J-Weld is A-182 Material
J-Weld prep (before buttering is applied) is
5/8 to 1 deep
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-15
Slide 4
Entergy
Typical BMI Array BMI
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-16
Slide 5
Entergy
MNSA Overview
zThe MNSA (Mechanical Nozzle Seal Assembly)
is a mechanical device that provides both sealing
and structural support for small bore nozzle connections.
zDeveloped as an alternative to weld repair for repairing leaks
in J-groove welded Alloy 600 instrument nozzles.
zMNSA is installed from the outside of the vessel and can be
installed on a leaking nozzle. They have been installed on
PWR Pressurizers and Hot Leg nozzles without having to
offload the fuel or drain the system.
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-17
Slide 6
Entergy
MNSA Overview
zMNSA has been designed and qualified as a repair for an
ASME Section III, Class1 pressure boundary.
zNRC has accepted the use of MNSA for other reactor
coolant nozzles on a two cycle basis
zWestinghouse has developed an ASME Code Case (N-733)
to justify MNSA as a permanent repair
zMNSA-2 clamp won the 2003 NEI TIP award for Entergy
South
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-18
Slide 7
Entergy
MNSA-2 Installation on BMI
Nozzle
MNSA-2 is an
improvement over the
MNSA-1 since it seals
on a machined
counterbore instead
of the outside of the
vessel or pipe
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-19
Slide 8
Entergy
MNSA-2
Main
Components
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-20
Slide 9
Entergy
Compression Collar
z Split Compression Collar
Weep holes allows fluid to be
channeled away from vessel in
event of primary seal leakage
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-21
Slide 10
Entergy
Channel Tube
z Diverts RC away from
vessel in the event primary
seal ever leaked
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-22
Slide 11
Entergy
Upper Inboard and
Outboard Flange
z Holds compression collar together and
loads seal through the collar, threaded rods,
and nuts
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-23
Slide 12
Entergy
Inboard Upper Flange
z Inboard flange
assembled onto
compression collar
z Outboard flange fits
over the top of inboard
flange forming a
continuous solid flange
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-24
Slide 13
Entergy
MNSA Installation Experience
MNSAs have been installed at the following Plants
zSONGS 2 & 3 (installed since 1998)
zCalvert Cliffs 1 & 2 (installed since 2000)
zFort Calhoun (installed since 2000)
zWaterford 3 (installed for one cycle in 1999)
zMillstone 2 (installed since 2002)
zPalo Verde 1, 2 & 3 (installed since 2000)
zANO 2 (installed since 2002)
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-25
Slide 14
Entergy
Qualification Testing of MNSA-
2
zAmbient Temperature Hydrostatic Testing
zThermal Cycle Testing
zSeismic Load Testing
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-26
Slide 15
Entergy
Plant Specific Analysis
zSection XI Evaluation of Flaw
zCorrosion Evaluation of Exposed Base Metal
zSection III Design Analysis
MNSA-2 Device
BMI Nozzle
Reactor Vessel Shell
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-27
Slide 16
Entergy
Installation Operations
zTurn Outside Diameter of Nozzle (if required)
zDrill and Tap Mounting Holes
zCounterbore Seal Surface
zMachine anti-ejection groove (if required)
zAssemble MNSA2 clamp
zInstall MNSA2 clamp
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-28
Slide 17
Entergy
O.D. Turning Module
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-29
Slide 18
Entergy
Drilling and Tapping Machine
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-30
Slide 19
Entergy
Counterbore Machine
Cutting Head
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-31
Slide 20
Entergy
Aligning Mounting Fixture
On Mock-Up
Uses tapped holes for
attachment to shell
Alignment:
CONCENTRIC TO NOZZLE
MOUNTING FACE
PERPINDICULAR TO NOZZLE
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-32
Slide 21
Entergy
Anti-Ejection
Groove Machining
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-33
Slide 22
Entergy
Six MNSA-2s Installed
at ANO Unit 2
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-34
Slide 23
Entergy
One MNSA-2 Installed at ANO 2
After Leak Found at Heatup
Installed in < 2 Shifts
Providing Entergy
Significant Savings in:
9Outage Duration
9Dose
9Replacement Power
Cost
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-35
Slide 24
Entergy
Conclusion
Why use MNSA for a Repair Strategy?
Installation is faster than welded repairs 2 shifts vs. 5 or more days for
a welded repair
Can be installed with water in the vessel
Core offload not required
No NDE Required
Significant dose reduction
zInstallation does not require breaching the pressure boundary (No risk
of uncovering core)
zAnti-ejection device prevents LOCA in case of complete weld failure
zOn-the-Shelf Contingency Plans Available
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-36
Abst ract
Small Pad Weld Repair of Pressurizer Heat er Sleeves and BMI Nozzles
Bruce Newt on
Direct or, Welding Engineering and Technology Development
847 990 7484
Fax: 847 362 6441
Email: newt onb@pci. west inghouse. com
Cracking in Alloy 600 J- groove welds cont inues t o t rouble t he nuclear
indust ry. J- Groove welds have been used ext ensively in Pressurizer inst rument
nozzles and heat er sleeves, as well as RCS inst rument nozzles and RV in- core
inst rument nozzles. Of part icular int erest are t he J- groove welds at t aching
Pressurizer heat er sleeves t o t he lower Pressurizer heads in CE plant s, and in
some West inghouse plant s. These welds have proven part icularly suscept ible
t o cracking and leakage, increasing t he level of indust ry int erest in t heir repair
or replacement . Pressurizer replacement is one available opt ion, but ot her,
more cost - effect ive repair alt ernat ives are needed. BMI nozzles are inst alled in
t he RPV bot t om head using a similar J- groove weld configurat ion. Recent BMI
leakage concerns indicat e a st rong need for a robust , cost - effect ive repair
alt ernat ive t hat will provide long- t erm mit igat ion.
The small pad weld repair met hod uses a uniquely designed four- axis
welding head t o inst all a repair pad on t he vessels ext erior surface. This weld
pad differs from convent ional repairs, in t hat t he pad size is reduced by more
t han 65%. This size reduct ion is achieved because t he four- axis welding
syst em enables remot e inst allat ion of t he pad wit h t he replacement nozzle in-
place a t ask no ot her welding syst em can duplicat e. By inst alling t he pad
wit h t he nozzle in place, t he need for a J- groove weld ( and t he associat ed
manual excavat ion/ welding) is eliminat ed. By eliminat ing t he J- groove weld,
subst ant ial reduct ions in pad weld t hickness and diamet er are achieved. The
result is a small pad t hat uses exist ing, approved met hodology ( i. e. , design,
inst allat ion, and NDE) t o achieve a permanent repair t hat is bot h cost and
schedule efficient . This unique repair is equally applicable t o Pressurizer heat er
sleeve replacement s and t o BMI nozzle repairs/ replacement s.
This paper discusses t he repair equipment , addresses t he overall repair
process, and cont rast s t he benefit s of t his repair approach wit h ot her repair
met hods current ly available.
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-37
Slide 1
Small Pad Weld Repair of Pressurizer Heater
Sleeves and BMI Nozzles
PCI Energy Services
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-38
Slide 2
Discussion Topics
z Pressurizer Heater Sleeve Configuration
z Repair Sequence
z Welding Machine Capabilities
z Benefits of Integral Pad, compared to:
Conventional Pad
Midwall Repair
z Repair in MNSA Locations
z Suitability for BMI repair
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-39
Slide 3
Initial Preparation
z Preparatory Steps
Remove Heater
Manual Cut
At socket weld
Extract Heater
Stuck Heater
Contingency plan
Pressurizer Shell
SA-533 Grade B
P3 Group 3
Existing Sleeve
SB-167 Alloy 600
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-40
Slide 4
Sleeve Removal
z Remove existing sleeve
Mechanically clean bore
Mechanically clean remnant
ID
PT/MT weld area
Surface exam area:
Weld Area
Base metal zone
extending 5 from
weld edge
Remnant
Surface Exam
Area
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-41
Slide 5
Replacement Sleeve
z Insert Replacement Sleeve
Section
z Prepare and Install
Laser-Trac Alignment Fixture
Positive, precision
alignment monitoring
Real-time feedback during
welding
z Result
Precise alignment between
replacement sleeve and
tube support plates
Simplified heater
reinsertion
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-42
Slide 6
Install Weld
z Integral Weld
Joins vessel and sleeve
Single weld progression
z Ambient Temperature
Temperbead
N-638 Methodology
Three weld layers
Alloy 52 Filler
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-43
Slide 7
Integral-Pad Configuration
Integral pad
Conventional Pad
J-Groove
(Conventional
Pad Only)
z Integral-Pad weld design
Integrates pad and
J-groove weld
Eliminates separate, manual
J-groove excavation/weld
Enables substantial weld size
reduction
z Result: Substantial Cost and
Schedule savings
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-44
Slide 8
z Contour-tracking
weld system
Unique to PCI
Four axes of movement
Enables unique, optimized
approach to welding
Proven, robust system
Beaver Valley Unit 1
North Anna Unit 2
ANO Unit 1
Five welding assemblies currently
available
55+ PCI welders trained in its
use
Training ongoing in PCI shop
Welding Equipment Set-up
3D Drawing of PCI
Weld Head
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-45
Slide 9
Contour-Tracking Weld System
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-46
Slide 10
48 Hour Hold
z Hold required before final
NDE
z Operations performed
during hold:
Prep pad for NDE
Remove alignment
fixture
Perform preliminary
(info only) NDE
Preparation/Welding of
other penetrations
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-47
Slide 11
ID UT
Probe
Surface UT
Probe
PT
Region
Final NDE
z Straight Beam UT
Qualified
Proven and accepted
Supplemental ID exam
Evaluates fusion between weld
and sleeve
Superior to conventional J-
Groove surface NDE
Result: Superior
assessment of pressure
boundary integrity
z PT
Weld and 5 adjacent
areas
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-48
Slide 12
PCI-Pad vs. Conventional Pad
z Reduced diameter and thickness
Weld volume reduced by >60%
Reduced volume = faster installation
Reduced thickness and diameter avoids overlap with
adjacent penetration repairs
z J-Groove weld eliminated
Eliminates J-groove preparation time
No manual welding required
Reduced manual intervention = reduced radiation
exposure
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-49
Slide 13
PCI-pad vs. Midwall Repair
z PCI-pad based on proven design
Avoids new regulatory issues
Avoids new design issues
z PCI-pad optimizes accessibility
Direct, hands-on monitoring of all activities
All tooling is external sturdy and accessible
Improved access for in-process repairs
z PCI-pad uses proven NDE methodology
Improved volumetric exam coverage
Defects/discontinuities readily repairable
z Reduced weld volume can enable weld installation times
comparable with midwall welds
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-50
Slide 14
PCI-pad in MNSA locations
z Westinghouse sleeve design
well suited to MSNA removal
locations
z PCI-pad footprint avoids
welding over MNSA bolt
removal areas
z Readily converts MNSA sites
to permanent weld repairs
Westinghouse
MNSA sleeve
design
MNSA
Bolt Holes
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-51
Slide 15
BMI Nozzle Repair
z Method suited to BMI Repairs
Temporary
(Using Alloy 600 sleeve)
Permanent
(Using Alloy 690 Sleeve)
z Suited to MNSA removal sites
z Contour-tracking weld system
already adapted to robotic
delivery system
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-52
Slide 16
Conclusions
z Integral Pad has compelling advantages
Smaller footprint, faster installation
Reduced manual intervention (no J-groove
weld)
Improved volumetric NDE coverage
z Integral pad relies on proven, existing
equipment for welding
z Integral pad methodology is readily adapted to
other nozzle configurations, including BMI
nozzles
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-53
Mid-Wall Weld Repairs for Pressurizer Heater Sleeves
-expanded abstract
Pedro Amador, Welding Service Inc.
Jim Puzan, Welding Service Inc.
Dick Mattson, Structural Integrity Associates
PWSCC of Alloy 600
2005 International Conference & Exhibition
March 7 - 10, 2005
Tamaya Resort and Spa, Santa Ana Pueblo, NM
Abstract
In the fall of 2003, while under contract to Arizona Public Service Company, Welding Services
Inc. (WSI) and Structural Integrity Associates (SI) supported the proactive repair of 34
previously unrepaired Alloy 600 heater sleeves on the Palo Verde Unit 2 pressurizer. This
project included development and use of the latest advancements in severing and welding
technology for this OD pad half nozzle repair. The project was completed in approximately 36
days on a non-critical path basis during a steam generator replacement outage for Palo Verde
Unit 2.
In the fall of 2004, WSI performed the same repair to Palo Verde Unit 3; this time on 36 Alloy
600 heater sleeves. WSI designed and implemented additional tooling, based on Unit 2 lessons
learned, in an effort to reduce the repair schedule since the Unit 3 repair was critical path. The
project was completed in approximately 28 days thus improving the repair schedule for the
slightly larger scope by approximately 8 days.
Additionally in 2004, WSI and SI funded and commenced an extensive R&D program aimed to
further reduce the repair schedule for pressurizer refurbishments to the range of 15-20 days; thus
allowing for pressurizer refurbishments during an otherwise normal refueling outage. A
significant reduction in dose over the conventional OD pad repair was also anticipated. The
WSI/SI program included development and qualification of both the welding and inspection
required to support a mid-wall repair.
WSI/SIs mid-wall repair and inspection process has been approved by the NRC. Entergy has
reviewed and validated the repair development program in support of planned implementation at
Waterford 3 in April 2005.
The program involved development of an array of tools and procedures to implement the repair.
This included remote welding equipment and procedures to complete the mid-wall weld without
weld root defects typical of similar partial penetration welds. In addition, the program addressed
mechanical tooling provided to ensure alignment of the repair (required for heater reinstallation),
tools to allow some of the repairs to progress with the pressurizer filled, as well as tools required
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-55
for NDE (PT and UT) to document weld quality in the field. The development program also
included design and licensing activities required to obtain NRC approval of the repair for
implementation.
This presentation will include a review of existing repair technologies, a description of recent
pressurizer heater sleeve repairs (Palo Verde Unit 2 and Unit 3, SONGS Unit 3), and the tooling
strategies employed. This presentation will also review the latest generation of heater sleeve
repair tooling the mid-wall repair technology, including procedures, the licensing process, and
the status of its first implementation at Waterford 3. Lastly, the presentation will review other
potential applications for mid-wall repair technology including reactor vessel bottom mounted
instrument penetrations (BMIPs).
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-56
1 Welding Services Inc.
Mid-Wall Weld Repairs for
Pressurizer Heater Sleeves
Repairs for Small Bore
J-Groove Welded Nozzles
EPRI 2005 International PWSCC of Alloy 600
Conference, March 2005
Santa Ana Pueblo, NM
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-57
2 Welding Services Inc.
Contents
Background
Repair Concepts
ASME Code Evaluations
Mid-Wall Weld Repair Procedure
Applications
Summary
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-58
3 Welding Services Inc.
Background
Small bore nozzle/weld cracking has occurred in
PWRs since the mid-1980's
Local repairs/pre-emptive repairs/replacement have
been implemented
Posture in U.S. today is pre-emptive repairs or
replacement
Pressurizer
RPV top head
Two weld repair concepts have/will be implemented
Outside diameter (OD) weld pad repair
Mid-wall weld repair
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-59
4 Welding Services Inc.
Repair Concepts
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-60
5 Welding Services Inc.
Gen 1 OD Weld Pad Repairs
WSI / SI implementation experience
Calvert Cliffs
St. Lucie
Waterford
SONGS
ANO-2
Palo Verde
Conventional technology applied
Round weld pads
Existing nozzle removed using
boring/machining
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-61
6 Welding Services Inc.
Gen 2 Advanced OD Weld Pad Repairs
Palo Verde 2 in Fall 2003 (34 repairs in 36 days)
Palo Verde 3 in Fall 2004 (36 repairs in 28 days)
Improvements over conventional approach
Nozzle high speed severing
Square/rectangular weld pads, optimally sized
Pad boring via engineered machining system
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-62
7 Welding Services Inc.
Gen 1 and 2 OD Weld Pad Repairs
Disadvantages of OD weld pad repairs
Repair schedule and dose for multiple repairs (e.g., heater
sleeves, BMIPs)
Replacement sleeve alignment issues
Root of weld is exposed to PWSCC environments
These issues warranted further advancement in repair
technology in 2004 (i.e., mid-wall weld repair)
Continued use of OD weld pad repair applications
Small bore nozzles (less than ~20 mm diameter)
Other unique configurations
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-63
8 Welding Services Inc.
Mid-Wall Weld Repair Project
Background
Cooperative effort between WSI and SI
Project followed January 2004 CE owners meeting at WSI
Development project funded by WSI and SI
WSI repair tooling and NDE-PT
SI design/analysis, licensing, and NDE-UT
APS/Palo Verde served as lead plant for U.S. NRC
licensing
NRC formally approved mid-wall weld repair in October 2004
Entergy and SCE formed Alliance with APS for licensing
support/leverage
Waterford 3 in Spring 2005
Palo Verde 1 in Fall 2005
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-64
9 Welding Services Inc.
Gen 3 Mid-Wall Weld Repair
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-65
10 Welding Services Inc.
ASME Code Evaluations
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-66
11 Welding Services Inc.
Section III Evaluations
Load definition
Design bases (pressure/thermal transients)
Stress analyses
Three-dimensional finite element analyses
Section III evaluations
Stress criteria
Fatigue evaluation
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-67
12 Welding Services Inc.
Pressurizer Bottom Head Finite
Element Model
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-68
13 Welding Services Inc.
Section XI Evaluations
Postulated axial flaw in nozzle, cladding,
and J-groove weld
Stresses extracted from Section III
analyses
Linear elastic fracture mechanics and
elastic-plastic fracture mechanics
techniques utilized
Residual stress analyses
Fatigue crack growth analyses
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-69
14 Welding Services Inc.
Fracture Mechanics Finite Element
Model
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-70
15 Welding Services Inc.
Mid-Wall Weld Repair Sequential
Repair Procedure
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-71
16 Welding Services Inc.
Phase I
1. Determ and remove heater
2. Decontaminate the work area
3. Establish FME boundary, or
water seal as appropriate
4. Cut sleeve close to pressurizer
OD
5. Use high speed sever tool to cut
sleeve at approximately the
pressurizer mid-wall
6. Clean nozzle bore and PT weld
area
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-72
17 Welding Services Inc.
ID Sever Tool with Articulating Arm
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-73
18 Welding Services Inc.
Phase II
1. Install alignment reference
tooling
2. Fit and lock new sleeve
into position
3. Install mid-wall weld head
front-end
Remote video
Wire feed
Water cooled
AVC / auto stop controls
Component assembly for
quick change out
4. Inert gas chamber formed
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-74
19 Welding Services Inc.
Mid-Wall Weld Head Assembly
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-75
20 Welding Services Inc.
Mid-Wall Weld Head Operator Console
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-76
21 Welding Services Inc.
Mid-Wall Weld Repair
(as welded, prior to final surface prep)
Base
Material
Replacement
Sleeve
Mid-Wall
Weld
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-77
22 Welding Services Inc.
Phase III
1. Perform final machining of weld
ID for inspection
2. Remote video PT examination
Brush assembly for penetrant
application
Rack and pinion brush positioning
system
Bore-scope vision with head-up
display
Spray-on tool for developer
Recordable to VHS system
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-78
23 Welding Services Inc.
PT Tooling System
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-79
24 Welding Services Inc.
Phase IV
1. Final Automated NDE-UT
examination
Multi-channel automated
acquisition
Self-contained couplant
supply and return
Remote analysis
2. Remove FME system
3. Reinstall heater and seal
weld
4. Electrically connect heater
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-80
25 Welding Services Inc.
UT Tooling
Tool Head Head
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-81
26 Welding Services Inc.
Mid-Wall Weld Repair Test Program
Objectives of the program
No triple point anomaly or welding solidification issues
No volumetric reinspection of repair BMV per Bulletin 2004-01
Numerous weld samples generated
Large samples and field configuration (1.30 ID)
Sectioning, polishing and metallurgical testing
(photomicrographs)
Integration and testing with mid-wall UT system and verification
through metallurgical testing
Optimization of welding parameters
Successful program numerous defect-free weld samples
generated to complete the qualification and validation
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-82
27 Welding Services Inc.
Mid-Wall Weld Test Program
(20X; typical of numerous samples)
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-83
28 Welding Services Inc.
Applications for Mid-Wall Weld
Repair
J-groove welded Alloy 600 components
Pressurizers
Heater sleeves
Instrument nozzles
Bottom mounted instrument penetrations
(BMIPs)
Other RCS instrument locations
Hot legs
Cold legs
Steam generators
CRDM penetration refurbishments
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-84
29 Welding Services Inc.
Summary
Available small bore nozzle repair technology
options are comprehensive and in third
generation of development
Round OD weld pad repair (Gen 1)
Square OD weld pad repair (Gen 2)
Mid-wall weld repair (Gen 3)
Advanced mid-wall weld repair technology
Demonstrated and available
Licensed by the U.S. NRC
Planned for implementation in 2005 at Waterford
and Palo Verde
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-85
The Embedded Flaw Process for Repair of Reactor Vessel Head Penetrations
Warren Bamford
Westinghouse Electric
Paul Kreitman
PCI Energy Services
Sealing off a flaw from the PWR environment with a corrosion resistant material
eliminates the most important mechanism of propagation, stress corrosion cracking,
leaving only one other mechanism, which is fatigue. The reactor vessel head is isolated
from the majority of the flow inside the reactor vessel, and as such is a very low fatigue
region. The calculated usage factor in the head region is typically less than 0.1.
Therefore the repair can be considered a permanent one, with a lifetime at least as long
as the reactor vessel.
The embedded flaw repair was originally developed by Westinghouse in 1995, and
presented to the USNRC as a relief request in October of that year. The NRC approved
the approach, and documented their approval in a Safety Evaluation Report dated
February 5, 1996. The repair involves welding a patch over an existing flaw or flaws in a
head penetration or its attachment weld. The repair technique was expanded to apply to
flaws on the OD of head penetration tubes in 2001, and a generic relief for this
application was approved in July 2003.
The embedded flaw repair is based on the concepts of the ASME Code Section XI,
where a flaw is qualified as embedded if it is sufficiently far from the surface of the
vessel that it is not affected by the environment, or any geometric effects resulting from
interaction with the surface. The thickness of the weld was determined directly from the
code requirement. The weldment is Alloy 52 (the companion weld for Alloy 690), which
is highly resistant to primary water stress corrosion cracking.
The embedded flaw repair technique is considered a permanent repair because as
long as a Primary Water Stress Corrosion Crack (PWSCC) remains isolated from the
primary water (PW) environment, it cannot propagate. Since Alloy 52 weldment is highly
resistant to PWSCC, a new PWSCC crack will not initiate and grow through the Alloy 52
overlay to permit the PW environment to contact the susceptible material. The
resistance of Alloy 690 and its associated welds, Alloys 52 and 152, has been
demonstrated by laboratory testing in which no cracking has been observed in simulated
PWR environments, and by approximately 10 years of operational service in steam
generator tubes, where no PWSCC has occurred.
The residual stresses produced by the embedded flaw technique have been
measured and found to be relatively low because of the small thickness of the weld.
This implies that no new cracks will initiate and grow in the area adjacent to the repair
weld, so long as it is not in a highly stressed region. There are no other known
mechanisms for significant crack propagation in this region because the cyclic fatigue
loading is negligible. The Cumulative Usage Factor (CUF) in the upper head region was
calculated to be less than 0.2 in the reactor vessel design report, as well as in various
aging management review reports.
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-87
The thermal expansion properties of Alloy 52 weld metal are not specified in the
ASME code, as is the case for other weld metals. In this case, the properties of the
equivalent base metal (Alloy 690) should be used. For that material, the thermal
expansion coefficient at 600qF is 8.2 E-6 in/in/degree F as found in Section II Part D.
The Alloy 600 base metal has a coefficient of thermal expansion of 7.8 E-6 in/in/degree
F, a difference of about 5 percent.
The effect of this small difference in thermal expansion is that the weld metal will
contract more than the base metal when it cools, thus producing a compressive stress
on the Alloy 600 tube or the attachment weld, where the crack may be located. This
beneficial effect has already been accounted for in the residual stress measurements
reported in the technical basis for the embedded flaw repair.
The small residual stress produced by the embedded flaw weld will act constantly, and
therefore, will have no impact on the fatigue effects in the CRDM region. Since the
stress would be additive to the maximum as well as the minimum stress, the stress
range would not change, and the already negligible usage factor, noted above, for the
region would not change at all.
The embedded flaw repair was first implemented at the DC Cook Unit 2, in 1996. The
repair was carried out entirely remotely, using tools which were installed on the same
end-effector that carried out the inspection of the head penetration. For an inside surface
flaw on the penetration, the repair can be accomplished in one half day, while for an OD
or weld flaw, the repair may take as long as 1.5 days. The thickness of the weld is such
that residual stresses are very small, and measurements have been made on actual
welds to verify this conclusion. For this reason, the embedded flaw technique is unlikely
to have any impact on the region surrounding the repair. In fact, after seven years of
service at DC Cook Unit 2, the embedded flaw repair was inspected and found to be in
its original condition, with no evidence of deterioration. The embedded flaw repair
technique has been applied to at least 18 penetrations in five plants to date.
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-88
Slide 1
The Embedded Flaw Process for
Repair of Reactor Vessel Head
Penetrations
Warren Bamford
Paul Kreitman
Westinghouse Electric Company
March 2005
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-89
Slide 2
zIntroduction
zAttributes
zBasis for the embedded flaw concept
zBasis for selection of Alloy 52 for repair weld
zExperience with embedded flaw repairs
zConclusions
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-90
Slide 3
Embedded Flaw Repairs:
RV Head Penetration and J-Groove Weld
View
A-A
Tube
A600
Weld
82/182
B
u
t
t
e
r
in
g
1
8
2
Weld
182
B
u
t
t
e
r
in
g
1
8
2
30
8
Clad
A
A
Tube
A600
Weld
82/182
B
u
t
t
e
r
i
n
g
1
8
2
3
0
8
C
la
d
Tube
A600
Weld
82/182
3
0
8
C
la
d
5
2
R
e
p
a
ir
W
e
ld
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-91
Slide 4
Introduction
zThe Embedded Flaw repair was developed in 1993, and first
implemented at DC Cook Unit 2 in the spring of 1996
zThe next repair was at North Anna 2, in the spring of 2001
zThe next repair was at Beaver Valley, in the spring of 2002
zPlant-specific relief requests were approved in each case
zOn December 12, 2001, Westinghouse submitted a generic relief
request for an embedded flaw repair that could be applied to
CRDM/CEDM J-weld surfaces.
zNRC approved the process generically with an SER on July 3, 2003
zThe repair was implemented using this process at two plants in the fall of
2004
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-92
Slide 5
Attributes
zSeals cracks from the environment, stopping PWSCC
zSmall thickness minimizes weld residual stresses
zWelding can be done remotely
zSmall amount of welding makes the repair timely
zWeld repair is not needed structurally , since critical flaw sizes
are very large
zEmbedded Flaw repairs are permanent repairs
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-93
Slide 6
Basis for the Embedded Flaw Concept
zOriginal Basis was a WOG repair program, 1993
Investigate and provide a local and 360
o
weld repair on
flawed material.
Provide a design that is consistent with rules of ASME
Section XI
Provide a weld process specification and repair design
package
zMock-ups successfully completed, residual deformations and
stresses measured
zRepairs over cracks were successfully completed
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-94
Slide 7
Depth of Weldment for Embedded Flaw
zSection XI requirement for a flaw to be considered
embedded: S > 0.4a
where S = distance from flaw to surface
a = half width of embedded flaw
zSet width of flaw (2a) equal to penetration thickness
(0.625 in.)
zWeld thickness (S) is then 0.125 inches
zFor smaller flaws the weld thickness can be smaller
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-95
Slide 8
Embedded Flaw Repair
Process
zWelding Procedure Specification and Procedure
Qualification Record Machine Gas Tungsten Arc Welding
Process (Remote)
WPS 3-43/F43-B MC-GTAW and PQR 603, 677 and
694A was utilized.
ASME Section II, Part C, AWS Class. ERNiCrFe-7
(Alloy-52) was used for the overlay weld.
Standard ASME Section IX Groove Weld Procedure.
ASME Section IX Testing included Bends,Tensile,
Hardness and ASTM-A262, Practice A Corrosion
Testing.
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-96
Slide 9
Alloy 52
zAlloy 52 is the weld metal analog of Alloy 690; it is used for
gas metal arc and gas tungsten arc deposition processes
[Alloy 152 = shielded metal arc coated electrode version].
zThe composition is very similar to that of Alloy 690 with
slightly higher Cr [28-31.5 wt %] and controlled additions of
Al and Ti [to 1.1-1.5 max combined]
zDeveloped to minimize issues related to hot cracking and
SCC susceptibility of Alloys 182 and 82
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-97
Slide 10
Alloy 52 - SCC Resistance
zOwing primarily to high Cr content, Alloys 52/152 and 690 exhibit
apparent immunity to primary water stress corrosion cracking (PWSCC)
zService experience with Alloy 690 in SG heat transfer tubing, and
mechanical tube plug applications, and Alloys 52/152 as buttering,
cladding and weld filler materials has been exemplary, with no reported
degradation, after more than 15 years of service
zLaboratory testing of each of these materials emphasizes the corrosion
resistance - no known incidence of crack initiation or crack propagation
in primary water environments
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-98
Slide 11
Embedded Flaw Service Experience:
D C Cook Unit 2
zPen. 75 found to have ID surface flaw in 1994
zDepth approx. 40 percent of wall thickness
zEmbedded Flaw Repair implemented in 1996
zRepair re-inspected in Jan. 2002: No Indications on the weld
repair
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-99
Slide 12
North Anna Implementation
zAs a result of observed leakage on one of these penetrations in 2002, all
three penetrations were re-examined. Evidence of flaws was observed
zAn evaluation of these three repairs has been completed, with the
following conclusions:
The weld repairs did not achieve full coverage of the Alloy 82/182
wetted surface
These exposed Alloy 82/182 surfaces are the location of indications
found in 2002
zLessons learned and corrective actions have been implemented.
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-100
Slide 13
SER on Embedded Flaw
Repairs
zTechnical Basis submitted via WCAP 15987; to become 15987A
zSER issued July 3, 2003
zApproved a non-structural (seal) weld repair, of unspecified thickness
zThree layers of weld required on attachment weld repairs, and two
layers for the tube ID or OD
zSER acceptance was based on Westinghouse application of current
ASME Code fracture mechanics methods
zThe SER states that the embedded flaw repair is approved for
application to CE and Westinghouse designs
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-101
Slide 14
SER on Embedded Flaw
Repairs
z At or Above the Weld
The repair can be used for any flaws in the tube (ID or OD) that meet the ASME Section XI
acceptance criteria, which were endorsed by the NRC by letter to NEI on April 11, 2003.
Larger flaws are to be dealt with on a plant-specific basis
Circumferential flaws in the tube above the weld, regardless of size are treated on a plant-
specific basis, consistent with previous NRC approaches
z Below the weld
Larger flaws on the tube below the weld are approved, regardless of size, provided their
upper extremity does not reach the bottom of the weld
z In the Weld
The repair can be used for flaws of any type in the attachment weld
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-102
Slide 15
SER Requirements
zInspections are consistent with those for a structural weld, requiring
both UT and surface exams in most cases
zInspections must be performed by qualified inspectors
zLicensees must demonstrate that a plant-specific application is
bounded by the WCAP (15987, Rev. 2), including the ASME Code
fracture mechanics evaluation contained in Appendix C of the WCAP
(see SER paragraph 3.6)
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-103
Slide 16
DC Cook Unit 2 Repairs: Fall 2004
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-104
Slide 17
Embedded Flaw Repair
z Used Generic Relief Request, approved by NRC in July
2003
z Three layers on J-weld
z Two layers on penetration tube
z Remotely applied
z Dose:
Repair was 10 ReM
Inspection was 4 ReM
Vent line inspection was 3 ReM
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-105
Slide 18
Repair in Progress: Note Weld
Head
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-106
Slide 19
Completed Repair
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-107
Slide 20
Penetrant Exam in
Progress on Repair
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-108
Slide 21
Conclusions
zEmbedded Flaw Repair process is fully developed
zSER received from NRC, July 2003
zImplementation is complete, and remains in service
at the following plants:
DC Cook 2 [two different applications]
Beaver Valley
ANO-1
SONGS 3
zGood service experience : Oldest repair, at DC
Cook Unit 2, in 1996 has shown no degradation
zImplementation is relatively quick, and can be
accomplished remotely
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-109
Abst ract : Advances in Design and I mplement at ion of Alloy 52
St ruct ural Weld Overlay Repair Welding
Bruce Newt on
PCI Energy Services
Lake Bluff, I L 60044
Phone 847- 990- 7484
Fax : 847- 247- 9077
E- mail: newt onb@pci. west inghouse. com
St ruct ural weld met al overlays have been used for many years
for t he repair of BWR piping, and cont inue t o provide an effect ive
alt ernat ive t o convent ional excavat ion/ rewelding repairs on nuclear
piping and nozzles. These overlays rely on a design philosophy t hat
originat es in ASME Code Case N- 504, and are t ypically inst alled for
safe end regions using t he ambient t emperat ure t emperbead
met hodology described in ASME Code Case N- 638.
Recent ly t he first st ruct ural weld overlay for a PWR was applied
at Three Mile I sland, t o repair a part - t hrough flaw in an Alloy 182 weld
safe end region. As a result of t his finding, West inghouse has
developed st ruct ural weld overlay designs for t he most suscept ible
safe ends in bot h t he West inghouse and Combust ion Engineering
designs. The engineering design of t he weld overlays has been
coordinat ed wit h field inspect ion capabilit ies, as well as a weld
development program at PCI , in order t o bring a complet e solut ion t o
plant s wit h such a need.
St ruct ural overlays normally incorporat e Alloy 52 ( ERNiCrFe- 7)
filler met al. Alloy 52 filler met al relies on aluminum and t it anium as
deoxidizers, and t hese element s have proven t roublesome wit h regard
t o weld qualit y. During t he downhill progression port ion of t he orbit al
weld, oxide inclusions aggregat e. UT consist ent ly ident ifies t hese
areas as rej ect able lack of bond. To dat e, mit igat ion of t his lack of
bond has been effect ed by eliminat ing use of orbit al weld progression.
PCI , recognizing t he benefit s of orbit al overlay welding, has
pioneered a research effort t o ident ify t he specific causes of Alloy 52
oxide aggregat ion in t he downhill port ion of orbit al welding. This
research has culminat ed in specific process improvement s t hat enable
consist ent ly high qualit y Alloy 52 overlays using orbit al progression.
Welding sequence, welding equipment design, and process paramet ers
were key component s of t his st udy.
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-111
This report will provide a pict ure of t he approaches used by
West inghouse, Wesdyne, and PCI t o address design, inspect ion, and
welding. The result is reinst at ement of t he capabilit y for defect free
Alloy 52 st ruct ural overlay welds using orbit al welding progression.
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-112
A subsidiary of Westinghouse Electric Company LLC
Advances in Design and
Implementation of Alloy 52
Structural Weld Overlay
Repair Welding
Westinghouse Electric Company
and
PCI Energy Services
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-113
A subsidiary of Westinghouse Electric Company LLC
Discussion Topics
Alloy 690 Weldability Issues
Oxides and oxide inclusions
Issues related to Ultrasonic Flaw Detection
Double-Uphill vs. Orbital Progression
PCI Process Development
Objectives and Results
Significant Accomplishments
Ongoing Actions
Conclusions
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-114
A subsidiary of Westinghouse Electric Company LLC
Alloy 600 Defects
Repair Alternatives:
Local excavation and repair
Typically through-wall System must be drained and dried
Purge required usually problematic
Not well suited to machine welding higher radiation exposure
Weld Replacement
System must be drained and dried
Weld removal typically involves installation of a replacement pup
piece (i.e., two welds are required)
Purge required usually problematic
Complex fit-up; repairs are challenging
Structural Weld Overlay
Overlay replaces underlying, flawed pipe/weld
Widely accepted as an alternative to pipe replacement
System remains water-filled
Welding accessibility excellent
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-115
A subsidiary of Westinghouse Electric Company LLC
Overlay Configuration
Designed using ASME Code Case N-504-2
Typically, assume 360 degree, through wall defect
Structural overlay replaces pipe
Weld encompasses entire pipe circumference
Overlay Thickness
Sized to serve as a structural pipe replacement
Overlay Length: Sufficient to;
Fully encompass defective weld region
Permit access for NDE
Overlay filler material
Alloy 52 (ERNiCrFe-7) or Alloy 52M (ERNiCrFe-7a)
28% - 31.5% Chromium
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-116
A subsidiary of Westinghouse Electric Company LLC
Alloy 52 Weldability
5G Weld
Weld Progression
Uphill Progression Downhill Progression
Alloy 52 Chemistry
Relies on Aluminum (1.1%) and Titanium (1.0%) as deoxidizers
Result: Surface oxides
Oxides of this nature are typical in nickel-based filler materials
Oxides appear on molten pool surface as floaters
Oxides are typically dispersed during welding
In Alloy 52 welds:
Aluminum and Titanium oxides are particularly tenacious
During welding, oxide appearance is no different that in other nickel-based fillers
These oxides, however, are not effectively dispersed during welding
Result: Oxides become entrapped during weld installation
Entrapment is directly affected by gravity
On 5G welds, oxide entrapment occurs primarily in the 12:00 to 4:00 position, when welding
downhill
On 2G welds, oxide entrapment may occur anywhere
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-117
A subsidiary of Westinghouse Electric Company LLC
UT Results
UT Software often detects entrapped oxides and
inclusions
Flaws may be geometrically adjacent
UT has difficulty distinguishing the separation between
adjacent flaws
UT may link adjacent flaws together
Resultant indications may appear as lack of bond
Result
Flaws must be minimized through welding process
controls
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-118
A subsidiary of Westinghouse Electric Company LLC
PCI Process Development
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-119
A subsidiary of Westinghouse Electric Company LLC
PCI Objective No. 1
Double-Uphill Progression
Install acceptable Alloy 52 and
52M overlays using double-
uphill progression
Status:
Welding Complete
PT accepted
Wesdyne PDI UT (Manual)
Alloy 52: Accepted
Alloy 52M: Accepted
EPRI PDI UT (Automated):
Alloy 52: Accepted
Alloy 52M: Accepted
Result:
Acceptable structural overlays
using double-uphill
progression
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-120
A subsidiary of Westinghouse Electric Company LLC
Double-Uphill vs. Orbital Progression
Double Uphill welding can result in:
Increased welding time
Increased radiation exposure
Increased machining/prep time due to irregular final
deposit shape
Increased challenges to weld quality
Significantly more starts and stops
Starts and stops typically require manual
grinding/prep
Increased hands on intervention in radiation
environments
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-121
A subsidiary of Westinghouse Electric Company LLC
PCI Objective No. 2
Orbital Progression
Install acceptable Alloy 52 and
52M overlays using orbital
progression
Status:
Welding Complete
PT accepted
Wesdyne PDI UT (Manual):
Alloy 52: Accepted
Alloy 52M: Accepted
EPRI PDI UT (Automated):
Alloy 52: Accepted
Alloy 52M: Accepted
Result:
UT-acceptable structural
overlays using orbital
progression
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-122
A subsidiary of Westinghouse Electric Company LLC
PCI Alloy 52 Deposit Quality
Conventional Overlay
Micrograph
Optimized PCI Overlay
Micrograph
Sample Locations:
2 Oclock position
on
5G Welds
(vertical downhill
progression)
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-123
A subsidiary of Westinghouse Electric Company LLC
Orbital Progression
Acceptable results achieved
through:
Process controls
Enhanced welding parameters
PCIs Assigned Progression
bead placement technology
Advanced PCI equipment
Optimized welding equipment
Digital parameter controls
Optimized gas shielding
Result:
Oxides/inclusions reduced
Weld installation time reduced
Final deposit uniformity improved
Enhances inspection accuracy
Reduces final surface prep
duration
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-124
A subsidiary of Westinghouse Electric Company LLC
PCI Objective No. 3
Eliminate Final Machining
Machining Disadvantages:
Complex operation
Final deposit must be concentric
Distortion of weldment adds to
machining complexity
May damage overlay and force
additional welding
PCI Solution
Speed Contour Tooling
developed
Fast, convenient approach
Achieves UT-suitable surface
PCI/Wesdyne Evaluation:
Acceptable for PDI UT
Partnership enables optimal approach
EPRI Evaluation: Acceptable for UT
Ground
Surface
Surface using
PCI Speed Contour
Tooling
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-125
A subsidiary of Westinghouse Electric Company LLC
PCI Objective No. 4
Minimize Sacrificial Layers
Sacrificial Layers:
Increase welding time
Do not add to overlay
structure
PCI Solution
Measure layer by layer
chemistry
Prove that adequate chrome
levels are achieved after one
(or less) sacrificial layer on
carbon steel
PCI/EPRI Team
Joint PCI/EPRI effort
Samples welded,
investigation underway
Results available to RRAC
member utilities
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-126
A subsidiary of Westinghouse Electric Company LLC
Conclusions
Alloy 52 welds contain oxides
Double Uphill progression involves:
Longer installation times
Increased radiation exposure
More starts and stops
PCI delivers high quality Alloy 52 orbital overlays
Reduced oxides, artifacts, and inclusions
Unique equipment and methodology
Superior end result
PCI tooling eliminates the need for final deposit
machining
PCI leads joint PCI/EPRI effort to eliminate sacrificial
layers
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-127
EPRI PWSCC of Alloy 600 2005 International Conference & Exhibition
March 7-10, 2005
Tamaya Resort and Spa, Santa Ana Pueblo, NM
Abstract
Beneficial Application of Alloy 52M Filler Materials to Dissimilar Metal Weldments
by
Pedro Amador and Alton Auvil, Welding Services Inc.
Richard Smith, Structural Integrity Associates
Sam Kiser, Special Metals Inc.
Shane Findlan and Andy McGehee, EPRI
The superior corrosion resistance provided by Alloy 52 weld deposits makes them
particularly attractive for repairs to components degraded by exposure to high-
temperature, high-purity, aqueous environments. Alloy 52 filler material has been used
for a number of weld overlay repairs, particularly in situations where the overlay was
used over degraded nickel-based substrates such as Alloy 82 or Alloy 182 welds. Other
welding applications use the Alloy 52 filler material to join components. Several welding
challenges have been identified from these dissimilar metal applications related to
weldability of Alloy 52.
Hot and cold cracking have been documented in a number of Alloy 52 applications. In
addition, Alloy 52 weldments are known to exhibit a variety of entrapped oxide
conditions. All of these conditions affect the inspections required to document a quality
deposit. To address issues of concern, Special Metals Company has refined and
improved the chemistry and processing of Alloy 52. A modified filler material, identified
as Alloy 52M (AWS 5.14 ER NiCrFe-7A, UNS N06054 in ASME Code Case 2142-2),
has been developed and investigated by several users.
Welding Services Inc., Structural Integrity Associates, EPRI, and Special Metals Inc.
have worked together to evaluate the use of these materials for weld overlays
(particularly for ambient temperbead applications) and for pressurizer mid-wall heater
sleeve repairs. This presentation describes the experiments and testing conducted, using
field-simulated geometries, to evaluate the weldability of Alloy 52M. Significant
advantages were observed in the Alloy 52M weld deposits that improved the dye
penetrant surface examinations and the ultrasonic volumetric examinations. Results also
suggest that Alloy 52M has a greater tolerance to variations in welding parameters that
avoid cracking in the weld (both hot and cold cracking). In addition, the metallurgical
evaluations confirmed a significant reduction in the presence of oxides and small
microfissures dispersed throughout the weld deposit. The program concluded that high
quality welds can be made reliably using Alloy 52M filler material, and that the
probability for making successful welds is very high.
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-129
A mid-wall repair method for pressurizer heater sleeves has been developed and licensed
by a WSI/SIA team that results in a high quality repair that can be performed in less time
and less radiation exposure than traditional pad repairs. Specialized equipment was
developed for every step of the process including severing and surface preparation,
inerting the welding volume, welding, post weld machining, and inspection using both
PT and UT techniques. The method severs the old Alloy 600 heater sleeve below the
original J-weld. The old sleeve material below the sever cut is removed and replaced
with a new Alloy 690 sleeve. The new sleeve is positioned at mid-wall of the pressurizer
head and welded using remote machine GTAW equipment with Alloy 52M filler
material. An ambient temperature temperbead welding procedure was qualified to
perform the weld without the need for PWHT. This partial penetration weld forms a
triple-point geometry and was carefully evaluated to avoid hot cracking issues (or triple-
point anomalies). An extensive experimental program using full simulation mock-ups
was conducted to define the equipment needs, weld configurations, and welding
parameters necessary to produce a sound weld. The weldment receives a full volumetric
ultrasonic examination after completion to validate integrity. A special inspection system
was developed for this purpose. In addition the weld is given a remote dye penetrant
surface examination. The method is planned for field implementation at Waterford Unit
3 in the Spring of 2005.
The use of Alloy 52M is also very beneficial for weld overlay applications because in
addition to providing a highly corrosion resistant deposit, the other benefit is that it can
be deposited using conventional orbital welding techniques (360 degree application).
This approach is beneficial because it takes less time to apply than the double-up
approach used successfully with Alloy 52 weld overlays. This experimental study
applied the Alloy 52M(S) filler material. This material is Alloy 52M subjected to special
cleaning steps during the wire drawing process and denoted as super-clean. A full -
inch thick overlay was applied to a 12-inch diameter Schedule 80 carbon steel pipe using
ambient temperature temperbead procedures to simulate application over P3 material.
The results included ultrasonic examination and metallographic sampling. Dilution of the
weld deposit with iron was measured to demonstrate that the initial layer of the Alloy
52M is adequate to accommodate any dilution effects. The weld quality was
demonstrated to be excellent even with 360 degree application in a 5G horizontal pipe
position.
Alloy 52M presents an improved filler material over Alloy 52 in terms of the welding
advantages. Greater flexibility to apply the weld deposit without defects is achieved. In
addition the extra cleaning steps used with the superclean version appear to be beneficial
for thick deposits such as weld overlays because the deposits have fewer oxide floaters
and improved resistance to ductility dip cracking and hot cracking.
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-130
Welding Services Inc.
1
Beneficial Application of FM52M
on
Dissimilar Metal Weldments
EPRI PWSCC of Alloy 600
2005 International Conference
March 7-10, 2005
Pedro Amador, Welding Services Inc.
Richard Smith, Structural Integrity Associates
Sam Kiser, Special Metals Inc.
Shane Findlan, EPRI
Andy McGehee, EPRI
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-131
Welding Services Inc.
2
Why use Nickel Base Alloys?
Compatible thermal expansion with ferritic
materials
Butters on P3 Group 3 materials
Field Installation without PWHT
Corrosion resistance
Dissimilar Welds
SCC Occurs in both BWR and PWR Environments
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-132
Welding Services Inc.
3
SCC Resistance of Ni Alloys
Key Factor is Chromium Content
More appears to be better
Ranking order is 182 to 82 to 52/152 or
14% to 20% to 30%
Fabrication
Typically use GTAW and SMAW
Hot cracking and Ductility Dip Cracking (DDC) can be
a problem if not addressed properly
Weld Dilution increases susceptibility to these issues
Well known problems with contamination by low
melting elements such as S, Se, Pb, etc.
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-133
Welding Services Inc.
4
FM52
Provides high Cr deposit very resistant to
stress corrosion cracking
Susceptible to hot cracking and DDC
especially in areas of high dilution and
restrained geometries
Presence of oxide floaters have been
troublesome for applications welded
downhill or full orbital on piping
components in horizontal position
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-134
Welding Services Inc.
5
What about FM52M?
Improved Weld Quality (many reports)
Significant Reduction in Oxide Floaters
Improved Resistance to Hot Cracking and
Ductility Dip Cracking
Only Minor Chemistry Change
to
FM52 Specification
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-135
Welding Services Inc.
6
Element
FM52
UNS N06052
AWS
ERNiCrFe7
FM52
Typical
FM52M
UNS N06054
AWS
ERNiCrFe-7A
FM52M
Typical
Ni Balance Balance Balance Balance
Cr 28.0-31.5 29-30 28.0-31.5 29-30
Fe 7.0-11.0 8.0 7.0-11.0 8.0
C 0.04 0.02-0.03 0.04 0.02-0.03
Mn 1.0 < 0.5 1.0 0.80
P 0.02 low 0.02 low
S 0.015 low 0.015 low
Si 0.50 0.10-0.20 0.50 0.10-0.20
Mo 0.50 0.12 0.50 low
Nb (Cb) 0.10 low 0.50-1.0 0.80
Al 1.10 0.60 1.10 0.15
AI+Ti 1.50 1.20 1.50 0.45
Cu 0.30 0.01 0.30 low
Ti 1.0 0.60 1.0 0.30
Nb (Cb)+Ta 0.10
Co
B
Zr
0.019
0.002
0.006
Higher Nb
Specification
Lower
Typical Al
Higher
Typical Mn
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-136
Welding Services Inc.
7
Purpose of this Study
Evaluate overlay application of FM52MS
deposited on carbon steel pipe
S indicates special processing to
promote cleaner welds
Experiments address two applications
Weld Overlay
Mid-Wall Pressurizer Sleeve Repair (FM52M)
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-137
Welding Services Inc.
8
Weld Overlay Experiment
10 inch Carbon Steel Pipe with ID water flow
GTAW Temperbead Procedure
Controlled Heat Input (consistent layers)
Controlled Power Ratio (targeted minimum
dilution)
Axial Shrinkage
Chemistry Measured for first 3 Layers
Ultrasonic Examination of Overlay
Metallographic Evaluation of Indications
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-138
Welding Services Inc.
9
Heat Input
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-139
Welding Services Inc.
10
Power Ratio
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-140
Welding Services Inc.
11
Overlay Detail
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-141
Welding Services Inc.
12
Sampling Plan
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-142
Welding Services Inc.
13
FM52MS Overlay
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-143
Welding Services Inc.
14
Overlay Results
Chemistry of Temperbead Layers
Axial Shrinkage
Ultrasonic Examination
Metallography
General Weldability Observations
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-144
Welding Services Inc.
15
Chemistry Results
Layer (Wt.%)
Element 1
st
2
nd
3
rd
Fe 20.8 11.3 9.4 8.9
Ni 50.1 56.9 58.3 59.5
Cr 26.3 29.0 29.5 29.3
Nb 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.8
FM52MS
Note Cr
Recovery
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-145
Welding Services Inc.
16
Average Chemistry of Overlay
0.0
10.0
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
60.0
Fe Ni Cr Nb
Element
W
e
i
g
h
t
%
Layer 1
Layer 2
Layer 3
FM52MS
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-146
Welding Services Inc.
17
Axial Shrinkage after each Layer
Layer (inches)
Azimuth 1
st
2
nd
3
rd
4
th
5
th
0 0.145 0.175 0.194 0.205 0.207
90 0.120 0.220 0.231 0.248 0.261
180 0.195 0.195 0.201 0.205 0.207
270 0.134 0.205 0.209 0.214 0.216
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-147
Welding Services Inc.
18
Zero Degree UT Inspection
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-148
Welding Services Inc.
19
Location of UT Indications
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-149
Welding Services Inc.
20
UT Results
Most of this overlay was free of indications
One area about 3.7 inches circumferential
and 2.3 inches axial exhibited distribution
of indications (0
0
transducer) 2
nd
3
rd
layer
45
0
, 60
0
and creeping wave exams were
clear
Indications located on downhill side at mid-
plane of overlay
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-150
Welding Services Inc.
21
Location of UT Indications
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-151
Welding Services Inc.
22
Metallography Performed to Identify
Nature of Defects
UT Indications Observed in Area roughly
3.7 Circumferential by 2.4 Axial
Indications are primarily due to porosity
A few locations exhibited some short
interbead lack-of-fusion
No evidence of hot cracks or DDC
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-152
Welding Services Inc.
23
Photomicrographs (30x)
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-153
Welding Services Inc.
24
General Observations
Weldability and welder appeal of FM52MS is
excellent
Weld puddle is fluid and ties in well (appears
similar to stainless steel)
Recordable indications of this overlay have been
investigated and are related to porosity with small
interbead LOF likely due to low Power Ratio weld
Full orbital welding may benefit from parameter
changes especially for downhill progression
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-154
Welding Services Inc.
25
Summary Overlay Results
360 degree orbital temperbead welding
Overall deposit is clear
UT Indications in one area on downhill side @ mid-thickness of
overlay (between 2
nd
& 3
rd
Layer)
No evidence of oxide floaters
No evidence of hot cracking or DDC
Indications due to finely dispersed porosity and some small
interbead lack-of-fusion all primarily in one location
Defects likely related to welding conditions designed for ultra low
dilution
4
th
in a series of experimental WOLs exploring use of FM52 type
deposits
Recent successful field implementation of FM52MS pipe overlay
project.
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-155
Welding Services Inc.
26
Pressurizer Mid-Wall
Heater Sleeve Weld Repairs
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-156
Welding Services Inc.
27
Mid-Wall Repair Approach
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-157
Welding Services Inc.
28
Mid-Wall Repair Application
New approach that eliminates crevices
Efficient Application
Saves Time
Saves Exposure Dose
FM52M (high Cr)
Demonstrated Repeatability
11 Consecutive Successful Welds
No Unsuccessful Welds
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-158
Welding Services Inc.
29
Welding Head Features
Weld Head Features
Remote video
Wire feed
Water cooled
AVC / auto stop controls
Component assembly for
quick swap out
Inert gas chamber
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-159
Welding Services Inc.
30
Mid-wall Repair Application
Remote GTAW Temperbead Application
Specialized tooling system
PT and UT in-situ examinations
Metallographic confirmation
Use of FM52M
Explored several sleeve end-prep geometries
More than 100 mock-up welds evaluated
Established preferred set of welding parameters
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-160
Welding Services Inc.
31
Welding System
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-161
Welding Services Inc.
32
Sample Mid-Wall Weld
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-162
Welding Services Inc.
33
Weld Cross-Section
Sample P3-25
Oriented as-installed
Mag. Marker is 0.100
As-Polished
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-163
Welding Services Inc.
34
Results of Mid-Wall
Application
Oxide concerns eliminated
Repeatable welds
No Triple-point anomalies
Ultrasonic inspection clear
FM52M exhibits improved wetting and
stirring over FM52
Welder appeal excellent for FM52M
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-164
Welding Services Inc.
35
Whats Next?
Weld Overlay
EPRI PWOL Mockup
Models Surge Nozzle
MRP Documents and Presentations
Further Develop Effective Use of Power Ratio
Mid-Wall
Testing of FM52MS
Upcoming Field Implementation of FM52M
Other Applications
Session 2B: Repair Methods and Technologies
6-165
7
SESSION 3A: LABORATORY INVESTIGATIONS OF
CRACKS
This session reviewed the results of laboratory investigations of cracked Alloy 600/82/182 parts
removed from plants. Summaries of the presentations of the six participants are given below
followed by the questions asked, responses provided, and comments made by the participants
concerning each presentation. Click on the links to access directly copies of the materials
presented together with extended abstracts.
Laboratory Investigation of PWSCC of CRDM Nozzle 3 and its J-Groove
Weld on the Davis-Besse Reactor Pressure Vessel Head, presented by S.
Fyfitch, Framatome ANP (Paper 3A.1)
This presentation was given by S. Fyfitch and written by H. Xu and S. Fyfitch of Framatome
ANP, and J. Hyres of BWXT Services. The main points made during the presentation were as
follows:
x The work reported in this presentation involved metallurgical examinations of CRDM
Nozzle 3 and its J-groove weld that were included in a section removed from the Davis-
Besse reactor vessel head.
x The examination showed that the axial cracks in CRDM nozzle 3 were consistent with the
on-site NDE results. They also showed that the axial cracks were intergranular and typical of
Alloy 600 PWSCC. The axial cracks appear to have initiated at the CRDM nozzle I.D.
surface, propagated toward the OD, and extended into the J-groove weld.
x The axial cracks in the J-groove weld were interdendritic (IDSCC) and consistent with
PWSCC seen in Alloy 182 welds.
x A cluster of circumferential cracks were found on the J-groove weld bottom surface exposed
to the RCS. They were not connected to the axial cracks in the J-groove weld. The
circumferential cracks are more consistent with environmentally assisted stress corrosion
cracking such as PWSCC than with welding defects.
x Shallow interdendritic cracks (IGA) were found on the exposed Alloy 182 J-groove weld
surface due to corrosion attack from the oxygenated and concentrated boric acid slurry inside
the cavity.
7-1
Session 3A: Laboratory Investigations of Cracks
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (G. Rao): From the presentation I understand that cracking initiated on the ID of
the penetration and progressed through wall providing flow of primary water into the cavity.
But the penetration material is reported as sound with good GB carbide coverage. What
caused the good material to crack then?
Response (S. Fyfitch): This particular heat of material has shown the greatest amount of
cracking among all of the B&W-design RV head nozzles. It does have a semi-continuous
carbide intergranular structure with essentially no intragranular carbides, which is typically
considered good from a PWSCC resistance perspective. However, it has a yield strength of
48.5 ksi and an ASTM grain size of 3, which are typically considered to be detractors to
PWSCC resistance. This to me reinforces my opinion of the common misconception that it
is possible to rank PWSCC susceptibility on microstructural characteristics and mechanical
properties.
x Question (V. Thomas): Regarding slide 15, was it the crack in the weld or in the nozzle base
material that allowed flow to occur?
Response (S. Fyfitch): My conjecture is that the large flaw in the weld had a higher flow
than the smaller crack in the nozzle.
x Question (W. Bamford): Please clarify the "circumferential" flaws in the J-groove weld for
nozzle 3.
Response (S. Fyfitch): The flaws referred to (i.e., short circumferential cracks) are on a
plane parallel to the nozzle O.D. surface (i.e., an r-Z plane) and located at 0.75 inch (19 mm)
radially from the penetration bore I.D.
x Question (R. Staehle): For the through wall cracks, did you see any evidence of chemical
reactions?
Response (S. Fyfitch): No, as indicated by slide 16 there was no evidence that could point to
chemical reactions (from the concentrated boric acid slurry inside the cavity) other than
PWSCC, involved in the cracking.
x Question (A. Silva): The first layer of stainless steel cladding is typically 309 or 309L
stainless steel which has a different composition to 308. The corrosion attack on the cladding
appears to be the interface between the low alloy steel and this 309 layer in the region where
carbon migration has occurred as a result of post-weld heat treatment. Was the corrosion
attack associated with any certain microstructural features or chemistry gradients?
Response (S. Fyfitch): Based on the readily available records, the cladding layer was Type
308 (possibly Type 308L) material applied by an automated six-wire submerged-arc welding
process, which produced a weld bead ~0.25" thick and ~1" wide; a search for the certified
chemical composition of the cladding material was not performed. However, the depth of
IGA on the stainless steel material does not go beyond 12 grains deep, which is within the
mixing zone of low-alloy steel and stainless steel. There were no chemical composition
gradients identified by EDS analysis.
x Question (J. Collins): On Slide 15 the wide crack noted in the weld was suggested to be a
contributor to the corrosion cavity. Previous studies have suggested that leakage through-
weld could not provide the significant cooling to create the significant corrosion rates.
7-2
Session 3A: Laboratory Investigations of Cracks
Response (S. Fyfitch): No. My point was that the J-groove weld flaw was much wider than
typically seen in a wrought material, which would have increased the total leakage of
primary water through the crack in the nozzle. Recall also that the 10 flaw in nozzle #3 was
~1-inch (per NDE) above the J-groove weld, which also contributed to increased leakage.
Laboratory Investigation of the Stainless Steel Cladding on the Davis-
Besse Reactor Vessel Head, presented by J. Hyres, BWXT Services (Paper
3A.2)
This presentation was given by J. Hyres and written by H. Xu and S. Fyfitch of Framatome ANP,
and J. Hyres of BWXT Services. The main points made during the presentation were as follows:
x The work reported in this presentation involved metallurgical examinations of the Type 308
stainless steel cladding at the bottom of the cavity in a removed section from the Davis-Besse
reactor vessel head.
x The exposed cladding area was ~16.5 in
2
(~106 cm
2
). All of the cladding thickness
measurements were above the minimum specified value.
x There was shallow IGA on the exposed cladding surface. The IGA had initiated numerous
stress-corrosion cracks.
x Cladding upward deflection had opened up the deepest cracks. The maximum depth crack
was 0.099 in. (2.5 mm) deep.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (T. S. Sharma): The direction of the corrosion at nozzle #3 of the Davis-Besse
reactor is at 10q down from the horizontal axis. Was there any investigation done as to why
the corrosion was at a 10q angle?
Response (J. Hyres): No, the cut out piece was shipped to our lab as we see in the slidewe
did not have an opportunity to see the original corrosion as it existed on to top of the vessel.
We could not give any metallurgical reason for the orientation of the corrosion.
x Question (G. Rao): Was there any evidence of contaminants in the coolant that could have
contributed to the corrosion?
Response (J. Hyres): There was nothing detected by EDS examination.
x Question (P. Andresen): In good welds there must be a dilution zone of varying chromium
(and nickel) content.
1. The cross-section showing the stainless steel and low alloy steel suggests lack of
fusion penetration between the low alloy steel and stainless steel.
2. It is also possible to interpret your chromium "profile" measurements (and also the
equiaxed grain appearance in the stainless steel near the low alloy steel) as consistent
with some corrosion of low chromium material (where good fusion and dilution
occurred) and even a small amount of corrosion of higher chromium material
7-3
Session 3A: Laboratory Investigations of Cracks
(suggested by the absence of any low chromium material left behind and by the
thinner region of equiaxed grains in the stainless steel near the low alloy steel
interface). Do you agree? Finally, the cracks in the cladding are presumably SCC.
Have you tried to estimate growth rates or to rationalize the observation based on
laboratory observations?
Response (J. Hyres):
1. The laboratory investigations did not indicate the presence of low chromium material
on the stainless steel clad side of the bondline. This finding is supported by the
equiaxed grain structure observed on the exposed cladding surface and at the low
alloy steel/stainless steel bond, the EDS results, cladding thickness measurements,
and etched low alloy steel/stainless steel microstructures. Further, the EDS results
suggest a uniform dilution of chromium and nickel from nominal Type 308 stainless
steel values through the cladding thickness.
2. Crack growth rates for Type 308 stainless steel in concentrated boric acid were not
estimated, but are expected to be quite low at operating stresses based on literature
values.
x Question (G. Turluer): With regard to how long the cladding might have lasted without
failure, could you discuss the degradation mode considered for the cracks in the stainless
steel cladding and how consideration of that mode accounts for the estimated time to
cladding failure of 2 to 13 months?
Response (J. Hyres):
1. It was determined that the crack growth rates (based on literature values) for 308
stainless steel under operating stresses were quite low and would have taken 1 to 2
years to extend through the remaining cladding thickness. The controlling
degradation mechanism was the continued growth of the corrosion cavity, which
would increase the stresses on the cladding. Monte Carlo simulations were
conducted based on various assumed low alloy steel corrosion rates and yielded the 2
to 13 month range to cladding failure.
2. Based on the above, a slow strain rate test type of stressing mode in the presence of
concentrated boric acid was not considered.
x Question (J. Gorman): How was the environment established (and what were the results) by
ORNL to determine the crack growth rate for the future life of the cladding? How was the
crack growth rate estimated?
Response (J. Hyres): The ORNL modeling simulated the cavity geometry, temperature, and
pressure only. Crack growth rate values for 308 stainless steel in a concentrated boric acid
solution were taken from the literature, not measured directly.
Laboratory Investigation of the Alloy 600 Bottom Mounted Instrumentation
Nozzle Samples and Weld Boat Sample from South Texas Project Unit 1,
presented by A. McIlree, EPRI (Paper 3A.3)
This presentation was given by A. McIlree and written by H. Xu and S. Fyfitch of Framatome
ANP, J. Hyres of BWXT Services, A. McIlree of EPRI, and F. Cattant of EDF. The main points
made during the presentation were as follows:
7-4
Session 3A: Laboratory Investigations of Cracks
x The work reported in this presentation mainly involved metallurgical examinations of a small
boat sample removed from a lower reactor vessel head leaking bottom mounted instrument
(BMI) nozzle at STP 1. The boat sample was taken at the intersection of the top surface of
the Alloy 182 J-groove weld and the Alloy 600 nozzle. Lower sections of this nozzle and a
second leaking nozzle, from below the J-groove welds, were also examined.
x The Alloy 600 microstructure (predominantly intragranular carbides with few intergranular
carbides) and the ID surface cold-worked layer made the BMI nozzles highly susceptible to
PWSCC.
x Three cavities were found in the weld metal in the boat sample. The cavities were located in
the weld metal at the interface with the Alloy 600 nozzle material. The cavities in the boat
sample were due to entrapment of the weld flux. The cavities were intersected by cracks
developed during plant service.
x The main crack in the boat sample had a Y-shape. The crack was intergranular and
consistent with PWSCC. The crack was oriented axially within the Alloy 600 nozzle
material, but branched into the Alloy 182 weld in a circumferential direction.
x There was a short circumferential crack that connected the largest cavity in the boat sample
to the wetted J-groove weld surface. It appeared to be intergranular. It was unlikely to have
been caused by hot cracking, although the mechanism (PWSCC, fatigue, or others) can not
be definitively established.
x The SEM/EDS examinations showed no weld repairs (weld repair would be with Alloy 82)
and no evidence of weld hot cracking, either near the three cavities, or in the remainder of the
boat sample.
x The Y-shaped crack and the short circumferential crack did not intersect each other; they
were linked through the cavity. The lab results could not establish whether the two cracks
initiated independent of each other or otherwise.
x Contrary to NDE results developed by in situ examinations performed before removal of the
boat sample, the Y-shaped axial crack did not go through-wall above the J-groove weld, and
the crack was shorter near the nozzle OD. These results suggest that, at least within the boat
sample, the crack propagated from the nozzle ID toward the OD, and then branched
circumferentially into the weld; however the crack can not be confirmed to have initiated
from the nozzle ID surface due to the boat sample size.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Comment (G. Rao): The evidence you presented is convincing that the crack in the area of
the boat sample was growing in the outward direction. If this was due to initiation at the ID
of this bottom mounted instrument (BMI) nozzle, it could be a generic issue. This points out
that, if the material has high susceptibility, PWSCC can occur even at cold leg temperatures.
7-5
Session 3A: Laboratory Investigations of Cracks
x Question (A. Silvia): What was the depth (i.e., the thickness) of the cold work layer on the
ID of the nozzle? Were any microhardness measurements taken of the cold work layer and
what were the hardness values?
Response (A. McIlree): The depth of the cold work on the ID surface was estimated to be
2550 Pm. Near surface Knoop hardness readings of 290 to 350 were recorded compared to
midwall readings of 225 to 250.
x Question (B. Templeton): Does this low temperature failure data point disprove the proposed
Arrhenius functionality for cracking susceptibility?
Response (A. McIlree): Yes and no. Yes because the activation (apparent) energy used
didn't do a good job in predicting the cracking. No because the Arrhenius activation energy
concept still applies fundamentally. I believe we the industry have not been able to
adequately account for the influence of cold work on the apparent activation energy.
x Question (G. Turluer): My question is with regard to the likelihood of PWSCC occurring on
BMI nozzles at such a low temperature. Can you describe the actual temperature difference
between the CRDM housings on the vessel head and the BMI nozzles?
Response (A. McIlree): The temperature difference between the CRDMs and BMIs at South
Texas Project is thought to be 40qF (22C).
x Question (P. Andresen): Entrapped flux/slag in welds is not that uncommon, and you
suggested that dissolution in PWR water could promote SCC initiation and/or growth. Are
you aware of any detailed evaluation of such flux residue or the chemistry that develops if
they are exposed to PWR water? It seems likely that this could be a significant accelerant
that may not be adequately captured in laboratory tests.
Response: I am not aware of any detailed evaluation of the influence of flux residue on
PWSCC. However, many years ago, EPRI was doing a test program using capsule samples
containing a steam environment. Capsules who's end caps were brazed rather than welded
cracked 10 times faster. The acceleration was related to remnant brazing flux, and led to the
development of the 'Doped Steam Test'.
x Question (W. Bamford): You presented one point of view with regard to the cracking
scenario, but it seems equally likely, if not more so, that the cracks began at the OD, and
propagated inward. Was the expert panel all in agreement here and, if not, why not present
the other viewpoint as well?
Comment (J. Gorman): I was a member of the expert panel and came to the conclusion that
the most likely scenario was OD initiation. In this scenario, a leak path developed in the 1/16
inch (1.6 mm) thick ligament between the top cavity and the OD surface of the weld due to
some undetermined mechanism such as a weld pipe. After the primary coolant reached the
cavity, corrosive solutions developed and led to accelerated crack growth in a complicated
pattern, eventually leading to an outward growth direction in the small part of the nozzle
contained in the boat sample. The main factors leading to this hypothesis were (1) the
helium leak test indicated that there was a leak path from the OD surface of the nozzle in the
annulus below the weld to the top surface of the weld, but not from the ID of the nozzle to
the weld, and (2) the presence of several other part wall flaws detected by NDE which clearly
showed OD initiation with no penetration to the ID.
7-6
Session 3A: Laboratory Investigations of Cracks
Response (A. McIlree): The other point of view was already presented at the NRC meeting
in Germantown and on their website. That point of view as pointed out by Dr. Gorman in the
above comment was heavily based on NDE signatures. It was the cold worked ID surfaces
and the growth direction of the axial crack which influenced the present authors to our
conclusions. We'll never really know, and the bottom line is the samethe BMIs need to be
inspected.
Selection, Removal, Decontamination and NDE of North Anna 2 Retired
Reactor Vessel Head CRDM Penetrations, presented by F. Cattant, EDF
(Paper 3A.4)
This presentation was given by F. Cattant and written by F. Cattant (EDF), N. Peat (Failure
Characterisation Consultancy), R. Barnes, A. McIlree, and A. Ahluwalia (EPRI), and C.
Harrington (TXU Power). The material in this presentation is addressed along with that of the
next presentation (Paper 3A.5) below.
Destructive Examination of North Anna 2 Retired Reactor Vessel Head
CRDM Penetration No. 54 (Status Review), presented by G. Rao,
Westinghouse (Paper 3A.5)
This presentation was given by G. Rao and written by G. Rao (Westinghouse), A. Ahluwalia
(EPRI), and C. Harrington (TXU Power). The main points made during this presentation and the
preceding presentation (Paper 3A.4) were as follows:
x In Fall 2001 a bare metal visual inspection was performed of the reactor vessel head of North
Anna Unit 2. Based on this inspection, three penetrations were repaired. In Fall 2002, a bare
metal visual inspection was again performed, as well as ECT of all J-groove welds and UT of
penetrations. The visual inspection identified six potential leakers, and ECT found 63 of 65
J-groove welds to have indications. It was determined that 42 J-groove welds would require
repair. In addition, six penetrations had OD circumferential indications. The utility decided
to replace the reactor vessel head, and allowed EPRI/MRP to remove samples from head.
x The objectives of the investigations of the North Anna head include determining the most
probable cause(s) of initiation and propagation of the weld and base metal flaws, developing
an understanding of the circumferential flaws in the outer diameter of the penetration base
material, characterization of the annulus environment, and identification of any low alloy
steel corrosion, benchmarking NDE techniques, and obtaining initiation and crack tip data on
complete field-recovered flaws, including interaction of hot cracking.
x Part 1 of this project has been quite successful:
7 penetrations have been removed from the head.
5 penetrations have been decontaminated and replicated (Microset material for the
surface and silastic compound for the ID volume).
7-7
Session 3A: Laboratory Investigations of Cracks
Novel and standard EC and UT techniques have been applied in field representative
conditions.
Penetration #54 has been supplied to Westinghouse hot laboratory in Pittsburgh for
destructive examination.
Penetrations #31 and #59 have been provided to NRC Research for destructive
examination at PNNL.
x The major objectives of the detailed destructive examination of Penetration #54, which field
and laboratory NDE indicated had a variety of defects, include physical characterization of
the defects present in the nozzle and weld, identification of mechanistic aspects of formation
of the defects, determining the interrelationship between various (axial, circ., or other) types
of defects, characterization of the annulus environment and of any wastage of the low allow
steel, and determination of the root cause of the cracking. The work accomplished to date
includes performance of laboratory NDE, development of detailed examination plans, and
initial sectioning and examinations. The examinations have not found any wastage of the
low alloy steel, nor any evidence of boric acid crystals in the annulus.
Questions/comments and responses following these two presentations (Papers 3A.4 and 3A.5)
were as follows:
x Question (J. Collins): What was the disposition of ET indication #3 in slide 19 (Cattant
presentation)? The concern is with regard to the distance of the indication above the weld.
Response (F. Cattant): The destructive examination is not yet advanced to a stage where we
can answer this question.
x Question (J. Hyres): Could you explain whey the UT results on slide 18 (Cattant
presentation) are so different from the ET results on slide 19 (Cattant presentation)?
Response (F. Cattant): UT is a volumetric technique. Since most of the indications of slide
18 are at the OD of the penetration, UT was able to detect them from the ID surface. ET is a
surface detection technique performed from the ID surface and is not capable of finding the
slide 18 OD indications.
x Question (J. Gorman): Please explain what the term "masked" means for a bare metal visual
(BMV) inspection.
Response (F. Cattant): "Masked" means that the top head could not be 100% inspected due
to physical obstruction of some areas.
High-Resolution Analytical Electron Microscopy Characterization of
Environment-Assisted Cracks in Alloy 182 Weldments, presented by S.
Bruemmer, PNNL (Paper 3A.6)
This presentation was given by S. Bruemmer and written by L. Thomas and S. Bruemmer of
Pacific Northwest National Laboratory. The main points made during the presentation were as
follows:
7-8
Session 3A: Laboratory Investigations of Cracks
x The work reported in this presentation involved examination using analytical transmission
electron microscopy (ATEM) of samples of Alloy 182 weldments removed from outlet
nozzle to 316SS safe end welds of the Ringhals-3 and -4 reactor vessels and from a CRDM
nozzle to reactor vessel head weld from Davis-Besse.
x The Alloy 182 welds show cellular coring, with Mn segregation and NbC precipitation, and
with extensive deformation in the matrix and near boundaries. Cracking occurred along
grain boundaries with little precipitation or segregation in the Ringhals samples versus along
heavily carbide-decorated boundaries in the Davis-Besse weld sample. Fine Nb/Ti and Cr
carbides at the grain boundaries are rapidly removed/oxidized at crack tips; the precipitates
may accelerate IGA.
x No evidence has been found of low-melting phases or melt-rejected solutes at any boundaries
to suggest solidification hot cracking. Corrosion products and crack-tip microstructures
indicate that the cracks are fully penetrated by primary water.
x There are many observations consistent with IGSCC of Alloy 600 in PWR primary water
including crack/crack-tip oxides and islands of Ni metal and Cr-rich oxide found in some
cracks. However, there is less IGA off of the main SCC cracks for Alloy 182 welds and
there is a unique "internal" oxidation of the dislocation structure.
x Additional research is needed on hot-crack and SCC microstructures for Alloy 182 welds to
develop a better understanding and discrimination of the interaction between hot cracking
and SCC. The research should include ATEM examinations of cracked samples from service
and from well-controlled laboratory experiments.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (A. McIlree): Where did the Ringhals Alloy 182 sample come from?
Response (S. Bruemmer): The cracked samples examined from Ringhals-3 and Ringhals-4
were taken from Alloy 182 butt welds between low-alloy RPV steel outlet (hot-leg) nozzles
and Type 316 stainless-steel safe ends.
x Question (R. Staehle): Can you determine the chemistry in dislocations?
Response (S. Bruemmer): The ATEM analyses did not detect any local segregation or
second-phase precipitation along dislocations in the weld metal. Dilution effects through the
thickness of the TEM foil make compositional measurements at dislocation cores difficult. If
your question refers to the "tunnels" along the dislocation structure off crack walls, we
clearly detect the filamentary oxide.
x Question (J. Gorman): Does slide 2 have an editorial error? Specifically, is the Davis-Besse
nozzle really a CRDM nozzle, and not an outlet nozzle?
Response (S. Bruemmer): As illustrated in slide 3, the cracks we have examined are in the
Alloy 182 J-groove weld of CRDM nozzle #3 from Davis Besse. This particular nozzle and
its weld was discussed by Steve Fyfitch in his paper earlier in this session.
7-9
Session 3A: Laboratory Investigations of Cracks
x Question (G. Rao): There is a belief that M
23
C
6
carbides are semicoherent and offer better
resistance to PWSCC crack propagation compared to other types (M
8
C
7
or MC) of carbides.
Are your oxidation findings consistent with this?
Response (S. Bruemmer): We certainly have sufficient evidence to conclude that Cr
7
C
3
carbides at grain boundaries in Alloy 600 can slow crack growth. The same is probably true
for M
23
C
6
-type carbides that form in higher alloy Ni-base alloys (X-750, 690) as well. I do
not believe that this is primarily due to a semi-coherent interface. Our current work on Alloy
182 shows that small M
23
C
6
and MC precipitates on grain boundaries rapidly oxidize. It is
very unlikely that these carbides improve degradation resistance; it is possible that they
accelerate intergranular attack and SCC. M
23
C
6
carbides may behave differently if they were
Pm in size rather than the 520 nm particles in the Davis-Besse example evaluated in this
investigation.
x Question (B. Alexandreanu):
1. What is the fraction of special boundaries (CSLs) in the Davis-Besse weld sample?
2. Did you notice any texture?
3. Did you observe any relationship between the cracking behavior of a grain boundary
and the relative orientations of the neighboring grains?
Response (S. Bruemmer): Most of our grain boundary structure versus SCC examinations
has been on alloy 600 and 300-series stainless steels. Weld microstructures and grain
boundary distributions are much more complicated. With that in mind, my answers are:
1. We have not established a coincidence site lattice (CSL) fraction based on our limited
observations for welds so fardefinition is different for the complex boundaries in
welds;
2. Yes;
3. Nothing definitive has been assessed. However as Peter Scott has shown, boundary
orientations in the weld metal can change along a single boundary. Once again, we
believe that only low-energy coherent 63s are inherently resistant to crack
propagation, and these are not common in the welds as they are in wrought Alloy
600. Nevertheless, we do find cracks stopping at some low 6 and low-angle
boundaries. Our orientation imaging microscopy (OIM) characterizations on these
welds are very limited and much more needs to be done for a better understanding.
x Question (B. Templeton): What limitations do you have with your ATEM-EDS technique
can you detect carbon?
Response (S. Bruemmer): Carbon is easily detected where it is present in high
concentrations, as in carbide particles. For example, carbides show up well in EDS maps
taken with the C x-rays. However, the EDS detection limits for C are too high to detect it at
bulk alloy concentrations in the matrix or segregated (without precipitation) at grain
boundaries. We also use electron energy loss spectroscopy (EELS), but find it more useful
for detecting boron than C. In addition, C is a contaminant that is often hard to remove from
sample surfaces. For grain boundary composition measurement (even ahead of crack tips),
we can use scanning Auger microscopy after in-situ fracture. Unfortunately, C
contamination can again be a problem along with the difficulty in obtaining intergranular
fracture in many alloys such as mill-annealed Alloy 600. Another important EDS limitation
comes up in specific cases of detecting a lighter element at small concentrations in the
7-10
Session 3A: Laboratory Investigations of Cracks
presence of a heavier element with overlapping peak energies. A relevant example in the
Alloy 182 welds is the difficulty in quantifying low S in the presence of interfering Nb.
x Question (J. Hickling): You obviously think in different dimensions (nm vs. Pm) than
scientists like myself (mm+), let alone practicing engineers (inches?). Although you go to
great trouble confirming your observations at a number of crack tips, e.g., within a single
sample, how confident are you that you have actually characterized the material variability
that might be present, e.g., within a single weld, let alone numerous welds in a real
component ("Ringhals" vs. "Davis-Besse" differences in Alloy 182 cracking)?
Response (S. Bruemmer): This is obviously an important issue when high-resolution
techniques such as ATEM are used. We try our best to assess characteristics at multiple
dimensions from mm to Pm to nm by optical to SEM to TEM techniques and ensure
cracks/microstructures are as representative as possible. Unfortunately, welds offer a
considerable challenge in sample/area/pass variability. The best we can do is examine
multiple cross-sections and several crack/crack-tip regions in each sample.
x Question (P. Scott): I challenge the conclusion that liquid PWR water penetrates to the crack
tip. You have not proved to me that the porosity is connected but, if it is, then the idea that
solvated metal cations can pass along nanometer dimension tunnels seems to me impossible.
Surface diffusion of H
2
O seems a possibility or, as likely, oxygen anion transport in lightly
defective oxides. What evidence of B and Li penetration to tips do you have?
Response (S. Bruemmer): We have discussed this many times and I also believe that it is
unlikely that liquid water reaches the leading edge of attack for grain boundaries exhibiting
"penetrative" oxidation. However, in primary water, many Alloy 600 examples show open,
tight crack tips suggesting that water could reach the tip during in-service propagation. We
have found B in corrosion products near crack tips in Alloy 600 using electron energy loss
spectroscopy (EELS), but it is not found reproducibly in all samples. The detection of Li is
not possible by either EDS or EELS techniques in these corrosion-product oxides.
x Question (D. Lister): Since the crack tip seems to progress full of Cr-rich spinel, what is the
mechanism of formation of the Ni-metal "islands" (which block the crack width) behind the
tip?
Response (S. Bruemmer: The formation of Ni islands (lower concentrations of Cr and Fe
than the matrix) in some of the wider cracks indicates that Ni metal is stable in the crack
environment. As you know, potential/pH diagrams illustrate regions where specific oxides
and metallic elements can be stable. We know that PWR primary water systems operate near
the Ni/NiO line. Obviously, these crack regions are in the potential/pH space where Ni metal
is stable along with the Cr-rich spinel oxide.
x Question (G. Rao): Are there any surface effects of thin foils that might make the behavior
of material in the foils differ from the behavior of bulk materials?
Response (S. Bruemmer): There are always concerns that examinations on 50100 nm thick
foils may be influenced by surface effects such as dislocation losses and formation of surface
oxide. We take great care to avoid these well-known issues and separately image near-
surface structures versus those taken through the foil thickness. Our preparation approach
(low-angle ion milling) minimizes many surface film problems that can be present in
7-11
Session 3A: Laboratory Investigations of Cracks
electropolished TEM foils. My short answer is "no." We believe our foil surfaces are not a
significant factor for our microstructural and crack-tip characterizations.
x Question (R. Staehle): What are your thoughts regarding the changes in compositions and
structures that occur when going from operating temperatures to room temperature?
Response (S. Bruemmer): It is difficult to determine whether subtle changes occur during
cooling without critical in-situ measurements. The closest we have at present is probably
Raman Spectroscopy which has identified the same oxides forming on Alloy 600 and
stainless steels at LWR temperatures that we see on crack walls and at crack tips. In wider
cracks, we have seen phases that suggest some precipitation from solution can occur during
cool down. We don't think that the temperature change significantly affects the extremely
narrow crack-tip areas, nor will it impact the altered composition we often detect in the metal
ahead of the crack tip.
7-12
Laboratory Investigation of PWSCC of CRDM Nozzle 3 and Its J-Groove Weld
on the Davis-Besse Reactor Vessel Head
Hongqing Xu and Steve Fyfitch
Framatome ANP, Inc., P.O. Box 10935, Lynchburg, VA 24506-0935
James W. Hyres
BWXT Services, Inc., 2016 Mt. Athos Road, Lynchburg, VA 24504-5447
ABSTRACT In February 2002, significant boric acid corrosion of the Davis-Besse low alloy steel
reactor pressure vessel (RPV) closure head was uncovered around control rod drive mechanism
(CRDM) nozzle No. 3. Subsequent on-site non-destructive examinations (NDE) found that nozzle
No. 3 had developed through-wall cracks due to primary water stress corrosion cracking (PWSCC)
next to the J-groove weld. The CRDM nozzle 3 and its J-weld were carefully examined in the
laboratory by fluorescent penetrant testing and stereomicroscopy that identified the remnant of the
axial cracks in the Alloy 600 nozzle as well as the circumferential and axial cracks in the Alloy 182
J-groove weld. These cracks were subsequently sectioned for light optical metallography (LOM)
and scanning electron microscopy (SEM) for characterization.
Introduction
Davis-Besse initiated its 13th refueling outage (13RFO) in February 2002 after an accumulated
15.78 effective full power years (EFPYs) of operation. After removal of insulation from the reactor
pressure vessel (RPV) head, boric acid crystal deposits and iron oxide were found to have flowed
out from several of the openings in the lower service structure support skirt. Subsequent non-
destructive examinations (NDE) identified axial cracks in five control rod drive mechanism (CRDM)
nozzles adjacent to the J-groove weld. Initially, it was decided that the CRDM nozzles would be
repaired by boring out the original J-groove weld and the lower part of the nozzle containing the
cracks, and re-welding the remaining nozzle back to the RPV head. After boring out the lower part
of nozzle 3, a large corrosion cavity was found on the down-hill side of the low alloy steel RPV
head. Subsequently, a 17.5-inch (444 mm) diameter disc containing the remaining portion of the
nozzle 3 J-groove weld, part of the nozzle 11 J-groove weld, and the entire cavity was sectioned
from the RPV head by using water jet cutting. This disc along with the remnants of nozzles 2 and 3
were shipped to the laboratory for further examinations. This paper focuses on the nozzle 3 and
the J-groove weld examinations. The other two companion presentations in this conference
proceedings describe the examination results of the RPV head low alloy steel boric acid
corrosion
[ ] 1
and the cracking identified in the exposed stainless steel cladding
[ ] 2
.
Alloy 600 Base Metal of CRDM Nozzle 3
On-site NDE examinations detected 4 axial cracks in nozzle 3 near the J-groove weld. Because
nozzle 3 was bored from below to a height slightly above the J-groove weld at the up-hill side, most
of the axial cracks in the nozzle were known to be lost, except maybe a portion of the axial crack
on the up-hill side (180). A 1-inch (25.4 mm) long ring was sectioned off the lower end of the as-
received nozzle 3. The fluorescent dye penetrant test (PT) performed in the laboratory revealed a
cluster of partial through-wall axial crack indications near the 180location. These axial cracks
initiated from the nozzle I.D. surface with the deepest crack extending up axially ~0.5 inch (12.7
mm) from the end face and radially ~0.125 inch (3.2 mm) into the nozzle wall from the I.D. surface,
consistent with the on-site NDE results. In addition, the on-site NDE results indicated that the
through-wall portion of the nozzle #3 crack extended ~0.5 inch (12.3 mm) above the J-groove weld
Session 3A: Laboratory Investigations of Cracks
7-13
on the nozzle 3 O.D., corresponding approximately to the nozzle removal height. However, there
were no signs of boric acid corrosion on the nozzle 3 penetration I.D surface at the up-hill side
(180). Hence, the boric acid leakage on the up-hill side of nozzle 3 could not be confirmed by the
destructive examinations in the laboratory
After the PT examination, the cracked area on the ring (near 180) was sectioned and the main
axial crack was opened for scanning electron microscopy (SEM) and energy dispersive X-ray
spectroscopy (EDS). Another specimen was mounted for light optical metallography (LOM) and
microhardness measurements. The SEM examination of the opened-up axial crack showed that
the in-service fracture surface was exclusively intergranular. In addition, secondary crack branching
was also found. LOM showed that the intergranular cracking is extremely tight near the I.D.
surface. The machined I.D. surface showed no discernable cold work. The grain boundaries were
decorated with fine globular semi-continuous carbides. The microstructure showed very few
intragranular carbides and an average grain size of ASTM No. 3.0, which was quite large for Alloy
600 CRDM nozzles.
Alloy 182 J-Groove Weld of CRDM Nozzle 3
Fluorescent PT was performed on the entire underside of the cavity and the I.D. surface of the
J-groove weld bore. On the bottom surface, or the reactor coolant system (RCS) side, the PT
revealed a cluster of short discontinuous circumferential cracks on the J-groove weld surface
between 0and 45. These cracks are located within the Alloy 182 weld, at 0.75 inch (19 mm)
radially from the penetration bore I.D. The fluorescent PT also identified one axial crack on the
down-hill side (~10) of the bore I.D. surface. This crack is about ~1.4 inches (36 mm) long,
extending to the top surface of the exposed J-groove weld and was facing directly toward the
nose of the corrosion cavity. This crack appears to be an extension of the through-wall crack (in
nozzle 3) at the down-hill side identified by the on-site NDE in the J-groove weld. Close
examination of the J-groove weld bore I.D. surface with a stereo microscope revealed two axial
cracks near the up-hill side.
When the metallographic specimen was mounted and examined under the microscope, a total
of three axial cracks are identified near the up-hill side (~180). None of the three axial cracks
near the up-hill side had penetrated the J-groove weld thickness. Cracking in the weld was
interdendritic, consistent with PWSCC in Alloy 182 welds in PWRs. Such interdendritic cracking
in Alloy 182/82 weld is also referred to as IDSCC, the equivalent of IGSCC in Alloy 600. For the
axial crack at the down-hill side (~10), the interdendritic cracking is similar to the axial cracks
near the up-hill side, except the crack is through the J-groove weld thickness and the crack path
is much wider. The interdendritic cracking surface clearly delineated a columnar weld
solidification structure. The center part of the fracture surface was coated with a thick corrosion
layer. The wide crack opening near the exposed J-groove weld surface facing the cavity could
be attributable to the flow of leaking primary coolant.
The circumferential cracks on the J-groove weld bottom surface are interdendritic and propagated
along the columnar solidification structure, similar to the axial cracks in the J-groove weld. The
depth of these circumferential cracks was shallow, penetrating approximately 0.020 inch (0.51 mm)
or less below the surface. Additional examinations determined that these circumferential cracks,
initiated on the Alloy 182 J-groove weld bottom surface, were not connected to the axial cracks in
the J-groove weld. A portion of the circumferential crack was bent to open the cracks for SEM,
which clearly revealed the interdendritic nature of the crack surface. All the cracks were exposed to
the RCS coolant. No such interdendritic/intergranular cracks or other welding defects were found
Session 3A: Laboratory Investigations of Cracks
7-14
elsewhere inside the J-groove weld. Therefore, these circumferential cracks are more consistent
with environmentally assisted stress corrosion cracking such as PWSCC than with welding defects.
In addition to the circumferential cracking on the bottom surface of the J-groove weld, interdendritic
cracking initiating from the exposed stainless steel cladding surface was observed to extend into
the Alloy 182 weld. These cracks were due to intergranular attacks (IGA) on the exposed cladding
surface from the oxygenated and concentrated boric acid slurry inside the cavity. In the stainless
steel cladding, the cracks were perpendicular to the exposed cladding surface and along the
solidification direction, preferentially followed the elongated delta ferrite pools. After extending into
the Alloy 182 J-groove weld, the crack changed direction to propagate along the J-groove weld
columnar solidification structure. Similar to stainless steel cladding, the exposed J-groove weld
(Alloy 182) surface was also attacked by the oxygenated and concentrated boric acid in the
corrosion cavity. These interdendritic/intergranular attacks (IGA), due to exposure to the
oxygenated and concentrated boric acid slurry inside the cavity at elevated temperatures, were
only 0.004-inch (or 0.10-mm) deep.
Conclusions
1. The axial cracks found in the CRDM nozzle 3 are consistent with the on-site UT results.
The cracking in nozzle 3 was intergranular and typical of Alloy 600 PWSCC. The axial
cracks appear to have initiated at the CRDM nozzle I.D. surface and propagated into the J-
groove weld at the up-hill and down-hill locations.
2. At the up-hill side, the portion of the through-wall crack above the J-groove weld identified
by the on-site NDE was lost during the nozzle removal process. The axial cracks in the J-
groove weld were only partially through-wall. However, there was no sign of any boric acid
leakage near the up-hill side to confirm any of up-hill side cracks were through-wall.
3. At the down-hill side, the axial crack was through the J-groove weld. This crack was the
primary source of the leaking boric acid, which caused the large corrosion cavity seen on
the low alloy steel RPV head. The crack path was wider in the Alloy 182 J-groove weld than
in the Alloy 600 nozzle. It is postulated that the boric acid leak rate significantly increased
after the axial crack breached the J-groove weld at the down-hill side. The axial cracks in
the J-groove weld were interdendritic (IDSCC) and consistent with PWSCC seen in Alloy
182 welds.
4. A cluster of circumferential cracks were found on the J-groove weld bottom surface
exposed to the RCS. These circumferential cracks were intergranular and shallow (max.
depth 0.020-inch or 0.51-mm) and were not connected to the axial cracks in the J-groove
weld. These circumferential cracks are more consistent with environmentally assisted
stress corrosion cracking such as PWSCC than with welding defects.
5. Very shallow (0.004-inch or 0.10-mm deep) IGA were also found on the exposed Alloy 182
J-groove weld surface due to exposure to the oxygenated and concentrated boric acid
slurry inside the cavity at elevated temperatures.
Reference
1. H. Xu, S. Fyfitch, J.W. Hyres, Boric Acid Corrosion of the Davis-Besse Reactor Pressure
Vessel Head, PWSCC of Alloy 600 2005 International Conference & Exhibition Tamaya
Resort and Spa, Santa Ana Pueblo, NM.
2. H. Xu, S. Fyfitch, J.W. Hyres, Laboratory Investigation of the Stainless Steel Cladding on the
Davis-Besse Reactor Vessel Head, PWSCC of Alloy 600 2005 International Conference &
Exhibition Tamaya Resort and Spa, Santa Ana Pueblo, NM.
Session 3A: Laboratory Investigations of Cracks
7-15
1 > 2005 EPRI PWSCC Conference and Exhibit Show FRAMATOME ANP, INC.
Laboratory Investigation of PWSCC
of CRDM Nozzle 3 and Its J-Groove
Weld on the Davis-Besse
Reactor Pressure Vessel Head
Hongqing Xu and Stephen Fyfitch
Framatome ANP, Inc.
an AREVA and Siemens Company
Jim Hyres
BWXT Services, Inc.
2005 International PWSCC of Alloy 600
Conference and Exhibit Show
March 7-10, 2005
Santa Ana Pueblo, NM
Session 3A: Laboratory Investigations of Cracks
7-16
2 > 2005 EPRI PWSCC Conference and Exhibit Show FRAMATOME ANP, INC.
RV Head Condition at 13th Refuel Outage
> Boric acid crystal deposits and iron oxide were found
to have flowed out from the openings in the lower
service structure support skirt .
Session 3A: Laboratory Investigations of Cracks
7-17
3 > 2005 EPRI PWSCC Conference and Exhibit Show FRAMATOME ANP, INC.
RV Head Cavity at Down-Hill Side of Nozzle 3
> A large corrosion cavity was found in the low alloy
steel RV head, at the down-hill side of the CRDM
nozzle 3 during repair operation.
Session 3A: Laboratory Investigations of Cracks
7-18
4 > 2005 EPRI PWSCC Conference and Exhibit Show FRAMATOME ANP, INC.
Water Jet Sectioning of RV Head Cavity
0 dow n-hi l l
180 up-hi l l
90
270
D
> A ~17.5-inch (~444-mm) dia. disc containing the
entire cavity was sectioned from the RV head by
water jet cutting.
Session 3A: Laboratory Investigations of Cracks
7-19
5 > 2005 EPRI PWSCC Conference and Exhibit Show FRAMATOME ANP, INC.
RV Head Cavity Near Nozzle 3
270
q
180qup-hill
90
q
0q
> Viewing toward the up-hill side of nozzle 3
penetration.
Session 3A: Laboratory Investigations of Cracks
7-20
6 > 2005 EPRI PWSCC Conference and Exhibit Show FRAMATOME ANP, INC.
RV Head Cavity Near Nozzle 3
> Viewing toward the nose of the cavity (down-hill side
of nozzle 3).
Session 3A: Laboratory Investigations of Cracks
7-21
7 > 2005 EPRI PWSCC Conference and Exhibit Show FRAMATOME ANP, INC.
RV Head and J-groove Weld of Nozzle 3
Close-up of the J-groove weld
Nozzle 3 is near
the center of
RPV head
CRDM leadscreaw
assembly
Alloy 600 nozzle
Low alloy steel,
SA-533, Gr. B
(mod), Cl. 1,
plate
Type 308
stainless
steel cladding
Alloy 182 buttering
and J-groove weld
180
o
0
o
Nozzle
removal
height
Session 3A: Laboratory Investigations of Cracks
7-22
8 > 2005 EPRI PWSCC Conference and Exhibit Show FRAMATOME ANP, INC.
On-Site UT Results of Nozzle 3
> On-site UT indicated 4 axial cracks in the Alloy 600
CRDM Nozzle 3. Axial cracks #1 and #3 were
determined to be through-wall, while #2 and #4 were
partially through-wall.
26
27
28
29
30
0
o
90
o
180
o
270
o
360
o
I
n
c
h
e
s
f
r
o
m
C
R
D
M
F
l
a
n
g
e
J-Groove Weld
Contour
#1
#2
#3
#4
Boring
height
Session 3A: Laboratory Investigations of Cracks
7-23
9 > 2005 EPRI PWSCC Conference and Exhibit Show FRAMATOME ANP, INC.
As-Received CRDM Nozzle 3
> The lower part of Nozzle 3 was
bored out, to just above the J-
groove weld. So most of the axial
cracks in the nozzle were removed
and not available.
2
3
-
5
/
8
200
WJP Nozzle
(rotation & reciprocation)
Waterjet Peening of BMI
Nozzle Inner Surface
~ 8 in.
Session 3B: Field ExperienceMitigation and Repair
8-18
Slide 7
MI TSUBI SHI
HEAVY I NDUSTRI ES, LTD.
BMI nozzle near the
vessel center
BMI nozzle near the
vessel periphery
Waterjet Peening of BMI J-
Weld & Nozzle Outer Surface
Peening of Nozzle O.D. Accomplished by reciprocating nozzle at specific
locations around periphery
Peening of J-Weld accomplished by rotating peening head around nozzle at
a fixed distance from nozzle
Session 3B: Field ExperienceMitigation and Repair
8-19
Slide 8
MI TSUBI SHI
HEAVY I NDUSTRI ES, LTD.
- [test piece]tensile stress by welding
- [results] (before; as welded) (after WJP)
surface Max.+460MPa -400MPa (compression)
in depth 0.5mm Max.+530MPa -20-130MPa (compression)
Mocked-up of BMI
-600
-400
-200
0
200
400
600
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
Depth of surface (mm)
R
e
s
i
d
u
a
l
s
t
r
e
s
s
(
M
P
a
)
As Weld0
axial
As Weld
circumferential
As Weld180
axial
As Weld18
circumferential
WJP0
axial
WJP
circumferential
WJP180
axial
WJP18
circumferential
Improvement of Residual Stress Of
BMI Nozzle I.D. by Application of Waterjet Peening
(0.020 in.)
Session 3B: Field ExperienceMitigation and Repair
8-20
Slide 9
MI TSUBI SHI
HEAVY I NDUSTRI ES, LTD.
An Example Of Residual Stress
Of BMI Nozzle J-Weld
800
b00
00
?00
0
?00
00
b00
800
0.0 0.? 0. 0.b 0.8 1.0 1.? 1.
180" |l
180" |l
0" |l
0" |l
??" |l
??" |l
??k3m m " |l
??k3m m " |l
180
180
(Surface)
Depth (mm)
Solid : Welding direction
Open : Cross direction
against welding
180(uphill side) after WJP
(downhill side) after WJP
225after WJP
180Initial value prior to
WJP
X : 225after WJP at R=37mm
R
e
s
i
d
u
a
l
s
t
r
e
s
s
(
M
P
a
)
Session 3B: Field ExperienceMitigation and Repair
8-21
Slide 10
MI TSUBI SHI
HEAVY I NDUSTRI ES, LTD.
Hardness of WJP surface PT after WJP
No surface Defects
Appearance after WJP
(2) Hardness
160
170
180
190
200
210
220
230
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1
Depth from surfacemm
H
a
r
d
n
e
s
s
H
v
0
.
3
)
|o " |l
u " |l
NCF600
Verification Of Residual Stress Improvement
Effects By Hardness Measurement
Session 3B: Field ExperienceMitigation and Repair
8-22
Slide 11
MI TSUBI SHI
HEAVY I NDUSTRI ES, LTD.
Essentially No Change To
Microstructure From Waterjet Peening
[No WJP] [After WJP]
X 100
X 500
Session 3B: Field ExperienceMitigation and Repair
8-23
Slide 12
MI TSUBI SHI
HEAVY I NDUSTRI ES, LTD.
M/C Crane WJP Controller
Pump
Water tank
Reactor Vessel (R/V)
WJP device
High-pressure
water
Nozzle rotation
Nozzle
reciprocation
Clamping
mechanism
BMI
1
7
0
2
0
0
m
m
Clamping mechanism
R/V
BMI
BMI
W
J
P
a
r
e
a
2
0
0
WJP Nozzle
(rotation & reciprocation)
Bottom Mounted
Installments (BMI)
[WJP photo.]
Typical Containment Set-Up
I.D. Peening
Image of application
Session 3B: Field ExperienceMitigation and Repair
8-24
Slide 13
MI TSUBI SHI
HEAVY I NDUSTRI ES, LTD.
Water jet peeningfor BMI
M/C
S
l
e
a
k
s
i
g
n
a
l
a
m
p
l
i
t
u
d
e
[
p
p
m
]
Measured data
linear fitting
Leak rate [GPM]
Measured data
linear fitting
Verified
threshold
0.005 GPM
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-123
11 > FLS: Leak Detection System - March 9, 2005 EPRI Alloy 600 International Conference FRAMATOME ANP, INC.
FLS on RPV Head / Tubes Layout
(NPP Obrigheim / Germany since 1994)
Air flow
direction
Sensor elements
Sensor tube
(permeable)
Tube fitting
Connecting tube
(impermeable)
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-124
12 > FLS: Leak Detection System - March 9, 2005 EPRI Alloy 600 International Conference FRAMATOME ANP, INC.
FLS on RPV Head / System Performance
(NPP Obrigheim / Germany since 1994)
Responses to leak simulations
at 3 different positions
(0 / 120 / 240)
Abs. humidity
[C dewpoint]
Time (7hrs / Div)
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-125
13 > FLS: Leak Detection System - March 9, 2005 EPRI Alloy 600 International Conference FRAMATOME ANP, INC.
Monitoring of Pressurizer & Surge Lines
= FLS sensor tube
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-126
14 > FLS: Leak Detection System - March 9, 2005 EPRI Alloy 600 International Conference FRAMATOME ANP, INC.
Monitoring of RPV Bottom Head
Oskarshamn 2 / Sweden (BWR)
RST
sectors
I II III IV
test
peak
FLS
humidity
profile
Leak localization
with 4 separated
sensitive sectors
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-127
15 > FLS: Leak Detection System - March 9, 2005 EPRI Alloy 600 International Conference FRAMATOME ANP, INC.
Example for a leak detected by FLS:
CRDM flange leak on VVER 440 RPV Upper Block
08-01-02
03:00
08-01-02
22:30
08-13-02
15:45
red line = measurements at indicated times
blue line = after repair on 2002-08-23 15:45
test peak
Estimated leak rate: 0.035 gpm
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-128
16 > FLS: Leak Detection System - March 9, 2005 EPRI Alloy 600 International Conference FRAMATOME ANP, INC.
FLS - Future System Design
di gi t a l di gi t a l
Remote access
through VPN
(Internet)
Measuring
Station MS 1
Monitoring Line(s)
FLS Offline
SW for
analysis, etc.
Computer
with FLS
Online SW
Ethernet, etc.
Firewall
Compressor
Cabinet 1
Analog Unit
Measuring
Station MS 2
Analog Unit
PLC PLC
periodic
messages
(status, alarms)
Backbone LAN (plant)
Containment wall
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-129
17 > FLS: Leak Detection System - March 9, 2005 EPRI Alloy 600 International Conference FRAMATOME ANP, INC.
Leak simulation tests in Bohunice 3, Slovakia 1992
FLS for closure head of RPV in Obrigheim, Germany 1994
FLS for primary circuit of Ringhals 1 (BWR), Sweden 1997
FLS for feedwater, steam and reheater pipes
of CANDU in Point Lepreau and Gentilly 2, Canada 1998
Activity and humidity (FLS part) leak detection system
of the primary circuit in Mohovce 3 & 4, Slovakia 1999
FLS for primary circuit and individual plant
compartments in Kozloduy 3,4,5 & 6, Bulgaria 2001
FLS for RPV (bottom) of Davis-Besse, USA 2003
FLS for RPV (bottom) of Oskarshamn 2, Sweden 2004
FLS References
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-130
18 > FLS: Leak Detection System - March 9, 2005 EPRI Alloy 600 International Conference FRAMATOME ANP, INC.
FLS Scoreboard
> 12 FLS systems installed worldwide since 1994
> 41 total operating years accumulated
> no single failures on sensor tubes
> only few hardware failures by normal wear&tear
Leaks detected by FLS:
> 3 leaks on Steam Generator blow down lines
> 1 leak on deaeration pipe
> 2 leaks on CRDM tube flanges
> 2 leaks on Steam Generator drain line
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-131
19 > FLS: Leak Detection System - March 9, 2005 EPRI Alloy 600 International Conference FRAMATOME ANP, INC.
Conclusions and Prospects for FLS
> Limits and regulations for leak monitoring
expected to be tightened in the future
> Operating experience with FLS in Davis-Besse
and Europe should impact these new regulations
> FLS is a valuable early-warning system that has
sensitive leak detection capability (0.005 gpm)
> Analysis of FLUS data trends leak rate magnitude
over time and alarms at preset user-defined levels
> The system design compensates for changing
conditions maintaining data integrity
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-132
CORROSION OF REACTOR PRESSURE VESSEL STEEL
BY AN IMPINGING JET OF SIMULATED PWR COOLANT:
STATUS REPORT ON AN EPRI/MRP EXPERIMENTAL STUDY
J. Pongpuak, D.H. Lister and W. Cook
UNB Nuclear
Department of Chemical Engineering
University of New Brunswick
PO Box 4400
Fredericton, NB
CANADA, E3B 5A3
ABSTRACT
Specific aspects of the possible corrosion of PWR reactor pressure vessel (RPV) steel by coolant
leaks issuing from cracked penetrations in RPV heads are being studied in a laboratory loop at
UNB. In each of the first four experiments of the program, a 2 mm-long jet of borated and
lithiated coolant with a high-temperature pH of ~ 6.9 was directed from a small-diameter orifice
at 325
o
C onto a sample strip of RPV steel mounted on a heating block. The orifice and sample
assembly were mounted in a tank containing air at atmospheric pressure. The sample strip had
two wires connected to each end to allow its electrical resistance to be monitored during a run
and had a thermocouple attached; increases in resistance reflected the thinning due to corrosion.
The potential of the strip was also measured relative to a high-temperature Ag/AgCl reference
electrode installed in the loop just upstream of the orifice.
The four experiments, each of which lasted five days, investigated the effects of coolant volume
flow rate, jet velocity and heat flux on the damage sustained by the sample strip. In the
experiments with heat flux through the strip, the metal temperature was adjusted to 275
o
C at the
outset; the subsequent impingement of the coolant jet cooled the strip to 96-98
o
C. The damage
was estimated after each run by examining the strip with SEM and performing surface
profilometry. Approximately circular craters, centred on the jet impact spot, were formed (see
Figure 1). Crater diameters increased with coolant flow rate, ranging from 6 mm to 10 mm.
Crater depth at the edge, presumable where fluid shear stresses were greatest, increased with jet
velocity but the depth in the centre stayed about the same. Samples of oxide scraped from strips
were analysed with XRD and generally found to be haematite and magnetite, while after the run
with no heat flux through the strip, boric acid was also found. The ECP of the strip was
measurable for all the runs except the one at the lowest flow rate, for which it was suspected that
the electrical continuity through the coolant jet was broken by extensive flashing of the liquid to
steam. The measured ECP generally fell during a run except just after a fresh tank of coolant
was valved in, when a sharp increase occurred. The changes in ECP were not reflected by
changes in corrosion rate as indicated by the on-line resistance measurements.
The average volumetric loss rate of metal was also estimated from the crater profiles for all of
the runs and is currently being evaluated with regard to the test parameters. The two modes of
attack bulk metal loss and penetration seem to be somewhat independent of each other.
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-133
Thus, increasing the volumetric flow rate of coolant widens the crater but has little effect on the
depth, while increasing the velocity (which, in these experiments, occurred as the volumetric
flow decreased at smaller orifice diameters) narrowed and deepened the troughs.
Cooling from the flashing coolant jet reduces the metal temperature to below 100
o
C; heat flux
through the metal increases rates of local metal loss and penetration, but reduces general
corrosion (presumably as liquid cannot survive for long over the surface).
Further work is ongoing and the results will ultimately be compared with both existing data on
boric acid corrosion (BAC) and new findings being generated in parallel programs at other
laboratories.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
This work is supported by the Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI project managers:
A. Ahluwalia and J. Hickling) and the authors also wish to acknowledge the guidance provided
by members of the Alloy 600 ITG (especially C. Harrington and L. Spain), as well as by
colleagues at other laboratories participating in the current MRP BAC program.
Figure 1: Examples of the damage craters formed without (left) and with (right) heat flux
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-134
Corrosion of Reactor Pressure Vessel
Steel by an Impinging Jet of PWR
Coolant: Status Report on an
EPRI/MRP Experimental Study
Janit Janit Pongpuak Pongpuak
Derek H. Lister Derek H. Lister
Willy Cook Willy Cook
UNB Nuclear UNB Nuclear
University Of New Brunswick University Of New Brunswick
CANADA CANADA
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-135
Introduction
Introduction
Chemistry;
Chemistry;
Flow rate;
Flow rate;
Velocity; etc.
Velocity; etc.
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-138
Experimental Loop
Experimental Loop
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-139
Test Section and RPV Steel
Test Section and RPV Steel
Sample
Sample
114.30 mm (4 )
88.90 mm (3 )
25.40 mm (1)
4.76mm(3/16)
12.70 mm
(1/2)
6.35 mm(1/4)
0.79 mm (0.031)
25.4 mm
(1)
9.53mm(3/8)
Thermocouple port
1.59mm(1/16) 12.70 mm
(1/2)
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-140
Experimental Conditions
Experimental Conditions
Fixed Parameters
Fixed Parameters
Coolant temperature and pressure
(325qC and 14.5 MPa)
[B] =1500 ppm, [Li] = 2.66 ppm, pH
300qC
= 6.9
Coolant purged with H
2
Distance between orifice and sample strip = 2 mm
Varied Parameters
Varied Parameters
Run No. 1 2
Volumetric flow rate (ml/min)
Jet velocity (m/s)
Orifice size (mm) required to
keep pressure at 14.5 MPa
(2250 psi )
200
95
0.26
200
95
0.26
135
105
0.20
70
115
0.14
Applied heat flux No Yes Yes Yes
3 4
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-141
Corrosion and Corrosion Rate
Corrosion and Corrosion Rate
Analysis
Analysis
Electrical Resistance Measurement
Electrical Resistance Measurement
L
R
A
U
where
R = Resistance ()
= Resistivity (-m)
L = Distance between voltmeter leads in mm
A = Cross sectional area of sample (w x t) (mm
2
)
V
t
w
L
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-142
Example of thickness determination of sample strip from
resistance measurement
1 2 3 4
5
A
p
p
a
r
e
n
t
A
v
e
r
a
g
e
T
h
i
c
k
n
e
s
s
(
m
m
)
0.00
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
6 7 8
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-143
Corrosion and Corrosion Rate
Corrosion and Corrosion Rate
Analysis
Analysis
Electrochemical Corrosion Potential (ECP)
Electrochemical Corrosion Potential (ECP)
Ag/ Ag/AgCl AgCl high high- -temperature reference electrode temperature reference electrode
Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM)
Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM)
Surface
Surface
Profilometry
Profilometry
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-144
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Days of Experiment
S
a
m
p
l
e
T
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
(
o
C
)
Cooling Effect of Jet Impingement
Cooling Effect of Jet Impingement
Jet valved in
Temperature of sample before and after jet valved in
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-145
Heat Flux Effect (at 200 ml/min)
Heat Flux Effect (at 200 ml/min)
Appearance of sample removed after the
experiment
Run 1 No heat flux Run 2 With heat flux
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-146
Heat Flux Effect
Heat Flux Effect
Appearance of sample removed after the
experiment with no heat flux
Run 1 High general corrosion and undercutting
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-147
Heat Flux Effect
Heat Flux Effect
SEM analysis
Run 1 No heat flux Run 2 With heat flux
Damage crater diameter for both cases ~ 10 mm
holes
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-148
Heat Flux Effect
Heat Flux Effect
Surface profilometry
-1.0
-0.8
-0.6
-0.4
-0.2
0.0
0.2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Crater Radius (mm)
C
r
a
t
e
r
D
e
p
t
h
(
m
m
)
Original surface
Run 1 No heat flux
Run 2 With heat flux
x
Surface profiles of jet impact craters after 5 days of exposure
at flow rate of 200 ml/min
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-149
Heat Flux Effect
Heat Flux Effect
Corrosion rate
From surface profilometry
From resistance measurement
Corrosion Rate
Corrosion Rate
Surface profilometry
Metal volume
removed
(mm
3
/ a)
Penetration at
crater edge
(mm/ a)
1 1260 15.9 6.2
2 2860 36.2 6.6
Resistance
Average
thinning of strip
(mm/ a)
Run
Run
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-150
Heat Flux Effect
Heat Flux Effect
ECP
Run 1 No heat flux
Fresh coolant tank valved in
Run 2 With heat flux
Fresh coolant tank valved in
Changes in ECP not reflected by changes in corrosion rate
Air in test tank depleted
Air in test tank depleted
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-151
Fresh coolant tank valved in
Run 2 With heat flux
1 2
3 4 5
A
p
p
a
r
e
n
t
A
v
e
r
a
g
e
T
h
i
c
k
n
e
s
s
(
m
m
)
0.00
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-152
SEM Analysis
SEM Analysis
Flow Rate Effect
Flow Rate Effect
(with heat flux)
(with heat flux)
70 ml/min 135 ml/min 200 ml/min
10 mm
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-153
-1.0
-0.8
-0.6
-0.4
-0.2
0.0
0.2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Crater Radius (mm)
C
r
a
t
e
r
D
e
p
t
h
(
m
m
)
Original surface
70 ml/min
135 ml/min
200 ml/min (with heat)
Surface profiles of jet impact craters after 5 days of exposure with
heat flux
Flow Rate Effect
Flow Rate Effect
Surface profilometry
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-154
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
0 50 100 150 200 250
Flow Rate (ml/min)
A
v
e
r
a
g
e
M
e
t
a
l
L
o
s
s
R
a
t
e
(
m
m
3
/
a
)
Effect of volumetric flow rate on the average metal loss rate
Flow Rate Effect
Flow Rate Effect
Metal loss rate from surface profilometry
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-155
Effect of jet velocity on penetration rate at crater edge
40
50
60
70
80 90 100 110 120
Jet velocity at the orifice (m/s)
A
v
e
r
a
g
e
P
e
n
e
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
a
t
e
(
m
m
/
a
)
Flow Rate Effect
Flow Rate Effect
Penetration rate from surface profilometry
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-156
Preliminary Conclusions
Preliminary Conclusions
Cooling effect from the flashing jet is important;
sample temperature is decreased from about
275 qC to 98 qC.
Heat flux is important; local mass loss and
penetration rate are increased. With no heat flux,
the liquid film survives and increases general
corrosion over the whole strip.
Flow rate is important; local loss rate of metal is
increased.
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-157
Jet velocity is important; maximum penetration
rate is increased.
Changes in ECP are not reflected by changes in
corrosion rate.
At low flow rate (but high jet velocity), there is
apparently no continuous liquid stream in the jet.
Session 4A: Boric Acid Corrosion
9-158
10
SESSION 4B: INSPECTION TECHNOLOGIES AND
PLANNING
The subject of inspection technologies and planning was addressed by six participants in Session
4B. Summaries of the presentations are given below followed by the questions asked, responses
provided, and comments made by the participants concerning each presentation. Click on the
links to access directly copies of the materials presented together with extended abstracts.
The Challenges of Compliance with ASME Section XI, Appendix VIII,
"Performance Demonstration for Ultrasonic Examination Systems,"
presented by T. McAlister, SCE&G, for J. Lindberg, Framatome ANP (Paper
4B.1)
A brief overview of this presentation was given by T. McAlister of SCE&G on behalf of J.
Lindberg and M. Hacker of Framatome ANP. The main points made during the presentation
were as follows:
x A brief overview of this presentation material was made at the conference. Detailed
information is available in the extended abstract and presentation slides.
x Work on the various supplements of the Performance Demonstration Initiative (PDI) process
is in various stages of completion. The EPRI NDE Center maintains detailed information on
the status of the various PDI programs.
Development of MRP Inspection Plan for RPV Top Head Nozzles Part I
Nozzle Leakage, Ejection and Examination Volume Evaluations, presented
by P. Riccardella, Structural Integrity Associates (Paper 4B.2)
This presentation was given by P. Riccardella of Structural Integrity Associates. The main
points made during the presentation were as follows:
x The MRP has developed a comprehensive inspection program for reactor vessel closure
heads in U.S. PWRs to address PWSCC of Alloy 600 head penetrations, which has led to
cracking and leakage in a number of plants. The inspection program is based on a safety
10-1
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
assessment [16,17] that addressed all safety-related concerns that could develop as a
consequence of PWSCC in the closure heads.
x The main safety concerns are the potential for nozzle ejection as a result of circumferential
cracking of the nozzles above the attachment welds to the vessel, and severe wastage of the
closure head that could develop as a result of significant leakage occurring over an extended
period without corrective action. Small amounts of leakage from the nozzles, although not a
safety concern, are also addressed by the plan, with the objective of maintaining the
probability of such leakage within an acceptable range.
x A number of analyses were performed in support of the inspection program. These include a
Weibull analysis of field experience that incorporates inspection results from 30 plants (2250
nozzles) of which 14 (96 nozzles) were found to have leaks or significant cracks requiring
repair. The Weibull analysis provided a model for expected frequency of nozzle leakage
versus time. The Weibull fit included extrapolations back in time to the time of first leak or
crack for a particular plant. Note that the plant experience since spring 2003 is consistent
with the data shown on slide 5.
x A probabilistic fracture mechanics (PFM) model was also developed that predicts the
probability of a circumferential crack growing to a significant size that could potentially lead
to nozzle ejection. The effects of inspections (both visual inspections for signs of leakage
and non-destructive inspections for cracking) were addressed in the PFM analyses, and
various inspection protocols were studied to determine an inspection program that results in
acceptable levels of quality and safety. The PFM analyses were benchmarked with respect to
field inspection results in which nozzle leakage and circumferential cracking were observed
through adjustment of select model inputs. Four case studies of reactor vessel heads in CE-
and Westinghouse-design plants were used to support the evaluations; the last original head
in a B&W-design plant will be replaced in fall 2005. Deterministic analyses were also
performed which demonstrated that the inspection frequencies established by probabilistic
analyses are conservative.
x Examination coverage requirements are also defined in the plan for both visual and
volumetric/surface examinations to ensure that the inspections address the entire region in
which PWSCC may reasonably be expected to occur. The volumetric/surface examination
coverage requirements [18] are based on welding residual stress calculations and
deterministic fracture mechanics analyses in combination with a review of prior inspection
data encompassing 237 detected flaws, all of which would have been detected if
examinations were performed over just the required examination volume.
16
Materials Reliability Program Reactor Vessel Closure Head Penetration Safety Assessment for U.S. PWR
Plants (MRP-110NP): Evaluations Supporting the MRP Inspection Plan, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2004.
1009807-NP. NRC ADAMS Accession No. ML041680506.
17
Materials Reliability Program Probabilistic Fracture Mechanics Analysis of PWR Reactor Pressure Vessel Top
Head Nozzle Cracking (MRP-105NP), EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2004. 1007834-NP. NRC ADAMS Accession No.
ML041680489.
18
Materials Reliability Program: Generic Evaluation of Examination Coverage Requirements for Reactor
Pressure Vessel Head Penetration Nozzles, Revision 1 (MRP-95R1NP), EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2004.
1011225-NP. NRC ADAMS Accession No. ML043200602.
10-2
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
x The resulting inspection plan is demonstrated to maintain the increase in core damage
frequency due to potential nozzle failure or severe vessel wastage associated with top head
nozzle PWSCC at ~10
-6
per plant year or less, and the probability of leakage associated with
this phenomenon at <5% per plant year.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (G. Wilkowski): The table in slide 11 gave circumferential cracks used for
benchmarking. Were all those through-wall cracks, and were the lengths reported the
maximum lengths? Is there any documentation of the crack lengths on the ID vs. OD for the
leaking cracks?
Response (P. Riccardella): Table 4-6 of report MRP-110NP [19], which is publicly available
on the US NRC ADAMS system, compiles more detailed information about these
circumferential cracks. Only the two largest cracks were through-wall (i.e., leaking) flaws.
The others were all connected to the OD surface only. The lengths reported are measures of
the total circumferential extent of the indications. For the two leaking cracks, definitive
information is not believed to be available regarding the crack length on the ID vs. OD.
Development of a Comprehensive Inspection Program for RPV Top Head
Nozzles: Part IIFailure Mode and Effect Analysis, Wastage Evaluation,
and Safety Assessment Report, presented by G. White, DEI (Paper 4B.3)
This presentation was given by G. White of Dominion Engineering, Inc. (DEI). The main points
made during the presentation were as follows:
x This presentation, which was coordinated with the previous presentation (Paper 4B.2),
emphasized three aspects of the MRP safety evaluation for closure head nozzles:
Failure mode and effect analysis (FMEA)
Deterministic and probabilistic wastage evaluations
Summary of the industry inspection plan document, MRP-117 [20]
x The purpose of the FMEA is to anticipate the possibility of modes of failure that have not
been observed in plants and thus ensure that the appropriate additional evaluations are
performed. A comprehensive block diagram of the relationships among the plausible aging-
related failure modes was developed by the MRP as a key part of the FMEA process.
x The wastage evaluations consider the available U.S. and international experience with
leaking penetrations and other primary system components. Deterministic and probabilistic
wastage models were developed based on available laboratory boric acid corrosion data to
19
Materials Reliability Program Reactor Vessel Closure Head Penetration Safety Assessment for U.S. PWR
Plants (MRP-110NP): Evaluations Supporting the MRP Inspection Plan, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2004.
1009807-NP. NRC ADAMS Accession No. ML041680506.
20
Materials Reliability Program Inspection Plan for Reactor Vessel Closure Head Penetrations in U.S. PWR
Plants (MRP-117): MRP Inspection Requirements, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2004. 1007830. NRC ADAMS
Accession No. ML043560355.
10-3
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
confirm that the inspections required by the industry plan provide protection against
structurally significant wastage with high confidence.
x The industry inspection program requires a thorough, bare metal visual (BMV) examination
of the head every refueling outage, except for low susceptibility (based on time at
temperature) heads for which BMV examinations are required every third refueling outage or
5 calendar years, whichever occurs first. More significantly, the inspection program requires
volumetric or surface, non-destructive examinations at re-inspection intervals based on a
calculated time-temperature susceptibility correlation (RIYs). The volumetric inspection
frequency results in inspection intervals, following initial inspection, ranging from every
outage for the most susceptible (highest temperature) heads to every 8 calendar years for the
least susceptible (lowest temperature) heads.
x Based on the MRP-117 inspection program document, an ASME Section XI Code Case
(N-729 [21]) that defines appropriate examination requirements for reactor vessel closure
head nozzles has now been approved by ASME. This code case is expected to provide an
alternative to inspections currently required under the first revised U.S. NRC Order
EA-03-009 [22].
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (G. Wilkowski): Was the 20 ksi limit for inspection areas benchmarked against the
Oconee nozzle that had a crack that extended to the end of the tube?
Response (G. White): Yes, the examination zone (as defined in Code Case N-729) based on
the 20 ksi limit has been applied to a large body of inspection experience for CRDM nozzles,
including for one Oconee 3 flaw that extended 3.5 inches below the bottom of the weld.
None of the 237 cracks included in the study documented in Figure 5-1 of MRP-95 [23] were
located exclusively outside of the examination zone.
x Question (G. Wilkowski): Did you account for residual stresses in the tubes prior to
welding?
Response (G. White): Our stress models have assumed that the residual stresses in the tubes
are exclusively due to the welding process. This assumption, which results in a highly
stressed zone in the weld region, is consistent with the locations of CRDM nozzle cracks that
have been detected. It is recognized that fabrication practices such as tube straightening prior
to the nozzle being installed could be responsible for some of the differences in PWSCC
susceptibility observed between the different material supplier categories (due to both
21
Cases of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; Code Case N-729, "Alternative Examination Requirements
for PWR Reactor Vessel Upper Heads With Nozzles Having Pressure-Retaining Partial-Penetration Welds,"
Section XI, Division 1, 2005.
22
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "Issuance of First Revised NRC Order (EA-03-009) Establishing Interim
Inspection Requirements for Reactor Pressure Vessel Heads at Pressurized Water Reactors," EA-03-009,
February 20, 2004.
23
Materials Reliability Program: Generic Evaluation of Examination Coverage Requirements for Reactor
Pressure Vessel Head Penetration Nozzles, Revision 1 (MRP-95R1NP), EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2004.
1011225-NP. NRC ADAMS Accession No. ML043200602.
10-4
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
effective increased yield strength due to strain hardening effects and possible residual stress
effects).
Comment (J. Hickling): I compliment the speaker and all others involved in MRP-110 on a
very careful and thorough piece of work. It should be pointed out, however, that the Boric
Acid Corrosion (BAC) Wastage Expert Panel mentioned in one of your slides has not
specifically reviewed the appropriate appendix of the report (Appendix E). They were
convened in November 2002 to review a similar appendix to MRP-75 and have not been
involved since then. Your representation of their conclusions is appropriate with additional
emphasis on the fact that the assumptions behind the wastage model need to be revisited as
soon as enough results from the ongoing MRP and NRC BAC testing programs become
available. The author of the 2002 letter report from the Expert Panel is, in fact, participating
in the detailed BAC evaluations in the parallel session 4A of this conference.
Response (G. White): Thanks for your clarification of the involvement of this expert panel.
I would just note here that the conclusions of MRP-110 with regard to wastage are based to a
large measure on plant experience with leaking J-groove penetrations described in Section 7
of that report. The modeling work described in Appendix E supports that experience, and the
ongoing MRP boric acid corrosion test program being managed by EPRI is designed to
address the uncertainties in the current understanding of the wastage process.
Advances in NDE of Alloy 182 Components, presented by C. King, EPRI, for
F. Ammirato, EPRI (Paper 4B.4)
This presentation was given by C. King of EPRI on behalf of F. Ammirato of EPRI. The main
points made during the presentation were as follows:
x Under the Materials Initiative of the U.S. nuclear power industry, programs are now in place
to accelerate the development, qualification, and implementation of innovative NDE devices
and techniques. This presentation described the NDE developments sponsored by the
Materials Initiative with particular attention to NDE of nickel-based materials and
weldments. As described in the extended abstract and on slide 3 for this presentation, the
Materials Initiative is a new major initiative to comprehensively and aggressively address
materials degradation issues.
x Reliable NDE is a fundamental consideration for safe, reliable, and economic operation of
nuclear plants in the following ways:
Assessing the structural integrity of components,
Monitoring the fleet of operating plants for early identification of material degradation
trends,
Developing and implementing rational and effective inspection strategies, and
Providing accurate and timely information to plant owners to enable evaluation of repair,
reinspection, or replacement options.
x A key issue with regard to examinations of PWR Alloy 82/182 piping butt welds in the U.S.
is the availability of detailed design configuration and component accessibility information.
10-5
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
This information is needed to support detailed assessments of the level of weld inspectability,
and must be gathered using in-situ measurements because of frequent differences between
actual configurations and design drawings (even including unexpected second welds).
Complex piping butt weld configurations (e.g., multiple weld joints) and uneven inspection
surfaces (probe liftoff and uncertainties in probe position) create challenges to the
effectiveness of NDE.
x Overviews of the following NDE projects were included in the presentation:
Electromagnetic Acoustic Transducer (EMAT) Development, Expansion, and
Acceleration (slide 10) (note: "SH" is an abbreviation for "shear")
Ultrasonic Techniques for Examining Dissimilar Metal and Other Alloy 600 Welds with
Rough or Wavy Outside Surfaces (slide 11)
Implementation of Phased Array Examination of Dissimilar Metal Piping Welds
(slide 12)
Dissimilar Metal Weld NDE Mockups Containing Realistic Weld Crown Conditions
(slide 13)
Ultrasonic Transducer Research (enhanced conventional transducer technology for
application to dissimilar metal piping butt weld NDE) (slides 1415)
Surface Examination of Nickel Alloy Welds (eddy current array probe technology)
(slides 1617)
NDE Technology and Measurement of SCC (advanced electromagnetic methods to assess
material degradation prior to emergence of macroscopic cracking) (slides 1819)
Dissimilar Metal Weld Configuration Database (slides 2022) (note: yes, additional
mockups are required to address the actual configurations that exist in the field)
Enhanced Statistical Analysis Capabilities of Performance Demonstration Qualification
Data (slides 2324)
Inspection Methodology for Pressurizer (Butt Weld) Nozzles (slides 2526)
x Improving and qualifying NDE for Alloy 600/182 locations is receiving high priority in 2005
and 2006 work plans. Multiple parallel paths are being pursued to develop new probes,
techniques, and scanning devices. The existing library of mockups for technique
development and qualification is being enhanced, and there is an intense effort to qualify
inspection procedures and personnel. Finally, there is also an industry-wide effort to assess
as-built Alloy 82/182 piping butt weld configurations.
Experience in Reactor Head Nozzle and J Weld Inspections, presented by J.
Lareau, Westinghouse (Paper 4B.5)
This presentation was given by J. Lareau of Westinghouse and authored by J. Lareau of
Westinghouse, D. Adamonis of Westinghouse-WesDyne International, P. Sjoberg of
10-6
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
Westinghouse-WesDyne-TRC, and P. Kreitman of Westinghouse-PCI. The main points made
during the presentation were as follows:
x An overview of Westinghouse's inspection technology and experience was presented as
related to PWR reactor vessel upper and lower head penetrations. An average of one
inspection has been performed each month since the time that the NRC order on upper heads
was issued. Several types of probes are used to perform volumetric and surface examinations
from the ID and OD/weld surfaces, and three basic systems are available for inspection of
bottom mounted instrumentation (BMI) nozzles in reactor vessel lower heads. Leak path
inspections are not applicable to the BMI nozzles because these nozzles have a nominal
clearance fit, rather than the interference fit for CRDM nozzles. Repair technology,
including a robotically delivered remote fluorescent dye penetrant testing (FPT) system, is
integrated with the inspection systems.
x Typically as much time is spent on the confirmation of signals as on inspection itself.
Inspection of an open nozzle typically requires 20 minutes, while inspection of a nozzle
having a thermal sleeve using a gap scanner probe roughly requires 60 minutes. "Craze
cracking" indications are often found on the nozzle ID surface, but experience has shown that
these indications do not propagate in depth although they may increase in area.
Westinghouse has repaired only three ID flaws to date.
x The primary inspection probe for CRDM nozzles is a blade with tip diffraction (TOFD) and
straight beam ultrasonic crystals along with an eddy current coil. This combination provides
complete coverage for the detection of ID- or OD-initiated flaws. For open housing CEDMs,
the base probe configuration adds additional TOFD arrangements. A volumetric UT
inspection capability from the OD surface is also available to increase coverage and as
confirmatory testing. Specialized J-groove scanners provide eddy current test capability for
the J-groove weld and nozzle OD. This technology has been used extensively to confirm the
presence of wetted surface connectivity for TOFD indications detected by ID probes.
x The following three options, which all include a combination of TOFD, straight beam, and
eddy current sensors in a single inspection head, are available for inspection of the BMI
nozzles:
If the inspection is performed concurrent with a 10-year reactor vessel ISI, then the BMI
inspection probe may be attached to the same robot used for the vessel inspection. This
adds only about 4 hours to the time for the reactor vessel examination.
The second option, which requires removal of the lower internals, is based on a pole
delivery system from the refueling deck.
The third option can be performed with the internals left in place, but is a somewhat
slower inspection. The equipment for this option includes two servo-controlled
reversible movements with end of stroke and position references.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (J. Collins): How effective have you found the leak path identification method?
Response (J. Lareau): The leak path mockup had 0.06" and 0.12" wide leak paths machined
into the carbon steel with a pencil grinding tool. The 0.12" wide path was readily detected,
10-7
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
and the 0.06" wide path was detected for 50% of its length. Using just an amplitude based
criterion does not work to determine a leak path due to the random nature of the material
grain structure and shrink fit contact pressure. Leak paths are determined by an indication
shape evaluation called a "river bed" evaluation in which a leak is determined by a
continuous indication from the top of the weld to the top of the scan extent.
x Question (A. Silvia): How reliable are the PT and ET examinations in finding PWSCC
cracks? How well did ET and PT examinations correlate?
Response (J. Lareau): PT and ET correlation has been excellent in the limited number of
cases where both were performed. To do an effective PT, the dwell time and developed time
have to be doubled or tripled over the Code required minimums. There have been cases
where the PT found a spot indication and ET has found a linear indication. In one case (VC
Summer safe end) destructive testing showed that the PWSCC grew subsurface behind a
surface compressive layer caused by the final grinding. ET detected the flaw (~0.01"
subsurface) for its entire length.
Thermal Imaging for the Detection of PWSCC in Alloy 82/182 Welds,
presented by J. Lareau, Westinghouse (Paper 4B.6)
This presentation was given by J. Lareau of Westinghouse and authored by J. Lareau and W.
Junker of Westinghouse. The main points made during the presentation were as follows:
x The presentation describes a thermal imaging inspection technique that has not yet been
applied to the commercial nuclear power industry. The technique is a non-contact technique
that detects surface breaking discontinuities on the basis of a discontinuity causing an
asymmetry in the temperature response to a laser spot. There is also an "after glow" effect
caused by the asymmetric heat flow going subsurface.
x The technique may be used to complement eddy current techniques for complex geometries
where tooling becomes an issue. The system has the advantage that flaws that tend to go
subsurface along parts of their lengths can still be detected because of penetration of the heat
flow 1030 mils (250750 m) deep. The laser system uses visible light, which does not
interfere with the thermal imaging in the infrared spectrum. The "flying spot" technique is
proposed for implementation whereby discontinuities are identified as spatial and temporal
perturbations in the heat diffusion. A mirror system is used so that complex geometries can
be scanned without the need for sophisticated surface-following mechanisms; large changes
in the distance from the probe to the surface can be accommodated. Laboratory tests have
been used to verify the viability of the method for PWSCC flaws in addition to fatigue cracks
and compressed sample notches. Variations in the emissivity of the inspection surface cause
relatively slow changes in the inspection signal (i.e., background noise) that can be filtered
out.
x At the time of the conference, all equipment needed for the inspection technique was
received. All available EPRI/MRP samples had been scanned, but permission was needed
from the NRC for the thermal imaging technique to be used for examinations of reactor
vessel upper head penetrations per NRC Order EA-03-009, Revision 1. Additional activities,
10-8
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
such as optimization of process parameters and coupling to a robotic delivery system, were
planned.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (M. McDevitt): Has thermal imaging surface crack detection been used in other
industries?
Response (J. Lareau): Yes, it has been in use for several years in other industries, including
the aerospace industry.
x Question (W. Bamford): How deep does a flaw have to be to be detected using this
technique?
Response (J. Lareau): About 1020 mils (250500 m) deep, but hard data on this are not
available.
x Question (V. Nilekani): Has, or can, this thermal imaging technology be used for other types
of corrosion degradation mechanisms (such as IGSCC, wall thinning due to flow accelerated
corrosion, etc.)?
Response (J. Lareau): It has or can be used for other applications. It is sensitive to the x, y,
and z dimensions. However, for PWSCC, the focus is on the x and y dimensions. The z
depth dimension is more difficult but has been used in the aerospace industry.
x Question (A. Hiser): How would interpretation of indications be different from PT or ECT,
given the extensive time required in investigating false positives from PT/ECT?
Response (J. Lareau): The thermal imaging technique looks for abrupt linear indications.
Each type of examination technique has its own set of challenges.
x Comment (D. Schlader): NDE techniques many times are used as complementary tests to
acquire a more complete picture of what is being detected and characterized. A simple
technique is not 100% effective in most cases.
10-9
Abstract for EPRI International Conference on Alloy 600
The Challenges of Compliance with ASME Section XI, Appendix VIII, Performance
Demonstration for Ultrasonic Examination Systems
Author
John T. Lindberg
Manager NDE Strategic Solutions
Framatome ANP, Inc., an AREVA and Siemens Company
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-11
The implementation of the requirements for ASME Section XI, Appendix VIII, Performance
Demonstration for Ultrasonic Examination Systems, has transformed ultrasonic examinations in the
US nuclear industry. Meeting these ASME Section XI requirements has resulted in improvements in
the quality, technology, and reliability of ultrasonic examinations (UT). However, the recognition of
these improvements has been gradual because of the technical and economic challenges of the
Performance Demonstration process. This paper offers an NDE services vendors perspective of the
challenges associated with complying with the ultrasonic examination performance demonstration
process for examinations performed on pressurized water reactors.
Within the US nuclear industry, the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) mandated the
requirements of ASME Section XI, Appendix VIII - Performance Demonstration for Ultrasonic
Examination Systems, for ultrasonic examinations performed with the scope of ASME Section XI.
Recognizing the technical and economic challenges of complying with the Appendix VIII
requirements, US utilities formed the Performance Demonstration Initiative (PDI) to establish a
unified approach for meeting these new requirements. Through cooperative funding and appointment
of the Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI) NDE Center as the PDI administrator (PDA), a
program was established to conduct performance demonstrations of ultrasonic examinations systems.
The key elements of the PDI program consisted of: design and acquisition of open and blind ultrasonic
examination test specimens; development of demonstration administrative procedures, protocol, and
personnel; and attaining regulatory acceptance of the PDI program. By the mid 1990s, these elements
were in place, and the nuclear inspection industry began the process of demonstrating the performance
of their ASME Section XI ultrasonic examination procedures and personnel.
Implementation of the PDI program was phased in incrementally, based on the availability of test
specimens and complexity of the examination. Demonstrations to qualify piping examinations for
wrought austenitic and ferritic piping welds (Appendix VIII, supplements 2 and 3); and bolting
examinations (Supplement 8) were conducted first. These were followed by: reactor pressure vessel
clad/base metal interface (Supplement 4), reactor pressure vessel welds (Supplement 6), reactor
pressure vessel nozzle inner radius examinations (Supplement 5), and reactor pressure nozzle to vessel
welds (Supplement 7). The latest performance demonstrations to be implemented were for full
structural overlaid wrought austenitic piping welds (Supplement 11), dissimilar metal weld
examinations (Supplement 10), and Supplement 14 the combination of supplements 2 and 10. As
qualifications were attempted for each new supplement, the difficulty for successful completion of the
performance demonstration increased. These examination qualification difficulties were related to
changes in weld structure and metallurgy, flaw morphology, component geometry, and transmission of
sound through complex geometries, isotropic, and anisotropic materials. The robustness of existing
ultrasonic examination techniques, and the training and expertise of the ultrasonic examination
personnel were also key factors contributing to the success of initial performance demonstrations.
The nuclear NDE services industry has been significantly challenged with the implementation of the
ASME Section XI, Appendix VIII ultrasonic examination performance demonstration requirements.
Initial examination qualification efforts by NDE services vendors often resulted in marginal success,
and limited qualifications. Considerable technical and economic resources continue to be expended in
the conduct of these UT performance demonstrations. This paper will discuss these challenges and
offer an introspective from the NDE services vendor perspective on complying with the ASME
Section XI, Appendix VIII ultrasonic examination performance demonstration requirements for the
examination of pressurized water reactor welds and related components.
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-12
The Challenges of Compliance with ASME Section XI,
Appendix VIII, Performance Demonstration for
Ultrasonic Examination Systems
John Lindberg,
Michael Hacker,
AREVA
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-13
FRAMATOME ANP, INC. 2
International Alloy 600 Conference
Introduction
Discussion on:
> The challenges in qualifying UT
procedures for the examination
of nozzle to safe-end dissimilar
metal welds to the requirements
of ASME Section XI, Appendix
VIII, Supplement 14
> Background ASME Section XI,
Appendix VIII
> PDI Qualification Process
> Supplement 14 Ultrasonic
Examination Qualification
Experience
Initial Qualification Attempt
Second Qualification Attempt
Final Results
> Supplement 10 Requalification
> Summary and Lessons Learned
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-14
FRAMATOME ANP, INC. 3
International Alloy 600 Conference
ASME Section XI
> ASME Section XI, Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Power Plant
Components
Requires periodic nondestructive examinations (visual, surface, or
volumetric) of reactor pressure vessels, piping, and related
pressure boundary components to assess structural integrity
Appendix VIII to ASME Section XI establishes requirements for the
qualification/performance demonstration of ultrasonic examination
techniques, equipment and personnel
In the US, the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) mandates the
ASME Section XI, Appendix VIII requirements for ultrasonic
examination performed within the scope of ASME Section XI
Implementation of the Appendix VIII requirements has resulted
improvements in the quality, technology and reliability of ultrasonic
examinations
The industrys recognition of these improvements has been gradual
due to the technical and economic challenges associated with
complying with the performance demonstration requirements.
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-15
FRAMATOME ANP, INC. 4
International Alloy 600 Conference
Performance Demonstration Initiative
> Recognizing the challenges involved in complying with the
Appendix VIII requirements, US utilities formed the
Performance Demonstration Initiative (PDI) to pool funding
and resources, and establish a unified industry approach to
meet the Appendix VIII requirements
> Because of their NDE qualification experience for IGSCC in
BWRs, the EPRI NDE Center was appointed as the
Performance Demonstration Initiative Administrator (PDA) to
administer the PDI program.
> Key Elements of the PDI Program consisted of:
Design and acquisition of open and blind ultrasonic examination
test specimens,
Development of performance demonstration administration
procedures, protocol, and test personnel, and
Attaining regulatory acceptance of the PDI program.
> By the mid 1990s, these key elements were in place and the
industry began demonstrating the performance of ASME
Section XI ultrasonic examination procedures.
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-16
FRAMATOME ANP, INC. 5
International Alloy 600 Conference
Appendix VIII Requirements
> Appendix VIII requires:
Demonstration of procedure performance first,
Phase 1- Open testing, and Phase 2 - Blind test specimens
Qualification of UT personnel
> Appendix VIII categorizes weld examination types into
Supplements with performance demonstration requirements
Supplement 2 - OD Austenitic Pipe with IGSCC,
Supplement 3 OD Ferritic Pipe
Supplements 4 RPV welds inner 15% and cladding
Supplements 5 RPV nozzle inner radius welds
Supplements 6 RPV welds outer 85%
Supplements 7 RPV nozzle to shell welds
Supplements 8 Bolting
Supplements 10 Dissimilar Metal Welds
Supplements 11 Weld Overlay welds
Supplements 14 PWR Dissimilar Metal Welds from ID
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-17
FRAMATOME ANP, INC. 6
International Alloy 600 Conference
Performance Demonstration (PDI) Process
> Supplements 2, 3 Austenitic, and ferritic piping implemented
first Least challenging
> Supplements 4, 6 and 5, 7 RPV implemented next
> Supplements 8 Bolting and studs
> Supplements 11 - Weld overlays to support BWR piping
> Supplement 10 implemented last Most Challenging
> Supplement 14 = Combination of Supplements 2, 3, and 10
Automated ultrasonic examination of the dissimilar metal (DM),
nozzle to safe-end weld, from the reactor nozzle inside surface of a
pressurized water reactor (PWR)
Combination of two different qualification types - Supplement 2 and
3, austenitic and ferritic piping; and supplement 10, dissimilar metal
piping welds
Most difficult qualification due to configuration, and materials
Examinations typically performed in conjunction with 10 year Reactor
Vessel examinations with automated examination tooling
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-18
FRAMATOME ANP, INC. 7
International Alloy 600 Conference
Supplement 14 Configuration
> This figure shows typical
PWR shop welded inlet
nozzle to safe-end to elbow
configuration
> Limited access to the weld
> Configuration changes from
the reactor nozzle inner bore
area to the piping weld
> Examination is further
complicated by change in
materials from RV low alloy
steel nozzle forging to Alloy
600 safe-end material, to
stainless or ferritic piping
weld
> This is shop welded with
smooth ID surface. Many are
field welded, w/ rough ID.
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-19
FRAMATOME ANP, INC. 8
International Alloy 600 Conference
Supplement 14 Qualification
Spring 2003 Initial Attempt
> Confidence with UT techniques
implemented and refined over
20- 30 yrs of automated reactor
vessel examinations were
utilized as the basis for initial
qualification effort.
> During open demonstration
phase, difficulties were
encountered in demonstrating
the detection and sizing
capabilities of the procedures.
> Modifications were implemented
including:
Procedural revisions,
Varying essential parameters of
the ultrasonic transducers,
Many changes resulted in
improvements to the detection
and sizing capabilities.
> Site examination schedule
precluded implementation of all
technique improvements.
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-20
FRAMATOME ANP, INC. 9
International Alloy 600 Conference
Supplement 14 Qualification
> Customers site examination schedule needs drove completion
of qualfication,
Rather than qualfication plan or schedule
> Performance Demonstration Administrator permitted blind
phase of qualfication to begin; however,
Technique refinements were not fully implemented or tested
> More difficulties occurred during blind demonstration phase;
Additional adjustments were made, but did not improve overall
results
> Field Welded Joint configuration and surface conditions
hindered data quality using existing techniques.
Additional unique technique modifications were warranted, but
not enough time to evaluate each problem and resolve.
> With hard work, and long hours by Level II, III personnel, and
qualification personnel,
The qualfication was completed with limited Supplement 14
qualification
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-21
FRAMATOME ANP, INC. 10
International Alloy 600 Conference
Supplement 14 Qualification
> Results
Procedure was qualified, but flaw
detection and sizing of axially
oriented flaws was limitation;
Detection of flaws was only fair
with certain piping and weld
geometries; but no repeatable
detection or sizing of flaws when
scanning was performed from a
field welded (rough) surface.
Qualifications were sufficient to
meet customers minimum needs,
but did not meet Framatomes or
customers expectations
Limited qualification came at a
very high cost, and painful.
Man-months of time
Loss of customer confidence
Requalification was needed to
resolve limitations.
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-22
FRAMATOME ANP, INC. 11
International Alloy 600 Conference
Supplement 14 Requalification Plan
Key Elements of Requalification Plan
> Performance of a root cause evaluation to analyze limitations.
> Development of potential solutions for each of the limitations.
> Achieve consensus from technical experts on solutions, through
use of Framatome design review process, on any changes and
improvements that would be developed and implemented.
> Establish and implement a requalification schedule and budget.
> Attain executive management approval of the requalification plan.
> Evaluate & validate the effectiveness of technique refinements.
> Attain final technique validation by successfully completing Phase
1, open demonstrations; and gaining approval from PDA to
proceed with Phase 2, blind demonstration.
> Implement Phase 2, blind demonstrations, and successfully qualify
the supplement 14 examination techniques.
> Successfully qualify sufficient UT personnel needed to perform
supplement 14 examinations needed for fall 2004 examinations.
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-23
FRAMATOME ANP, INC. 12
International Alloy 600 Conference
Supplement 14 Requalification Plan
> Supplement 14 requalification project began in late 2003
> To address procedure qualification limitations, many
changes to technique essential variables were
conceptualized:
Hardware - Probes (size, frequency, focusing), scanner and
probe hardware
Software Analysis enhancements, data handling
> Assignment and dedication of key resources
Level III lead
Level IIs
Key engineering and technical resources
> Executive level review and approval was required due to
strategic importance of Supplement 14 qualification
Weekly technical reviews with oversight and management
reviews of project progress and budget
Manage the qualification as a field project
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-24
FRAMATOME ANP, INC. 13
International Alloy 600 Conference
Supplement 14 Requalification Plan
> Testing of hardware and software improvements
performed between January 2004 to April 2004
Review of progress by PDA in February Qualfication
schedule finalized
> Began Phase 1 open demonstrations early April 2004,
completed by mid April, and approved to start Phase 2
> Phase 2 Flaw detection portion of the blind
demonstration proceeded smoothly,
Successfully demonstrated improvements in axial flaw
detection, and
Capability to detect both circumferential and axial flaws in
the difficult field welded geometry condition
> Phase 2 - Flaw sizing demonstration was very demanding
Numerous scans required Use of Inspection Zone technique
(70 to 80) manhours required to analyze a single data set
Only one Level II analyzed data with Level III verification
Some additional refinements were necessary
Phase 2 completed in 4 weeks.
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-25
FRAMATOME ANP, INC. 14
International Alloy 600 Conference
Supplement 14 Requalification Results
> By mid May, the results were
disclosed by the PDA:
Supplement 14 ultrasonic
examination procedure qualified
for detection and length sizing of
flaws with no limitations.
Depth sizing was demonstrated to
be within alternative acceptance
criteria of 10% of RMSP (root mean
square of mean piping wall
thickness).
Appendix VIII supplement 14 flaw
sizing criteria of 0.125 RMS was
not achieved, but flaw sizing within
the 10% RMSP is considered to be
an acceptable alternative.
In addition to the successful
qualification of the procedure, (3)
Framatome personnel were
qualified on the procedure.
The qualified procedure was used
to support nozzle to safe-end
examinations performed during the
fall 2004 at Turkey Point plant.
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-26
FRAMATOME ANP, INC. 15
International Alloy 600 Conference
Recent Supplement 10 Requalification
Experience
PDI Supplement 10 - Automated DM
weld examination from piping OD
> New Scanner Developed to support
fall 2004 DM weld examinations
Improved Scanner Assembly
Installs quicker and increases no. of
transducers in scanner package.
> Used DM Lessons Learned to Qualify
Improved UT techniques
Contoured Transducers results in
improved transducer to pipe contact
Capable of faster scan speeds
Reduces # scans/scan time required
> PDI Requalification Results
Incorporation of lessons learned
resulted in smooth requalification of
existing DM examination procedures
UT technique improvements resulted
in industry best results for
qualification.
Integrated focus on improving
examination system hardware with UT
technique resulted in successful
qualification.
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-27
FRAMATOME ANP, INC. 16
International Alloy 600 Conference
Summary and Lessons Learned
> DM weld examination, Supplement 14 qualification is most difficult
UT performance demonstration to date
Others with similar experiences
Very costly Man-months in resource commitments
Over $1M USD in resources, hardware, software
> Lessons Learned
Initial Overconfidence Dont be overconfident!
Plan and schedule in advance. Then, Work the Plan!
Allow sufficient time to implement plan
Need: Focused Plan, Committed resources and budget
Provide Technical Oversight of Qualification Plan
Honest evaluations of procedure capabilities and limitations
Causal analysis to determine solutions
Periodic reviews and challenges from technical peers & PDA
Implement testing to evaluate solutions
Plan and Implement for Success - Address Issues Proactively
Review, evaluate and communicate progress with plan
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-28
Development of MRP Inspection Plan for RPV Top Head Nozzles
Part I Nozzle Leakage, Ejection and Examination Volume Evaluations
Peter C. Riccardella
Structural Integrity Associates, Inc.
6855 South Havana Street, Suite 350
Centennial, CO 80112-3868
The MRP Task Group on Alloy 600, Top Head Working Group* has developed a comprehensive
inspection program [1] for RPV top heads in U.S. PWRs to address Alloy-600 Primary Water
Stress Corrosion Cracking (PWSCC), which has been responsible for nozzle cracking and
leakage in a number of plants. The inspection program is based on a safety assessment that
addressed all safety related concerns that could develop as a consequence of PWSCC in the top
heads. The main safety concerns are potential nozzle ejection due to circumferential cracking of
the nozzles above the attachment welds to the vessel and severe wastage of the RPV head that
could develop due to leakage occurring over an extended period without corrective action. Small
amounts of leakage from the nozzles, although not a safety concern, are also addressed by the
plan, with the objective of maintaining the probability of such leakage within an acceptable
range. An ASME Section XI Code Case [2] implementing this inspection plan is currently in the
Code approval process, and once approved, is expected to provide an alternative to inspections
currently required under U.S. NRC Order EA-03-009 [3].
A number of analyses were performed in support of the inspection program [4, 5]. These include
a Weibull analysis of field experience, illustrated in Figure 1, that incorporates inspection results
from thirty plants (2250 nozzles) of which fourteen (96 nozzles) were found to have leaks or
significant cracks requiring repair. The Weibull analysis provided a model for expected
frequency of nozzle leakage versus time.
__________________
*The following members of the MRP Alloy 600 Issue Task Group and Top Head Working Group
made significant contributions to this work:
o Craig Harrington, TXU Nuclear
o Larry Matthews, Southern Nuclear
o Christine King, EPRI
o Glenn White, Dominion Engineering
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-29
A probabilistic fracture mechanics model was also developed that predicts the probability of a
circumferential crack growing to a significant size that could potentially lead to nozzle ejection.
The effects of inspections (both visual inspections for signs of leakage and non-destructive
inspections for cracking) were addressed in the PFM analyses and various inspection protocols
were studied to determine an inspection program that results in acceptable levels of quality and
safety. Figure 2 presents a typical plot of probability of nozzle ejection versus time predicted by
the PFM model, with and without periodic inspections. The significant role that periodic
inspections play in reducing the probability of failure, and maintaining it at an acceptable level
during continued plant operation, is plainly apparent in this plot.
The PFM analyses were benchmarked with respect to field inspection results in which nozzle
leakage and circumferential cracking were observed. Deterministic analyses were also
performed which demonstrated that the inspection frequencies established by probabilistic
analyses are conservative.
Examination coverage requirements are also defined in the plan [6], as illustrated in Figure 3, for
both visual and volumetric/surface examinations, to ensure that the inspections address the entire
region in which PWSCC may reasonably be expected to occur. The resulting inspection plan is
demonstrated to maintain the increase in core damage frequency due to potential nozzle failure
or severe vessel wastage associated with top head nozzle PWSCC at ~10
-6
, and the probability of
leakage associated with this phenomenon at <5% per plant year.
References:
1. Materials Reliability Program: Inspection Plan for Reactor Vessel Closure Head
Penetrations in U.S. PWR Plants (MRP-117): MRP Inspection Requirements, EPRI,
Palo Alto, CA: 1007830. 2004
2. CASES OF ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE; Code Case N-729
Alternative Examination Requirements for PWR Reactor Vessel Upper Heads With
Nozzles Having Pressure-Retaining Partial-Penetration Welds, Section XI, Division 1,
Submitted for Approval by Main B&PV Committee Dec. 2004
3. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Issuance of First Revised NRC Order (EA 03
009) Establishing Interim Inspection Requirements for Reactor Pressure Vessel Heads at
Pressurized Water Reactors, EA-03-009, February 20, 2004
4. Materials Reliability Program: Probabilistic Fracture Mechanics Analysis of PWR
Reactor Pressure Vessel Top Head Nozzle Cracking (MRP-105), EPRI, Palo Alto, CA:
1007834. 2004
5. Materials Reliability Program: Reactor Vessel Closure Head Penetration Safety
Assessment for U.S. PWR Plants (MRP-110): Evaluations Supporting the MRP
Inspection Plan, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 1009807. 2004
6. Materials Reliability Program: Materials Reliability Program Generic Evaluation of
Examination Coverage Requirements for Reactor Pressure Vessel Head Penetration
Nozzles (MRP-95), EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 1009129 (Rev. 1) 2004
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-30
Oconee 1
Crystal River 3
North Anna 2
Millstone 2
Beaver Valley 1
TMI-1
Oconee 3
Cook 2
ANO-1
Surry 1
Davis-Besse
St. Lucie 2
North Anna 1
Oconee 2
0.02
0.01
0.05
0.10
0.20
0.50
0.63
0.90
1 10
EDYs
C
u
m
u
l
a
t
i
v
e
F
r
a
c
t
i
o
n
o
f
U
n
i
t
s
w
i
t
h
L
e
a
k
a
g
e
100
EDYs at detection of leakage or cracking
EDYs at first leak or crack extrapolated
back using slope b = 3
All inspection data adjusted to 600 F (Q = 50 kcal/mole)
Weibull slope of
b = 3 assumed for fit
to extrapolated data
Median Rank Regression yields
Weibull characteristic
time T = 15.21 EDYs
Figure 1 Weibull Plot of RPV Top Head Inspection Data
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-31
POF by Net Section Collapse at Various Temperatures and Inspection Intervals
0.0E+00
2.5E-04
5.0E-04
7.5E-04
1.0E-03
1.3E-03
1.5E-03
1.8E-03
2.0E-03
2.3E-03
2.5E-03
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
EFPYs
P
D
F
o
f
N
S
C
(
p
e
r
y
e
a
r
)
590F: PDF of NSC w/o
inspection
590F: PDF of NSC w/ 4-EDY
FULLV insp. (17.6)
580F: PDF of NSC w/o
inspection
580F: PDF of NSC w/4-EDY
FULLV insp. (26.4)
600F: PDF of NSC (Base
Case)
600F: PDF of NSC w/4-EDY
FULLV insp. (11.8)
Note: 4 EDY equals 6 years @ 590
o
F and 9 years
@ 580
o
F assuming the activation energy = 50 kcal/mol
Figure 2 Typical PFM Model Results Illustrating Probability of Top Head Nozzle Ejection
versus Time with and without Periodic Inspections
a = 1.5 for Incidence Angle, < 30 and
ICI nozzles or 1 for Incidence Angle,
> 30
OR
To the end of tube whichever is less
Figure 3 Illustration of RPV Top Head Nozzle Inspection Zone
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-32
Development of MRP
Development of MRP
Inspection Plan for RPV
Inspection Plan for RPV
Top Head Nozzles
Top Head Nozzles
Part I
Nozzle Leakage, Ejection and
Examination Volume Evaluations
Peter Riccardella Peter Riccardella
Structural Integrity Associates Structural Integrity Associates
March 9, 2005 March 9, 2005
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-33
PRS PRS- -05 05- -007 007/ /2 2
Summary
Summary
Background
Background
Field Experience
Field Experience
PFM Methodology
PFM Methodology
Benchmarking
Benchmarking
Case Studies
Case Studies
Examination Coverage Requirements
Examination Coverage Requirements
Examination Intervals
Examination Intervals
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-34
PRS PRS- -05 05- -007 007/ /3 3
Objectives:
Objectives:
WEI
WEI
-
-
BAYES analysis method
BAYES analysis method
1 1
Weibull Slope = 3.0 assumed from prior Alloy 600 Weibull Slope = 3.0 assumed from prior Alloy 600
experience experience
Determine best fit through field inspection results Determine best fit through field inspection results
Plants w/ multiple cracked or leaking
Plants w/ multiple cracked or leaking
nozzles extrapolated back to time of first
nozzles extrapolated back to time of first
leak or crack
leak or crack
w/ same assumed Weibull slope of 3 w/ same assumed Weibull slope of 3
1
R. B. Abernathy, The New Weibull Handbook, Reliability and Statistical Analysis
for Predicting Life, Safety, Survivability, Risk, Cost and Warranty Claims, Fourth
Edition, Sept. 2000
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-39
PRS PRS- -05 05- -007 007/ /8 8
Oconee 1
Crystal River 3
North Anna 2
Millstone 2
Beaver Valley 1
TMI-1
Oconee 3
Cook 2
ANO-1
Surry 1
Davis-Besse
St. Lucie 2
North Anna 1
Oconee 2
0.02
0.01
0.05
0.10
0.20
0.50
0.63
0.90
1 10 100
EDYs
C
u
m
u
l
a
t
i
v
e
F
r
a
c
t
i
o
n
o
f
U
n
i
t
s
w
i
t
h
L
e
a
k
a
g
e
/
C
r
a
c
k
i
n
g
EDYs at detection of leakage or cracking
EDYs at first leak or crack extrapolated
back using slope b = 3
All inspection data adjusted to 600 F (Q = 50 kcal/mole)
Weibull slope of
b = 3 assumed for fit
to extrapolated data
Median Rank Regression yields
Weibull characteristic
time T = 15.21 EDYs
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-40
PRS PRS- -05 05- -007 007/ /9 9
Elements of PFM Analysis
Elements of PFM Analysis
Monte
Monte
-
-
Carlo PFM model
Carlo PFM model
Applied stress intensity factors for circumferential
Applied stress intensity factors for circumferential
cracks
cracks
Statistical characterization of laboratory PWSCC
Statistical characterization of laboratory PWSCC
crack growth rates
crack growth rates
Effect of inspections (inspection interval, type of
Effect of inspections (inspection interval, type of
inspection and probability of detection)
inspection and probability of detection)
Benchmarked and calibrated with respect to field
Benchmarked and calibrated with respect to field
inspection data (leakage and circumferential
inspection data (leakage and circumferential
cracking)
cracking)
Case Studies of real plants of various designs and
Case Studies of real plants of various designs and
PWSCC susceptibility
PWSCC susceptibility
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-41
PRS PRS- -05 05- -007 007/ /10 10
Simulating the Effect of Inspections
Simulating the Effect of Inspections
Probability of Detection Curve Used in MRPER Algorithm
0%
15%
30%
45%
60%
75%
90%
0.000 0.100 0.200 0.300 0.400 0.500 0.600 0.700
Flaw Size (in)
P
r
o
b
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
o
f
D
e
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
FULLV Curve from Ref.1
Vendor 1
Vendor 2
Detected
Not Detected
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-42
PRS PRS- -05 05- -007 007/ /11 11
Circumferential Crack Data
Circumferential Crack Data
Used for Benchmarking
Used for Benchmarking
Plant Nozzle # EDYs
Crack Lengths
(Deg.)
Davis-Besse 2 19.24 34
Oconee 2 18 22.20 36
North Anna 2 41 19.70 46
Oconee 3 2 21.70 48
Oconee 3 23 21.70 66
Crystal River 3 32 16.17 91
North Anna 2 65 19.70 102
North Anna 2 54 19.70 111
North Anna 2 59 19.70 126
Oconee 3 50 21.70 165
Oconee 3 56 21.70 165
Avg.= 20.29
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-43
PRS PRS- -05 05- -007 007/ /12 12
Benchmark Analysis Results
Benchmark Analysis Results
11
7
6
3
2
1.00E-03
1.00E-02
1.00E-01
30 60 90 120 150
Circ. Crack Length (degrees)
P
r
o
b
.
o
f
C
i
r
c
.
C
r
a
c
k
E
x
c
e
e
d
i
n
g
Plant Cum. Size Dist.
Base Case Parameters
Benchmarked Parameters
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-44
PRS PRS- -05 05- -007 007/ /13 13
Case Study Plants
Case Study Plants
I
I
-
-
CE plant with head temperature of
CE plant with head temperature of
595.5F
595.5F
.
.
Current EDYs = 14.6, and plant has announced
Current EDYs = 14.6, and plant has announced
plans to replace head in Spring 2006
plans to replace head in Spring 2006
II
II
-
-
CE plant with head temperature of
CE plant with head temperature of
592F
592F
.
.
Currently at 10.5 EDYs with no plans to replace
Currently at 10.5 EDYs with no plans to replace
head
head
III
III
-
-
Westinghouse plant with head temperature
Westinghouse plant with head temperature
of
of
580F
580F
. Currently at 11.1 EDYs and
. Currently at 11.1 EDYs and
performing its baseline inspection (NDE plus
performing its baseline inspection (NDE plus
BMV) in Spring 2004
BMV) in Spring 2004
IV
IV
-
-
Cold head Westinghouse plant (T =
Cold head Westinghouse plant (T =
567F
567F
).
).
Current EDYs = 5.1 with no plans to replace
Current EDYs = 5.1 with no plans to replace
head. BMV has been performed, and first NDE
head. BMV has been performed, and first NDE
will be performed in Spring 2007
will be performed in Spring 2007
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-45
PRS PRS- -05 05- -007 007/ /14 14
Typical Case Study Result:
Typical Case Study Result:
Probability Of Leakage
Probability Of Leakage
Case Study II - Probability of Leakage
0%
2%
4%
6%
8%
10%
12%
14%
16%
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
EFPYs
P
r
o
b
.
o
f
L
e
a
k
(
o
r
S
i
g
n
i
f
i
c
a
n
t
C
r
a
c
k
i
n
g
)
No Insp.
Insp. Per NRC Order
Insp per MRP Plan B
Insp per MRP Plan C
Transition to
High Suscept.
F-02
Baseline
NDE
F-05
S-07
F-08
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-46
PRS PRS- -05 05- -007 007/ /15 15
Typical Case Study Result:
Typical Case Study Result:
Probability Of Nozzle Ejection
Probability Of Nozzle Ejection
Case Study II - Probability of Nozzle Ejection
0.00E+00
2.50E-04
5.00E-04
7.50E-04
1.00E-03
1.25E-03
1.50E-03
1.75E-03
2.00E-03
2.25E-03
2.50E-03
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
EFPYs
P
D
F
o
f
N
S
C
(
p
e
r
y
e
a
r
)
Insp per NRC Order
Insp per MRP Plan B
Insp per MRP Plan C
Transition to
High Suscept.
F-02
Baseline
NDE
F-05
F08
S-07
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-47
PRS PRS- -05 05- -007 007/ /16 16
Summary of Case Study Results
Summary of Case Study Results
Inspection Program
Plant Prob.
of:
NRC Order MRP Plan B MRP Plan C
NSC 4.8 x 10
-4
4.8 x 10
-4
6.9 x10
-4
Case Study I
Leak 1.6% 1.6% 4.9%
NSC 4.1 x 10
-4
3.9 x 10
-4
3.1 x 10
-4
Case Study II
Leak 4.6% 4.4% 4.6%
NSC 3.7 x 10
-4
2.4 x 10
-4
2.3 x 10
-4
Case Study III
Leak 1.7% 1.8% 1.79%
NSC 7.8 x 10
-5
9.6 x10
-5
6.0 x 10
-5
Case Study IV
Leak 0.47% 0.48% 0.41%
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-48
PRS PRS- -05 05- -007 007/ /17 17
Technical Basis for Examination
Technical Basis for Examination
Coverage Requirements
Coverage Requirements
Reviewed Stresses in Large Number of Operating
Reviewed Stresses in Large Number of Operating
Plants that Bound U.S. PWR Fleet (51 of 69)
Plants that Bound U.S. PWR Fleet (51 of 69)
Determined distance above or below weld at which
Determined distance above or below weld at which
stresses drop below 20 ksi tension in all cases
stresses drop below 20 ksi tension in all cases
Fracture Mechanics analyses performed to
Fracture Mechanics analyses performed to
demonstrate that postulated flaws outside of and
demonstrate that postulated flaws outside of and
just impinging on exam volume will not grow
just impinging on exam volume will not grow
unacceptably in time period until next inspection
unacceptably in time period until next inspection
MRP-95: Generic Evaluation of Examination Coverage Requirements for Reactor
Pressure Vessel Head Penetration Nozzles, EPRI 1009129 (Revision 1), Sept, 2004
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-49
PRS PRS- -05 05- -007 007/ /18 18
Typical Nozzle Stress
Typical Nozzle Stress
Distributions
Distributions
-40,000
-30,000
-20,000
-10,000
0
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
80,000
90,000
66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73
Height (inches)
H
o
o
p
S
t
r
e
s
s
(
p
s
i
)
Uphill, Inside of Tube
Uphill, Outside of Tube
Weld Region
69.68 to 71.441
-20,000
-10,000
0
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
80,000
90,000
65 66 67 68 69 70 71
Height (inches)
H
o
o
p
S
t
r
e
s
s
(
p
s
i
)
Downhill, Inside of Tube
Downhill, Outside of Tube
Weld Region
65.601 to
66.788
Uphill Side of Nozzle Downhill Side of Nozzle
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-50
PRS PRS- -05 05- -007 007/ /19 19
Resulting Examination Coverage
Resulting Examination Coverage
Requirements
Requirements
a = 1.5 a = 1.5 for Incidence Angle, for Incidence Angle, < < 30 30
and ICI nozzles or 1 and ICI nozzles or 1 for for
Incidence Angle, Incidence Angle, > 30 > 30
OR OR
To the end of tube whichever is To the end of tube whichever is
less less
A-B-C-D = Volumetric examination zone
for the tube (base metal)
A-D = Surface examination zone for the
tube ID
F-E-C = Surface examination zone for the
J-groove weld (filler metal and buttering)
and tube OD below the weld
F-E = Surface examination zone for the J-
groove weld (filler metal and buttering)
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-51
PRS PRS- -05 05- -007 007/ /20 20
Technical Basis for Examination
Technical Basis for Examination
Coverage Requirements
Coverage Requirements
(contd)
(contd)
Reviewed prior inspection data,
Reviewed prior inspection data,
encompassing 237 detected flaws,
encompassing 237 detected flaws,
Review indicated that all would have been
Review indicated that all would have been
detected if inspections had been performed
detected if inspections had been performed
over just the required Exam Volume
over just the required Exam Volume
MRP-95: Generic Evaluation of Examination Coverage Requirements for Reactor
Pressure Vessel Head Penetration Nozzles, EPRI 1009129 (Revision 1), Sept, 2004
Session 4B: Inspection Technologies and Planning
10-52
PRS PRS- -05 05- -007 007/ /21 21
Examination Interval:
Examination Interval:
Definition of Terms
Definition of Terms
Three levels of examination defined:
Three levels of examination defined:
Level 3
Level 3
Level 2
Level 2
Level 1
Level 1
generates
compressive residual stresses in the inner dissimilar metal weld region and is an effective
process for mitigating stress corrosion cracking. The nozzle assembly used in the test was
taken from a cancelled BWR plant and so the materials, geometry and fabrication were
similar to those in actual service. Materials were: Nozzle SA5O8CL2, Safe-end SA182-
316L, and Weld 82/182.
This mockup had flaws implanted in the Alloy 82/182 butter as well as a representative
full thickness repair (~3 inches long) in the nozzle/safe-end weld to provide a region with
large tensile residual stresses. Residual stresses were measured before and after MSIP
in
the weld repair region. The results confirmed that MSIP
A Cost Effective
A Cost Effective
Solution to PWSCC
Solution to PWSCC
Concerns in PWR
Concerns in PWR
Dissimilar Metal Butt Welds
Dissimilar Metal Butt Welds
Peter Riccardella Peter Riccardella
Structural Integrity Associates Structural Integrity Associates
March 9, 2005 March 9, 2005
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-104
PRS-05-008/2
Summary
Summary
The Problem
The Problem
PWSCC PWSCC
Augmented Inspection and Inspectability Augmented Inspection and Inspectability
Leak Before Break Leak Before Break
The Solution
The Solution
Mock
Mock
-
-
up for Residual Stress Confirmation and
up for Residual Stress Confirmation and
NDE Demonstration
NDE Demonstration
m
@
3
4
4
9
h
3.2 x 10
-8
mm/s
Pt Potential
T
o
2
0
0
p
p
b
O
2
@
4
1
7
4
h
T
o
9
5
p
p
b
H
2
@
4
8
1
6
h
T
o
2
0
0
0
p
p
b
O
2
@
5
1
0
7
h
2.0 x 10
-7
mm/s
29-5
Clear, reproducible effects of water chemistry
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-162
Alloy 600 Mitigation
Effects of
H
2
Fugacity on
SCC Growth Rates
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-163
Alloy 600 Mitigation
Ni Alloy Crack Growth Rate vs H
2
Proximity of Ni/NiO
and H
2
/H
2
O is
very important
for Ni alloys
Proximity depends on
H
2
& temperature but
not on pH
Low H
2
unwise because of radiolysis in core
n H
2
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-164
Alloy 600 Mitigation
Ni Alloy Crack Growth Rate vs. H
2
KAPL data: consistent benefit of nH
2
288 360 C
X750 AH shows peak shifted from Ni/NiO
Max
Full width
at half max
For alloy 600:
height | 2.5 3X
width | 50 mV
(| 8X ' in H
2
)
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-165
Alloy 600 Mitigation
Alloy 600 Crack Growth Rate vs. H
2
Schematic of change in growth rate vs. H
2
for alloy 600
& alloys 82/182 at one particular temperature (325C)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0 1 10 100 1000
H
2
Fugacity, cc/kg
A
r
b
i
t
r
a
r
y
G
r
o
w
t
h
R
a
t
e
-900 -850 -800 -750 -700
Corrosion Potential, mV
she
50 mV Full Width
Half Max
Change in CGR for
various step changes in H
2
H
2
change 600 82/182
10 o 20: 1.24X 1.34X
20 o 40: 1.61X 2.17X
40 o 80: 1.38X 2.11X
20 o 80: 2.23X 4.58X
20 o200: 2.42X 5.93X
10 o200: 2.99X 7.97X
Peak in Growth Rate = 3X
as Expected for Alloy 600
For 325C where potential p
by 59.35 mV per 10X n in H2
& 118.7 mV per unit n in pH
NiO Ni
Phase Stability
Peak in Growth Rate = 8X
as Expected for Alloy 82/182
Schematic Plot of Effect of
H
2
on Crack Growth Rate
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-166
Alloy 600 Mitigation
n In enhancement vs. H
2
for high YS materials
Ni Alloy Crack
Growth Rates vs H
2
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-167
Alloy 600 Mitigation
Effect of H
2
& B/Li/pH on SCC
Test Li, ppm B, ppm pH
300C
(1)
H
2
, cc/kg
(2)
Duration
hours
1 2.2 600 7.2 20 o 40 o 80 3500
2 0.3 60 6.9 20 o 40 o 80 3500
3 7 910
(3)
7.5 20 o 40 o 80 3500
4 7 3200 6.9 20 o 40 o 80 3500
5
2 o 7 o 2
o 0.3 o 2
1100 o 3200 o
1100 o 60 o 1100
6.9 30 5500
6 7
1440 o 290 o 1440
o 4350 o 1440
7.3 o 7.9 o 7.3
o 6.7 o 7.3
30 5500
500 hrs for SCC transitioning + 1000 hrs per test segment
Each test uses two series-loaded 1TCT specimens
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-168
Alloy 600 Mitigation
Thermodynamic response in ECP to changes in H
2
2X change in H
2
= 17.9 mV at 325C
Alloy 600 CRDM, 325C, 600 B / 2.2 Li, 20 cc/kg H
2
H
2
Effects on SCC Growth Rates
SCC#3c - c261 - Alloy 600, CRDM Tube, 93510
11.08
11.13
11.18
11.23
11.28
11.33
11.38
11.43
11.48
1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Test Time, hours
C
r
a
c
k
l
e
n
g
t
h
,
m
m
-0.9
-0.89
-0.88
-0.87
-0.86
-0.85
C
o
n
d
u
c
t
i
v
i
t
y
,
P
S
/
c
m
o
r
P
o
t
e
n
t
i
a
l
,
V
s
h
e
CT potential
Pt potential
c261 - 0.5TCT of A600 CRDM, 325C
25 ksiin, 20 cc/kg H
2
, 600 B / 2.2 Li
4.4 x 10
-8
mm/s
T
o
C
o
n
s
t
a
n
t
K
@
1
0
4
0
h
T
o
4
0
c
c
/
k
g
H
2
@
1
8
5
7
h
4.6 x 10
-8
mm/s
T
o
8
0
c
c
/
k
g
H
2
@
2
6
9
7
h
2.3 x 10
-8
mm/s
3 x 10
-8
mm/s
SCC#3c - c262 - Alloy 600, CRDM Tube, 93510
11.1
11.15
11.2
11.25
11.3
11.35
11.4
11.45
1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Test Time, hours
C
r
a
c
k
l
e
n
g
t
h
,
m
m
-0.9
-0.89
-0.88
-0.87
-0.86
-0.85
C
o
n
d
u
c
t
i
v
i
t
y
,
P
S
/
c
m
o
r
P
o
t
e
n
t
i
a
l
,
V
s
h
e
CT potential
Pt potential
c262 - 0.5TCT of A600 CRDM, 325C
25 ksiin, 20 cc/kg H
2
, 600 B / 2.2 Li
5.3 x 10
-8
mm/s
T
o
C
o
n
s
t
a
n
t
K
@
1
0
4
0
h
T
o
4
0
c
c
/
k
g
H
2
@
1
8
5
7
h
3.4 x 10
-8
mm/s
T
o
8
0
c
c
/
k
g
H
2
@
2
6
9
7
h
3.4 x 10
-8
mm/s
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-169
Alloy 600 Mitigation
Response immediately after H
2
change, but then n in CGR
Alloy 600 CRDM, 325C, 600 B / 2.2 Li, 20 cc/kg H
2
H
2
Effects on SCC Growth Rates
SCC#2a - c261 - Alloy 600, CRDM Tube, 93510
11.12
11.14
11.16
11.18
11.2
11.22
11.24
1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000
Test Time, hours
C
r
a
c
k
l
e
n
g
t
h
,
m
m
-1
-0.8
-0.6
-0.4
-0.2
0
0.2
0.4
C
o
n
d
u
c
t
i
v
i
t
y
,
P
S
/
c
m
o
r
P
o
t
e
n
t
i
a
l
,
V
s
h
e
CT potential Pt potential
c261 - 0.5TCT of A600 CRDM, 325C
25 ksiin, 20 cc/kg H
2
, 600 B / 2.2 Li
4.4 x 10
-8
mm/s
T
o
C
o
n
s
t
a
n
t
K
@
1
0
4
0
h
C
h
a
n
g
e
f
r
o
m
2
0
t
o
4
0
c
c
/
k
g
H
2
@
1
8
5
7
h
2.3 x 10
-8
mm/s Outlet conductivity y100
SCC#2b - c261 - Alloy 600, CRDM Tube, 93510
11.24
11.26
11.28
11.3
11.32
11.34
11.36
11.38
11.4
11.42
11.44
2100 2300 2500 2700 2900 3100 3300 3500
Test Time, hours
C
r
a
c
k
l
e
n
g
t
h
,
m
m
-1
-0.8
-0.6
-0.4
-0.2
0
0.2
0.4
C
o
n
d
u
c
t
i
v
i
t
y
,
P
S
/
c
m
o
r
P
o
t
e
n
t
i
a
l
,
V
s
h
e
CT potential Pt potential
c261 - 0.5TCT of A600 CRDM, 325C
25 ksiin, 20 cc/kg H
2
, 600 B / 2.2 Li
T
o
C
o
n
s
t
a
n
t
K
@
1
0
4
0
h
T
o
4
0
c
c
/
k
g
H
2
@
1
8
5
7
h
4.6 x 10
-8
mm/s
Outlet conductivity y100
T
o
8
0
c
c
/
k
g
H
2
@
2
6
9
7
h
3 x 10
-8
mm/s
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-170
Alloy 600 Mitigation
Conclusions on H
2
Effects
Summary and Preliminary Interpretation of H
2
Results to date:
Observed thermodynamic response to ECP for changes in H
2
Short term CGR response may be related to changes in
Ni/NiO and Ni-Fe-Cr/spinel oxide stabilities on dcpd
Effects of H
2
on CGR of alloy 600 in moderate agreement with
KAPL data:
peak to background is only ~2.5 3X
peak at 325C is 8 13 cc/kg H
2
, so 20 cc/kg is off peak
width of peak at half-max is ~50 mV = 7X change in H
2
a peak height of 7 8X is observed for X750 or 82/182
Mitigation benefit for a given component depends in rather
complex manner on alloy, temperature & current vs. target H
2
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-171
Alloy 600 Mitigation
Effects of
B/Li/pH on
SCC Growth Rates
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-172
Alloy 600 Mitigation
Ni Alloy Crack Growth Rate vs H
2
Proximity of Ni/NiO
and H
2
/H
2
O is
very important
for Ni alloys
Proximity depends on
H
2
& temperature but
not on pH
Corrosion potential (H
2
/H
2
O) is parallel to Ni/NiO,
so expect little effect of pH
T
between 6 9
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-173
Alloy 600 Mitigation
SCC#1c - c261 - Alloy 600, CRDM Tube, 93510
11.08
11.1
11.12
11.14
11.16
11.18
11.2
1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700
Test Time, hours
C
r
a
c
k
l
e
n
g
t
h
,
m
m
-1
-0.8
-0.6
-0.4
-0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
C
o
n
d
u
c
t
i
v
i
t
y
,
P
S
/
c
m
o
r
P
o
t
e
n
t
i
a
l
,
V
s
h
e
CT potential Pt potential
c261 - 0.5TCT of A600 CRDM, 325C
27.5 MPam, 20 cc/kg H
2
, 600 B / 2.2 Li
4 x 10
-8
mm/s
T
o
C
o
n
s
t
a
n
t
K
@
1
0
4
0
h
D
e
m
i
n
c
a
u
s
e
s
s
l
o
w
n
i
n
L
i
p
L
i
,
p
p
H
b
y
~
0
.
3
@
1
3
3
5
h
Outlet conductivity y100
A600, 325C, 20 cc/kg H
2
, 600 ppm B
No effect of change in B/Li chemistry, ~0.3 'pH
4.3 ppm o 2.2 ppm Li = pH
325C
of 7.5 o 7.2
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-174
Alloy 600 Mitigation
B/Li Effects at Constant pH
B = 1100 o 3200 o 1100 o 60 pH
300C
= 6.9
Li = 2 o 7 o 2 o 0.3 pH
325C
= 7.25
SCC#2 - c283 - Alloy 600, CRDM Tube, 93510
11.14
11.19
11.24
11.29
11.34
11.39
11.44
1200 1700 2200 2700 3200
Test Time, hours
C
r
a
c
k
l
e
n
g
t
h
,
m
m
-1
-0.8
-0.6
-0.4
-0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
C
o
n
d
u
c
t
i
v
i
t
y
,
P
S
/
c
m
o
r
P
o
t
e
n
t
i
a
l
,
V
s
h
e
CT potential Pt potential
c283 - 0.5TCT of A600 CRDM, 325C
25 ksiin, 30 cc/kg H
2
, Varying B/Li
3.5 x 10
-8
mm/s
Conductivity x0.01
T
o
C
o
n
s
t
a
n
t
K
@
1
2
0
1
h
T
o
1
1
0
0
p
p
m
B
,
2
p
p
m
L
i
T
o
3
2
0
0
p
p
m
B
,
7
p
p
m
L
i
@
1
8
8
0
h
T
o
6
0
p
p
m
B
,
0
.
3
p
p
m
L
i
@
3
3
1
5
h
T
o
1
1
0
0
p
p
m
B
,
2
p
p
m
L
i
@
2
6
7
5
h
pH
325C
constant at ~7.25
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-175
Alloy 600 Mitigation
Effect of pH on CGR of X-750 (Morton)
Little effect on growth rate of changes in pH
T
= 6 9
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-176
Alloy 600 Mitigation
Effect of pH on CGR of CW SS, 340C
Little effect on growth rate of change from pure water
to 1000 B / 1 Li, pH
340C
= 6.0 o 7.34
c163 SCC #6a - 750MPa Cool Work 304L SS, TSh
12.83
12.85
12.87
12.89
12.91
12.93
12.95
12.97
3500 3700 3900 4100 4300 4500 4700
Time, hours
C
r
a
c
k
l
e
n
g
t
h
,
m
m
-0.8
-0.7
-0.6
-0.5
-0.4
-0.3
-0.2
-0.1
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
P
o
t
e
n
t
i
a
l
,
V
s
h
e
o
r
C
o
n
d
u
c
t
i
v
i
t
y
,
P
S
/
c
m
Pt Potential
Outlet Conductivity
CT Potential
c163 - 750MPa Cool Work 304L
27.5 MPam, Pure Water
T
o
3
1
6
0
p
p
b
H
2
@
7
4
8
h
T
o
3
4
0
C
@
2
2
5
5
h
R
e
p
l
a
c
e
d
h
i
g
h
P
p
u
m
p
@
4
2
3
9
h
T
o
R
=
0
.
7
,
0
.
0
0
1
H
z
+
8
5
,
4
0
0
s
a
t
K
m
a
x
@
3
3
7
8
h
T
o
1
0
0
0
p
p
m
B
1
p
p
m
L
i
@
4
1
6
7
h
3 x 10
-8
mm/s
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-177
Alloy 600 Mitigation
Conclusions on B/Li/pH Effects
Summary and Preliminary Interpretation of B/Li/pH
effects to date:
No evidence of B/Li/pH effects on crack growth rate
over range of 60 3200 ppm B
0.3 7 ppm Li
6.0 7.5 pH
T
Consistent with Morton (KAPL) data
Consistent with expectation from Pourbaix diagram
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-178
Alloy 600 Mitigation
Effects of
Zn Addition on
SCC Growth Rate
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-179
Alloy 600 Mitigation
Zn: Penetration to Crack Tip
Limited benefit of Zn in
BWRs related to high
corrosion potential, which
drives Zn
2+
from crack.
But at low potential, Zn
diffuses slowly and is
initially consumed by
incorporation into crack
oxides.
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-180
Alloy 600 Mitigation
Effects of Zn on SCC Growth Rate
T
e
s
t
s
s
t
a
r
t
e
d
Test Li, ppm B, ppm pH
300C
(1)
Zn, ppb
Duration
hours
1 2.2 600 7.2 0 o 30 5000
2 2.2 600 7.2
0 o 10 o
30 o 0
6500
3 0.3 1200 6.9 0 o 30 o 0 5000
500 hrs for SCC transitioning + 1500 hrs per test segment
Each test uses two 1TCT specimens; 325C, 30 cc/kg H
2
Spike Zn for several weeks to saturate system and crack
Testing focused on Ni-metal stability = high H
2
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-181
Alloy 600 Mitigation
Conclusions on Zn Effects
Summary and Preliminary Interpretation of Zn Results:
Some benefit may occur at high Zn levels (150 ppb)
Limited evidence of benefit to date at 30 ppb Zn
Follow-up, corroborative experiments essential
Removed specimen for analysis
Starting new CTs at 15 ksiin
Concern for benefit of Zn when Ni-metal is stable
and/or oxides with NiO structure at crack tip
benefit of Zn is related to incorporating into spinel
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-182
Review of Primary Chemistry Effects on PWSCC
J. A. Gorman, Dominion Engineering, Inc., Reston, VA
K. Fruzzetti, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA
Extended Abstract
Introduction
Most of the information covered in this presentation is taken from the latest revision of
the EPRI PWR Primary Water Chemistry Guidelines (Primary GL: report 1002884, Rev.
5, Volumes 1 and 2, Sept. 2003). As noted in the Primary GL, and illustrated in Slide 4,
the main objectives of primary water chemistry are to:
x Assure primary system pressure boundary integrity
x Assure fuel cladding integrity and achievement of fuel performance objectives
x Minimize out of core radiation fields
With regard to pressure boundary integrity, the main concern during design of PWRs in
the 1960s and 1970s was with SCC of stainless steels. This concern resulted in limits
being placed on the allowed concentrations of chlorides, fluorides and sulfates (150 ppb
each), and a limit of 100 ppb on oxygen for temperatures above 250F. Since the late
1970s, the main concern with PWR primary boundary integrity has been with PWSCC of
Alloy 600. PWSCC first affected SG tubes (first 600MA and then 600TT). Since the
late 1980s, PWSCC has also affected thicker wall Alloy 600 components such as nozzles.
Since about 2000, PWSCC has been observed in Alloy 182/132/82 welds.
Tests and evaluations have shown that water chemistry effects on PWSCC are generally
minor compared to the much larger effects of microstructure, stress, and temperature.
For example, variations in microstructure, stress, and temperature can change rates of
PWSCC by factors of 10 to 1000. In contrast, chemistry changes within practical limits
affect the rate of PWSCC by a few percent to up to factors of about 2 to 5. However,
chemistry is more accessible for control in an already constructed plant than the other
stronger influences. For this reason, it is considered worthwhile to optimize chemistry to
minimize PWSCC initiation and/or growth.
The main chemistry parameters potentially affecting PWSCC initiation and growth are
lithium concentration and/or pH
T
, hydrogen concentration (which affects ECP), and zinc
concentration. Other water chemistry parameters, e.g., the concentrations of chlorides
and sulfates typically observed at PWRs, are known to have insignificant effects on the
rate of PWSCC.
Effect of Lithium and pH on Initiation of PWSCC
Statistical analyses of initiation test results using RUB specimens were updated in 2002
(EPRI report 1006888, April 2002, MRP-68) and re-assessed during the most recent
revision of the Primary GL. For data between 320-330C, it was found that:
x Boron has a statistically insignificant effect on PWSCC, which implies that pH is
not a factor controlling PWSCC within the range evaluated.
1
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-183
x For lithium changes within practical limits there was no significant effect in time
to cracking for changes associated with going from coordinated pH
T
6.9 to
coordinated pH
T
7.2 (see Slide 9).
There were no data in the 320-330C temperature range for lithium below 0.66 ppm.
Higher temperature data extrapolated to 330C indicate that there are increased times to
PWSCC initiation for lower lithium, but whether and how strongly this effect applies in
the 320-330C range are uncertain.
Westinghouse presented preliminary results of WOG tests to the Primary GL Committee
in Sept. 2002. These were results of crack initiation tests at 325C using RUBs for
simulated pH
310C
6.9, 7.2 and 7.4 fuel cycle regimes (6 boron/lithium concentrations,
one week for each, for each of many simulated fuel cycles). Assessment of these
preliminary data during the Primary GL revision indicated that the WOG data are not
statistically different from the MRP-68 results (see Slide 11). The final WOG data are
currently being incorporated into the MRP-68 database for assessment.
Effect of Lithium and pH on PWSCC Crack Growth Rate (CGR)
Earlier EPRI/Westinghouse CGR tests indicated no effect of lithium or pH
T
on CGR.
Recent WOG tests also indicate no significant effect of lithium or pH
T
on CGR. EPRI
MRP is completing a CGR testing matrix that includes a separate study of Li/B and pH
effects. KAPL tests using Alloy X-750 indicated no significant effect of pH
T
variations
between 6.2 and 8.7 on CGR. pH
T
below 6.2 resulted in lower CGR, but this pH is not
applicable to PWR primary coolant.
Overall Assessment of pH
T
/Lithium Effects on PWSCC
x Initiation: Lithium and pH have insignificant effect for lithium 0.66 ppm (may
have increased time to initiation below 0.66 ppm).
x CGR: Lithium and pH have insignificant effect.
The authors consider that greater weight should be given to CGR data since CGR tests
use more realistic thick wall specimens, and since the parts of most current concern are
thick wall.
Hydrogen Effects on Initiation and CGR of PWSCC
Results of MRP-68 statistical evaluations indicate that, at 330C, there is a small effect of
hydrogen concentration variations within the allowed range of 25-50 cc/kg (see Slide 15).
The minimum initiation time (most aggressive condition) was found to occur at ~32
cc/kg.
Typical CGR test results, e.g., from Morton, et al., at the 10th Environmental
Degradation Conference, 2001 indicate that there is a relatively strong effect of hydrogen
on CGR, up to a factor of 5 for higher strength materials (see Slide 17). The most
aggressive conditions (fastest CGRs) occur close to the Ni/NiO phase transition, which is
measured to occur at around 13 cc/kg at 338C. EPRI MRP is performing a separate
2
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-184
CGR test matrix to study hydrogen effects under more relevant primary water chemistry
conditions for commercial PWRs.
Compiled CGR test results as shown in Slide 19 indicate:
x The most aggressive conditions (fastest CGR) occur close to Ni/NiO phase
transition.
x The hydrogen concentrations for peak CGR and for the Ni/NiO phase transition
vary strongly with temperature.
x The most aggressive hydrogen concentration appears to be different for initiation
than for CGR. However, there is little confidence in this result because of high
scatter in the initiation test data.
Main Conclusions Regarding Hydrogen and PWSCC
x Hydrogen/ECP has relatively strong effect on CGR.
x The most unfavorable condition varies with temperature similar to the variation
of the Ni/NiO phase transition with temperature.
x Reducing hydrogen to concentrations well below those that cause peak CGR at
plant temperatures is not considered practical.
x It appears beneficial from a PWSCC standpoint to operate at the upper end of, or
even above, the current allowed range for hydrogen of 25 to 50 cc/kg. However,
the possible side-effects of using higher hydrogen concentrations require
evaluation.
Effects of Zinc on PWSCC
Almost all laboratory tests indicate that zinc in reactor coolant reduces the rate of
initiation of PWSCC, with a factor of 2 delay for 20 ppb zinc, and a factor of 10 delay for
120 ppb zinc. Tests to date regarding the effects of zinc on CGR are mixed, with some
tests indicating that zinc reduces CGR, and others indicating no effect. A reasonable
hypothesis is that zinc reduces CGR in cases where it reaches crack tip and stabilizes
oxide spinels there. If this hypothesis is true, zinc should reduce the growth rate of small
cracks where access is better and the CGR is lower. EPRI MRP is performing CGR tests
to resolve such issues.
Limitations on Chemistry Changes Imposed by Fuel and Radiation Field Considerations
Lithium and pH Considerations. Constant elevated pH
T
(between 7.1 and 7.3) has been
found to reduce shutdown dose rates and should reduce fuel deposits. For this reason, the
Primary GL recommends this regime. However, use of a constant elevated pH
T
regime
may involve higher lithium concentrations at the beginning of the fuel cycle (BOC), and
this raises concerns regarding fuel cladding corrosion,.. Because of fuel cladding
corrosion concerns, fuel vendors typically impose limits on allowed lithium
concentrations. In this regard, lithium up to 3.5 ppm at the BOC is now widely accepted.
On a case basis, lithium up to 5 or 6 ppm has been accepted for brief periods at BOC. In
this regard, Comanche Peak 2's field experience with high BOC lithium (5 and 6 ppm)
appears favorable. The combination of PWSCC concerns and fuel corrosion concerns
lead most plants to select relatively modest constant elevated pH
T
, e.g., 7.1 or 7.2.
3
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-185
Zinc. As discussed earlier, use of zinc may provide a strong benefit with respect to
mitigation of PWSCC. Zinc has the added benefit of reducing shutdown dose rates.
However, use of zinc for high duty cores raises fuel clad deposit and AOA concerns
during its initial application. Nevertheless, zinc should be beneficial in the long-term
since it is expected to reduce the source term for deposits, i.e. the levels of dissolved
corrosion products in the coolant are expected to decrease with time as zinc exposure
increases. EPRI FRP has an on-going project to evaluate zinc injection at a bounding (or
near-bounding) high duty plant.
Hydrogen. No significant effect of hydrogen on either fuel deposits/AOA or shutdown
dose rates has been observed in plants operating in the recommended range of 25-
50cc/kg, but there is little data outside this range of experience. This is a topic that will
be addressed in future work.
Conclusions
x The process involved in chemistry optimization is illustrated in Slide 29.
x The use of a constant elevated pH regime with pH
T
about 7.1-7.3 is increasingly
accepted in the industry. It provides proven benefits for dose rates and expected
benefits for fuel deposits. Its effects on PWSCC initiation are judged to be minor,
and it is expected to have no effect on CGR.
x Use of zinc provides benefits with regard to shutdown dose rates and PWSCC,
and is recommended for these reasons. However, there is a need to ensure its
compatibility with the fuel, especially for high duty cores, and to apply zinc in a
careful manner (e.g., low concentrations and partial cycles at start).
x Control of hydrogen at the high end of the allowed range, e.g., at 45-50 cc/kg, or
higher, seems desirable to reduce PWSCC peak CGRs. In the longer term, if
proven effective and acceptable, use of hydrogen concentrations above the current
limit of 50 cc/kg may be desirable. In this regard, tests evaluating effects of
higher hydrogen on CGR are in process, and gathering and evaluation of data
regarding the effect of hydrogen concentration on fuel and shutdown dose rates is
expected to begin shortly.
4
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-186
EPRI/DEI 1
Review of Primary Chemistry Effects on
PWSCC
Prepared by
Jeff Gorman, DEI
Keith Fruzzetti, EPRI
Presented by Jeff Gorman, DEI
PWSCC of Alloy 600
2005 International Conference and Exhibition
March 7-10, 2005 Santa Anna Pueblo, NM
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-187
EPRI/DEI 2
Overview of Presentation
Review of main objectives of primary chemistry control
Review of chemistry effects on PWSCC
Limitations on chemistry changes imposed by fuel and
radiation field (shutdown dose rate) considerations
Discussion of how different competing effects are
balanced in the Primary Guidelines
Conclusions
Current recommendations for plants
Needed research
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-188
EPRI/DEI 3
Objectives of Primary Chemistry
Note: Most of the information covered in this presentation is
taken from the latest revision of the EPRI PWR Primary
Water Chemistry Guidelines (Primary GL: report
1002884, Rev. 5, Volumes 1 and 2, Sept. 2003)
Main objectives:
Assure primary system pressure boundary integrity
Assure fuel cladding integrity and achievement of fuel
performance objectives
Minimize out of core radiation fields (shutdown dose
rates)
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-189
EPRI/DEI 4
PWR Primary Chemistry Optimization
Chemistry
Control Issues
Clad Corrosion
Crud Deposition
Alloy 600 PWSCC - RCS
PWSCC of SG tubes
Monitoring/Analysis
Impurity Control
Radiation
Fields
Crud
Bursts
Materials
Degradation
& Mitigation
Fuel
Performance
Water
Chemistry
Guidelines
Radiation
Exposure
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-190
EPRI/DEI 5
Pressure Boundary Integrity
- Main Concerns -
Main concern during design of PWRs in 1960s and
1970s was with SCC of stainless steels. Resulted in:
Limit of 150 ppb on chlorides, fluorides and sulfates
Limit of 100 ppb oxygen for temperature above 250F
Since late 1970s, main concern with PWR primary
boundary integrity has been PWSCC of Alloy 600
First affected SG tubes (600MA and then 600TT)
Since late 1980s, has also affected thicker wall Alloy
600 components such as nozzles.
Since about 2000, affect has been observed in Alloy
182/132/82 welds
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-191
EPRI/DEI 6
Pressure Boundary Integrity (Cont.)
- Influence of Chemistry -
Water chemistry effects on PWSCC are generally minor
compared to much larger effects of microstructure, stress
and temperature
Variations in microstructure, stress and temperature
can change rates of PWSCC by factors of 10 to 1000
Chemistry changes within practical limits affect rate of
PWSCC by few percent to up to factor of 2 to 5
However, chemistry is more accessible for control in an
already constructed plant than the other stronger
influences
Considered worthwhile to optimize chemistry to
minimize PWSCC initiation and/or growth
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-192
EPRI/DEI 7
Pressure Boundary Integrity (Cont.)
- Influence of Chemistry -
Main chemistry parameters affecting PWSCC initiation
include
Lithium concentration and/or pH
T
Hydrogen concentration (affects ECP)
Zinc concentration
Hydrogen level is also known to affect crack growth rates
Effect of zinc on PWSCC propagation is currently unclear
Other water chemistry parameters, e.g., concentrations of
chlorides and sulfates typically observed at PWRs, have
insignificant effect on rate of PWSCC
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-193
EPRI/DEI 8
Pressure Boundary Integrity (Cont.)
- Lithium Concentration/pH
T
Effects -
Effect of Lithium and pH on Initiation of PWSCC
Statistical analyses of initiation test results using RUB specimens were
updated in 2002 (EPRI report 1006888, April 2002, MRP-68) and re-
assessed during most recent revision of PWR Primary Water Chemistry
GLs. For data between 320-330C:
Boron: statistically insignificant effect on PWSCC implies pH is not
a factor
Lithium: Rate of PWSCC initiation vs. lithium conc. shown on next
slide
Lithium changes within practical limits: no significant effect in time to
cracking for changes associated with going from coordinated pH
T
6.9
to coordinated pH
T
7.2
However, no data for lithium below 0.66 ppm, where higher
temperature data extrapolated to 330C indicate increased times
to PWSCC initiation for lower lithium
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-194
EPRI/DEI 9
Effect of Lithium Concentration on Characteristic Life
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-195
EPRI/DEI 10
Pressure Boundary Integrity (Cont.)
- Lithium Concentration/pH
T
Effects (Cont.) -
Westinghouse presented preliminary results of WOG
tests to Primary Guidelines Committee in Sept. 2002
Initiation tests at 325C using RUBs for simulated
pH
310C
6.9, 7.2 and 7.4 cycles (6 boron/lithium
concentrations, one week for each, for each of many
simulated fuel cycles)
Preliminary data assessed during GL revision
indicating that the WOG data are not statistically
different from the MRP-68 results (see next figure)
Final WOG data currently being incorporated into the
MRP-68 database for assessment
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-196
EPRI/DEI 11
Pressure Boundary Integrity (Cont.)
- Lithium Concentration/pH
T
Effects (Cont.) -
Comparison of Model with WOG Experiments at
pH 6.9, 7.2, & 7.4 and Field Data
0.1
1.0
10.0
6.8 6.9 7 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5
pH
R
a
t
i
o
t
o
l
i
f
e
a
t
p
H
7
.
3
No trend in field data
(flat) in this range 95th
percentile
range of
calibration
data about
model
Model
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-197
EPRI/DEI 12
Pressure Boundary Integrity (Cont.)
- Lithium Concentration/pH
T
Effects (Cont.) -
PWSCC Crack Growth Rate (CGR)
Earlier EPRI/Westinghouse CGR tests indicated no effect
of lithium or pH
T
Recent WOG tests indicate no significant effect of lithium
or pH
T
on CGR
EPRI MRP completing a CGR testing matrix that includes
separate study of Li/B and pH effects
KAPL tests using Alloy X-750 indicated no significant
effect of pH
T
variations between 6.2 and 8.7 on CGR
pH
T
below 6.2 resulted in lower CGR, but this pH is
not applicable to PWR primary coolant
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-198
EPRI/DEI 13
Pressure Boundary Integrity (Cont.)
- Lithium Concentration/pH
T
Effects (Cont.) -
Overall assessment of pH
T
/Lithium effects
Initiation and crack growth rate may have different
lithium/pH
T
dependencies
Initiation: Lithium and pH have insignificant effect for
Lithium 0.66 ppm (may have increased time to
initiation below 0.66 ppm)
CGR: Lithium and pH have insignificant effect
Greater weight given to CGR data since
CGR tests use more realistic thick wall specimens
Parts of most current concern are thick wall
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-199
EPRI/DEI 14
Pressure Boundary Integrity (Cont.)
- Hydrogen Effects -
Initiation
Results of MRP-68 statistical evaluations indicate that, at
330C, time to initiation varies as shown in next figure
(base case concentration taken as middle of allowed
range, i.e., 37.5 cc/kg)
Minimum initiation time (most aggressive condition)
found to occur at ~32 cc/kg
Relatively flat curve over guideline allowed range of
hydrogen concentrations (25-50 cc/kg)
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-200
EPRI/DEI 15
Effect of Hydrogen Concentration on Time to PWSCC Initiation
(MRP-68 Model, no boron effect)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Hydrogen Concentration, cc/kg
R
e
l
a
t
i
v
e
T
i
m
e
t
o
P
W
S
C
C
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-201
EPRI/DEI 16
Pressure Boundary Integrity (Cont.)
- Hydrogen Effects (Cont.) -
CGR
Typical CGR test results shown on following slide from
Morton, et al., at the 10
th
Environmental Degradation
Conference, 2001. Results indicate:
Strong effect of hydrogen on CGR, up to factor of 5 for
higher strength materials
Most aggressive conditions (fastest CGR) occur close
to Ni/NiO phase transition, measured to occur at
around 13 cc/kg at 338C
EPRI MRP is performing a separate CGR test matrix
to study hydrogen effects under more relevant primary
water chemistry conditions for commercial PWRs
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-202
EPRI/DEI 17
CGR in Alloy 600 at 338C vs. Dissolved Hydrogen (Morton, et al.,
10
th
Environmental Degradation Conference, 2001)
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-203
EPRI/DEI 18
Pressure Boundary Integrity (Cont.)
- Hydrogen Effects (Cont.) -
Compiled CGR test results shown on following slide from
Primary GL. Results indicate:
Most aggressive conditions (fastest CGR) occur close
to Ni/NiO phase transition
Hydrogen concentrations for peak CGR and for Ni/NiO
phase transition vary strongly with temperature
Most aggressive hydrogen concentration appears to
be different for initiation than for CGR
Little confidence in this result because of high
scatter in initiation test data
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-204
EPRI/DEI 19
1.0
10.0
100.0
270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 350 360
Temperature, C
H
y
d
r
o
g
e
n
C
o
n
c
e
n
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
,
c
c
/
k
g
Calculated
Ni/NiO Phase Transition
Hydrogen concentration for peak
crack growth rate observed in tests
Peak PWSCC initiation
susceptiblity from tests
0.5 atm hydrogen
0.1 atm hydrogen
Measured hydrogen
concentration
for Ni/NiO phase transition
Effects of Hydrogen Concentration and Temperature on Ni/NiO
Phase Stability and Peak CGR for PWSCC in Alloy 600 (from
Primary GL)
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-205
EPRI/DEI 20
Pressure Boundary Integrity (Cont.)
- Hydrogen Effects (Cont.) -
Main conclusions regarding hydrogen and PWSCC
Hydrogen/ECP has relatively strong effect on CGR
Most unfavorable condition varies with temperature
similar to variation of Ni/NiO phase transition
Reducing hydrogen to concentrations well below those
that cause peak CGR at plant temperatures not
considered practical
Appears beneficial from PWSCC standpoint to operate at
upper end of, or even above, current allowed range of 25
to 50 cc/kg, but possible side-effects require evaluation
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-206
EPRI/DEI 21
Pressure Boundary Integrity (Cont.)
- Zinc Effects -
Almost all laboratory tests indicate that zinc in the reactor
coolant reduces rate of initiation of PWSCC
Factor of 2 for 20 ppb zinc
Factor of 10 for 120 ppb zinc
Tests to date regarding effects of zinc on CGR are mixed
Some tests indicate zinc reduces CGR
Some tests indicate no effect
Hypothesis is that zinc reduces CGR in cases where it
reaches crack tip and stabilizes oxide spinels there.
If true, zinc should reduce growth of small cracks where
access is better and CGR is lower
EPRI MRP is performing CGR tests to resolve such issues
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-207
EPRI/DEI 22
Limitations on Chemistry Changes Imposed
by Fuel and Radiation Field Considerations
Lithium and pH Considerations
Constant elevated pH
T
(between 7.1 and 7.3) has been
found to reduce shutdown dose rates and should reduce
fuel deposits Primary GL recommend this regime
Use of constant elevated pH
T
regime may involve higher
lithium concentrations at BOC raises concerns
regarding fuel cladding corrosion, as well as potential
PWSCC concerns discussed earlier
Because of fuel cladding corrosion concerns, fuel
vendors impose limits on lithium
Lithium up to 3.5 ppm at BOC now widely accepted
On case basis, lithium up to 5 or 6 ppm accepted for
brief period at BOC
Comanche Peak field experience appears favorable
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-208
EPRI/DEI 23
Limitations on Chemistry Changes Imposed by
Fuel and Radiation Field Considerations (Cont.)
Lithium and pH Considerations (Cont.)
Combination of PWSCC concerns and fuel corrosion
concerns lead most plants to select relatively modest
constant elevated pH
T
, e.g., 7.1 or 7.2
Zinc
Use of zinc may provide strong benefit with respect to
mitigation of PWSCC
Zinc has added benefit of reducing shutdown dose rates
Use of zinc for high duty cores raises fuel clad deposit
and AOA concerns during initial application although
zinc believed to be beneficial in the long-term
EPRI FRP has on-going project to evaluate zinc injection
at a bounding (or near-bounding) high duty plant
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-209
EPRI/DEI 24
Limitations on Chemistry Changes Imposed by
Fuel and Radiation Field Considerations (Cont.)
Hydrogen
The effects of hydrogen on either fuel deposits/AOA or
shutdown dose rates are not well understood
JAPCO/Studsvik paper (Hisamune, et al., JAIF, 1998)
indicates:
Lower hydrogen (26 cc/kg) reduced fuel deposits and
dose rates at Tsuruga 2 vs. operation with higher
hydrogen (29 cc/kg)
Attributed to higher hydrogen increasing stability of
nickel metal vs. NiO, leading to higher solubility and
concentrations of nickel in coolant, and more fuel
deposits
Laboratory tests by Studsvik indicated that lower
hydrogen reduced rate of PWSCC initiation
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-210
EPRI/DEI 25
Limitations on Chemistry Changes Imposed by
Fuel and Radiation Field Considerations (Cont.)
Hydrogen (Cont.)
Comments on JAPCO/Studsvik positions:
Industry support for hypothesis that increases in
hydrogen concentration lead to higher fuel deposits
and shutdown dose rates not located in technical
literature
The effects of hydrogen on PWSCC are complex and
vary with temperature, as discussed earlier in this
presentation position that lower hydrogen within
allowed range is always better for PWSCC not
supported by CGR data at some temperatures
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-211
EPRI/DEI 26
Conclusions
Lithium and pH
Use of constant elevated pH regimes with pH
T
about 7.1-
7.3 increasingly accepted in industry
Proven benefits for dose rates and expected benefits
for fuel deposits
Effect on PWSCC initiation judged to be minor
No effect expected on CGR
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-212
EPRI/DEI 27
Conclusions (Cont.)
Zinc
Use of zinc provides benefits with regard to shutdown
dose rates and PWSCC, and is recommended for these
reasons
However, need to ensure compatibility of zinc with
fuel, especially for high duty cores, and to apply zinc in
careful manner (e.g., low concentrations and partial
cycles at start)
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-213
EPRI/DEI 28
Conclusions (Cont.)
Hydrogen
Control of hydrogen at high end of allowed range, e.g., at
45-50 cc/kg, or higher seems desirable to reduce
PWSCC peak CGRs
In longer term, if proven useful and safe, use of hydrogen
concentrations above current limit of 50 cc/kg may be
desirable
Tests evaluating effects of higher hydrogen on CGR
are in process
Gathering and evaluation of data regarding effect of
hydrogen concentration on fuel impact and shutdown
dose rates considered desirable
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-214
EPRI/DEI 29
PWR Chemistry Optimization
Chemistry
Control Issues
Materials
Degradation
Fuel
Performance
Water
Chemistry
Guidelines
Radiation
Exposure
PWSCC
Li, B, pH: no significant effect
Benefit from higher Hydrogen
Zinc benefit
Fuel
Effects on high duty
fuel under evaluation
Chemistry Control
Higher hydrogen operation
to be evaluated
Radiation Exposure
Increased pH good
Zinc benefit
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-215
EPRI/DEI 30
Conclusions (Cont.)
Desirable Research Topics
Continue to clarify effects of lithium and pH on PWSCC
initiation and CGR (on-going)
Verify that higher hydrogen reduces PWSCC CGRs,
especially for Alloy 600 weld metals (this research is
ongoing)
Verify that higher hydrogen has no significant adverse
effects on fuel or shutdown dose rates (proposed
research)
Session 5A: Mitigation Methods
11-216
12
SESSION 5B: FIELD EXPERIENCEINSPECTIONS
The subject of field experienceinspections was addressed by six participants in Session 5B.
Summaries of the presentations are given below followed by the questions asked, responses
provided, and comments made by the participants concerning each presentation. Click on the
links to access directly copies of the materials presented together with extended abstracts.
Situation of the Alloys 600 and 182 Issues in the Belgian Nuclear Power
Plants, presented by R. Grard, Tractebel Engineering (Paper 5B.1)
This presentation was given by R. Grard and authored by R. Grard, P. Daoust, P. Dombret, D.
Couplet, and C. Malkian of Tractebel Engineering. The main points made during the
presentation were as follows:
x An overview of PWSCC practices and experience was presented for the seven PWR units
operating in Belgium. Information and data were presented regarding inspections and
analyses performed and the general strategy applied for Alloy 600 reactor vessel closure head
nozzles, Alloy 182 piping butt welds, reactor vessel safety injection nozzles, and Alloy 600
reactor vessel bottom head penetrations.
x The seven Belgium units are Tihange 1, 2, and 3 and Doel 1, 2, 3, and 4. Tihange 1 us
similar to the French 900 MWe units. All seven units have Alloy 600 reactor vessel closure
head nozzles except for the Alloy 690 replacement head installed at Tihange 1 in 1999.
Tihange 2 and 3 and Doel 3 and 4 are relatively recent vintage plants and all have Alloy 182
reactor vessel inlet and outlet and pressure nozzle piping butt welds. In addition, all seven
units have Alloy 600 reactor vessel bottom mounted instrumentation (BMI) nozzles, and
there are several other miscellaneous types of Alloy 600/82/182 applications in some of the
units.
x In total, 23 reactor vessel closure head inspections by ET (in some cases combined with UT
for depth sizing) have been carried out since 1992. The only case of significant cracking was
at Tihange 1, where a long axial through-wall crack extending below the weld all the way
down to the bottom of the penetration was detected in one penetration in 1998. Fracture
mechanics and crack growth analyses demonstrated that the crack would remain acceptable
in the next cycle, and the unit was allowed to restart. A new head with Alloy 690
penetrations was installed at the next outage in October 1999, and an inspection of the
replaced head confirmed that the crack growth was substantially lower than the prediction. It
is expected that a leak would not have occurred in the original head at Tihange 1 for another
year or two of operation. The program of future inspections of the Belgian reactor vessel
closure heads is under discussion. Based on the French experience, the inspection plan for
12-1
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
the Belgian reactor vessel closure heads is not based on a time at temperature (i.e., effective
degradation years) approach. Current law limits plant operation to a 40-year operating
period.
x Regarding the BMI penetrations, some indications interpreted as lack-of-fusion fabrication
defects were detected by ET/UT at the weld/base metal interface in Doel 2 in 1995, and a
reinspection in 2000 showed no evolution. Bare metal visual inspections of the BMI
penetrations were carried out for all units (except Tihange 1 for dosimetry reasons) in 2003
2004, and there was no evidence of boric acid deposits. The program of future inspections of
the Belgian BMI nozzles is under discussion.
x Detailed assessments have been performed for the Alloy 182 piping butt weld locations,
including an inventory of the Alloy 182 locations, a detailed review of the fabrication
procedures (as available, including weld repairs and heat treatments), detailed stress analysis
(including welding residual stresses), and fracture mechanics and crack growth analysis.
Only a moderate benefit was reported for finite-element welding residual stress calculations
versus standard residual stress distributions. On the bases of these evaluations, a "risk-
informed" ranking was performed of the various locations, and four risk groups were defined.
These risk groups formed the basis for selected components being inspected at intervals
accelerated compared to the standard ISI program.
x A small axial indication of approximately 4u26 mm was detected in October 2002 at the
inside surface of the Alloy 182 pressurizer nozzle to surge line transition weld of Tihange 2.
This indication is located close to a fabrication repair on the outside surface. A Mechanical
Stress Improvement Process (MSIP) was validated for application on the pressurizer to
nozzle weld, and repair techniques were also investigated. The weld was reinspected in May
2003, and again in October 2003, and no evolution was detected. Therefore the MSIP was
not applied, and this weld was to be inspected again in March 2005. There is no proof that
this indication was caused by PWSCC.
x ET of the inner surface of an Alloy 182 reactor vessel outlet nozzle weld in October 2003 in
Tihange 2 detected an axially oriented 10 mm long indication, with a signal phase typical of
crack-like flaws. Although the flaw is not visible by UT, the depth of the indication was
estimated to be approximately 1 mm. The weld was to be re-examined in 2005, and a repair
process by local grinding capable of removing 4 mm of depth was being qualified.
x The proactive inspection and analysis program implemented in the Belgian units to control
the PWSCC issue made it possible to detect defects early on, well before they could lead to a
leak. Continuous attention is paid to any new information that might enhance the
understanding of the damage mechanism or the effectiveness of the preventive means
applied.
12-2
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (C. King): How do you decide how often to volumetrically inspect your Alloy 600
reactor vessel heads?
Response (R. Grard): We focus on older, hotter head plants and inspect them more
frequentlyevery or every other refueling outage. For medium age and temperature plants,
we inspect every other refueling outage. For low temperature plants, we inspect every 3 to 4
refueling outages.
A Swedish Perspective on PWSCC of Alloy 182, presented by A. Jenssen,
Studsvik Nuclear (Paper 5B.2)
This presentation was given by A. Jenssen of Studsvik Nuclear and was authored by A. Jenssen,
K. Norring, and M. Knig of Studsvik Nuclear, P. Efsing of Ringhals, and C. Jansson of
SwedPower. The main points made during the presentation were as follows:
x The presentation summarized the approach taken in Sweden to disposition of PWSCC in
Alloy 182 welds, including application of a bounding bi-linear crack growth rate expression.
The presentation began with a summary of the PWSCC detected in the reactor vessel outlet
nozzle to safe end welds in Ringhals Units 3 and 4 in 2000 (also see Paper 5B.4).
x A review of available worldwide data for crack growth rate testing using controlled Alloy
182 weld fracture mechanics samples was used to develop a bi-linear expression relating the
crack growth rate to the crack-tip stress intensity factor. In addition to data developed in
Sweden, French and U.S. data were applied. The data shown on page 5.B.2-9 of the
presentation materials constitute the data set before the data screening process was applied.
Data for specimens tested under multiple conditions were excluded from the evaluation if
crack growth could not be measured directly on the fracture surface. The data were adjusted
to a common reference temperature using an activation energy of 130 kJ/mole.
x The presentation described details of one set of laboratory crack growth rate testing
performed for Alloy 182 by Studsvik in Sweden. The purpose of these experiments was to
verify and support the bi-linear upper bound disposition line. Eight CT specimens (5% side
grooves on either side), fatigue pre-cracked in air, were simultaneously exposed in an
autoclave at a temperature of 320C. Each specimen was loaded (individually) to achieve the
desired initial stress intensity factor, and subsequently the specimens were locked in this
position for the entire duration of the test (2616 hours). No DC potential drop measurements
were made. Subsequent to testing, a fractographic examination was conducted to determine
the fracture mode and crack advance. Load versus time plots verified that the crack growth
rate was fairly constant. Intergranular cracking (PWSCC) was observed in all eight
specimens, and crack advance was determined by measuring and averaging the crack length
at 20 equally distanced points along the fracture surface. For four specimens showing
incomplete engagement of the crack front to intergranular cracking, the unengaged portions
of the crack front were excluded from the calculation of the average crack growth rate across
the crack front. The resulting data indicated a plateau level (i.e. the crack growth rate is
independent of stress intensity factor) above a stress intensity factor of 2830 MPam.
Below this level the crack growth rate decreases with decreasing stress intensity factor. Data
12-3
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-4
from this test supports the bi-linear Ringhals disposition curve, although the plateau level
suggested by the laboratory data is three times lower than the disposition line.
x Successive inspection of the weld flaws at Ringhals Unit 3 in 2000 and 2001 facilitated a
comparison of this field crack growth rate data with the laboratory data and the Ringhals bi-
linear disposition curve. The field data agree very well with the laboratory data, supporting
the Ringhals disposition line. The tolerance bars on the two Ringhals field data points on
page 5.B.2-21 of the presentation materials reflect the uncertainty in the UT depth sizing.
x Crack growth rate testing is continuing in Sweden at lower stress intensity factor levels and
on the effect of temperature.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (R. Grard): What was the origin of the material you tested? Was it a weld made
specifically for this program?
Response (A. Jenssen): A test weld specifically for this program was produced by Ringhals
plant personnel using procedures representative of plant welds.
Control Rod Drive Mechanism Examinations at Point Beach Nuclear Plant,
presented by W. Jensen, NMC (Paper 5B.3)
This presentation was given by W. Jensen of Nuclear Management CompanyPoint Beach
Nuclear Plant. The main points made during the presentation were as follows:
x This presentation covered the reactor vessel closure head inspections performed at Point
Beach Units 1 and 2. In 2001, the Nuclear Management Company (NMC) embarked on an
effort to ensure that the latest automated ultrasonic (AUT) techniques would be used during
the upcoming CRDM nozzle examinations at Point Beach Nuclear Plant (PBNP). This effort
involved personnel from PBNP and EPRI, as well as personnel from the various examination
vendors who bid on the work at PBNP. The presentation discussed the results of these
efforts, as well as lessons learned which can be applied by other utilities.
x PBNP has two Westinghouse-designed, two-loop PWRs with reactor vessel closure heads
each containing 49 CRDM penetrations and one head vent line penetration. PBNP Unit 1
commenced commercial operation in 1970 followed by Unit 2 in 1972. At the time of its
CRDM nozzle examination in 2002, Unit 1 had accumulated approximately 14.6 EDY. By
the first CRDM nozzle examination on Unit 2, it had accumulated approximately 16.6 EDY.
Because of the relatively small size of the Point Beach head, the penetrations tend to have
very steep angles versus the head surface. This results in a small gap available for insertion
of NDE blade probes.
x The following inspections have been performed at Point Beach:
Eddy current only of CRDM nozzle inner surfaces in 1994 for Unit 1 with no indications.
After removal of direct contact asbestos insulation, bare metal visual examination in
spring 2002 for Unit 2 and fall 2002 for Unit 1 with no indications of leakage.
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
UT examination of Unit 1 in fall 2002 with no indications reported. The small gaps
between the thermal sleeve and nozzle resulted in 15 blade probes being destroyed.
Three thermal sleeves were removed to achieve additional coverage.
UT examination of Unit 2 in fall 2003 with no indications reported. No thermal sleeves
were removed, and radiation exposure was greatly reduced compared to the previous
Unit 1 inspection. A separate program was initiated to address specific U.S. NRC
questions.
UT examination of Unit 1 in spring 2004. UT showed indications in a single nozzle
(No. 26) at the weld root. PT of this nozzle showed relatively faint spiderlike indications
on the J-groove weld surface. After grinding to a depth of 3/16 inch, PT indications
remained. Although these indications were not confirmed to be service-related as
opposed to fabrication flaws, a half-nozzle repair was performed because of the high dose
that would result from flaw excavation.
x An ID temper bead repair process was applied to Nozzle 26 of Unit 1 in spring 2004. This
process was complicated by the design of the relatively small reactor vessel closure head for
two-loop Westinghouse-design plants. Because of the steep angle associated with the
relatively small Point Beach head, the repair Alloy 52 weld necessarily came into contact
with the existing Alloy 182 J-groove weld. To address this weld overlap issue, a crack
growth analysis was performed that conservatively assumed Alloy 52 to be subject to the
same crack growth rate as Alloy 600. This evaluation assumed 1.5 EFPYs of crack growth
until the time that the head for Unit 1 is scheduled to be replaced in fall 2005. (Head
replacement for Unit 2 was performed in spring 2005.)
x Because of the favorable experience of the previous inspections, repair equipment and
personnel were not mobilized at the time the indications in Nozzle 26 of Unit 1 were
detected. This approach turned out to be economically disadvantageous. Other lessons
learned concerned the change in UT blade probe technology for Nozzle 26 and the possibility
of applying fabrication records from initial plant construction to show that the Nozzle 26
indications were fabrication-related. In the case of the 2004 inspection of Unit 1, it would
have been preferable for a review of the UT data for Nozzle 26 to be performed before the
step to perform PT was taken.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (C. King): Given additional data, could the repair performed have been shown to
be unnecessary?
Response (W. Jensen): In todays environment, the utility would have made a more vigorous
case that the repair was not necessary for operation for a single cycle.
12-5
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
Some Recent Experiences on Stress Corrosion Cracking in B/P-WR
Environments and Remedies/Strategies from a Utility Point of View,
presented by P. Efsing, Ringhals (Paper 5B.4)
This presentation was given by P. Efsing of Ringhals and authored by P. Efsing and H.-.
Georgsson of Ringhals. The main points made during the presentation were as follows:
x This presentation covered plant experience with SCC at the Ringhals and Barsebck stations
operated by Ringhals AB in Sweden, including both PWR and BWR experience, as well as
the approach taken to inspection, repair, and replacement at these plants. The utility
estimates that an average production loss of 20 days per year has resulted due to SCC at these
stations over the preceding 10 years. Indications have been found in Alloy 600 wrought
material and Alloy 82/182 weld metals in such different locations as heavy section pipe
welds in both BWR and PWR, small-bore instrumentation nozzle welds, brackets to piping
systems in reactor vessel internals in BWR, and reactor vessel upper head penetrations of the
PWRs.
x One set of experience that has generated much interest is the reactor vessel outlet nozzle to
safe end weld cracking detected at Ringhals Units 3 and 4 in 2000. This experience has been
previously reported but some new information has now been developed. Ringhals addressed
the detected safe end weld cracks and the potential for additional cracks to form through a
repair and replacement program that included application of an internal Alloy 52M girdle
weld on all of the hot-leg nozzle welds. The Alloy 52M "beltline" on the ID surface was
designed to be sufficiently thick for defects to be sized within the belt. Although there were
documented weld repairs associated with the cracking in Unit 3, this was not the case for the
Unit 4 cracking. Therefore, the presence of weld repairs does not appear to be a necessary
condition in all cases for PWSCC of nickel-alloy piping butt welds.
x The presentation also covered BWR experience with SCC from the mid-1990s, which is not
available in the open literature, for the Barsebck 1 and 2 and Ringhals 1 units. Barsebck
Unit 1 was shut down in 1999, and Barsebck Unit 2 was scheduled to be shut down in May
2005. This experience included SCC of the Alloy X-750 brackets used to support the ECCS
system attached to the core shroud head. In the case of Barsebck 1, five axial defects were
detected at this location by a combination of internal and external ultrasonic examinations.
The defects were subsequently removed and destructively examined by Studsvik. It was
concluded that "IGSCC / hot cracking" was the degradation mechanism.
x Despite service-related cracking in the Ringhals PWR reactor vessel upper heads likely being
limited to shallow surface defects, head replacements have now been performed for all three
of these units (head replacement for Unit 3 was scheduled for summer 2005). The
experience with weld defects for Unit 2, which was replaced in the mid-1990s, has been
previously reported. The weld flaws in Unit 2 are believed to be fabrication-related and not
PWSCC. In 2000 and 2002, 26 shallow surface defects were found in Units 3 and 4. The
decision to replace the heads in these two units was based on an economic analysis that
balanced the cost of replacement (given particulars of the Swedish regulatory structure)
against the benefits of reduced inspection costs and reduced risk of forced outages.
12-6
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
x The presentation concluded with the recommendations that replacement materials (i.e., Alloy
690/52/152) be qualified in a more generic and stringent manner and that modified water
chemistries be qualified for PWRs and BWRs. R&D costs will be temporarily high because
of simultaneous management of original and replacement materials.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (B. Cullen): Please discuss your thoughts on how the "tightness" of surface-
breaking cracks impact on the leak rate calculation as part of a leak-before-break (LBB)
consideration. Will a leak rate be significantly decreased to the point that the LBB margin
will be violated?
Response (P. Efsing): Obviously the "surface tightness" adds yet another obstacle for "free
water flow" through any through-wall defect. Thus it could decrease the water flow and the
LBB margin. However, the "tightness" is not unique to the surface area, but appears also
elsewhere in the crack path. From this point of view, my opinion is that if the "true crack
path" in some manner is taken into account in the leakage analysis, this issue should have
been dealt with, even though it was not the original purpose. I also believe that when a
defect propagates to become through-wall, the stress release will cause the defect to open up
and thus this problem might be more of a detection/characterization problem than a leakage
problem.
x Question (C. King): Are you considering any pre-emptive mitigation for components, and is
that based at all on the actual inspection costs?
Response (P. Efsing): Some remedial actions have already been taken at Ringhals, for
example the vessel head replacements on the three PWRs, which have been carried out
despite the likely outcome of the inspections being that there would have been no serious
reactor safety issues. Another example is the girdle overlay welding of all reactor vessel
outlet nozzles at Ringhals 3 and 4 with the more resistant Alloy 52 in order to minimize the
future risks of developing defects in known susceptible areas. In this context one can almost
mention all of the Alloy 600 and its weld metal areas if the total risk of developing PWSCC
should be mitigated. It is worth noting though that despite the fact that the degradation of the
nickel-based materials has been known for a long time, the total number of defects, excluding
the vessel head issues, has been surprisingly low, especially on the BWR side of the problem.
Despite this, it is easy math for a plant owner to vote for replacement as a mitigation
measure rather than inspections and repairs, since the cost for the plants being out of service
is high and increasing. The inspection costs are one factor, but not the most important one
when assessing the different options regarding plant operation in Sweden today.
Cracking of Alloy 600 Nozzles and Welds in PWRs: A Review of Cracking
Events and Repair Service Experience, presented by W. Bamford,
Westinghouse (Paper 5B.5)
This presentation was given by W. Bamford of Westinghouse and authored by W. Bamford and
J. Hall of Westinghouse. The main points made during the presentation were as follows:
12-7
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
x This presentation updated previous reviews by the authors of Alloy 600/182/82 service-
induced cracking events in PWRs. Also reviewed were the histories of repair and
replacement activities such as replacement-in-kind, pressure boundary relocations with half
nozzle repairs, and use of mechanical repairs that leave the cracked nozzles in place. The
presentation also reviewed the service history of materials used in repairs or replacements,
including Alloy 600 with enhanced heat treatments, Alloy 182, Alloy 690, and the weld
metals Alloy 52, 52M, and 152. The service experience with these repairs has been such that
they are very reliable and trouble-free, as long as they are properly installed.
x Additional Alloy 600/182/82 components have now experienced cracking in PWRs,
including steam-space pressurizer butt welds, reactor vessel bottom head nozzles, and steam
generator bowl drains. In addition, circumferential indications (but located inside the
pressure boundary) have been reported for Alloy 600 pressurizer heater sleeves at one plant.
More than 600 CRDM penetration J-groove welds have now been inspected in the U.S.
Significant differences have been observed for these inspections on the basis of vessel
fabricator. No indications of PWSCC have been found in reactor vessel bottom mounted
instrumentation (BMI) nozzles since the leakage detected at South Texas Project. (All the
subsequent examinations of BMI penetrations have been of base metal.) Some small-
diameter penetrations in B&W-design plants have also shown cracking although this
experience was not included in the presentation slides. Finally, the presenter agreed that the
lack of weld fusion observed at Ringhals 2 in 1992 was not service-induced.
x Generally, significant incubation time is required for cracking. The incubation time depends
on some factors that are known and others that are not. Base metals have generally shown
shorter incubation times compared to weld metals although weld metal inspections have not
been as frequent. In addition, small-bore tubes and pipes have generally shown cracking
earlier than larger diameter applications.
x It was concluded that PWSCC of Alloy 600 base and weld metals continues as plants age.
Repair, mitigation, or replacement of Alloy 600 parts or major components is being used to
resolve the issue. Given enough operating time, Alloy 600 and Alloy 182/82 will crack.
Most Alloy 600 materials have been in service long enough that cracking is increasingly
likely, so licensees should be prepared for future occurrences and move toward mitigation.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (A. Silvia): Could you please discuss in more detail the cracking observed at
Palisades in 1993?
Response (Editor): The Palisades cracking was circumferential in orientation and located in
the heat affected zone (HAZ) of the pressurizer Alloy 600 PORV nozzle safe end adjacent to
the safe end to pipe weld [24]. The total length of the cracking was 2.5 inches on the ID and
3.5 inches on the OD, in a 3 inch nominal pipe size. (The 3.5 inch OD crack length
represented 32% of the OD circumference of the safe end.) The repair involved machining a
24
"Pressurizer Safe End Crack Engineering Analysis and Root Cause Evaluation," Consumers Power Company,
Palisades Plant, Docket 50-255, October 7, 1993, NRC Acc. No. 9310120430 931007 PDR ADOCK 05000255.
12-8
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
new weld prep in the Alloy 600 safe end and welding on a new stainless steel spool using
Alloy 600 filler metal (GTAW for root pass and SMAW for filler passes).
x Comment (G. Rao): The issue of cracks developing in Alloy 182 and not in Alloy 152 in the
embedded flaw repair situation needs to be looked at more carefully. It is the weld HAZ of
the base metal that is susceptible to cracking, not the weld itself. So this issue is common to
both cases. Some sort of surface treatment following the weld repair to address the residual
stresses in the HAZ would help to mitigate the potential for cracking.
x Comment (C. King): I do not disagree that mitigation and repair methods have been
successfully applied on a variety of locations; however, our weak point is the NDE. These
plants are rather old and we have difficulty determining that Alloy 600 surfaces are crack-
free.
BMI Cleaning and Inspection at PVNGS, presented by T. Wilfong, APS, for
E. Fernandez, APS (Paper 5B.6)
This presentation was given by T. Wilfong of Arizona Public Service (APS) on behalf of E.
Fernandez also of APS. The main points made during the presentation were as follows:
x Pre-existing conditions such as coating remnants, stains, and other obstructions may
compromise effective bare metal visual inspections of some PWR reactor vessel bottom
mounted instrumentation (BMI) nozzles. This presentation described a process for cleaning
and inspecting BMI nozzles to allow sensitive bare metal visual inspections to be performed.
The process uses a robot that delivers CO
2
"dry ice" media to clean a localized area on each
penetration. The process works by freezing the target coating, which is subsequently blown
off by the expanding CO
2
.
x There are several advantages of using CO
2
as opposed to other types of media:
CO
2
blasting cleans the annular area by expansion.
CO
2
blasting produces no added radioactive waste or hazardous residues that have to be
disposed of.
There is no surface metal removal as in abrasive cleaning.
There is no surface rusting as in water jet cleaning.
x In spring 2003, an "access inspection" of the Palo Verde Unit 3 BMI nozzles (also known as
incore instrumentation (ICI) nozzles) was performed and showed no obvious evidence of
leakage, but white Spraylat coating was detected on several nozzles. As a result, Palo Verde
formulated a plan to perform visual inspection and remove coating from the area of concern
at the BMI nozzle interface crevice. Given the difficult access and high radiation fields, APS
teamed with Jamko Technical Solutions to build first-of-a-kind robotic tooling to remotely
inspect all BMI nozzles, clean the annulus area, and re-inspect and document all nozzle
locations. A full-size BMI nozzle mockup and simulated insulation floor were constructed to
support the development effort.
12-9
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
x The as-found inspections revealed Spraylat remnants on every BMI nozzle. The examples
shown in the presentation are for some of the most heavily coated nozzles. The robot
traverses across the insulation flooring, secures onto a nozzle, and elevates to spray directly
at the nozzle annulus, reaching heights ranging from 11 inches to 3 feet. An area consisting
of at least " down the nozzle and " radially along the vessel outer surface was cleaned on
39 of 61 Unit 2 nozzles. The cleaning process did not compromise the integrity of future
visual inspections for BMI nozzle leakage.
x Some unforeseen factors prevented Palo Verde from completing cleaning of all 61 nozzles in
a particular unit at one time. The insulation surface conditions caused track travel issues, and
the deflection of flooring prevented proper positioning for higher elevation nozzles. In
addition, the clearance at the center locations did not match design drawings, and the
cleaning robot was not able to reach some center locations. The robot now has two sets of
jacks so that it can now reach more locations. Palo Verde will continue to perform
examination and cleaning operations for the three units during upcoming refueling outages.
In some cases, three outages may be required to complete the cleaning operations for a
particular unit.
12-10
Situation of the alloys 600 and 182 issues in the Belgian nuclear power plants
R.Grard, Ph.Daoust, Ph.Dombret, D.Couplet, Ch.Malkian
Tractebel Engineering,
Avenue Ariane, 7
B-1200 Brussels, Belgium
Introduction
7 PWR nuclear units are operated in Belgium by the Utility Electrabel, which represent a total
capacity of more than 5700 MW. The present paper summarizes the activities carried out in
Belgium in relation with the Inconel 600 and 182 issues (inspections, analyses and general
strategy).
RPV head inspection status
Inspections have been carried out on the RPV head penetrations since 1992, after cracking of
these components was first discovered in France.
The only case of significant cracking in Belgian RPV heads was Tihange 1, where a long axial
through-wall crack extending below the weld all the way down to the bottom of the penetration
was detected in one penetration in 1998. Fracture mechanics and crack growth analyses
demonstrated that the crack would remain acceptable in the next cycle and the unit was allowed
to restart. A new head with Inconel 690 penetrations was installed at the next outage in
October 1999, and an inspection of the replaced head confirmed that the crack growth was lower
than the prediction
Some small cracks were also detected in Doel 1 RPV head, and are followed by regular
inspections, but the growth of these cracks is slow, particularly in the depth direction (of the
order of 0.3 mm/year). A repair technique is being qualified for potential application on the 2
affected penetrations in Doel 1 at the next outage in 2005. Some indications characterized as
scratches are also present in Doel 2 and not evolving. No indications were detected in the
other units, except one indication in Tihange 3 which cannot be confirmed as a crack and did not
evolve in 4 successive inspections.
The inspections carried out on the different units at the end of 2003 were detailed in [1]. The
only new inspections performed in 2004 were UT inspection of Doel 4 and Tihange 3 RPV
heads. There was nothing to report in Doel 4 and the crack that was followed since 1998 in
Tihange 3 has not shown any evolution. In total 23 RPV head inspections by ET (in some cases
combined with UT for depth sizing) have been carried out since 1992. Recently high resolution
televisual inspections of the J-groove welds were added to the program
A bare metal visual inspection of all RPV heads was performed in 2002-2004 except in Tihange
1 (head replaced in 1999, Inconel 690 penetrations). Even though the accessibility was not
always optimal and it was not always possible to inspect visually 100% of the surface, the heads
were generally clean with locally some rusty streaks or small boric acid crystals attributed to
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-11
previous canopy seal leaks. No evidence of RPV head corrosion was seen. The further
inspection program is under discussion.
Other components in Inconel 600
Inspections were also carried out on other Inconel 600/182 components, namely the safety
injection nozzles on the reactor pressure vessel in Doel 1 and 2 and the bottom penetrations.
Since these components are at the cold leg temperature (287C), the risk of cracking and the
crack propagation rate in case of cracking are significantly reduced.
There are some small surface indications in the safety injection nozzle welds in Doel 1-2, but
they are not critical due to the relatively low stress level and low temperature. There are also
several subsurface lack of fusion indications at the weld/base metal interface.
Regarding the bottom penetrations, some indications interpreted as fabrication defects (lack of
fusion) were detected by ET/UT at the weld/base metal interface in Doel 2 in 1995 and
reinspected in 2000 without evolution. Bare metal visual inspections of the BMI penetrations
were carried out for all units (except Tihange 1 for dosimetry reasons) in 2003-2004. There was
no sign of any boric acid deposit. The further inspection program (periodicity, technique) is
under discussion.
Alloy 182 safe-ends welds
The cracking events at VC Summer and Ringhals in the hot leg nozzle to piping Inconel welds
gave rise to the concern that a similar situation might occur in the Belgian units, which also have
Inconel 182 welds in the reactor pressure vessel and pressurizer nozzle to safe-end welds in the
Doel 3 Tihange 2 and Doel 4 Tihange 3 units (the older units Doel 1-2 and Tihange 1 have
stainless steel buttering and welds). A detailed assessment of the situation in the Belgian units
was performed, including an inventory of the Inconel 182 locations, a detailed review of the
fabrication procedures (including weld repairs and heat treatments), detailed stress analysis
(including welding residual stresses), fracture mechanics and crack growth analysis.
This evaluation showed that for the reactor pressure vessels, all the welds were made prior to the
final heat treatment and stress-relieved with the vessels. The stress level is expected to be below
the generally accepted initiation threshold of 350 MPa. In one case, however, a repair was made
after the final heat treatment (fortunately on a cold leg). For the pressurizer welds, the buttering
was made before the final heat treatment and stress relieved, but the weld itself was made after
and is not stress relieved. The hoop stress level in these welds is close to the 350 MPa threshold
at the inside surface. The axial stresses are much lower, which is in agreement with the axial
orientation of the defects detected in VC Summer and Ringhals.
On the basis of these evaluations, a risk informed ranking of the different Inconel 182 welds
resulted in the definition of four groups, with decreasing risk level:
Group 1 : transition welds between pressurizer and surge line (in the first place Tihange 2,
which was repaired in fabrication).
Group 2 : transition welds between pressurizer and discharge line, safety valves and spray
line.
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-12
Group 3 : RPV outlet nozzle transition welds, and one inlet nozzle weld (repaired after final
heat treatment).
Group 4 : transition welds of other RPV inlet nozzles.
Based on this risk level and on plant operational constraints, selective provisions have been
adopted to reinforce the standard ISI programme, mainly by reducing the UT inspection interval
by a factor 3 for group 1, and a factor 2 for groups 2 and 3. The ASME interval of 10 years is
maintained for Group 4. In addition, the absence of leakage is checked by bare metal visual (or
dye penetrant) testing between two such ultrasonic examinations. An eddy current examination
(ET) of the inner surface of all RPV nozzle welds (Groups 3 & 4) is planned over the period
2003-2006.
As a result of this increased inspection program, a small axial indication of approximately 4x26
mm was detected in October 2002 at the inside surface of the pressurizer nozzle to surge line
transition weld of Tihange 2. On the basis of the fracture mechanics analyses, the Safety
Authorities gave the green light for the restart of the unit for six months. In the meantime, the
Mechanical Stress Improvement Process (MSIP, AEA patented process to mechanically contract
the pipe on one side of the weld, replacing the residual tensile stresses with compressive
stresses) was validated for application on the pressurizer to nozzle weld. Repair techniques
were also investigated. The weld was reinspected in May 2003, and again in October 2003, and
no evolution was detected. Therefore the MSIP was not applied. This weld will be inspected
again in March 2005.
The eddy current examination (ET) of the inner surface of the RPV nozzle welds in October
2003 in Tihange 2 detected an axially oriented 10 mm long indication, with a signal phase
typical of crack-like flaws, in the alloy 182 weld of an outlet nozzle. Expertise conducted by
remote visual examination and by UT did not reveal any further information, what led
eventually to a depth estimate of approximately 1 mm. As the PWSCC nature of the indication
could not be dismissed, the weld will be re-examined in 2005 and a repair process by local
grinding is being qualified.
Conclusions
In conclusion, the proactive inspection and analysis program implemented in the Belgian units
to control the PWSCC issues of Inconel 600 and 182 made it possible to detect defects early on,
well before they could lead to a leak. Continuous attention is paid to any new information that
might enhance the understanding of the damage mechanism or the effectiveness of the
preventive means applied.
Aknowledgements
The authors thank Electrabel for the permission to publish these results.
References
[1] Belgian Activities on Alloys 600 and 182 Issues R.Grard, Ph.Daoust (Tractebel
Engineering, Brussels, Belgium ),Conference on Vessel Head Penetration inspection,
Cracking and Repairs, September 29 - October 2, 2003, Gaithersburg, MD, USA.
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-13
1
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
R.Grard, Ph.Daoust, Ph.Dombret, D.Couplet, C.Malkian
PWSCC of Alloy 600 International Conference and Exhibition
Santa Anna Pueblo, NM, March 7-10, 2005
Situation of the alloys 600 and 182 issues in the
Belgian Nuclear Power Plants
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-14
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
2
Belgian Nuclear Units operated by Electrabel
Unit Capacity First NSSS
MWe,netto Operation designer
Tihange 1 962 1975 Westinghouse
Tihange 2 1008 1983 Framatome
Tihange 3 1015 1985 Westinghouse
Doel 1 392.5 1974 Westinghouse
Doel 2 440 1975 Westinghouse
Doel 3 1006 1982 Framatome
Doel 4 985 1985 Westinghouse
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-15
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
3
Alloy 600/82/182 in the Belgian units
RPV head penetrations (600/182) in all units except
Tihange 1
RPV and PZR nozzle to piping transition welds (Inconel
182) in T2-D3-T3-D4
Steam generators:
aPartition plate and tubes in D1 in I 600 (all other SG replaced)
aSG tubesheet cladding in D3 D4 T3
aSG nozzle to safe-end welds in Inconel 82 in T1
aSG drain weld in D4 T3 in Inconel 182
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-16
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
4
Alloy 600/82/182 in the Belgian units
Safety injection nozzles on reactor pressure vessels in D1-
D2
Core support blocks in all units
BMI in all units
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-17
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
5
Alloy 600 Base material inspection status in Belgium
(2005) RPV heads
Tihange 1 (318C)
aOctober 1992 (123 000 h): no crack, 1 indication
aMarch 1998 (163 000 h): several cracks (1 heat), one axial
crack extending down to bottom of penetration, restart allowed
for 1 cycle based on fracture mechanics justification
aOctober 1999: RPV head replaced (Inconel 690)
Tihange 2 Doel 3 (287C):
aInspected by ET in 1993 ( 80 000 h) and 2000 ( 133 000 h):
no indications
aNext inspection planned in 2005.
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-18
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
6
Alloy 600 Base material Inspection status in Belgium
(2005) RPV heads
Tihange 3 Doel 4 (318C):
aTihange 3 inspected by ET in 1993, 1996, 1998, 2001 and by VT
and UT in 2004 ( 148000 h)
aOne indication followed since 1998, no evolution.
aDoel 4 inspected by ET in 1994, 1999, (100 000 h) and by VT and
UT in 2004 ( 141 000 h): no indication
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-19
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
7
Alloy 600 Base material Inspection status in Belgium
(2005) RPV heads
Doel 1 and 2 (307C)
aDoel 1 inspected in 1993 (ET), and in ET+UT in 1998, 1999,
2001, UT only in 2003 (215 000 h)
aSmall crack propagation followed since 1998 (0.3 mm/year)
aRepair technique being qualified for potential application in
Doel 1 in 2005
aDoel 2 inspected in ET+UT in 1994, 2000, UT only in 2003
(194 000 h): small scratches (not considered as cracks) no
evolution
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-20
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
8
Equivalent Degradation Years (03/2005)
19.8 19.1 318 Tihange 3 Doel 4
2.1 287 Tihange 2 - Doel 3
318
318
307
Temp (C)
24
5.5
Tihange 1 (RPV head replaced 1999)
Tihange 1 new head
13.4 12.3 Doel 1-2
EDY Unit
EDY: equivalent years at the reference temperature of 316C (Arrhenius law with
activation energy 50 kcal/mole)
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-21
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
9
RPV head Bare Metal Visual inspections
All units (except T 1)
inspected in 2002-2004
(some less than 100%)
Clean heads with locally
some rusty streaks and
boric acid traces,
attributed to canopy seals
leaks
No evidence of RPV head
corrosion
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-22
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
10
BMI Bare Metal Visual examinations
All units inspected in 2003-2004 except Tihange 1
(dosimetry)
No indication of boric acid deposits
Tihange 1 inspection planned in 2005
Further program and BMV periodicity under discussion
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-23
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
11
Dissimilar metal welds (Inconel 182)
Tihange 2 and 3 Doel 3 and 4
RPV nozzle to piping welds:
aInconel 182 buttering, Inconel 182 weld, SA316 safe-end
aStress relieved after welding
aOne repair after final stress relief in Doel 4 (cold leg)
PZR welds (surge line, aspersion, discharge, safety valves):
aInconel 182 buttering, Inconel 182 weld, SA316 safe-end
aNot stress relieved after welding (only after buttering)
aSignificant repair in Tihange 2 surge line weld
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-24
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
12
Dissimilar metal welds (Inconel 182)
Based on international experience feedback (VC Summer,
Ringhals, Tsuruga) a systematic assessment of Inconel
182 welds was performed:
aInventory
aFabrication details (PWHT, repairs)
aService conditions (temperature)
aStress analysis (incl. residual stress)
aDefect tolerance analysis
aThrough-wall flaw stability and leak rate
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-25
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
13
Stress and fracture mechanics analyses
aNormal operating stresses at RPV outlet or inlet nozzle to safe
end welds are maximum 220 MPa, well below threshold for
PWSCC initiation ( 350 MPa).
aNormal operating hoop stresses at PZR nozzle to safe end
welds are close or above threshold for initiation ( 350 MPa)
(high contribution of residual stresses)
aAxial stresses much lower than circumferential stresses
axial crack more likely
aIf initial defect is postulated, crack growth rates are high.
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-26
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
14
Through-wall defect analysis in RPV inlet nozzle
(weld repaired in fabrication after stress relief in one unit)
Crack stable with
margins
Very small leak
rate (2 - 5 kg/h)
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-27
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
15
Residual welding stresses simulation
(PZR to surge line transition)
Axial Circumferential
180 MPa on first 15 mm,
increasing
120 MPa at inside surface
becoming rapidly compressive
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-28
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
16
Dissimilar metal welds (Inconel 182)
Risk-informed ranking in 4 categories:
aGroup 1: transition weld between PZR and surge line (1st rank
Tihange 2 due to repair)
aGroup2: transition weld between PZR and discharge line,
spray line, safety valves
aGroup 3: RPV outlet nozzle transition welds (+ 1 inlet nozzle
with repair)
aGroup 4: RPV inlet nozzle transition welds
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-29
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
17
Dissimilar metal welds (Inconel 182)
ASME ISI programme
ASME: volumetric testing (UT) inspection of inner third of
transition welds every 10 years.
aRPV: inspection from inside, detection limit for PWSCC flaws
5 mm in depth
aPZR: inspection from outside, detection limit for PWSCC flaws
2 mm in depth
Little benefit expected from enhancements of defect
detection and sizing techniques by these methods
shortening of examination intervals
supplementary testing techniques
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-30
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
18
Dissimilar metal welds (Inconel 182)
Reinforcement of ISI programme (for next 10 years):
aUT inspection interval reduced by 3 on group 1 welds and by 2
on group 2 welds
aIn addition, BMV or PT between two UT inspections
aGroup 3 welds: VT, ET and UT from inside every 5 years;
BMV or PT on outside surface between UT inspections
aGroup 4 welds: VT, ET and UT from inside every 10 years;
BMV or PT on outside surface between UT inspections
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-31
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
19
Pressurizer surge nozzle to safe-end weld Tihange 2
Oct. 2002 inspection
Axial indication
Close to fabrication repair
Could be exposed to primary water
Flaw dimension 4 x 26 mm
D
C Inconel 182
SA 508 Cl3
316 SS
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-32
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
20
Pressurizer surge nozzle to safe-end weld
Restart authorized for 6 months in 10/2002 after fracture
mechanics analysis
Validation of MSIP (Mechanical Stress Improvement
Process, AEA patent) on surge line geometry (conical safe-
end)
Re-inspections in May 2003 and in October 2003 did not
show any difference with 10/2002 inspection; MSIP was not
applied
Evaluation of potential repair/replacement techniques
Inspection at next outage (March 2005)
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-33
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
21
Principle of MSIP (AEA technology)
Mechanically contract the
pipe on one side of weldment
Replace residual tensile
stresses with compressive
stresses
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-34
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
22
MSIP tool for application on conical surge line geometry
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-35
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
23
Mock-up for MSIP
qualification
Tihange 2 surge line
Courtesy of Westinghouse
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-36
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
24
MSIP application on
Mock-up
Courtesy of Westinghouse
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-37
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
25
Tihange 2 RPV outlet nozzle indication
ET in October 2003:
aAxially-oriented 10 mm long indication in Inconel 182 weld;
signal phase typical of crack-like flaw
aRemote visual examination and UT did not reveal further
information
aDepth estimated 1 mm
Qualification of repair technique by grinding
Next inspection in March 2005.
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-38
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
26
Figure 2 : Tihange 2 - Doel 3 : Vessel Safe End
Vessel
Alloy 182 - Buttering
Alloy 182 - weld
SS Safe end
SS clad
A
Typical safe-end weld
10 x 1 mm
indication
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-39
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
27
Tihange 2 RPV outlet H2 Grinding tool
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-40
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
28
Additional actions - Materials investigations
Joint program on PWSCC with Belgian Nuclear Research
Center SCK.CEN (co-funded):
aParticipation to GE-EPRI round robin
aNational program
Participation to FROG program
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-41
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
29
Summary
RPV head penetrations:
aProgram in place since 1992
aSignificant cracking detected in Tihange 1 in 1998; head
replaced in 1999
aSmall indications in other units followed by regular inspections
aSlow propagation in Doel 1 (0.3 mm/year)
aRepair of 2 penetrations in Doel 1 planned in 2005
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-42
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
30
Summary (continued)
Program on Inconel 182 safe-end welds started after VC
Summer event:
aInventory and fabrication details
aStress analysis (incl. residual stress)
aFracture mechanics and crack growth analysis
aRisk-based ranking of critical locations
aIncreased inspections frequencies and additional techniques
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-43
P
W
S
C
C
o
f
A
l
l
l
o
y
6
0
0
C
o
n
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
,
S
a
n
t
a
A
n
n
a
P
u
e
b
l
o
,
N
M
,
M
a
r
c
h
7
-
1
0
,
2
0
0
5
31
Summary (continued)
Significant findings:
aSmall indication in Tihange 2 surge line weld, in 10/2002, no
evolution in 05/2003 and 10/2003; next inspection 03/2005.
Potential solutions: MSIP or repair.
aSmall indication in Tihange 2 outlet nozzle weld in 10/2003;
next inspection 03/2005. Potential solution: repair by local
grinding
The proactive inspection and justification strategy followed
in Belgium made it possible to detect flaws well before they
could cause leaks in the primary pressure boundary.
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-44
A Swedish Perspective on PWSCC of Alloy 182
A. Jenssen
Studsvik Nuclear AB
SE-611 82 Nykping
Sweden
C.Jansson
SwedPower AB
Box 527
SE-162 16 Stockholm
Sweden
P. Efsing
Ringhals AB
SE-430 22 Vrbacka
Sweden
K. Norring
Studsvik Nuclear AB
SE-611 82 Nykping
Sweden
M. Knig
Studsvik Nuclear AB
SE-611 82 Nykping
Sweden
Abstract
During the re-fuelling outages in 2000 of two of the PWR plants in Sweden, Ringhals 3 and 4,
defect indications were found in the nozzle to safe end welds by means of in-service inspections
[1, 2]. Both eddy current (ET) and ultrasonic techniques (UT) were employed. Two reportable
defects were detected in Ringhals 3, and four planar defects, interpreted as cracks, were found in
Ringhals 4. All defects were located in the hot leg outlet nozzles, oriented in the axial direction
of the safe end. Examination of boat samples removed from the nozzles revealed axial cracks
confined to the weld metal, alloy 182. Cracking was intergranular and branched, suggesting that
crack propagation was caused mainly by PWSCC. A flaw tolerance analysis verified that
operation of Ringhals 3 could continue for another cycle, leaving the defects as they were [3]. In
Ringhals 4, which was inspected later, the indications were larger, and the reactor had to shut
down for root cause and flaw tolerance analyses. Upon re-inspection of the nozzles in Ringhals 3
in 2001, a third defect, also oriented in the axial direction of the safe end, was detected.
One component in the flaw tolerance analysis was the development of a disposition line for alloy
182 in PWR primary water. The first step in this effort was to collect crack growth rate data from
laboratory tests, primarily from France, Sweden and the US. Data representative for steady state
crack growth were then identified by applying a set of screening criteria to the database. The
screening criteria were related to material tested, water chemistry, test temperature, test time,
loading conditions, and crack monitoring. After necessary adjustments to the data (e.g.
recalculation of crack growth rates to a common temperature), a conservative crack propagation
law was applied to the data that passed the screening. Figure 1 shows the proposed bi-linear
disposition line together with the data passing the screening criteria.
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-45
In order to manage PWSCC of Ni-base weld metals on a long-term basis, crack growth
experiments have been initiated to verify and support the bi-linear upper bound disposition line.
In a first experiment, the effect of stress intensity, in the range 20 to 55 MPam, on the crack
growth rate of alloy 182 in PWR primary water (1200 ppm B, 2.2 ppm Li, 25 ml H
2
/kg H
2
O) was
investigated. Eight 1T-CT specimens (5% side grooves on either side), fatigue pre-cracked in air,
were simultaneously exposed in an autoclave at a temperature of 320 C. Once the
environmental conditions in the autoclave were stable, each specimen was loaded (individually)
to achieve the desired initial stress intensity. Subsequently, the specimens were locked in this
position for the entire duration of the test (2616 hrs). Since the load decreases as the crack
advances in a constant displacement test, load data were used as an indicator for crack
propagation. No DCPD measurements were made. Subsequent to testing, a fractographic
examination was conducted to determine the fracture mode and crack advance. Intergranular
cracking (PWSCC) was observed in all eight specimens. Crack advance was determined by
measuring and averaging the crack length at 20 equally distanced points along the fracture
surface. Stress intensity factors at the start and at the end of testing were calculated based on load
data and on the initial and final crack lengths determined in the fractographic examination. Crack
growth rates were calculated by dividing the crack advance with the total test time, assuming
crack growth initiated when the load was applied. Load data supports this assumption as the load
started to decrease early on in the test, see Figure 2. The load decrease was also constant over
time (Figure 2), suggesting the crack growth rates did not vary during the test. Crack growth rate
data are plotted in Figure 3, together with the Ringhals, EDF and MRP 115 disposition curves [4,
5]. The data in Figure 3 indicate a plateau level (i.e. the crack growth rate is independent of K
I
)
above a stress intensity of 28-30 MPam. Below this level the crack growth rate decreases with
decreasing stress intensity. Data from this test supports the bi-linear Ringhals disposition curve;
although the plateau level suggested by the lab data is three times lower than the disposition line.
The defected nozzle at Ringhals 3 was inspected on two consecutive occasions, in 2000 and 2001.
Crack growth rate data evaluated from the inspection data are shown in Figure 3. As shown by
Figure 3, the data agree very well with the lab data, and supports the Ringhals disposition line.
References
1. A. Jenssen, K. Norrgrd, J. Lagerstrm, G. Embring and D. R. Tice, Assessment of
Cracking in Dissimilar Metal Weld, Presented at 10
th
Intl Symp. on Environmental
Degradation of Materials in Nuclear Power Systems Water Reactors, Lake Tahoe, Nevada
(August 2001).
2. A. Jenssen, K. Norrgrd, J. Lagerstrm, G. Embring, C. Jansson and P. Efsing, Structural
Assessment of Defected Nozzle to Safe-End Welds in Ringhals 3 and 4, Presented at Intl
Symp. on Contribution of Materials Investigation to the Resolution of Problems Encountered
in Pressurized Water Reactors, Fontevraud, France (September 2002).
3. P. Efsing and J. Lagerstrm, Analysis of a Defected Similar Metal Weld in a PWR Power
Plant, Paper ID 22275, Presented at ICONE-10, Intl Conf. on Nuclear Engineering, ASME
(April 2002).
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-46
4. S. Le Hong, J. M. Boursier, C. Amzallag and J. Daret, Measurements of Stress Corrosion
Cracking Growth Rates in Weld Alloy 182 in Primary Water of PWR, Presented at 10
th
Intl
Symp. on Environmental Degradation of Materials in Nuclear Power Systems Water
Reactors, Lake Tahoe, Nevada (August 2001).
5. Materials Reliability Program (MRP) Crack Growth Rates for Evaluating Primary Water
Stress Corrosion Cracking (PWSCC) of Alloy 82, 182, and 132 Welds (MRP-115), EPRI,
Palo Alto, CA: 2004. 1006696.
1,0E-10
1,0E-09
1,0E-08
1,0E-07
1,0E-06
1,0E-05
10 100
K
I
(MPam)
d
a
/
d
t
(
m
m
/
s
)
da/dt screened and recalculated for
320 degree C
Trend Curve at 320 degree C
da/dt=6,0E-07 for KI>= 25,1
da/dt=5,79E-20 KI
9,3
for KI<25,1
da/dt = [mm/s]
KI = [MPam]
Figure 1. Screened data and disposition line for alloy 182 in PWR primary water. All data are
recalculated to 320 C.
Figure 2. Example of load data from the test. Figure 3. Crack growth rate data in PWR
primary water compared to the Ringhals
disposition line and field data. All data at
320 C.
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-47
A Swedish Perspective on PWSCC of
Alloy 182
A. Jenssen, P. Efsing, C. Jansson, K. Norring
M. Knig
2005 PWSCC of Alloy 600 International Conference & Exhibit Show,
March 7-10, 2005
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-48
Outline
Introduction
Ringhals disposition line
CGR testing
Field data
Summary
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-49
Introduction (1)
During the annual outage of year 2000 indications were
observed by NDE (UT & ET) in welds between the RPV
and safe-ends in Units 3 & 4
Buttering
Alloy 182
Weld
Alloy 182
RPV steel
5
Cladding
Stainless steel
~6
~20
~28
15
7
9
.
5
Safe end
Stainless steel
Two defects in Unit 3 and
four in Unit 4
All defects in outlet
nozzles, oriented axially
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-50
Introduction (2)
Flaw tolerance analyses allowed Unit 3 to continue
operation for one reactor cycle
Examination of boat samples combined with a fracture
mechanics analysis allowed Unit 4 to continue operation to
the next planned outage
Cracking was inter-
granular and
branched, suggesting
propagation was
caused by PWSCC
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-51
Introduction (3)
The flaw tolerance analyses included the development of a
disposition line for Alloy 182
Management of PWSCC of Ni-base welds on a long-term
basis:
CGR testing has been initiated to verify and support
the disposition line
Field data
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-52
Ringhals disposition line (1)
Three primary sources of data: French, American and Swedish
1,0E-10
1,0E-09
1,0E-08
1,0E-07
1,0E-06
1,0E-05
10 100
KI (MPam)
d
a
/
d
t
(
m
m
/
s
)
All data collected
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-53
Ringhals disposition line (2)
The data-set was reviewed and screening criteria were
applied to construct a conservative disposition curve
Material: no heat specific trends were observed
Water chemistry: 1200 ppm boric acid, 2 ppm Li and
25 -50 ml H
2
/kg H
2
O
Temperature: an activation energy of 130 kJ/mole
was used
Test time: data points with test times > 200 hours
were used
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-54
Ringhals disposition line (3)
Continued
Mechanical loading: constant load data. Data
produced with short hold times were regarded as
conservative
Crack monitoring: for specimens tested under
multiple conditions data were dismissed if crack
growth could not be measured directly on the fracture
surface
A bi-linear bounding curve was developed based on the
screened data
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-55
Ringhals disposition line (4)
Screened data and bounding curves for Alloy 182 crack
growth in PWR primary water. Data recalculated to 320 C
1,0E-10
1,0E-09
1,0E-08
1,0E-07
1,0E-06
1,0E-05
10 100
K
I
(MPam)
d
a
/
d
t
(
m
m
/
s
)
da/dt screened and recalculated f or
320 degree C
Trend Curve at 320 degree C
da/dt=6,0E-07 for KI>= 25,1
da/dt=5,79E-20 KI
9,3
for KI<25,1
da/dt = [mm/s]
KI = [MPam]
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-56
CGR testing (1)
Normally DCPD is used in CGR measurements
uneven crack fronts and unbroken ligaments are
complicating factors
periodic unloading is applied to break up the
ligaments
Another approach was used to support the Ringhals
disposition line
Measure the CGR of Alloy 182 as a function of K
I
Demonstrate the existence of a plateau level
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-57
CGR testing (2)
Experimental
Eight 25 mm CT specimens (5% SG on
either side) were individually loaded
and simultaneously exposed in an
autoclave
Each specimen was loaded to the
desired K
I
value and then locked in this
position for the entire duration of the test
No DCPD measurements were made
Inlet
Outlet
Inlet
Outlet
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-58
CGR testing (3)
Experimental, contd
K
I
ranged from 20 to 55 MPam
The load on each specimen was
monitored continuously
CGRs and K
I
were calculated
based on crack length and load
data (assuming cracking started
at time zero)
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-59
CGR testing (4)
Temperature 318.72.7 C
Hydrogen 29.62.5 ml H
2
/kg H
2
O
Conductivity, outlet 19.90.8 S/cm
Boron 12975 ppm
Lithium 2.280.02 ppm
Sulphate 6.70.8 ppb
Chloride 7.20.7 ppb
Test Environment
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-60
CGR testing (5)
Fractography
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-61
CGR testing (6)
Crack Length Measurement
Crack advance was determined by measuring and
averaging 20 equally spaced points along the crack front
Four specimens had areas that seemed to be
representative of uniform crack growth
The average crack growth for these areas was used
in the evaluation
CGRs determined on the representative areas were
always higher than the values obtained by the
standard procedure
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-62
CGR testing (7)
Crack Fronts
Arrows indicate specimens for which the CGR was
evaluated with the alternative procedure
K=56.1 MPa m
I
Pre-fatigue
Post-fatigue
K=49.8 MPa m
I
Pre-fatigue
Post-fatigue
K=43.7 MPa m
I
Pre-fatigue
Post-fatigue
K=41.9 MPa m
I
Pre-fatigue
Post-fatigue
K=36.7 MPa m
I
Pre-fatigue
Post-fatigue
K=30.6 MPa m
I
Pre-fatigue
Post-fatigue
K=23.7 MPa m
I
Pre-fatigue
Post-fatigue
K=19.7 MPa m
I
Pre-fatigue
Post-fatigue
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-63
CGR testing (8)
1,0E-08
1,0E-07
1,0E-06
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
K
I
[MPam]
d
a
/
d
t
[
m
m
/
s
]
a
t
3
2
0
C
K
a
v
e
r
a
g
e
K
final
K
inital
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-64
Field data & other disposition lines
320 C
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-65
Summary
A disposition line was developed as part of the
fitness for service analysis for Ringhals Units 3 and 4
Lab data supports the bi-linear disposition line
Field data agrees well with the lab data
CGR testing is continuing at lower K
I
levels and on
the effect of temperature
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-66
CONTROL ROD DRIVE MECHANISM EXAMINATIONS AT POINT BEACH
NUCLEAR PLANT
William A. Jensen
Nuclear Management Company, LLC
Point Beach Nuclear Plant
6610 Nuclear Road
Two Rivers, Wisconsin 54221
Abstract
This paper is concerned with the examination of pressurized water reactor (PWR) control rod drive
mechanism (CRDM) nozzles and other vessel head penetration nozzles fabricated from Alloy 600 for
primary water stress corrosion cracking (PWSCC). Cracking in nozzles (mostly axial in nature) has been
identified in France, the United States, and other countries since the late 1980s. Over the past five (5)
years, nuclear power plants in the United States have been faced with the growing issue of multiple,
sometimes through-wall, PWSCC flaws in their reactor pressure vessel (RPV) CRDMs and the leakage
from these flaws (e.g., Davis Besse, Oconee, etc.). The number of plants having these problems caused the
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (USNRC) to issue multiple NRC Bulletins starting with 2001-01.
In 2001,the Nuclear Management Company (NMC) embarked on an effort to ensure that the latest
automated ultrasonic (AUT) techniques would be utilized during the upcoming RPV CRDM examinations
at Point Beach Nuclear Plant (PBNP). This effort involved personnel from PBNP, the Electric Power
Research Institute (EPRI), as well as personnel from the various examination vendors who bid on the work
at PBNP. This paper will present the results of the efforts, as well as lessons learned which can be applied
by other utilities who will be performing these examinations in the future.
Background
Most Pressurized Water Reactors (PWRs) have Alloy 600 Control Rod Drive Mechanism (CRDM)
penetrations and other vessel head closure penetrations (VHPs) that extend above the Reactor Pressure
Vessel (RPV) head. In original designs, the stainless steel housing of the CRDM was screwed and seal-
welded onto the top of the penetration, however, later designs are butt-welded. The weld between the
penetration top and bottom pieces is a dissimilar metal weld, which is also called a bimetallic weld. The
penetrations protrude below the vessel head, thus exposing the inside surface of the penetrations to reactor
coolant. The CRDM penetration and other VHPs are basically the same for all PWRs worldwide, which
use an American design (except in Germany and Russia). The areas of interest for potential cracking are
the weld between the penetration and reactor vessel head, and the portion of the penetration inside the
reactor vessel head above the penetration-to-vessel weld.
Beginning in 1986, leaks were reported in several Alloy 600 pressurizer penetrations at both U.S. and
foreign reactors from several different NSSS vendors. In 1989, it was identified that primary water stress
corrosion cracking (PWSCC) was an emerging technical issue after cracking was noted in Alloy 600
pressurizer heater sleeve penetrations at a U.S. PWR. At that time, the NRC determined that the cracking
was not of immediate safety significance because the cracks were axial, had a low growth rate, were in a
material with an extremely high flaw tolerance (high fracture toughness) and, accordingly, were unlikely to
propagate very far. These factors also demonstrated that any cracking would result in detectable leakage
and the opportunity to take corrective action before a penetration would fail. The NRC staff issued
Information Notice 90-10, dated February 23, 1990, to inform the U.S. nuclear industry of the issue.
In September 1991, cracks were found in an Alloy 600 VHP in the reactor head at Bugey 3, a French PWR.
Nondestructive examinations (NDE) in PWRs in France, Belgium, Sweden, Switzerland, Spain, and Japan
were performed, and additional VHPs with axial cracks were detected in several European plants. About 2
percent of the VHPs examined at that time contained short, axial cracks. Close examination of the VHP
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-67
that leaked at Bugey 3 revealed very minor incipient secondary circumferential cracking of the VHP.
During the 1990s, utilities in France and Japan replaced vessel heads as a preventative measure. The
replacement heads penetrations were made up of a different type of Inconel (i.e., I-690). Material experts
believe that this alloy is much more resistant to the effects of PWSCC.
NRC Order EA-03-009 showed that the NRC was extremely concerned about the issue and wanted to
ensure that U.S. utilities were properly addressing it.EA-03-009 required U.S. PWR owners to perform
various amounts of NDE on their RPV heads, based upon the Effective Damage Years (EDY).
Fundamentally, this formula uses the effective number of years the plan has operated at full power
[Effective Full Power Years (EFPY)] along with the temperature that the RPV closure head was subjected
to, thus yielding an EDY number for the given RPV head. The NDE required ranged from visual
examinations up to and including volumetric examinations [i.e., ultrasonic examinations (UT)] and/or
surface examinations [Liquid Penetrant (PT) or Eddy Current (ET)] of the tubes and j-groove welds.
Point Beach Specifics
Point Beach Nuclear Plant (PBNP) has two (2) Units, both Westinghouse-designed, two-loop PWRs with
RPV heads containing forty-nine (49) CRDM penetrations and one (1) head vent line penetration. Both
plants were designed and built in the mid- to late 1960s. Due to the large number of nuclear plant orders
being processed by Westinghouse at that time, PBNPs Unit 1 RPV was fabricated by Babcock and
Wilcox, at their Mount Vernon plant and the Unit 2 vessel was fabricated by Combustion Engineering, at
their Chattanooga facility. Due to the age of these units (fabrication circa 1967-68), a great deal of detailed
information on the installation of the CRDM penetrations and subsequent welding operations was not
considered extremely important for archival records, and thus not archived.
PBNP Unit 1 commenced commercial operation on December 21, 1970 followed by Unit 2 on October 1,
1972. At the time of the first CRDM examination (2002), Unit 1 had accumulated approximately 14.6
EDY, and by the first CRDM examination on Unit 2, it had accumulated approximately 16.6 EDY. This
placed them near the top of the list for risk of having PWSCC.
After a successful outage in the Spring of 2002 in which bare metal visual examinations only were
performed, PBNP Engineering and NDE personnel began planning a similar scenario for the Fall 2002
outage on Unit 1 (U1R27), scheduled to commence on September 14, 2002. However, on August 8, 2002,
the NRC released Bulletin 2002-02, which required licensees to provide the following information:
1. If the licensee planned to supplement their inspection programs with non-visual NDE methods, they
were requested to provide a summary discussion of the supplemental inspections to be implemented.
The summary discussion was supposed to include EDY, methods, scope, coverage, frequencies,
qualification requirements, and acceptance criteria.
2. If the licensee did not plan on supplementing their program with non-visual NDE methods, they were
requested to provide a justification for the continued reliance on visual examination as the primary
method to detect degradation (i.e., cracking, leakage, or wastage). It also required a discussion that
addressed the reliability and effectiveness of the inspections to ensure that all regulatory and technical
specification requirements would be met during the operating cycle, as well as the basis for concluding
that unacceptable vessel head wastage would not occur between inspection cycles that relied on
qualified visual examinations.
It was the belief of PBNP personnel that, based upon their Unit 2 experiences, and the fact that Unit 1 had a
lower EDY than Unit 2, a BMVT should be justifiable. However, PBNP management decided that the
most conservative route should be taken, and directed that Areva be alerted of the need to perform the AUT
of the VHPs. Even though the contingency plans for AUT were in place, a great deal of additional activity
had to occur in approximately four (4) weeks to ensure that the site was prepared to perform the work.
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-68
The examinations went very well, and, due to increased training by Areva, no thermal sleeve removal, and
an excellent underhead decontamination effort by the PBNP Radiation Protection department, the total
radiation exposure was cut in approximately one-half of the previous total (Table 1).
Table 1
Examination Personnel Exposure Reductions
Outage Task Personnel Exposure
Initial Surveys and Underhead
Decontamination
1.84Rem(0.0184 Sv)
UT Examination 8.72Rem (0.0872 Sv)
U1R27
Thermal Sleeve Remove/UT/Replace 12.28Rem(0.1228 Sv)
Initial Surveys and Underhead
Decontamination
0.774Rem(0.0077 Sv) U2R26
UT Examination 4.25 Rem (0.0425 Sv)
Using the experiences of U2R26 and the fact that Unit 1 had a lower estimated EDY than Unit 2 prior to its
last outage (15.6 vs. 16.6), the NMC/Areva team felt that U1R28 would be a fairly straight-forward outage.
This feeling was so pervasive that PBNP management directed the CRDM Project Manager to not have the
Areva repair equipment or personnel on site. Based on what had happened previously, this appeared to be
a low-risk decision that would save the asset owner (We Energies) a substantial sum of money.
The assumptions of the team were proven wrong. On April 28, 2004, during the analysis of data from
Penetration 26, the Areva analysts found a suspect (flaw-like) area at approximately 180 azimuth (Figure
1). The on-site Areva Level III analyst then notified the PBNP Level III of this anomaly found in the AUT
data. After discussions with the PBNP Level III and CRDM Project Manager, and consulting with the RPV
Engineer, it was determined that a liquid penetrant (PT) examination would be performed on the j-groove
weld and tube of Penetration 26. Simultaneously, the UT data was sent to an Areva Level III off site for a
second review. The PT examination was performed on April 29, with small, linear indications being
located (both circumferential and axial in nature) (Figure 2).
Figure 2 Penetration 26 PT Indications
Figure 1 Penetration 26 UT Indications
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-69
Conclusions
Although thousands of RVHPs have been examined over the past few years in the United States, these
examinations cannot be viewed by utility personnel as routine. As evidenced by the events at PBNP, all
parties must be thoroughly prepared for any contingency. Although the PBNP team had dealt with this
workscope several times before, they did not fully account for all possible outcomes. Several areas were
identified which could have made a difference in the outcome of U1R28:
1. The previous AUT examinations on Unit 1 were not completely understood (e.g., Penetration 26 had
an axial blade probe examination vice a circumferential blade probe examination the previous outage).
2. No attempt was made to retrieve any baseline (i.e., construction) reports and review them prior to the
outage. Had this been done in advance, an Engineering evaluation could have possibly been
performed showing that the AUT indications were from original fabrication defects in the j-groove
weld that extended into the penetration.
On the positive side, several areas were identified that were great successes:
1. Personnel from PBNP and Areva worked together as a team over almost three years.
2. The team made great strides forward in areas such as under head decontamination, equipment
reliability, and general worker practices.
3. Training of NMC NDE personnel in AUT data review lessened the burden on the Areva analysts of
dealing with most site and regulatory personnel.
Thanks
The author would like to thank the following individuals and or groups for their support over the past three
years:
Hartford Steam Boiler Insurance and Inspection Company:
Messrs. Roger Bardo and Duane Oakley
Nuclear Management Company and/or Point Beach Nuclear Plant:
Messrs. Ronald Barker, Roy Brown, Tom Dachelet, Frank Dohmen, Loyde Hawki, Brian Kemp, Mark
Huting, Gary Sherwood, Chuck Tomes, and everyone in Radiation Protection and Maintenance.
Areva:
Messrs. Mike Key, Kent Gebbetsburger, Ryan Maggi, Bob Pruitt, Craig Ranson, Mike Webster, and the
SumoROCKY operators.
References
1) United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission (USNRC) Information Notice 90-10, Primary Water
Stress Corrosion Cracking of INCONEL 600, USNRC, Washington, D.C., February 23, 1990.
2) NRC Generic Letter 97-01, Degradation of Control Rod Drive Mechanism Penetration and Other
Vessel Closure Head Penetrations, USNRC, Washington, D.C., April 1, 1997.
3) NRC Information Notice 2001-05, Through-wall Circumferential Cracking of Reactor Pressure
Vessel Head Penetration Nozzles, USNRC, Washington, D.C., August 1, 2002.
4) NRC Bulletin 2002-02, Reactor Pressure Vessel Head and Vessel Head Penetration Nozzle Inspection
Programs, USNRC, Washington, D.C. August 9, 2002.
5) NRC Order EA-03-009, Issuance of First Revised NRC Order (EA-03-009) Establishing Interim
Inspection Requirements for Reactor Pressure Vessel Heads at Pressurized Water Reactors, USNRC,
Washington, D.C., February 20, 2004.
6) PWR Materials Reliability Program, Interim Alloy 600 Safety Assessments for US PWR Plants
(MRP-44): Part 2: Reactor Vessel Top Head Penetrations, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA, 2001, TP-1001491,
Part 2.
7) PWR Materials Reliability Program Response to NRC Bulletin 2001-01 (MRP-48), EPRI, Palo Alto,
CA, 2001, TP-1006284.
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-70
William A. Jensen
Nuclear Management Company, LLC
Committed to Nuclear
Excellence
Control Rod Drive Mechanism
Examinations At Point Beach Nuclear
Plant
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-71
Overview
Industry Background
Point Beach Specifics
Vendor Selection and Equipment
Examination History
Repair Information
Lessons Learned/Conclusions
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-72
Industry Background Information
1986: Leaks were identified in Alloy 600
pressurizer nozzles in the U.S.
February 1990: United States Nuclear
Regulatory Commission (NRC) issues
Information Notice 90-10.
September 1991: Cracks found in Alloy 600
head penetrations at Bugey 3 (France).
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-73
Industry Background Information
(Cont.)
April 1997: NRC issues Generic Letter 97-01
requesting information from PWR owners
regarding inspections of CRDMs and other
nozzles.
April 2001: NRC issues Information Notice
2001-05 to alert the industry about cracking
found at Oconee, Unit 3.
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-74
Industry Background Information
(Cont.)
2002: NRC issues Bulletin 2002-01 requiring
each PWR to submit information regarding
description of any conditions identified,
examination plans, etc. to NRC within 15
days.
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-75
Industry Background Information
(Cont.)
2003: NRC issues EA-03-009, which requires
PWR owners to perform, based on the
calculated effective damage years (EDY) of
their RPV closure head, visual and/or non-
visual examinations.
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-76
Point Beach Nuclear Plant
Background Information
Two Units - Westinghouse 2-loop design
(132-inch ID)
Alloy 182 J-groove welds
49 Control Rod Drive Mechanism (CRDM)
Penetrations
33 with thermal sleeves
16 open housings
1 Head Vent Line Penetration
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-77
Point Beach Nuclear Plant
Background Information (Cont.)
Unit 1: Fabricated by Babcock & Wilcox
(1968)
Unit 2: Fabricated by Combustion
Engineering (1969)
Unit 2 EDY in Fall 2003: 16.6
Unit 1 EDY in Spring 2004: 15.5
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-78
PBNP Closure Head Layout
32 31 35
16 12 15
36 20 45 44 19
24 4 7 3 23
28 46 40 39 43
13 8 1 6 11
29 47 41 38 42
25 5 9 2 22
21 48 49 18 34
17 10 14
37
33 30
26
27
RPV Head
Vent Line
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-79
J-Groove Weld Layout
Closure Head
J-Groove Weld
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-80
J-Groove Weld Nomenclature
Downhill
Uphill
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-81
Typical Peripheral Nozzle
Configuration (w/Thermal Sleeve)
0.40-0.50 inch
(10-12 mm) gap
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-82
Selection of a Vendor
2001: Received bids from three (3) fully
qualified vendors.
Carefully reviewed the capabilities of each
vendor from both an NDE standpoint and a
repair standpoint.
Selected Framatome ANP (now Areva) as
winning bidder, based on experience and
capability to perform both exams and repairs.
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-83
Areva Equipment
SumoROCKY bottom-up delivery system
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-84
Areva Equipment UT Probes
Blade Probe Rotating Probe
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-85
Areva AUT Display
CRDM with
Thermal
Sleeve
Uphill
Downhill
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-86
TOFD Overview
Lateral Wave (1)
Flaw Tip
Signal (2)
Tube Backwall
Signal (3)
Lateral Wave (1)
(Not seen on A-scan due to ID
flaw)
Flaw Tip Signal
(2)
Tube Backwall Signal (3)
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-87
PBNP Examination History
Unit 1 Refueling 21 (Spring 1994)
Eddy Current only (first in U.S.)
No indications (95% coverage)
Unit 2 Refueling 25 (Spring 2002)
After asbestos insulation removal, bare metal
visual examination (BMV)
No indications of leakage
No UT performed, but equipment staged in
case BMV located leakage
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-88
PBNP Examination History (Cont.)
Unit 1 Refueling 27 (Fall 2002)
Asbestos insulation removal, BMV, UT
No flaw indications noted
Approximately 90% coverage
Destroyed approximately 15 blade probes
due to severe environment (i.e., small gaps
in between thermal sleeve and nozzle)
Removed three thermal sleeves to achieve
additional coverage
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-89
PBNP Examination History (Cont.)
Unit 2 Refueling 26 (Fall 2003)
BMV, UT
No flaw indications
Approximately 90% UT coverage
PBNP Level III and 2
nd
NMC Level III for
additional data review
No thermal sleeves removed
Radiation exposure dramatically reduced
from previous outage
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-90
PBNP Examination History (Cont.)
Unit 1 Refueling 28 (Spring 2004)
BMV, UT examination
Greater than 95% coverage UT
Used PBNP Level III for additional data
review
One CRDM (Nozzle 26) showed UT
indications
UT exam followed by PT, which also
showed indications
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-91
Nozzle 26 Indications
Large UT signal detected at the weld root (downhill
location - 180q)
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-92
Several PTs revealed relatively faint
J-groove surface indications
Nozzle 26 Indications (Cont.)
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-93
Nozzle 26 Indications (Cont.)
Depth of indications > 3/16 inch
Conservative repair of nozzle performed due to
high dose involved with flaw excavation
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-94
Nozzle 26 Repair
Areva ID Temper Bead repair process
Very complicated due to smaller
Westinghouse 2-loop RPV design
Simplified repair process outline follows
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-95
Nozzle 26 Repair Step 1
THERMAL
SLEEVE
CUT LINE
STEP 1
THERMAL SLEEVE
CUTTING
Sever existing guide sleeve
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-96
Nozzle 26 Repair Step 2
2GTHQTODCUGNKPG
TQVCVKPI76
7UKPI76VCMGCUDWKNV
OGCUWTGOGPVU
4QNNGZRCPFPQ\\NG
STEP 2
ROLL EXPANSION
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-97
Nozzle 26 Repair Step 3
Locate cut-line
Machine the lower nozzle
and form weld prep
Etch the original J-groove
weld to locate fusion line
Size weld overlap
PT and UT the original
J-groove weld in the area of
the overlap
STEP 3
NOZZLE REMOVAL
AND WELD PREP
MACHINING
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-98
Nozzle 26 Repair Step 4
Perform IDTB Weld
48 hour Hold
STEP 4
WELDING
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-99
Nozzle 26 Repair Step 5
Machining of weld
surface suitable for NDE
during 48 hour
Perform UT and PT of
weld after the 48 hour
hold
STEP 5
GRINDING, MACHINING,
AND NDE
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-100
Nozzle 26 Repair Step 6
Grind chamfer on
existing structural weld
STEP 6
ORIGINAL
WELD GRINDING
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-101
Nozzle 26 Repair Step 7
Install and weld
replacement lower guide
sleeve
STEP 7
THERMAL SLEEVE
REATTACHMENT
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-102
Weld Overlap Issue
AND NDE
GRINDING/MACHINING
STEP 5
With small diameter
(132) heads, the repair
A52 weld will come into
contact with the existing
A182 J-groove weld
Unique design
challenge for the
Westinghouse 2-loop
plants
Weld ligament
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-103
Weld Overlap Issue (Cont.)
Crack growth rates in the Alloy 52 material
are very low but undocumented. The
analysis therefore conservatively assumed
Alloy 600 CGRs (MRP-55)
Analysis demonstrated that a worst-case flaw
in the A82/182 would take in excess of 1.5
EFPY to go through the remaining Alloy 52
weld (0.26 weld ligament assumed)
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-104
The Finish Line
June 4, 2004
PBNP Level III and Authorized Nuclear
Inservice Inspector performed/witnessed the
final leak test at normal operating
pressure/temperature
June 7, 2004
PBNP Unit 1 entered Mode 1 (Full Power)
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-105
Conclusions
Areas for improvement:
Previous AUT examination on Nozzle 26
were not completely understood (i.e., UT
responses from axial blade probe versus
circumferential blade probe)
No attempt to find baseline reports and
review them prior to performing either AUT
or PT
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-106
Conclusions (Cont.)
Areas for improvement:
Team pushed ahead with PT prior to
completion of Arevas off-site Level IIIs
review of the AUT data
Personnel had become complacent with
several successful outages.
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-107
Conclusions (Cont.)
Areas which worked:
NMC and Areva personnel worked as a
team
After 1
st
outage with AUT, PBNP Radiation
Protection personnel improved
decontamination efforts which greatly
reduced radiation levels underhead
(approximately )
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-108
Conclusions (Cont.)
Areas which worked:
Areva personnel took great pains to
improve equipment between outages
NMC Level III personnel trained on Areva
data analysis software, thus freeing Areva
analysts from answering many questions
from management and regulatory
authorities
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-109
Committed to Nuclear
Excellence
The teamwork and extra effort put forth
by all those involved assured that we
performed all activities in a safe
manner and that we succeeded in
spite of many challenges.
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-110
Thank You for Your Attention
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-111
Some recent experiences on stress corrosion cracking in B/P-WR
plants and remedies/strategies from a utility point of view
Pl Efsing and Hans-ke Georgsson
Ringhals AB
SE-430 22 VRBACKA, SWEDEN
During the last 10 to 15 years, a number of incidents related to cracking in Nickel based alloys
have been unveiled in the Nuclear Power plants at both sites that are operated by Ringhals-
Gruppen in Sweden, Ringhals north of Varberg and Barsebck, north of Malm. The frequency
of defects is slightly higher on the PWR side relative to the BWR side, but the number of lost
production days is significantly higher on the BWR side, with the exception of the vessel head
penetration issue at Ringhals 2, which caused a forced outage from May to December in 1993.
An estimated average production loss of some 20 day/year in total has been the outcome over the
preceding 10 years, which from a utility perspective is totally unacceptable. Further the goodwill
costs of safe and sound operating power plants needs to be assessed, which makes the actual
costs even higher. Some of the main events that has caused prolonged and in some cases forced
outages will be presented and put into their correct perspective during the presentation.
Indications have been found in Nickel based alloys and their weld metals in such different
locations as heavy section pipe welds in both BWR and PWR, small bore instrumentation nozzle
welds, brackets to piping systems in reactor vessel internals in BWR and vessel head
penetrations of the PWR-plants.
From a safety point of view, the most important case with respect to plant operation in a short-
term perspective, were defects found in year 2000 in welds between the RPV-nozzles and the
safe-ends of the RCS. The defects were found in two PWR units in Ringhals, Ringhals 3 and 4
[1]. There are two interesting parameters in this issue, first the fact that there was a similar case
almost at the same time in the US (VC Summers) and second the apparent look alike to a
degradation case in Barsebck 1 (a 600 MWe BWR unit). The defects in these cases were
characterized by being very tight, all where underestimated by a qualified inspection system to a
larger or smaller extent, and in the case of Ringhals 3 and 4, the surface detection system
partially failed to characterize them correctly as being surface breaking. The defects in Ringhals
3 and 4 was handled through a repair and replacement program, including a internal girdle weld
manufactured from Alloy 52 on all of the hot-leg nozzle welds. Thus removing the threat of
exposed Alloy 182 to the media at the most likely location of crack initiation in the plants. It can
also be mentioned that the general belief that most cracking in nickel based weld metals is
connected to weld repairs, is not supported by the finding in Ringhals 3 and 4, where the defects
in Ringhals 3 does not show any signs of influence from neither local nor global weld repairs.
Recently two incidents of cracking in small bore instrumentation nozzles in the PWR plants and
three cases in the BWR plants have attracted some attention to the situation regarding J-groove
welds in these areas. In Ringhals 4, a leak through a reference measurement nozzle of the PZR
was detected during routine walk down of the plant in the beginning of the Re-Fuelling Outage
of 2003, and in Ringhals 2, similar findings was made around drainage pipes for the Steam
Generator water chamber and man way cover during the outage of 2004 [2]. These defects are
both penetrating through the entire weld thickness and have resulted in a small limited local
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-113
leakage of reactor water. Inspections of other similar areas have not revealed any other potential
leakers or even any other defects/indications, which is somewhat surprising but fits well into
the thinking that the defects in Nickel based weld metals are extremely individual with respect to
weld repairs and local conditions, which causes some individuals to be more sensitive than
others. In the BWR plants, defects have been indicated by the ISI in several J-groove type welds
connecting reference level measurement nozzles to the RPV. The defects in these cases are
considered to be very shallow, opposite to the finding in the PWR-plants, but instead they are
quite numerous. In both Ringhals 1 and Barsebck 2, multiple defects have been found by means
of ET-inspections. Since the most limiting case from a structural integrity perspective is a radial
defect, the system has been optimized with respect to the need for this case. When a flaw
tolerance analysis is performed within the Swedish regulatory premises, the defects needed to be
detected (and sized/characterized) are as small as 2,4 mm in length and 1,2 mm in TWE. For
defects far away from the nozzle-to-weld fusion line, a system has been qualified for height
sizing, but for defects close to or at the fusion line, no such system is available. Out of a total of
34 defects, 6 defects are in the area where no height sizing currently is available. The solution of
this issue still remains an open one. One possible remedy would be over lay welding to avoid
Alloy 182 to be media touched, however, without very high confidence in the actual defect
initiation process, this may be a more technical/tactical than practical solution. This since even
very small defects, emancipating from the manufacturing, still could be present even if a more
resistant weld metal, i.e. Alloy 52 or its derivatives, is used. These weld metals have also been
shown to be very difficult to weld with respect to welding defects such as hot crack and other
micro fissures. The relative structural concern of these defects may be debated but as long as
they are present they impose a threat to the operation of the power plant by possibly showing up
as an indication during ISI.
The first and second generation of ASEA Atom designed BWR plants generally featured an
ECCS system attached to the core shroud head. The system is built up by an austenitic piping
system with brackets of the Nickel based alloy Inconel X-750. This alloy has been known since
the end of the 1970s to be sensitive to stress corrosion cracking, given un-favorable heat
treatment in both P- and BWR environments. Un-favorable in this case generally mean low
solution annealing temperature, in some cases below 1000qC (~1800qF), and a precipitation
hardening in two steps, resulting in two different structures of precipitates. EPRI has through an
extensive program derived several options of heat treatments that are more resistant to SCC, that
are used today. This was of small relief however during the latter part of the 1990s when
virtually all of the early constructed BWR-plants in Sweden were struck by cracking in the
ECCS-brackets. It is interesting to note that in most of this case, it was the base metal that was
exhibiting cracking, not the Alloy 182 weld metal. In Ringhals 1, this has resulted in a
component exchange such that a new core lid was order and installed within 3 years of operation.
In Barsebck 2, the decision, partially due the political situation, was taken to verify safe
operation by continuous inspections and an ambitious R&D program in order to verify the crack
growth rates in typical materials, both archive pieces of the same vintage, and pieces removed
from the power plant. This work will be presented at a later stage at the Environmental
Degradation Conference in August 2005 [3].
The component that has attracted the most international attention is most likely the Reactor
Pressure Vessel Heads of the PWR-plants, mainly due to the Davis-Besse incident and the
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-114
relatively large number of infected plants. It is interesting to note that there seems to be great
similarities between the different vendors, such that all have been affected to larger or less
extent. Portions of this issue have struck Ringhals too. Already in the beginning of the 1990s, a
defect was indicated in a J-groove weld to a CRDM-penetration in the RPVH in Ringhals 2,
resulting in a VH-exchange a few years later. This issue has been extensively reported elsewhere
[4]. In the end of the 1990s, several indications where found by means of ET-inspections. A
total of 26 VHP have defects that have been tracked by the inspections. These defects are
considered to be shallow and of no structural concern. Despite this, the RPVH are in the
exchange program, where Ringhals 4 replaced its vessel head 2004, and Ringhals 3 is scheduled
for replacement in 2005 [5]. The reason for this was a cost benefit analysis that estimated the
costs for future inspections and qualification and the possibilities for forced outage in the future
that rather extensively proved to be more expensive than the replacement cost. This is partially
due to the relatively small scrapping costs that need to be added to the project costs, due to the
decision to include the costs for teardown and materials handling onto the production costs in
Sweden in the form of a tax. The positive spin-off is a situation where the power plants currently
are planning for a life extension, partially triggered by the investments, that fits well to the
replacement strategy.
Despite large replacement programs, there will still be plenty of locations with exposed Alloy
600 and its weld metals remaining in the power plant for a number of years to come. The
continuous support of these areas by relevant defect tolerance assessment including the
generation of not overly conservative crack growth rate laws for both the base metal and all
relevant weld metals is of high priority to be able to. Especially to increase the data available at
both very high K-levels, i.e. over 40 MPam and at very low, i.e. below some 20 MPam in
order to verify or even enhance the current understanding. It will continue to be part of the focus
for the coming years with respect the R&D program at both Ringhals and the other Swedish
utilities in order to maintain safe operation over the coming 30+ years, or until a relevant
alternative is available. This despite the fact that over the next few years to come, there will be
funding problem with respect to the new materials that are introduced that need an extensive
qualification and validation of their relative usefulness and applicability for long term resistance
to environmental degradation and ageing during service.
References:
1 A. Jenssen, K. Norrgrd, J. Lagerstrm, G. Embring, C. Jansson and P. Efsing,
Structural Assessment of Defected Nozzle to Safe-End Welds in Ringhals 3 and
4, Presented at Intl Symp. on Contribution of Materials Investigation to the
Resolution of Problems Encountered in Pressurized Water Reactors, Fontevraud,
France (September 2002).
2 P. Efsing, B. Forssgren and R. Killian et.al. Submitted to be presented at
Environmental Degradation in 2005
3 A. Jensen and P. Efsing, ibid.
4 Gutti Rao and Gran Embring NRCs Vessel Head Penetration Inspection,
Cracking and Repair Conference, Gaitherburg 2003
5 P. Efsing, ibid.
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-115
Some recent experiences on stress
corrosion cracking in B/P-WR
environments and
remedies/strategies from a utility
point of view
Pl Efsing and Hans-ke Georgson
Ringhals AB
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-116
PWR issues:
Safe-End cracking in unit 3 and 4
RPV-head/CRD-penetration cracking
Instrumentation nozzles/Steam generator drainage pipes
BWR issues
Thick section Ni-base weld Barsebck
Instrumentation nozzles
Inconel X-750 brackets ECCS Barsebck and Ringhals 1
Remedies
RnR Repair and Replacement
Inspections - Friklassning
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-117
Ni-base cracking in PWR:
Background
Well known and reported incidents in Ringhals 3 and 4 as well
as VC Summers
PWSCC in Alloy 82/182
Equally known and at the moment of more concern case of
cracking in Vessel Head penetrations and J-groove welds of
CRDM
1991 - Bugey
1992 - Ringhals 2
2000 and on - Oconee, North Anna, ANO, Davis Besse
All of these issues of equal importance and originating from
the same mistake - not taking sum of knowledge into account!
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-118
The Safe-end issue!
Indications during inspection with qualified
inspection system during R3-2000 outage
Interpreted as embedded flaws!
Fit for service analysis allowed further operation without any
restrictions
Later that summer more defects where indicated in
R4
Still most defects interpreted as being embedded
At least one surface breaking
Cut outs taken to provide NDE-dept. with valuable data
4 boat samples extracted
Many similarities to VC Summers case
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-119
VC Summer weld build up
From Gutti Rao et.al. Proceeding
of Fontevraud 5 p. 29-ff
Ringhals weld build up
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-120
Inspection results Unit 4
First inspection with
qualified system
4 defects of importance
indicated
3 embedded, 1 surface
breaking
All defects indicated as
axial with respect to piping
direction
6 boat samples in 4 areas
extracted
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-121
And we noted that:
All where surface breaking
The qualified inspection system failed to interpret the results as
defects
Possibly due to limitation of fixed reporting level of signal
Inability to understand actual appearance of defect
Big discrepancy of sizing above 10 mm and below
approximately 5 mm!
Have seen this previously !
Defects much tighter at surface breaking side than
expected!
Resulted in a large cooperative development program with
participants from the Swedish Utilities and the Qualification
center SQC
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-122
The R4-weld has documented repairs where-
as this is not true for R3
No grinding operation on inside that has left
traces at surface as cold work
The absolute connection between defects and
weld repairs is not a postulate but rather a
troubling circumstance!
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-123
Metallographic examinations
Carried out to determine damage mechanism but
also to verify ISI-results
Propagation by interdendritic SCC
Branching - winding structure
Un-cracked ligaments
Indications of Hot-cracking (high Si-levels)
No growth of defect in either of SS och CS!
No circumferential defects larger than 2 mm in
depth
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-124
Generic pictures of SCC/R4
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-125
Barsebck 1 case
5 axial defects found by a combination of internal and
external UT-examinations
Defects were cut out by EDM and inspected in Studsvik
Judged to be a combination of Hot cracking and IDSCC
It is our opinion that it is difficult to distinguish between the two types if the
media has touched the Hot crack!
The specific weld has been repaired (!)
Not the others!
Possible to maintain operation for 2 cycles (Unit 1 shut down
due to political agreement November 1999)
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-126
SS vs. Ni-base IGSCC
SS-IGSCC B1-313/B02 Ni-base SCC B1-313/B02
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-127
Theoretical aspects
It can be shown that the expected behavior of a similar defect
is to tighten itself at the surface!
Done that both simplified and more complex!
Defects are thus to be expected to have very small COA!
The un-cracked ligaments are expected nature of cracking
Due to the dendritic structure
Branching similar to what is found in IGSCC commonly found
also in IDSCC
Basic features are the same!
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-128
Final words on this:
Metallography indicates IGSCC/Hot Cracking as degradation
mechanism in both cases
Inspection method could have been optimized from the very
beginning (we knew that this would happen!)
We need better knowledge of basic input
Only hot leg needs to be assessed ???
J-R data indicates as expected stable crack growth as a
possibility
Some missing areas of interest in CGR-data (high K-
levels/valid tests and low K-levels!)
No perfect coupling to repairs (one of the initial screening
criteria)
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-129
Remedy
Enhanced inspection system/condensed inspection program to enable
Unit 3 and 4 to continue operation
Description can be found in Proceedings of:
ICONE10 2002 - Efsing/Lagerstrm and
Fontevraud 5 2002 - Jenssen et.al.
Long term operation called for removal of the inspection demands
(>300kEuros/year, station)
Owner want to focus on actions for 60 years of operation
Replacement/Repair
VC Summer replaced the entire Safe End
Forsmark performed girdle welding
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-130
Safe End Repair Program -
SERP
Welding of a less susceptible top layer preferable to complete exchange
Divots ground and filled with Alloy 82
Belt line machined and filled with Alloy 52M
10 WPSs - Including temper bead welding at LAS-Nozzle!
Small gap where Alloy 52 can be welded successfully at old materials!
Excellent final result but:
10 days outage elongation
Repairs in the media touched surface
The repair program demonstrated the need for an extensive qualification of procedures
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-131
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-132
Ringhals RPVH situation
R2: RPV head replaced due to cracking in mid 1990-s
The first indication cost 7 month forced outage!
R3/4: RPV head scheduled for repair within next 5-year
period due to international experience and microfissures on
internal side of CRDM nozzles
Inspection results
Surface breaking defects found in 26 penetrations between
2000 and 2002
Depth less than 2 mm (lower bound inspection capability)
Measurements on samples: < 1mm!
lengths varying from less than 4 mm to 18 mm
Defect clusters found in 16 penetrations, Crackled surface
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-133
The situation:
Despite good quality data:
Rapid crack growth - small detection targets -
complicated qualification of NDT - short inspection
interval
Easy to come to the conclusion that replacement or
exchange is the solver for most issues
As long as EAC/operationally induced defects are
an issue it is efficient both with respect to reactor
safety issues and plant economics issues, to consider
replacement
Demands on Engineering Department at power
plants
Defend Cost efficiency and Availability
Remedy Replace Vessel heads ASAP
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-134
X-750 cracking
Multiple stations struck during outages 1999
No qualified methodology for inspection - In-house
inspection tools used
Detection not the issue: Characterizing and sizing!
Well known issue of X-750 from late 70s in US
X-750, low solution annealing temp, double aged and
welded (with Alloy 182) = Cracking
Low stresses during operation - High thermal stresses if
in use
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-135
Overview
Consist of two independent
systems
6 fingers
Several spray nozzles at each
finger
Connected to the lid/shroud
head with 28 brackets and 8
stainless steel fixtures
Operation based on
diversification - two halves
each capable of fulfilling the
need
B58
B52
A6
8
A58
B68
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-136
View of a defected bracket
4 out of 5 defects in the brackets
found in the lower area near piping
side of the brackets
Also rim positioned brackets found
defect
Symmetrical distribution - B1/2 and
O2!
Additional defect in Inconel 182
weld metal, at upper and lower end
SCC suspected and confirmed by
metallography from cut outs from
the rim brackets
One defect diverge in appearance:
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-137
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-138
What do we do:
Currently evaluating Crack Growth Rate of X-750 under
realistic conditions
High ECP / Medium stress levels
Refined FE analysis to estimate actual allowable crack
extension
Current Inspection program is qualified to detect,
characterize and size!
See Efsing et.al. In Proceeding from 3rd NDE in Relation to Structural Integrity, Sevilla 2001
Aiming at 3 year inspection interval for 100% inspection
OKG and Ringhals has settled for an exchange policy (No such decision
possible in Barsebck!)
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-139
Ringhals Unit 1-ECCS
Defects found both in weld metal and in base metal
Digital behavior expected
Small component
Rapid crack extension
If initiated and growth worthy - then cracked!
Moderatortanklock
Indikation
Indikation
Stag
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-140
Component replacements
Only possible way for many core components
Replacement of Core shroud, lid, ECCS, core
support structures as grid etc.
Done in most Swedish plants
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-141
Conclusions
SCC in Ni-base alloys a definite threat to long
term reliable and economical production in
current power plants
Inabilities to handle ISI can be both costly both safety
wise and economical
More emphasis must be placed on inspection by cause
and inspection for actual defects
Despite this: many areas do not show any
sign of degradation despite 30+ years of
operation
No need to rush for complete replacements
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-142
Replacement materials need to be qualified in
a more generic and stringent manner before
inspection relief can be obtained
On-going work regarding 690 and its weldmetals need to
be pursued
Modified chemistry in both P and B-WR
Need to qualify
Temporary high R&D costs currently due to
both old and new materials!
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-143
Cracking of Alloy 600 Nozzles and Welds in PWRs:
A Review of Cracking Events and Repair Service Experience
W. H. Bamford and J.F. Hall
Westinghouse Electric
Alloy 600 and its compatible weld metals, Alloys 182 and 82, are present in various pressure
boundary locations in pressurized water reactors. Similarly, more corrosion resistant Alloy 690
and its weld metals, Alloys 52, 52M and 152, are increasingly present in PWR pressure boundary
applications because of repair, replacement or new construction. Depending upon the specific
plant designs, these applications are in one or more of the following major components: main
loop piping, reactor vessel upper and lower heads, steam generators and pressurizers. Since 1986,
service induced cracking of Alloy 600 nozzles and welds, frequently resulting in primary coolant
leakage, has become an increasingly common occurrence resulting in the need to repair or replace
nozzles and welds or to replace major component (e.g., reactor vessel heads).
This presentation updates previous reviews by the authors of Alloy 600/182/82 service-induced
cracking events. Recognizing the importance of repairs/replacements and mitigations, and the
use of alternative and more corrosion resistant materials, the paper reviews the histories of repair
and replacement activities such as replacement-in- kind, pressure boundary relocations with half-
nozzle repairs and use of mechanical repairs that leave the cracked nozzles in place. The
presentation also reviews the service history of materials used in repairs or replacements,
including Alloy 600 with enhanced heat treatments, Alloy 182, Alloy 690 and weld metals Alloy
52, 52M and 152. The service experience with these repairs has been such that they are very
reliable and trouble-free, as long as they are properly installed.
12-145
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
1
Cracking of Alloy 600 Nozzles and Welds in
PWRs: A Review of Cracking Events and
Repair Service Experience
Warren H. Bamford
John F. Hall
Westinghouse Electric Co. LLC.
12-146
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
2
Introduction
Alloy 600 Nozzles and Welds continue to crack in-service
in PWRs.
Field Service Experience
Generally, significant incubation time
Base metals have shorter incubation times than weld metals
Small bore tubes and pipes crack earlier than larger diameter
applications
Repair Experience
Repairs/replacements for Alloy 600 have excellent service history
Corrosion resistant alternative materials also have an excellent
service history in repairs/replacements and new plant applications
12-147
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
3
Introduction
We will review and summarize
Occurrences of cracking in Alloy 600 components and welds,
emphasizing recent events
Types of repairs/replacements and their service histories
12-148
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
4
Reactor Vessel Head Penetrations
First observed as a leak at Bugey 3 [EdF], 1991, 12 years
service.
This led to a surge of inspections worldwide
98% of EdF heads have at least one crack
100% of B&W designed & manufactured heads have at least one
crack
Percentages are much smaller with other manufacturers
After Bugey 3, no further leaks were found until 2000, when
Oconee 3 had serious cracking.
Most cracks have been axial, but, circumferential cracks have
been found in at least six units.
There are now at least 8 other units with leaks.
In Spring of 2002, Davis Besse reported severe boric acid
corrosion degradation of the head due to leakage through
cracks.
12-149
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
5
Head Penetration J-Groove Attachment
Welds
In 1992 Ringhals 2 found extensive lack of fusion in their J-
Groove weld regions [Rotterdam vessel] - repairs implemented.
To date(fall 2004), inspections are complete on about 488 J-
groove welds, with the results being related to the manufacturer:
Rotterdam Dockyard: ~85% cracked (85 inspected)
Combustion Engineering: 0% cracked ( 353 inspected)
Chicago Bridge and Iron: 0% cracked ( 19 inspected)
Babcock and Wilcox: ~70% cracked (31 inspected)
EdF reported that 11 reactor vessels heads were inspected after
replacement, about 754 welds, with no cracking found
12-150
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
6
Surry Unit 1 (RDM)
Nozzle 27
12-151
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
7
Bottom Mounted Instrumentation
Penetrations
EdF has inspected 17 units (~900 tubes), with no
indications
Ringhals has inspected one unit, no findings
Doel has inspected 2 units, no findings
MHI has inspected 4 units, no findings except one
possible scratch with no measurable depth
South Texas found two leaking BMIs in April 2003;
these have been repaired, and the cause was
attributed to weld defects from fabrication
Additional, voluntary inspections are underway at
other plants: 4 inspections since spring 04, no
findings
12-152
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
8
RV Outlet Nozzle Safe End Regions
Ringhals 3 found small cracks in June 2000, and left
them in service for a period of one year, before repair
Ringhals 4 found small cracks in July 2000, repairing
them by removing appropriate boat samples
VC Summer identified a through-wall leak in October
2000
All flaws were axially oriented, and limited to the weld
width, no more than two inches
All flaws were in hot leg nozzle welds
Two of the three were in heavily repaired welds
12-153
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
9
Small Bore Piping in CE designs
In CE designs, the main loop piping is carbon steel
Therefore there are only a few large diameter lines with Alloy 182
welds, but many small ones
Examples:
PZR Instrument Nozzles and Heater Sleeves
SG Primary Head Instrument Nozzle
Hot Leg Piping Sampling Nozzles
The first cracking was in the base metal of the first two listed,
after 1-5 years service
The earliest failures were at the hottest locations
Cracks occurred in pipes with yield strength as low as 35 ksi ,
the minimum, value permitted.
Prior to 2003, flaws were always axial, and detected by leakage,
HOWEVER
12-154
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
10
Alloy 600 Cracking Recent Events
Pressurizer Heat Sleeves:
Palo Verde-2: Fall 2003 during replacement of all heater sleeves
No leaks, NDE inspection of sleeves resulted in 12 sleeves with
indications, all at or above J-groove weld (not in pressure
boundary. NDE was performed, for information only.
Five sleeves had circumferential indications (first occurrence, but
not independently confirmed)
CE owners committed to 100% bare metal visual of all sleeves at
each RFO, NDE of any leaking sleeves to characterize flaw
orientation, expansion if any circumferential indications
A detailed integrity evaluation was performed and sent to NRC
Similar indications found at SONGS 3 and Palo Verde 3
12-155
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
11
Alloy 600 Cracking Recent Events
Steam generator bowl
drain Catawba-2
Leakage detected by visual
inspection at partial
penetration weld;
2
nd
occurrence at plant,
3
rd
overall
Drain is beneath divider
plate, may see T
Hot
(617F)
Hard-rolled into hole,
partial penetration weld
Divider Plate
Fillet Weld
.09
.06
GAP
Alloy 82/182
Carbon Steel
Centerline
of Channel
Head
Divider Plate
Divider Plate
Mouse Hole
Drain
Coupling
(S.S.)
Alloy 600 Tube
S.S. Clad
(inches)
12-156
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12
Alloy 600 Cracking Recent Events
Tsuruga-2 pressurizer butt
welds
Visual inspection
discovered five axially
oriented flaws in Alloy 132
(similar to Alloy 182) relief
valve nozzle-to-safe end
weld
NDE identified two
additional flaws in safety
nozzle-to-safe end weld
12-157
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
13
Alloy 600 Cracking Recent Events
J-Groove Welds: RV Upper Head Nozzles:
Several new cracking incidents, but no unusual events
Cracking is mostly in base metal
Most highly susceptible heads have been replaced
J-Groove Welds: RV Bottom Nozzles
No new cracking events since STP-1 in 2003
Several plants have performed volumetric NDE with no indications
noted
No welds have been examined, but base metal would be expected
to crack first
12-158
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
14
Alloy 600 Cracking Recent Events
Butt welds
Approximately 150 butt welds are inspected per year in the USA, per
Section XI
No new cracking events since Tsuruga 2 in 2003; total of 5 found in the
past 5 years (< 1%)
Cracking of welds continues to be rare compared to base metal
Alloy 182/132 Repair Welds
Rare instances have occurred of cracks initiating in repaired regions of
RV primary hot leg nozzles
Examples would be VC Summer and Ringhals 4
Bottom line: PWSCC of Alloy 600 base and weld metals continues
as plants age. Repairs, mitigation, or replacement of Alloy 600
parts or major components is being used to resolve the issue.
12-159
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
15
Alloy 600 Repairs, Replacements, and
Mitigations
Head Penetrations with J-Groove Welds
Replace in kind
Half nozzle repair
Mechanical Nozzle Seal Assembly
Embedded Flaw Repair
Flaw Excavation
Butt Welds
Spool piece replacement
Structural Weld Overlay
Mechanical Stress Improvement Process (MSIP)
Flaw Excavation
Flaw Excavation and welding
12-160
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
16
Repair Summary: Vessel Penetrations
Eval. exposed
flaws
A182 weld w/A690
>15 258/13 Half Nozzle
Must cover high
stressed A600 and
A182
>8 18/ 5 Embedded
Flaw Repair
One installation had
leak due to
improper installation
>3 8/2 MNSA2
Two locations
developed leaks
>7 31/9 MNSA
Issues Max.
Service
Time (years
thru 12/04)
# Applications
/ #Plants
Repair Type
12-161
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
17
Repair/Mitigation Summary: Butt Welds
Issues Max.
Service
Time (years
thru 12/04)
Number
of
Applica-
tions
Repair Type
Cracks reinitiate
with A182 welds
- Many Flaw Excav.
+welding
Cracks reinitiate - Many Flaw
Excavation
None >18 >1300 MSIP
None >20 >1000 Weld Overlay
A52 thick section
welding is difficult
- Many Spool Piece
12-162
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
18
MNSA
12-163
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
19
Embedded Flaw Repairs:
RV Head Penetration and J-Groove Weld
View
A-A
Tube
A600
Weld
82/182
B
u
t
t
e
r
i
n
g
1
8
2
Weld
182
B
u
t
t
e
r
i
n
g
1
8
2
3
0
8
C
la
d
A
A
Tube
A600
Weld
82/182
B
u
t
t
e
r
i
n
g
1
8
2
3
0
8
C
la
d
Tube
A600
Weld
82/182
3
0
8
C
la
d
5
2
R
e
p
a
ir
W
e
ld
12-164
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
20
12-165
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
21
Summary and Discussion
Alloy 600 and Alloy 182/82 will crack
Base metal cracks before weld metal
Cracking leads to leaks, not breaks, due to high ductility
Most Alloy 600 materials have been in service long enough that
cracking is increasingly likely, so be prepared for future occurrences
Many repair and mitigation options are available
Repairs and mitigation techniques have been successful, when
properly applied
For best results and minimum uncertainties, planning is essential.
12-166
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
BMI Cleaning and Inspection at PVNGS
E. Fernandez
Arizona Public Service Company
5801 S. Wintersburg Rd.
Tonopah, AZ 85354-7529
Abstract
In many cases pre-existing conditions such as coating remnants, stains and
other obstructions may prevent performing bare-metal visual inspections of some
RPV lower head penetrations. This paper describes a process for cleaning and
inspecting bottom mounted instrument (BMI) nozzles on PWR reactor vessels to
allow bare metal inspections to be performed. The process utilizes a robot that
delivers CO
2
media to clean a localized area on each penetration.
The advantages of using CO
2
as opposed to other types of media are:
1. CO2 blasting cleans the annular area by expansion.
2. CO2 blasting produces no added radioactive waste or hazardous residues
that have to be disposed of.
3. No surface metal removal as in abrasive cleaning.
4. No surface rusting as in water jet cleaning.
References
1. James A. Snide, CO2 Pellet CleaningA Preliminary Evaluation,
Materials & Process Associates, Inc., October 12, 1992.
2. Robert W. Foster, Carbon Dioxide (Dry-Ice) Blasting, Cold Jet Inc.
3. The Fundamentals of Dry Ice Blast Cleaning, Cold Jet Inc
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-167
BMI Cleaning and Inspection at PVNGS
2005 PWSCC of Alloy 600 International Conference and
Exhibition
Ed Fernandez
March 7-10, 2005
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-168
Background
Prior to Fall 2003 refueling outage ICI penetrations
were not included in BAW program
Section XI examination satisfied by remote visual
examination from the floor of the ICI chase
In Spring 2003, ISI performed an access
inspection of Unit 3 BMIs during 3R10
Results showed no obvious evidence of leakage,
however;
Spraylat coating was detected on several nozzles
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-169
3R10 Lessons learned
BMI access will be difficult and dose intensive
One insulation opening 12-inch x 12-inch
60 feet off the floor of ICI chase
Scaffolding, special ladders required
1 MR fields expected at insulation access hatch
Initial examinations would have to be performed
remotely with robot traversing across the insulation
floor.
Cleaning would be required as well as baseline the
clean condition
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-170
Examination Preparations
APS teamed with Jamko Technical Solutions to
build first of a kind robot tooling to
Inspect remotely all ICI nozzles
Clean the annulus area
Re-inspect and document all nozzle locations
Design started in June 2003 and completed mock-
up testing in September/October 2003
PVNGS built a full size BMI mock-up and simulated
insulation floor to practice driving and mapping
paths to each BMI
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-171
Scope of Examinations
Initial as-found inspection of the bare metal surface
of lower RPV head, and a 360 degree visual exam
of all (61) penetrations.
Cleaning the area of interest and bare metal visual
inspections for baseline (post clean).
Exam performed by APS Level III VT-2 personnel
experienced in recognizing primary nozzle leaks.
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-172
As-found Inspection
As found inspections were
performed using robotic
equipment equipped with
zoom capabilities
Lighting was sufficient for
visual exam and additional
lighting provided by robot
Able to obtain clear close-up
views of nozzle annulus
areas.
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-173
As-found Inspection
There was spray-lat remnants observed in every BMI nozzle
In most cases the interface between nozzle and vessel could
be distinguished.
There were no evidence of boric acid deposits on the nozzle -
bottom head interface during the initial as-found inspection
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-174
CLEANING/POST INSPECTION
Robot to perform inspection,
cleaning and re-inspection
in one evolution
Traverses across insulation
flooring, secures onto a
nozzles and elevates to
position spray nozzle
directly at the anulus
The robot was designed to
reach heights ranging from
11 to 3.
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-175
CLEANING/POST INSPECTION
Clean using dry ice media to remove spray-lat
An area consisting of at least down the nozzle and
radially along the vessel was cleaned on 39 of 61 nozzles
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-176
CLEANING/POST INSPECTION
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-177
Challenges
Unforseen factors prevented us from completeing all
61 nozzles.
Insulation surface conditions causing track travel issues
Deflection of flooring prevented proper positioning of higher
elevation nozzles
Clearance at the center locations did not match design
drawings and cleaning robot was not able to reach some
center locations
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-178
Future Plans
Implement robot modifications to address the
access issues
Continue to perform examination and cleaning
operations for next Units refueling outages, 1R11
and 3R11
Continuation of cleaning in Unit 2R12
Session 5B: Field ExperienceInspections
12-179
13
SESSION 6: REGULATORY ISSUES
The subject of regulatory issues was addressed by six participants in Session 6. Summaries of
the presentations are given below followed by the questions asked, responses provided, and
comments made by the participants concerning each presentation. Click on the links to access
directly copies of the materials presented together with extended abstracts.
EPRI MRP Alloy 600 Issue Task Group Interaction with the NRC, presented
by C. Harrington, TXU Energy (Paper 6.1)
This presentation was given by C. Harrington of TXU Energy. The main points made during the
presentation were as follows:
x The presentation provided an overview of the process being applied in the U.S. by the
Materials Reliability Program (MRP) to address aging degradation of Alloy 600/82/182
materials in PWR plants. The presentation discussed the interactions between the MRP and
the U.S. NRC in this area, and the presentation emphasized the shift to a more proactive
approach (i.e., paradigm) to managing materials degradation issues in the U.S. industry.
Paper 6.2 below presents the U.S. approach to management of materials degradation from the
larger perspective of all materials degradation issues.
x The MRP is a utility-directed oversight structure with a mission to proactively address and
resolve, on a consistent industry-wide basis, existing and emerging performance, safety,
reliability, operational, and regulatory PWR material-related issues. The MRP is directed by
the PWR utilities and managed by EPRI. The NEI 03-08 structure is applied as a mechanism
for determining whether requirements should be made mandatory (see Paper 6.2).
x Every MRP utility can have a member on the PWR Materials Management Program
(PMMP) executive committee, which oversees both MRP and Steam Generator Management
Program (SGMP) activities. The Technical Support Subcommittee (TSS) within the MRP is
intended to take over an issue from an individual Issue Task Group (ITG) once the issue has
been "solved," i.e., placed into a stable maintenance mode. Changes in structure of the MRP
were under consideration at the time of the conference.
x The Alloy 600 ITG has within its scope all Alloy 600 base material (with the exception of
steam generator tubing) and Alloy 82/182 weld metal locations in PWR primary systems.
One challenge within the Alloy 600 ITG has been to maintain the widespread active
participation of utility representatives given the time required for detailed conference calls
and reviews of lengthy reports. There are many utility participants in the Alloy 600 ITG
beyond those listed on page 6.1-11 of the presentation materials.
13-1
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
x The unexpected cracking detected at North Anna Unit 2 in fall 2002 led to a significant
reassessment within the Alloy 600 ITG to ensure that the approaches taken in the Alloy 600
area are sufficiently proactive to anticipate potential crack locations or geometries that have
not yet been observed in the field.
x The new materials management paradigm may be viewed as follows:
Establish current safety basis considering all credible failure modes ("how safe today")
Ensure continued safety basis compliance with robust inspection and evaluation regimes
("how stay safe tomorrow")
Enable economical long-term management strategies through degradation prevention
x The U.S. NRC and industry clearly have different roles but also certain common goals, and
positive steps are being taken to achieve those goals through communication, collaboration,
and cooperation. Interactions between the MRP and the U.S. NRC on the topic of boric acid
corrosion testing includes the participation of Argonne National Laboratory (ANL), which
recently performed such testing under sponsorship of U.S. NRC. Regarding the removed
CRDM penetrations from the original North Anna 2 head, Westinghouse is examining one
penetration for the MRP and the U.S. NRC has taken possession of two other penetrations.
One key issue under discussion with the NRC is the appropriate "regulatory footprint" given
industry-mandated requirements. This issue is also concerned with industry activities beyond
the MRP. Another key challenge concerns developing an appropriate framework for dealing
with the very small amount of primary coolant leakage that typically results if a through-wall
crack were to occur.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (D. Peltola): Does slide 15, depicting declining credibility with various industry
events, imply that the identified plants maybe did not respond appropriately and were the
reasons for the loss in credibility?
Response (C. Harrington): My paradigm in preparing the slide was to reflect a sense of the
U.S. PWR industry response to the identified events, and it was in no way intended to imply
anything about those individual utilities. In most cases, the individual plants/utilities deserve
credit for the initial condition discovery as well as their response. However, through maybe
2001 or so, the response by the U.S. PWR industry was often a bit too defensive and maybe
less rigorous and open-minded than it might have been. This was the source of declining
credibility to which I was referring in the slide. My apologies to anyone that felt that the
intent was to challenge individual plant actions.
13-2
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
Industry Management of Materials Degradation, presented by J. Riley, NEI
(Paper 6.2)
This presentation was given by J. Riley of NEI. The main points made during the presentation
were as follows:
x This presentation provided a comprehensive overview of the approach to the management of
materials degradation issues by the U.S. nuclear power industry. The presentation gave the
full perspective of the approach to materials degradation, whereas Paper 6.1 emphasized the
management of Alloy 600/82/182 issues. The Materials Reliability Program (MRP) is a
subset of the Materials Initiative. The Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI) plays a key role in the
management of the Materials Initiative within the U.S. industry.
x In August 2002, the industry initiated a self-assessment process to determine the activities
needed to ensure that the industry "gets ahead" of materials degradation issues. The charter
of the executive task force and working group formed at that time was to assess materials
issue programs to identify gaps, areas of overlap, and strengths and weaknesses. The scope
covered a broad range of PWR and BWR materials. One key part of the self-assessment
process addressed the differences in enforcement mechanisms within the EPRI Issue
Programs, including the MRP. With some exceptions, no ability existed to enforce
implementation of industry guidance. The self-assessment process resulted in a series of
recommendations including that the formal NEI Initiative Process be used and that a
Materials Initiative be established.
x The industry (through NSIAC, the NEI committee of all utility CNOs) committed
unanimously to establish an internal industry commitment (not a regulatory commitment)
that each plant would follow the requirements of the Materials Initiative, effective January 2,
2004. The objective of the Materials Initiative is to assure safe, reliable, and efficient
operation of U.S. nuclear power plants in the management of materials issues. The policy
statement of the Materials Initiative, which is captured in the NEI 03-08 document, stresses
that "the safety and operational risk significance of each issue is fully established prior to
final disposition," rather than working toward a pre-chosen resolution.
x The NEI 03-08 guideline documents the Materials Initiative, defines roles, responsibilities,
and expectations, provides for an integrated approach, and established the Materials
Executive Oversight Group (MEOG) and the Materials Technical Advisory Group (MTAG).
These two groups periodically meet with the U.S. NRC to ensure regular communication at
this level on materials issues, and no sunset clause applies to the MEOG and MTAG at this
time.
x The budget for the Materials Initiative fund is $12 million for the two-year period 2004
2005. At the time of the conference, approximately $9 million of this fund was already
distributed. Funding of specific projects is based on the relevance of the proposed work to
the Strategic Plan. Slides 18 through 20 list specific funded projects. See Paper 4B.1 and
Paper 4B.4 for more details on the funded projects in the area of NDE.
13-3
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
x The Strategic Plan defines the key issues and objectives for the industrys management of
materials issues. Revision 0 of this document was approved in March 2004, and Revision 1
was under development at the time of the conference. Other key tools being developed by
the industry under the Materials Initiative include the Degradation Matrix (DM), Issues
Management Table (IMT), Implementation Protocol, and Materials Program Tool Kit. In
addition, Materials Performance Metrics have been established to facilitate assessments of
the performance of the industry on materials issues.
x The Degradation Matrix, which was developed by Robin Dyle of Southern Nuclear with
expert input, identifies materials used for major passive components/systems within the
Materials Initiative scope. Within the Degradation Matrix, a color code is used to designate
the status of work to address a particular degradation mechanism for a particular material in a
particular component. Green denotes that the required work is now in place, yellow denotes
that the required work is in progress, and red denotes that none of the required work is in
progress. The first version of the Degradation Matrix, which is a living document, is
complete and publicly available. The Issues Management Table is a complementary
document, also maintained as a living document, and reflects a different breakdown in the
plant equipment.
x The Implementation Protocol, which was approved in April 2004, defines the three
implementation levels of "mandatory," "needed," and "good practice." Executive approval is
required for documents with "mandatory" or "needed" elements. Likewise, executive
approval is required from within a particular utility, in addition to other requirements, for
deviations from "mandatory" or "needed" elements. Such deviations must document what
substitute measure is being relied upon and why that is equivalent. The relevant industry
Issue Programs must be notified of such deviations so that the preparers of the relevant
industry guideline can consider appropriate changes for future revisions and also to facilitate
overall management of materials degradation issues by the MEOG and other groups.
x The Materials Program Tool Kit is intended to be a set of documents that form the basis of
information needed to set up or maintain a materials management program. This item was
scheduled to be released a couple months after the conference. The purpose of the road map
in the Materials Program Tool Kit is to ensure that all plants are aware of all relevant
documents. The tool kit also incorporates NEI 03-08, the RCS MDMP Guidelines,
Implementation Protocol, Strategic Plan, Degradation Matrix, and Issues Management Table.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (G. Turluer): This presentation seems in line with international preoccupations
related to aging management. Could you elaborate about intentions to compare with
international views? Also, I note that a first international symposium on Aging Management
will be organized by the French regulators in France (Dijon, June 22-24, 2005, asn.gouv.fr).
Response (J. Riley): The Materials Initiative is targeted at U.S. nuclear power plants and
materials issue programs, but it will only succeed if we communicate with international
organizations and share experience. The materials issue programs all strive to include
international members in their organizations. All the IPs support international conferences.
13-4
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
Finally, one of the MTAGs objectives is to strengthen communication with international
organizations to share new technical information and operational experience.
x Comment (R. Dyle): International experience related to materials degradation has been
sought and incorporated where available. As the Degradation Matrix was developed, we
used experts with international experience to capture as much relevant information as
possible. The issue programs have international members that provide insights. Also, the
MTAG members served as the Action Plan Working Group on Materials Degradation as part
of the EPRI process which has international members.
Alloy 82/182 Piping Butt Welds: Developing Inspection Guidance,
presented by C. King, EPRI (Paper 6.3)
This presentation was given by C. King of EPRI and authored by C. King of EPRI and D. Covill
of Progress Energy. The main points made during the presentation were as follows:
x The presentation covered the process used by the MRP to develop inspection guidance for
Alloy 82/182 piping butt welds in U.S. PWR plants. Subsequent to the conference, this
inspection guidance was finalized and issued to U.S. utilities as report MRP-139 [25]. The
presentation also discussed the effect of PWSCC on piping butt welds classified as leak-
before-break (LBB) locations. Considered in development of the inspection guidance was
BWR experience, Alloy 82/182 piping butt weld plant experience, and NDE capabilities for
dissimilar metal welds. Dana Covill is now co-chairman of the Alloy 600 Issue Task Group
of the MRP.
x As part of the process to develop inspection guidance, the MRP identified all the various
types of Alloy 82/182 piping butt welds in U.S. PWRs. Alloy 82/182 piping butt welds are
used in most but not all cases in the U.S. in which a low alloy steel nozzle mounted on a
vessel or pipe is welded to a stainless steel safe end or pipe. These locations in a particular
plant depend mainly on whether stainless steel RCS pipes or low alloy steel RCS pipes (ID
clad with stainless steel) are used.
x There have been leaks at VC Summer, Tsuruga 2, Palisades (in the heat affected zone, not in
the weld), and a navy test reactor (also in the heat affected zone, not in the weld). Ringhals 3
and 4, VC Summer, Tsuruga 2, and TMI-1 have also had cracks or indications that did not
leak. In addition, Tihange 2, and Calvert Cliffs 2 have had possible indications that were not
confirmed as stress corrosion cracks. At Calvert Cliffs 2, axial and circumferential
indications were reported in a hot leg drain nozzle weld, and axial indications were reported
in a cold leg drain nozzle weld. [Editor: Subsequent to the conference, DC Cook 1 reported
an axial crack indication (88% through-wall) in an Alloy 82/182 pressurizer safety nozzle
(steam-space) piping butt weld.] Most of cracks found have been axial and limited to the
length of the weld. One short shallow circumferential crack was found at VC Summer.
None of the cracks discussed here posed significant safety risk at the time of discovery. Two
25
Material Reliability Program: Primary System Piping Butt Weld Inspection and Evaluation Guideline
(MRP-139), EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2005. 1010087.
13-5
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
of the cracks (VC Summer and Tsuruga 2) were detected by visual inspections. The others
were detected by NDE, and only at TMI-1 through an ASME Appendix VIII inspection.
x Some technical gaps exist in non-destructive examinations of Alloy 82/182 welds, including
flaw detection limitations due to component configuration such as tapers, rough surfaces,
adjacent welds, and limited access. In some situations, the current flaw sizing capabilities do
not meet code requirements. A lack of knowledge of configurations can interfere with
inspections because the qualification of NDE techniques is configuration-specific. The
unavailability of qualified NDE techniques affects code compliance, implementation of MRP
ISI guidelines, and accurate interpretation of ISI results. For some locations, it may be
necessary to develop inspection methods because some locations cannot be inspected with
standard techniques.
x The inspection guidance for Alloy 82/182 piping butt welds is based on a series of safety
analysis documents. These documents are identified on slide 22 of the presentation. Note
that the document on crack growth rates in Alloy 82/182 weld metal (MRP-115 [26]) has
been completed. Because much of the resources of the MRP were devoted to reactor vessel
closure head issues, the process to complete the safety assessments and inspection guidance
for Alloy 82/182 piping butt welds required more than three years.
x The MRP-139 inspection guidance document establishes long-term inspection frequencies to
effectively manage PWSCC using an approach similar to U.S. NRC Generic Letter 88-01
[27]. The guideline recommends inspection (by qualified method) frequencies, with
consideration for material (resistant or non-resistant), mitigation efforts, temperature (cold
leg vs. hot leg), and pipe size (t4" OD and <4" OD). Alloy 82/182 welds in risk-informed
ISI programs will be re-evaluated.
x In order to develop an inspection schedule, plants will need to identify welds as resistant or
non-resistant material. The inspection schedule for non-resistant welds should consider
whether or not mechanical mitigation (full structural overlay, stress improvement) has been
performed, the as-welded condition, the presence of cracks, and the temperature the weld is
exposed to (hot leg, cold leg, or pressurizer temperature). The guidance for inspection
schedules also discusses mitigation methods including modification of materials, stress
improvement, and modification of environment (chemical mitigation).
x The fact that Alloy 82/182 welds may not meet the original leak-before-break guidance of
NUREG-1061 Vol. 3 and draft SRP 3.6.3 had been under consideration by the industry for
over a year. The key concerns are that PWSCC is an active cracking degradation
mechanism, although observed pipe cracks have been small and primarily axial, and that it
may be possible that this could result in circumferential cracks that would make breaks more
likely to occur than predicted by cracks postulated in LBB analysis. Also, the PWSCC
leakage path is more tortuous than fatigue cracks used in previous LBB evaluations, so it
26
Materials Reliability Program Crack Growth Rates for Evaluating Primary Water Stress Corrosion Cracking
(PWSCC) of Alloy 82, 182, and 132 Welds (MRP-115NP), EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2004. 1006696-NP. NRC
ADAMS Accession No. ML051450555.
27
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, "NRC Position on IGSCC in BWR Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping,"
NRC Generic Letter 88-01, January 25, 1988.
13-6
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
seems that the calculated leakage could be less than that from fatigue cracks. The MRP
formally began its evaluations of the potential effect of PWSCC on LBB guidance in August
2004, and a report on this subject was being prepared by the MRP. Slide 31 shows the size
of the subset of Alloy 82/182 piping butt welds covered by LBB assumptions.
x The recent evaluations by the MRP show that the technical basis for LBB remains strong:
PWSCC observed in Alloy 82/182 butt welds in several plants has been primarily axial in
nature,
long part-through wall circumferential flaws are not likely to develop,
there is adequate time between leakage detection and growth to critical flaw size to allow
safe shut down,
adequate margin remains considering alternative leak rate calculation methodologies
(flaw morphology),
there is increased plant sensitivity to unidentified leakage, and
response to leak rates less than 1 gpm (Tech. Spec. Limits) has improved over recent
years.
Comparison of Leak Rates from Alloy 82/182 Butt Weld Cracks for Leak-
Before-Break Assessment, presented by A. Nana, Framatome ANP (Paper
6.4)
This presentation was given by A. Nana of Framatome ANP and authored by A. Nana and K.
Yoon of Framatome ANP. The main points made during the presentation were as follows:
x Past leak-before-break (LBB) submittals have not considered PWSCC cracks in Alloy
82/182 piping butt welds or Alloy 600 base metals, and the leak rate calculations have only
considered the conventional fatigue crack morphology. This presentation addressed
differences in the leakage prediction when the through-wall flaw is evaluated as a fatigue
crack versus as a PWSCC crack for various PWR LBB piping systems. The presentation
also discussed the impact of this finding on the overall LBB assessment methodology.
x The LBB evaluation procedures are provided in Standard Review Plan (SRP) 3.6.3 with
details for LBB evaluation given in U.S. NRC NUREG 1061, Volume 3. According to the
original NRC guidelines, LBB cannot be applied if active degradation mechanisms such as
PWSCC are present in the piping system. SRP 3.6.3 requires a margin of 10 on the leak
detection capability (detection of unidentified leakage) of the plant. Since the leak detection
systems of the plants have been demonstrated to meet U.S. NRC Reg. Guide 1.45, a leak
detection capability of 1 gpm within an hour was used in the LBB applications by individual
utilities. The resulting crack size with a factor of 10 on leakage (10 gpm) is typically referred
to as the leakage crack size.
x The leakage crack sizes associated with PWSCC cracks tend to be significantly greater than
fatigue cracks as a result of the tight and tortuous flow path. This presentation summarized
the benchmarking of an AREVA in-house leak rate code "KRAKFLO" to the Battelle Phase
13-7
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
II data and more recently to the limited SCC field data. It also summarized the sensitivity
study, involving five different PWR piping systems, to understand the differences in leakage
crack size predictions, for a 10 gpm leak rate, when considering a conventional fatigue crack
versus PWSCC-type crack morphology.
x KRAKFLO has already been benchmarked to an extensive number of IGSCC crack
experiments performed in the Battelle Phase II program [28]. This program included 82
IGSCC crack experiments with cracks ranging in size from 0.029" (0.74 mm) to 1.098"
(27.89 mm) and measured leakage rates ranging from 0.0003 gpm (1.34u10
-5
kg/s) to
3.84 gpm (0.199 kg/s). As a result of the benchmarking to the Phase II data, the
recommended values for the surface roughness and the number of 45-degreee turns per inch
of wall thickness were established (surface roughness of 200 m and tortuosity of 24 45-
degree turns/inch). These values are very similar to those recommended by the EPRI PICEP
leak rate code [29]. For leak rates greater than about 0.05 gpm (0.003 kg/s), slide 10 shows
very good agreement between the IGSCC leak rates from the Battelle Phase II program and
the KRAKFLO predictions. Leak rates less than 0.05 gpm are not directly relevant to LBB
assessments based on a leak rate of 1.0 or 10 gpm. (For the lowest set of leak rates in slide
10, plugging was occurring resulting in overprediction of the leak rate.)
x The predictions of KRAKFLO were shown to be consistent with the limited plant data for
leak rates through cracks in Alloy 82/182 piping butt welds or Alloy 600 safe ends. Slides 13
and 14 show the comparison of the predictions with the BWR experience at Duane Arnold
and the PWR experience for a leaking pressurizer PORV safe end at Palisades.
x Based on the best fit to a sensitivity study of five example LBB piping systems shown in
slide 16, KRAKFLO predicts a 37% increase in the crack length resulting in a leak rate of
10 gpm when considering an SCC morphology over the conventional fatigue morphology.
Consistent with LBB evaluation guidelines, the results of this study are based on
deterministic analysis. A safety factor of 10 on the detectable leak rate is maintained to
account for the uncertainties in geometry, materials, and loading.
x The authors also compared their results to the predictions of the SQUIRT code sponsored by
the U.S. NRC. The crack morphology parameters for the SQUIRT code appear to be based
on limited metallographic examinations. The authors suggested that the disparity in the
predictions of the KRAKFLO and SQUIRT codes be evaluated further.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (J. Gorman): How do you address possible cracks that form an array of small
cracks separated by ligaments that start linking up and increasing the leak rate?
Response (A. Nana): From a leak-before-break (LBB) perspective, for pipe butt welds this
type of crack morphology was benchmarked using the KRAKFLO code for the Palisades
event. Indeed, if the cracks in fact do link up, this is highly desirable from a LBB standpoint
28
Calculation of Leak Rates Through Cracks in Pipes and Tubes, EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 1983. NP-3395.
29
PICEP: Pipe Crack Evaluation Program (Revision 1), EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 1987. NP-3596-SR.
13-8
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
since cracks are postulated typically as "continuous" cracks with a higher leakage rate
prediction.
x Comment (C. King): We are trying to find some of these Batelle Phase II samples to perform
further destructive examinations to further understand the influences of crack morphology on
leak rates.
Potential Cracking in Reactor Vessel Bottom Mounted Nozzles, presented
by C. Morgan, Westinghouse (Paper 6.5)
This presentation was given by C. Morgan of Westinghouse. The main points made during the
presentation were as follows:
x This presentation summarized the approach and interim results of safety evaluations being
performed by the U.S. industry for reactor vessel bottom mounted nozzles (BMNs). The
work is being performed as a cooperative effort of the Westinghouse Owners Group (WOG),
B&W Owners Group (B&WOG), and EPRI/MRP. The coordinated response of the U.S.
PWR industry is being performed under NEI Initiative 03-08.
x The BMN program is addressing issues associated with potential cracking in the BMNs, and
the impacts of leakage or failure of one or more BMNs. The WOG BMN program applies to
domestic Westinghouse NSSS designs, and Combustion Engineering designs with bottom
mounted nozzles. The B&WOG has a similar program to address the B&W NSSS design.
Both programs are being coordinated, several of the tasks are being completed jointly, and
task summary reports are being provided to EPRI/MRP. EPRI/MRP will produce an overall
industry report addressing the overall risk associated with cracking of BMNs and will
provide inspection and repair guidance.
x Volumetric examinations have been performed of BMNs in more than 25 units to date
worldwide, with only two penetrations at South Texas Project Unit 1 showing cracks or
leaks.
x In Westinghouse plants, BMNs are called bottom mounted instrumentation (BMI) nozzles
and have a typical diameter of 1.5 inches. There is a variety of detailed BMI nozzle designs
with some designs having butt welds to safe ends or weld pads on the outer head surface.
The BMN design in B&W-design plants is a modified design having a thicker nozzle (2.0
inch diameter) welded inside the head to the original nozzle (1.03 inch diameter). Three of
the 14 operating CE-design units in the U.S. have BMNs. The nozzle diameter for these
three units is 3.0 inches.
x The following types of BMN evaluations were discussed in the presentation:
Three-dimensional welding residual stress finite-element analyses for five plant
geometries (performed by Dominion Engineering, Inc.)
Critical flaw size calculations
Crack growth calculations for axial and circumferential flaws
13-9
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
Collateral damage assessment of loads on nearby BMNs due to a failure of a single BMN
considering asymmetric cavity pressure events, pipe whip, direct jet impingement, and
reactor vessel insulation frame movement (performed by B&WOG)
Failure mode and effect analysis (team included Westinghouse, AREVA, and utility
representatives)
LOCA analyses as a function of assumed break size
Probabilistic risk evaluations to determine the effect on the core damage frequency
x The FMEA provided input regarding the failure mechanisms and locations where an
inspection program should focus.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (R. Corbit): Can you quantify "periodic visual inspection"?
Response (C. Morgan): Presently, the safety analysis would support no visual inspection
being required in the case that a volumetric inspection were performed. However, this is a
safety analysis and should not be considered the sole basis for an inspection guideline.
Inspection guidelines for the bottom mounted nozzles are still under development.
Summary of NRC Funded Efforts Involving Alloy 600 Base Material and
Weldments for Piping and CRDM Applications, presented by G. Wilkowski,
Engineering Mechanics Corporation of Columbus (Paper 6.6)
This presentation was given by G. Wilkowski of Engineering Mechanics Corporation of
Columbus (Emc
2
) and authored by G. Wilkowski, D. Rudland, W. Cheng, Y. Chen, and Y.
Wang of Emc
2
and P. Scott and F. Brust of Battelle-Columbus. The main points made during the
presentation were as follows:
x The presentation covered several work areas funded by the U.S. NRC related to Alloy 600
wrought material and Alloy 82/182 weldments in PWRs:
Expert panel elicitation for redefinition of large-break loss of coolant accidents (LOCAs)
Improved probabilistic pipe fracture mechanics code
Technical basis for new leak-before-break (LBB) regulatory guide
Improved leak-rate code (SQUIRT)
Fracture toughness J-R curves for Alloy 82/182
Examination of LBB for pipe susceptible to PWSCC
Prevalence of weld repairs from initial construction
Residual stress finite element analyses (FEA) for Alloy 82/182 dissimilar metal welds
Completed Phase I and ongoing Phase II of program to evaluate PWSCC of CRDM
nozzles
13-10
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
x An elicitation of 12 non-NRC expert panel members was used to estimate LOCA
probabilities. These predictions, which included PWSCC as a factor, were applied by the
NRC staff to determine mean predictions of LOCA frequencies as a function of pipe
diameter. Only normal operating conditions were considered as seismic considerations are
being accounted for in a separate study.
x In parallel to the expert elicitation effort but as a longer-term activity, a probabilistic
computer code is being developed for LOCA predictions. This new code will incorporate the
results of recent and future deterministic analyses for residual stress fields, leak rate, and
fracture. A key goal of the new code is to predict crack growth and multiple initiation sites
for SCC mechanisms more realistically than any existing piping probabilistic fracture
mechanics code. Other work is investigating the effect of weld repairs and the potential
concern of long circumferential surface cracks for Alloy 82/182 piping butt welds.
x The presentation included some of the detailed stress FEA work completed by Emc
2
for the
CRDM nozzle geometry. Results were presented illustrating the effects of weld groove
geometry, weld sequencing, and how stresses may change after welding on tubes that were
given a surface treatment to produce compressive surface stresses. The effect of the residual
stress field on the growth of axial CRDM nozzle cracks was investigated using a matrix of 37
fracture mechanics FEA cases in which the distribution of stress intensity factors along the
crack front was calculated. These results are being used to provide comments on ASME
Code Case N-694-1 [30].
x The presentation concluded with a note that an international group program called MERIT is
being formed. This new group is similar to the past International Piping Integrity Research
Group (IPIRG) program, but will support development of probabilistic pipe LOCA codes and
associated deterministic improvements. The main contractor supporting the group is
Battelle-Columbus, with Emc
2
being a subcontractor. This program should start December
2005, and US industry participation is desired.
Questions/comments and responses following the presentation were as follows:
x Question (A. Demma): In the FEA modeling simulating surface treatments, what was the
method used for simulating these processes (for example, did you use an eigenstrain
analysis), and were the inputs based on experimental results?
Response (G. Wilkowski): The surface residual stresses were simulated by having a thin
layer of elements along the entire tube surface where grinding occurs, then allowing those
element to change in temperature and then return to the normal temperature until the desired
residual stresses were obtained. Hence, displacement-controlled surface residual stresses
(strain) are developed for the desired magnitude and depth.
x Comment (W. Bamford): In response to the suggestion that the NRC have a public meeting
to discuss your work, it is important to emphasize that such discussions are held regularly at
30
Cases of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; Code Case N-694-1, "Evaluation Procedure and Acceptance
Criteria for PWR Reactor Vessel Head Penetration Nozzles," Section XI, Division 1, approved February 20,
2004.
13-11
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
ASME Code meetings. An NRC public meeting is probably not needed for this subject, as
the ASME Code meetings are public.
x Question (B. Grambau): What is the publication schedule for the detailed technical results of
the two programs discussed in this presentation?
Response (G. Wilkowski): The efforts presented in this paper come primarily from two
different projects: (1) "Alloy 600 Cracking" for CRDM applications, and (2) "Technical
Development of Loss of Coolant Accident Frequency Distributions" for piping applications.
The CRDM work has been published in several ASME PVP publications and letter reports
distributed to Section XI WGFE members (see below list). There is no NUREG report from
this work at this time, although some are planned. The same is true for the LOCA work for
piping (see below list); however, there has been a NUREG report on the LOCA elicitation
efforts.
Response to Question on Paper 6.6: References Related to CRDM Nozzles
G. Wilkowski, Z. Feng, D. Rudland, Y.-Y. Wang, R,. Wolterman, and W. Norris,
"Summary of On-Going NRC Efforts to Define Circumferential-Crack-Driving-Force
Solutions for CRDM Nozzles," presented at USNRCs Nuclear Safety Research
Conference, October 2002.
D. Rudland, Y.-Y. Wang, Z. Feng, W. Norris, and G. Wilkowski, "Circumferential-
Crack-Driving-Force Solutions for CRDM Nozzles," 17th SMiRT conference, Prague,
Czech, August 2003.
D. Rudland, G. Wilkowski Y.-Y. Wang, and W. Norris, "Analysis of Weld Residual
Stresses and Circumferential Through-Wall Crack K-solutions for CRDM Nozzles," to be
in future NUREG/CP report on NRCs Vessel Head Penetration Inspection, Cracking,
and Repair conference, September 29-October 2, 2003.
D. Rudland, G. Wilkowski Y.-Y. Wang, and W. Norris, "Analysis of Circumferential
Through-Wall Crack K-solutions for CRDM Nozzles," International Journal of Pressure
Vessels and Piping, 81 (2004) pp. 961-971.
Y. Chen, D. Rudland, and G. Wilkowski, "Impact of Welding Sequence on the CRDM
Nozzle-to-Vessel Weld Stress Analysis," 2004 ASME/JSME Pressure Vessels and Piping
Conference, August, 2004.
Rudland, D., and Wilkowski, G., "Development of Axial Surface Crack K-Solutions for
Control Rod Drive Mechanism," Final report to U.S. NRC, January 16, 2004. (Copies
given to Section XI WGFE members.)
D. Rudland and G. Wilkowski, "Predicting Axial Crack Growth in Control Rod Drive
Mechanisms Tubes," Emc
2
report to NRC-RES, April 30, 2004. (Copies given to Section
XI WGFE members.)
13-12
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
Response to Question on Paper 6.6: References Related to CRDM Nozzles (continued)
W. Cheng, D. Rudland, G. Wilkowski, and W. Norris, "Effects Of Weld Geometry On
Residual Stress and Crack Driving Force For Centerhole Control Rod Drive Mechanism
Nozzles Part I Weld Residual Stress," Proceedings of ASME-PVP 2005 ASME/JSME
Pressure Vessels And Piping Conference, Denver Colorado, July 17-21, 2005.
David L. Rudland, Wentao Cheng, Gery Wilkowski, and Wallace Norris, "Effects Of
Weld Geometry On Residual Stress and Crack Driving Force For Centerhole Control Rod
Drive Mechanism Nozzles Part II Circumferential Cracked K-solutions," in
Proceedings of ASME-PVP 2005 ASME/JSME Pressure Vessels and Piping Division
Conference, July 17-21, 2005, Denver Colorado, USA.
Gery Wilkowski, Rick Wolterman, and Dave Rudland, "Impact Of PWSCC And Current
Leak Detection On Leak-Before-Break Acceptance," Paper PVP2005-71200,
Proceedings of ASME-PVP 2005 ASME/JSME Pressure Vessels And Piping Conference,
Denver Colorado, July 17-21, 2005.
Response to Question on Paper 6.6: References Related to LOCA/Piping
Wilkowski, G., Scott, P., Rahman, S., Rudland, D., Wolterman, R., Krishnaswamy, P.,
and Fairbanks, C., "Considerations for Probabilistic Analyses to Assess Potential
Changes to Large-Break LOCA Definition for ECCS Requirements," Proceedings of
ICONE10, 10th International Conference on Nuclear Engineering, April 2002.
G. Wilkowski, R. Tregoning, P. Scott, and D. Rudland, "Status of Efforts to Evaluate
LOCA Frequency Estimates Using Combined PRA and PFM Approaches," in
proceedings of 28th MPA-Seminar, Stuttgart Germany, October 2002.
P. M. Scott, R. J. Olson, and G. M. Wilkowski, "Development of Technical Basis for
Leak-Before-Break Evaluation Procedures," NUREG/CR-6765, May 2002.
D. L. Rudland, G. Wilkowski, and P. Scott, "Effects of Crack Morphology Parameters on
Leak-rate Calculations in LBB Evaluations," in International Journal of Pressure Vessels
and Piping, Vol. 79, pp 99-102, 2002.
P. Scott, R. Olson, G. Wilkowski, and T. Santos, "Development of the Technical Basis
for a New Regulatory Guide," 17th SMiRT conference, Prague, Czech, August 2003.
D. Rudland, R. Wolterman, and G. Wilkowski, "Impact of PWSCC and Current Leak
Detection on Leak-Before-Break," to be in future NUREG/CP report on NRCs Vessel
Head Penetration Inspection, Cracking, and Repair conference, September 29-October 2,
2003.
Williams, C., Brust, F., Scott, P., Rudland, D., Wilkowski, G., Tregoning, R., and Santos,
C., "The Impact of Fracture Toughness and Weld Residual Stress on Inconel 82/182
Bimetal Welds on Leak-Before-Break," ASME PVP, Vol. 479, July 2004.
13-13
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
Response to Question on Paper 6.6: References Related to LOCA/Piping (continued)
R. Tregoning. L. Abramson, and P. Scott, "Estimating Loss-of-Coolant Accident (LOCA)
Frequencies Through the Elicitation Process," NUREG-1829 draft report for comment,
October 8, 2004.
Tregoning, R. L., Abramson, L. R., Scott, P. M., and Chokshi, N., "LOCA Frequency
Evaluation Using Expert Elicitation," 18th International Conference on Structural
Mechanics in Reactor Technology (SMiRT18), Beijing, China, August 2005.
Wilkowski, G., Rudland, D., Cheng, W., Chen, Y., Wang, Y., Scott, P., and Brust, F.,
"Summary of NRC Funded Efforts Involving Alloy 600 Base Material and Weldments
for Piping and CRDM Applications," presented at EPRI/PWSCC Conference, March
2005. [This proceedings report]
13-14
EPRI MRP Alloy 600 Issue Task
Group Interaction with the NRC
Craig Harrington, TXU
Alloy 600 ITG Co-Chairman
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-15
Materials Reliability Program
(MRP) Overview
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-16
PWR Materials Reliability Program
A utility-directed oversight structure with a mission to
proactively address and resolve, on a consistent industry-
wide basis, existing and emerging performance, safety,
reliability, operational, and regulatory PWR material-
related issues
Directed by the utilities and managed by EPRI
Focus = issue resolution and closure
Involves major US NSSS vendors, PWR Owners Groups,
NEI, and INPO
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-17
PWR Materials Reliability Program
Responsible for fully addressing designated issues
Establishing consistent, technically sound industry positions
Completing necessary supporting research
Performing required analyses
Developing appropriate requirements and guidance
Coordination with appropriate industry organizations
Determining when requirements should be made mandatory
Represent industry positions before the NRC Staff
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-18
Reporting Structure of the PWR MRP
PWR Materials Management Program (PMMP)
Executive Committee
MRP Integration and
Implementation Group
(IIG)
Steam Generator
Management Program
(SGMP)
ITG ITG ITG ITG TSS
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-19
MRP Committees
PWR Materials Management Program (PMMP)
Executive Committee provides oversight of both the
SGMP and the MRP - includes one executive of each
member utility company
PMMP Executive Oversight Committee performs the
day to day business of the PMMP - 5 to 7 members
Integration and Implementation Group (IIG)
recommends issues and resources, approves ITG funding -
10 to 12 members
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-20
Issue Task Groups (ITG)
Formed to address specific technical issues
Technical level managers and industry experts
Diverse participants & perspectives
US Utilities, EDF, JAPC, Kansai, AREVA, Dominion Engineering, EPRI,
GE-Research, NEI, Southwest Research, Structural Integrity,
Westinghouse.
Open forum, interactive process applied to develop
industry consensus issue resolution
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-21
Issue Task Groups (ITG)
Current ITGs
Alloy 600 ITG
Reactor Pressure Vessel Internals/JOBB ITG
Reactor Pressure Vessel Integrity ITG
Fatigue ITG
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-22
Alloy 600 ITG Scope and Vision
Scope
All Alloy 600 base material (with the exception of SG tubing)
and Alloy 82/182 weld metal locations in PWR primary
systems.
Vision
The issues related to PWSCC of Alloy 600/82/182 will be
considered by the NRC staff and industry as one of routine
materials management (i.e., well understood requirements and
stable regulatory environment)
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-23
Alloy 600 ITG Scope and Vision
Mission
Establish sound technical positions on A600 for industry
Understand the implications of failure Safety & Economic
Develop degradation management tools for A600 locations
Safety assessments
Inspection & evaluation guidance
Mitigation methods & strategies
NRC interface to establish a stable regulatory environment
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-24
Whos Who of MRP Alloy 600 ITG
Utility Chairmen
Dana Covill
Craig Harrington
EPRI Project Managers
Christine King
Al Ahluwalia
NEI MRP Representative
Jim Riley
INPO Representative
Russ Warren
NRC Interface
Bill Cullen
EPRI Alloy 600 Technical Team
Jeff Landrum
John Langevin
Pedro Lara
Carl Latiolais
Al McIlree
Curtis Miller
Brian Rassler
Pat ORegan
Frank Ammirato
Bob Barnes
Shannon Chu
Anne Demma
Shane Findlan
Greg Frederick
John Hickling
Kim Kietzman
WG Chairmen
Mitigation John Wilson
Assessment Greg Kammerdeiner
Inspection Tom Alley
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-25
Alloy 600 ITG Working Groups
Assessment
Reactor Vessel Top Head
Reactor Vessel Bottom Head
Dissimilar Metal Welds
Other A600/82/182 Locations
Destructive Exams of Field Failure & Boric Acid Corrosion Testing
Inspection
Vendor Demonstrations for CRDM & BMN Inspections
Collection and dissemination of inspection results
Mitigation
Chemical & Mechanical Methods
Replacement Materials
Fundamentals of PWSCC Mechanism
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-26
MRP / NRC Interaction
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-27
Old Materials Management Paradigm
The failure at Plant X was unique because
My plant is different because
I can delay or avoid taking action because . . .
Our inspections will find the flaw-types observed in the
fleet . . .
We only have to inspect components where failure has
consequences to safety . . .
In operation any effluent flashes leaving dry boric acid . . .
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-28
Watershed Events vs. Credibility
Bugey GL 97-01 VC Summer
& Oconee
North Anna 2 Davis Besse
R
e
l
a
t
i
v
e
C
r
e
d
i
b
i
l
i
t
y
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-29
New Materials Management Paradigm
Establish current safety basis considering all
credible failure modes . . .
Ensure continued safety basis compliance with
robust inspection & evaluation regimes . . .
Enable economical long-term management
strategies through degradation prevention . . .
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-30
New Materials Management Paradigm
Major Industry Initiatives
NEI 03-08 Materials Initiative
Proactive management of RCS materials across the fleet
Degradation Matrix / Issue Management Table
Anticipate materials problems before they find us
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-31
NRC / MRP Interaction Today
Communication
Regular meetings to review
Overall status of industry activities on a topic
Analytical methods
Intermediate results
Final reports
Inspection & Evaluation Guidelines
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-32
NRC / MRP Interaction Today
Collaboration
Boric Acid Corrosion testing
Joint participation in scope development & status reviews
North Anna 2 CRDM penetration
Removal MRP
NDE NRC-RES funded the facility & support
Destructive testing - MRP & NRC-RES
Analytical Methods and Results
Stress analysis, fracture mech., crack growth rates, etc.
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-33
NRC / MRP Interaction Today
Cooperation
ASME Code actions
Code Case N-729
Code Case N-722
Transition from current interim Order to long-term plan
Determination of balance between industry mandated
and NRC mandated requirements (Regulatory
Footprint)
Refined understanding of leakage relative to A600
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-34
Conclusion
Paradigms have shifted
NRC and Industry clearly have different roles but
certain common goals
Positive steps are being taken to achieve those
goals through communication, collaboration, and
cooperation
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-35
Industry Management of
Materials Degradation
2005 International PWSCC of A600 Conference
Jim Riley, NEI
(202) 739-8137
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-37
Overview
Self- Assessment
Materials Initiative
MEOG / MTAG Roles
Materials Program Funding
Strategic Plan
Implementation Protocol
Degradation Matrix
Issues Management Table
Materials Management Program Guidelines
Continuing MEOG/MTAG roles
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-38
Self-Assessment
Executive task force and working group formed in
response to NEI Executive Committee
recommendations Aug 02
Charter
Assess materials issue programs to identify gaps, areas of
overlap, strengths and weaknesses
Report findings and recommendations to NSIAC
Scope
PWR primary and SG secondary, BWR RPV and primary
pressure boundary components, materials issues related to
nuclear fuels, and related NDE and chemistry/corrosion
control programs
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-39
Self-Assessment IP Scope
EPRI Issue Programs
BWRVIP
MRP
FRP
SGMP
Owners Group Programs
BWROG
B&WOG (OTSG, Chemistry, NDE and Materials)
CEOG (Chemistry, SG and Section XI)
WOG/CEOG Materials
Other EPRI Programs
NDE Center
Water Chemistry Control
Corrosion Control
Other
PDI
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-40
Self-Assessment
Industry self-assessment conclusions
No overall coordination of industry efforts on
materials issues
No ability to enforce implementation of industry
guidance
No verification of implementation
Participation in materials issue programs lacking
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-41
Self-Assessment
Recommendations
Create executive-level and technical oversight groups
Establish policy on the management of materials
issues
Use the NEI Initiative Process
Expand INPOs role
Enhance communications
Define regulatory interface
Establish a NSIAC Materials Initiative
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-42
Industry Initiative
Internal industry commitment to establish
and implement a defined policy and
associated actions
Requires affirmative vote from 80% of
NSIAC (NEI committee of all utility CNOs)
Materials Initiative was unanimous
Commits the entire nuclear power industry
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-43
Materials Initiative
Objective - assure safe, reliable and
efficient operation of US nuclear power
plants in the management of materials
issues
Each licensee will meet the intent of NEI
03-08, Guideline for the Management of
Materials Issues
Initiative to be effective January 2, 2004
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-44
Materials Initiative
The purpose of the Materials Initiative is to
provide:
Consistent management process
Prioritization of materials issues
Proactive approaches
Coordinated approaches
Oversight of implementation
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-45
Materials Initiative
Initiative requires commitment to provide:
Executive leadership
Technical personnel
Funding for materials issues and materials issue
programs
Implementation of applicable guidance
documents
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-46
Materials Initiative
Approved by NSIAC in May 2003
Initiative was effective January 2, 2004
MTAG and MEOG established in August 2003
Preparation work proceeded throughout 2003
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-47
Policy Commitment
Policy Statement
the industry will ensure that its management of
materials degradation and aging is forward-looking and
coordinated to the maximum extent practical.
Additionally, the industry will continue to rapidly
identify, react and effectively respond to emerging
issues. The associated work will be managed to
emphasize safety and operational risk significance as the
first priority, appropriately balancing long term aging
management and cost as additional considerations. To
that end, as issues are identified and as work is planned,
the groups involved in funding, managing and providing
program oversight will ensure that the safety and
operational risk significance of each issue is fully
established prior to final disposition.
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-48
NEI 03-08 Guideline
Documents the Materials Initiative
Establishes policy
Establishes two standing committees
Executive Oversight
Technical Advisory
Defines roles, responsibilities, and
expectations
Provides for an integrated approach
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-49
Materials Issue Programs
Governed by the Initiative
EPRI
BWRVIP
MRP
SGMP
Fuels Reliability Program (as impacted by
materials management strategies)
Corrosion Research
Chemistry Control
NDE
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-50
Materials Issue Programs
Governed by the Initiative
Owners Group Subcommittees
Materials
Chemistry
RPV
NDE
Steam Generators
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-51
Roles and Relationships
MEOG oversight and broad policy guidance
NSIAC members
Executive Leads of Issue Programs (IPs)
MTAG overall coordination and development
of strategic plan and protocols
Technical leads of the materials IPs
At large membership
Materials IPs continue to be responsible for
technical program work
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-52
Materials Initiative Fund
Special assessment to fund long term projects that
address materials degradation
$60K per reactor per year for two years
Approximately $9 million distributed already
Projects evaluated based on relevance to strategic plan
37% to PWR issues
24% to BWR issues
39% to generic issues
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-53
Materials Initiative Funding
Funded Projects:
A600
Completion of IMT for PWR components
Fundamental research on PWSCC
Managing PWSCC in A82/182 butt welds
Studies of field PWSCC cracks in A600
Corrosion Research
Initiation of EAC and growth of short cracks
Interaction between local deformation and EAC
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-54
Materials Initiative Funding
Chemistry Control
Mitigation of SG fouling
NDE
EMAT development
UT of DMW with rough surfaces
UT phased array of DMW
DMW quals with realistic crown conditions
UT transducer research
Surface exam of nickel alloy welds
NDE technology and measurement of SCC
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-55
Materials Initiative Funding
Steam Generators
Creation of realistic flaws for NDE qualifications
BWR
Fracture toughness in high fluence BWR materials
Crack growth in high fluence BWR materials
On-line noble metal chemical application
Fuels
Impact of BWR water chemistry on fuel
performance
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-56
Strategic Plan
Defines the key issues and objectives for the industrys
management of materials issues
Rev 0 approved in March 2004
Defines intermediate (high priority) and long term strategic issues
Defines critical gaps
Identifies key IP deliverables for 2004
Includes summaries of IP 2004 work plans
Initial Degradation Matrix and Issue Management Table
Revised annually
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-57
Degradation Matrix
Identify materials used for major passive
components/systems within Materials Initiative Scope
Obtain inputs from experts, laboratory R&D, industry
operating experience
Identify potential degradation mechanisms
Determine material applicability
Define areas of uncertainty
Identify and characterize issues that pose potential
threats
Adequately addressed, programs managing issues
Work in progress that will develop tools to manage issues
No program to address, insufficient work in progress to address
vulnerability
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-58
PWR BWR
PWR Reactor
Pressure
Vessel
PWR
Pressurizer
PWR
SG
Shell
PWR
Reactor
Internals
PWR
Piping
PWR SG
Tubes &
Internals
BWR
Pressure
Vessel
BWR
Reactor
Internals
BWR
Piping
Level 1
Materials Degradation Matrix
e030 Corrosion-assisted fatigue is a known phenomenon on secondary side (e.g., in the vicinity of girth welds in steam generator shells
and in the region of feedwater nozzles) and is not like environmental fatigue described in other areas of this DM. Environmental
fatigue research relevant to this specific phenomenon is not ongoing within MRP Fatigue ITG, and is a potential gap.
Level 3
Level 2
Reduction in Toughness
RiT
PWR
Component
Material
SCC
SCC
Corrosion/Wear
C & W
Fatigue
Fat.
Aging Irradiation
1
Subdivisiono IG IA TG LTCP PW Wstg Pit Wear FAC HC LC/Th Env Th Emb VS SR Th
n
Fl
C&LAS
?
e002
N ?
e002
N ?
e003
Y
e004
N N Y
e005
N Y
e006
Y
e007
Y
e008
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
C&LAS
Welds
?
e002
N ?
e002
N ?
e003
Y
e004
N N Y
e005
N Y
e006
Y
e007
Y
e008
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Wrought
SS
?
e012
N ?
e012
?
e013
?
e012
N N N N N Y
e014
Y
e015
N N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
SS Welds &
Clad
Y
e016
?
e017
Y
e018
?
e013
?
e019
N N ?
e020
N N ?
e014
Y
e015
Y
e022
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Wrought
Ni Alloys
N N N ?
e023
Y
e023
N N N N Y
e014
Y
e014
Y
e015
N N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
PWR
Pressurizer
(Including
Shell, Surge
and Spray
Nozzles, Heater
Sleeves and
Sheaths,
Instrument
Penetrations)
Ni-base
Welds &
Clad
N ?
e024
N Y
e023
Y
e025
N N N N N Y
e014
Y
e015
N N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-59
Materials Degradation Matrix
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
3.2 Material Compositions and Properties
A large variety of welding materials and welding processes are used to join carbon and low-alloy
steels, and it is not practical to show typical material compositions and material specifications.
Section NB-2431.1 of Section III, Division I of the ASME Code requires that weld materials
have tensile strength, ductility and impact properties that match those of either of the base mate-
rials being welded, as demonstrated by tests using the selected weld material and the same or
similar base materials. Section NB-2432.2 of Section III, Division I of the ASME Code requires
that the chemical composition of the welding material be in accordance with an appropriate
ASME Code welding specification (in Section II.C of the Code), but leaves the choice of the
specific material up to the manufacturer.
The most common weld processes used to join carbon steel and LAS parts include submerged
arc welding, shielded metal arc welding (SMAW), and gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW). Post-
weld heat treatment is generally required per ASME Code rules after welding of the carbon and
low-alloy steels used for reactor coolant system service.
4.3 Fatigue Degradation Mechanisms and Mitigation Options
Fatigue is the structural deterioration that can occur as the result of repeated stress/strain cycles
caused by fluctuating loads or temperatures. After repeated cyclic loading, if sufficient localized
micro-structural damage has been accumulated, crack initiation can occur at the most highly
affected locations. Subsequent cyclic loading and/or thermal stress can cause crack growth.
A brief description of the relevant fatigue-related degradation mechanisms is provided below.
4.3.1 High-Cycle Fatigue
The most classical fatigue-related degradation mechanism is high-cycle (HC) fatigue. HC
fatigue involves a high number of cycles at a relatively low stress amplitude (typically below the
materials yield strength but above the fatigue endurance limit of the material). High cycle
fatigue may be:
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-60
Issues Management Table
Identify component and component function
Identify material(s) of construction
Identify degradation mechanism(s)
May be a different mechanism for different
location/material of a component
Likelihood or predominance of a mechanism
should be considered and ranked (e.g. IGSCC may
overwhelm fatigue)
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-61
IMT Process (cont.)
Identify locations that can fail
Identify consequences of failure, including
system responses to help prioritize
location/component importance
Identify inspection capabilities and history
what can be done and is it effective to deal
with the degradation of concern
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-62
IMT Process (cont.)
Identify evaluation capabilities what is known
about environmental effects on crack growth and
initiation etc.
Identify mitigation options/technologies. This
would include things such as chemical (e.g. zinc,
NMCA), mechanical (e.g. MSIP), or system
operation changes (e.g. BWR feedwater flow
controller)
Identify repair or replacement options, capabilities
and limitations
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-63
IMT Process (cont.)
Based on the information above, identify
knowledge gaps/needs
Prioritize the work to resolve gaps and
identify who will do what pieces of the
work to eliminate the gap.
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-64
Example IMT, BWR
Equipment Material Failure
Mechanism
Consequences
of Failure
Mitigation Repair /
Replace
I & E
Guidance
Gaps Priority
&
Basis
Responsible
Program(s)
BWR
Recirculation
piping
SS (lc and
hc),
Inconel
welds
SCC, fatigue Leakage,
forced outage
Yes, chemical
and stress
improvement
Yes, replace pipe
or weld overlay
Yes,
BWRVIP-75
Low
solution
available
BWRVIP,
WCC
BWR Vessel Cs/las, ss
clad,
welds
IGSCC,
IASCC,
TGSCC,
FIV, Th &
Env Fatigue,
Emb, Th
aging,
Fluence
LOCA loss
of asset
Yes HWC,
NMCA
Yes nozzle
repair
Yes covers
embrittlement
and weld
degradation
Low
solution
available
BWRVIP
BWR
Internals
Ss, cass,
cs, welds,
Inc
IASCC,
IGSCC,
FIV, Wear,
EF, Emb,
Fluence
R&D
needed
Core
configuration
Yes some,
work needed
Yes shroud and
top-guide, costly
work needed
Yes (interim)
13 BWRVIP
I&E
Guidelines
work needed
High
existing
and
potential
unresolve
d issues
BWRVIP,
WCC, FRP,
Corrosion
Research
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-65
DM and IMT Status
DM complete and distributed to the NRC
and industry in November
IMT in process MRP project for 2005
Degradation Matrix and Issues Management
Table to be maintained as living documents
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-66
Implementation Protocol
Approved in April
Implementation levels defined
Mandatory
Needed
Good Practice
Published guidance must clearly define importance of
guidance elements
Executive approval required for documents with
Mandatory and Needed elements
Mandatory and Needed elements captured in plant
procedures and programs
Periodic MTAG review for consistency
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-67
Implementation Protocol
Deviations from Mandatory and Needed
elements
Executive approval required
Plus independent third party concurrence for
deviations from Mandatory elements
Captured in plant Corrective Actions Programs
IPs notified
Implementation must be verified
Utility self assessment
INPO reviews
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-68
Materials Program Tool Kit
Intent is to develop a set of documents that form the
basis of information needed to set up or maintain a
materials management program
MTAG Ad Hoc Committee authored
RCS Materials Degradation Management Program
Guidelines provide overview
Scope
Key attributes
Organization
Admin controls
Key activities
Implementation
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-69
Materials Program Tool Kit
Tool Kit Contents:
NEI 03-08, Guideline for the Management of Materials
Issues
RCS MDMP Guidelines
Road Map to Mandatory and Needed documents
Implementation Protocol
Strategic Plan
Degradation Matrix
Issues Management Table
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-70
Materials Performance Metrics
Metric Green White Yellow Red Comments
Unexpected
materials related
NRC Generic
correspondence
No NRC
correspondence
Industry guidance
followed by a GL
NRC beats us to
the punch
Order issued
Unknown or
accelerated
materials
degradation
morphologies
0 events
Found under
industry inspection
guidance
Accelerated
(You found it
accidently)
Unknown
(It found you)
Lost capacity or
unplanned
/extended outages
due to materials
issues
25 days for fleet >50 days for fleet >75 days for fleet >100 days for fleet
NRC Inspection
findings greater
than green
0 findings > green N/A N/A >0
INPO materials
program related
AFIs
5 significant
>5 and <12
significant
>12 significant >20 significant
Implementation of
Mandatory and
Needed
requirements
Implemented w/
acceptable
deviations
>0 unacceptable /
weak deviations
IP Guidance issued
to address
prioritized gaps
90% as scheduled 80% as scheduled 70% as scheduled <70% as scheduled
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-71
MTAG / MEOG Activities
MEOG and MTAG meet regularly -
oversight
Monitor industry experience with materials
degradation and resolution of related issues
Continue development of strategic plan,
program guidelines, performance metrics, etc.
Monitor materials IP performance
Oversee materials initiative projects
Generic NRC interface
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-72
Alloy 82/182 Piping Butt Welds: Developing Inspection Guidance
Christine King
EPRI Materials Reliability Program
Alloy 600 ITG
Dana Covill
Progress Energy
Co-Chair Alloy 600 ITG
The Alloy 600/82/182 Degradation Management Program is based on BWR experience,
Alloy 82/182 butt weld field experience, and NDE capabilities for dissimilar metal welds.
The basis for current draft of guidelines is discussed here along with the impacts of
PWSCC on LBB locations.
The Alloy 600/82/182 Degradation Management Program includes the following steps:
x Characterize the degradation mechanism
x Determine all Alloy 600/82/182 locations in the RCS for all vendor designs
x Conduct generic operability and safety assessments assuming the occurrence of
PWSCC at these locations.
x Develop flaw inspection and evaluation technology and guidelines for all
locations
x Evaluate/develop mitigation options
x Evaluate/develop repair/replacement options
These actions are designed to meet the objective of effectively managing PWSCC of
Alloy 82/182 piping butt welds.
Three options are available that treat at least one of the SCC factors, they are material
replacement (carbon steel, 316 nuclear grade, corrosion-resistant cladding (inlay)), stress
improvement (and welding approaches), and environment changes (hydrogen water
chemistry, noble metal coating).
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-73
Table 1 Butt Weld
Locations
Location
Westinghouse
Design Plants
Combustion
Engineering
Design Plants
Babcock & Wilcox
Design Plants
Reactor Vessels
- Inlet & Outlet Nozzles
- Core Flood Nozzles
Yes
No
No
2
No
No
Yes
Pressurizers
- Surge Line Nozzles
- Spray Nozzles
- Safety & Relief Valve Nozzles
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
RCS Piping Loop
- SG Inlet & Outlet Nozzles
- RCP Suction & Discharge Nozzles
No
4
No
No
Yes
3
No
Yes
RCS Branch Line Connections
- HL Pipe to Surge Line Connection
- Charging Inlet Nozzles
- Safety Injection and SDC Inlet
- Shutdown Cooling Outlet Nozzle
- Pressurizer Spray Nozzles
- Let-Down and Drain Nozzles
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1. Table does not include butt welds in instrument nozzles 1 inch NPS and smaller, or welds that operate at less
than 550F (CRDM nozzle to flange butt welds, BMI nozzle to pipe butt welds, core flood tank nozzle butt
welds).
2. One CE design plant has Alloy 82/182 welds and is evaluated with the Westinghouse design plants.
3. Palo Verde does not have Alloy 82/182 RCP suction and discharge nozzle welds.
4. One plant has Alloy 82/182 butt welds at this location.
There have been leaks at VC Summer, Tsuruga 2, Palisades (in the heat affected zone,
not in the weld) and a navy test reactor (also in the heat affected zone, not in the weld).
Ringhals units 3 and 4, VC Summer, Tsuruga 2, and TMI-1 have also had cracks or
indications that did not leak. In addition, Tihange 2, and Calvert Cliffs 2 (2 locations
noted) have had possible indications that were not confirmed as stress corrosion cracks.
This field experience was used in the safety assessment to temper the deterministic
results. Most of cracks found have been axial and limited to length of weld. One short
shallow circumferential crack was found at VC Summer. None of the cracks discussed
here posed significant safety risk at the time of discovery. Two of the cracks (VC
Summer and Tsuruga 2) were detected by visual inspections. The others were detected by
NDE (only TMI was Appendix VIII).
Some technical gaps exist in non-destructive examinations of Alloy 600/182, including
flaw detection limitations due to component configuration such as tapers, rough surfaces,
adjacent welds, and limited access. In some situations, the current flaw sizing
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-74
capabilities do not meet code requirements. A lack of knowledge of configurations can
interfere with inspections because the qualification of NDE techniques is configuration
specific. The unavailability of qualified NDE techniques affects code compliance,
implementation of MRP ISI Guidelines, and accurate interpretation of ISI results.
Inspection guidance for butt welds in PWR plants in going to be based on the results of
several safety analyses. The diagram below shows the references used.
Final Butt Weld Safety
Assessment Report
(Report MRP-113)
Safety Assessment for
Westinghouse and CE
Plants
(Westinghouse)
(Report MRP-109)
Safety Assessment for
B&W Design Plants
(AREVA)
(Report MRP-112)
Evaluation of the Effect of
Weld Repairs on DM Butt
Welds (Structural Integrity
Associates)
(Report MRP-114)
Welding Residual &
Operating Stresses for
Selected Nozzles
(Dominion Engineering,
Inc.) (Report MRP-106)
Crack Growth Rates in
Alloy 82/182 Weld Metal
(MRP report documenting
the work is in preparation)
Probabilistic Risk
Evaluation
(Westinghouse)
(Report MRP-116)
Experience with Cracking
of Alloy 182 in BWR
Plants (GE)
(Report MRP-57)
Figure 1 Safety Assessment Documentation
A Primary System Piping Butt Weld I&E Guideline is being developed. This document
establishes long-term inspection frequencies to effectively manage PWSCC using an
approach similar to GL 88-01. The guideline recommends inspection (by qualified
method) frequencies, with consideration for material (resistant or non-resistant),
mitigation efforts, temperature (cold leg vs. hot leg), and pipe size (>4 OD and <4 OD).
Alloy 82/182 welds in RI-ISI programs will be re-evaluated.
In order to develop an inspection schedule, plants will need to identify welds as resistant
or non-resistant material. The inspection schedule for non-resistant welds should
consider whether or not mechanical mitigation (full structural overlay, stress
improvement) had been performed, the as welded condition, is the weld cracked or
uncracked, and the temperature the weld is exposed to (hot leg, cold leg, or pressurizer
like temperatures). The guidance for inspection schedules also discusses mitigation
methods including modification of materials, stress improvement, and modification of
environment (chemical mitigation).
The fact that Alloy 82/182 welds may not meet original leak-before-break guidance of
NUREG-1061 Vol. 3 and draft SRP 3.6.3 had been under consideration by the industry
for over a year. The key concerns are that PWSCC is an active cracking degradation
mechanism, although observed pipe cracks have been small and primarily axial, and it
may be possible that this could result in circumferential cracks that would make breaks
more likely to occur than predicted by cracks postulated in LBB analysis. Also, the
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-75
PWSCC leakage path is more tortuous than fatigue cracks used in previous LBB
evaluations, so it seems that the calculated leakage could be less than that from fatigue
cracks.
The technical basis for LBB remains strong, PWSCC observed in Alloy 82/182 butt
welds in several plants has been primarily axial in nature, long part-through wall
circumferential flaws are not likely to develop, there is adequate time between leakage
detection and growth to critical flaw size to allow safe shut down, adequate margin
remains considering alternative leak rate calculation methodologies (flaw morphology),
there is increased plant sensitivity to unidentified leakage, response to leak rates less than
1 gpm (Tech Spec Limits) has improved over recent years, and generally the unidentified
leakage is trended.
The industry must balance information from various sources in order to develop
guidelines in the absence of widespread problems. Sources to be considered include
related material degradation experience, previous experience with PWSCC of Alloy 600
materials, actual field results, current NDE capabilities, expected future NDE capabilities,
safety significance of degradation, and consideration of whether or not butt weld
degradation could jeopardize other regulations.
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-76
EPRI CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION Not to be copied or distributed without written authorization from EPRI
Alloy 82/182 Piping Butt
Welds: Developing
Inspection Guidance
Christine King
EPRI Materials Reliability Program
Alloy 600 ITG
Dana Covill
Progress Energy
Co-Chair Alloy 600 ITG
PWSCC of Alloy 600 Conference
Santa Ana Pueblo, NM
March 7-10, 2005
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-77
2
EPRI CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION Not to be copied or distributed without written authorization from EPRI
Agenda
Alloy 600/82/182 Degradation Management Program
BWR Experience
Alloy 82/182 BW Field Experience
NDE Capabilities for DM Welds
Basis for Current Draft of Guidelines
How PWSCC impacts LBB locations
Summary
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-78
3
EPRI CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION Not to be copied or distributed without written authorization from EPRI
Alloy 600/82/182 Degradation Management
Program
Steps Required to Reach Objective
Characterize the degradation mechanism
Determine all Alloy 600/82/182 locations in the RCS for all vendor
designs
Conduct generic operability and safety assessments assuming the
occurrence of PWSCC at these locations.
Develop flaw inspection and evaluation technology and guidelines
for all locations
Evaluate/develop mitigation options
Evaluate/develop repair/replacement options
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-79
4
EPRI CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION Not to be copied or distributed without written authorization from EPRI
Time
C
u
m
u
l
a
t
i
v
e
d
e
g
r
a
d
a
t
i
o
n
SG
BWR Pipe
RPV Head
Butt Weld
Degradation Curves
1970s 1980s 1990s 2000s
0
Pressurizer Heater
Sleeves
BWR Internals
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-80
5
EPRI CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION Not to be copied or distributed without written authorization from EPRI
A Little History on BWR Butt Weld Cracking
Stainless steels selected due to resistance to known corrosion
mechanisms
Showed up in early 80s
Safe end leaks
NRC issued two bulletins (82-03, 83-02)
NRC issued two GLs (84-11, 88-01)
88-01 implemented mandatory inspections
Required Tech Spec change to follow requirements of GL 88-01
Note that some IGSCC started showing up in the 1970s
Core spray spargers
Unique because of cold work
There was an inspection transient
Initially, lots of geometry, ID condition calls
Started qualification effort using real cracks in test samples
More indications were classified as cracks.
Continued to work on inspection procedure until there was a
reasonable assurance of correct calls
However, still experiencing failure to detect flaws
Not technology, but surface conditions and interpretation of signals
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-81
6
EPRI CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION Not to be copied or distributed without written authorization from EPRI
A Little History on BWR Butt Weld Cracking
Why did degradation level off? (one plant example)
266 welds in scope of 88-01 (some plants have over 400)
SI on about 80 in 1985, about 15 more in 1987
About 40 overlays of cracked welds
Significant inspection scope upon issuance of 88-01
Replaced all the 12 recirc risers welds
Reduced number of welds with bent pipe
Implemented hydrogen water chemistry
Now, about 150 are resistant material, 50 SId, and 40 WORs
No new cracks or growth of existing cracks since early 90s
Aggressive replacement and mitigation efforts resulted in
essentially no new IGSCC after implementation
Three options available that treat at least one of the SCC circles
Material (Carbon Steel, 316 Nuclear Grade, Corrosion-Resistant
Cladding (inlay))
Stress (Stress Improvement, welding approaches)
Environment Hydrogen Water Chemistry, noble metal coating
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-82
EPRI CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION Not to be copied or distributed without written authorization from EPRI
Butt Weld Locations
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-83
8
EPRI CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION Not to be copied or distributed without written authorization from EPRI
Butt Weld Locations
Summary
Location
Westinghouse
Design Plants
Combustion
Engineering
Design Plants
Babcock & Wilcox
Design Plants
Reactor Vessels
- Inlet & Outlet Nozzles
- Core Flood Nozzles
Yes
No
No
2
No
No
Yes
Pressurizers
- Surge Line Nozzles
- Spray Nozzles
- Safety & Relief Valve Nozzles
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
RCS Piping Loop
- SG Inlet & Outlet Nozzles
- RCP Suction & Discharge Nozzles
No
4
No
No
Yes
3
No
Yes
RCS Branch Line Connections
- HL Pipe to Surge Line Connection
- Charging Inlet Nozzles
- Safety Injection and SDC Inlet
- Shutdown Cooling Outlet Nozzle
- Pressurizer Spray Nozzles
- Let-Down and Drain Nozzles
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1. Table does not include butt welds in instrument nozzles 1 inch NPS and smaller, or welds that operate at less
than 550F (CRDM nozzle to flange butt welds, BMI nozzle to pipe butt welds, core flood tank nozzle butt
welds).
2. One CE design plant has Alloy 82/182 welds and is evaluated with the Westinghouse design plants.
3. Palo Verde does not have Alloy 82/182 RCP suction and discharge nozzle welds.
4. One plant has Alloy 82/182 butt welds at this location.
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-84
9
EPRI CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION Not to be copied or distributed without written authorization from EPRI
Butt Weld Locations
Westinghouse Design Plants
2
6
4
3
1
7
5
3
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-85
10
EPRI CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION Not to be copied or distributed without written authorization from EPRI
Butt Weld Locations
Westinghouse Design Plants
Application
Identification
Number
Typical
Temperature
(F)
Typical ID
(inches)
Typ. Number
(3 Loop
Plant)
Pressurizer
- Surge Line Nozzle
- Spray Nozzle
- Safety/Relief Nozzles
1
2
3
653
10
4
5
1
1
4
RCS Hot Leg Pipe
- Reactor Vessel Outlet Nozzles
3
- Steam Generator Inlet Nozzles
4
4
5
600-620 29
--
3
--
RCS Cold Leg Pipe
- Steam Generator Outlet Nozzles
4
- Reactor Vessel Inlet Nozzles
3
6
7
550-560 --
27.5
--
3
1. Figures only show locations in pipes greater than 1" NPS and operating at temperatures greater than about 550F.
2. Plants with original reactor vessel closure heads have CRDM nozzles with Alloy 82/182 nozzle-to-flange butt
welds (4" diameter).
3. There are no Alloy 82/182 RPV nozzle welds in Westinghouse 2-loop plants and some early Westinghouse
3-loop plants.
4. One plant has Alloy 82/182 butt welds between the reactor coolant piping and steam generator nozzles.
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-86
11
EPRI CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION Not to be copied or distributed without written authorization from EPRI
Butt Weld Locations
Combustion Engineering Design Plants
2
3
10
12
4
7
8
5
9
1
6
11
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-87
12
EPRI CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION Not to be copied or distributed without written authorization from EPRI
Butt Weld Locations
Combustion Engineering Design Plants
Application
Identification
Number
Typical
Temperature
(F)
Typical ID
(inches)
Typical
Number
Pressurizer
- Surge Line Nozzle
- Spray Nozzle
- Safety/Relief Nozzles
1
2
3
643-653
10
3
5
1
1
2-3
RCS Hot Leg Pipe
- Surge Line Nozzle
- Shutdown Cooling Outlet Nozzle
- Drain Nozzle
4
5
6
600
10
10
2
1
1
1
RCS Cold Leg Pipe
- RCP Inlet Nozzles
- RCP Outlet Nozzles
- Safety Injection
- Pressurizer Spray Nozzles
- Letdown/Drain Nozzles
- Charging Inlet Nozzle
7
3
8
3
9
10
11
12
549-560
30
30
10
2.25
1.3
1.3
4
4
4
2
4
4
2
1. Figures only show locations in pipes greater than 1" NPS and operating at temperatures greater than about 550F.
2. Some plants with original reactor vessel closure heads have CEDM/ICI nozzles with Alloy 82/182 nozzle-to-
flange butt welds.
3. One plant does not have Alloy 82/182 welds at reactor coolant pump.
4. One plant has 8 cold leg letdown/drain nozzles.
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-88
13
EPRI CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION Not to be copied or distributed without written authorization from EPRI
Butt Weld Locations
B&W Design Plants
1
5
8
6
3
2
9
10
4
13
12
11
7
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-89
14
EPRI CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION Not to be copied or distributed without written authorization from EPRI
Butt Weld Locations
B&W Design Plants
Application
Identification
Number
Typical
Temperature
(F)
Typical ID
(inches)
Typical
Number
Pressurizer
- Surge Line Nozzle
- Spray Nozzle
- PORV Nozzle
- Safety Relief Nozzles
1
2
3
4
650
10
4
2.5
2.5-3
1
1
1
2
Reactor Vessel
2
- Core Flood Nozzle 5 577 14 2
RCS Hot Leg Pipe
- Surge Line Nozzle
- Decay Heat Nozzle
6
7
601-605 10
12
1
1
RCS Cold Leg Pipe
- RCP Inlet Nozzles
- RCP Outlet Nozzles
- High Pressure Injection Nozzles
- Letdown/Drain Nozzles
8
9
10
11
557
28
28
2.5
1.5-2.5
4
4
4
4
Core Flood Tanks
- Outlet Nozzle
- Pressure Relief
12
13
RT 14
2
2
2
1. Figures only show locations in pipes greater than 1" NPS and operating at temperatures greater than about 550F.
2. As of July 2004, there are two remaining B&W plants that have reactor vessel closure heads with Alloy 600
CRDM nozzles and Alloy 82 nozzle-to-flange butt welds (69 4" welds at temperature < 605F).
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-90
EPRI CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION Not to be copied or distributed without written authorization from EPRI
Butt Weld Field Experience
& NDE Capabilities
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-91
16
EPRI CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION Not to be copied or distributed without written authorization from EPRI
Alloy 82/182 Butt Weld Field Experience
Summary Status Worldwide
Plants with leaks
VC Summer
Tsuruga 2
Palisades (HAZ, not in the weld)
Navy test reactor (HAZ, not in the weld)
Plants with cracks/indications
Ringhals 3 & 4
VC Summer
Tsuruga 2
TMI-1
Tihange 2?
Calvert Cliffs 2 (2 locations?)
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-92
17
EPRI CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION Not to be copied or distributed without written authorization from EPRI
Alloy 82/182 Butt Weld Field Experience
Hot Leg and Cold
Leg Drain Lines
Surge Line
Hot Leg
Hot Leg
Pressurizer
Hot Leg
BW Location
1977 Crack Calvert Cliffs 2
1974 Crack TMI 1
1983 Crack Ringhals 4
1981 Crack Ringhals 3
1987 Leak and Crack Tsuruga 2
1982 Leak and Crack VC Summer
Date of
Commercial
Operation
Crack/Leak Plant Name
Session 6: Regulatory Issues
13-93
18
EPRI CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION Not to be copied or distributed without written authorization from EPRI
Butt Weld Field Experience
Characterization of Cracks
Most cracks axial and limited to length of weld (Tsuruga 2
shown)
Axial crack growth into Alloy 600 safe ends
Crack growth rate lower in Alloy 600
Length of weld plus safe end less than critical flaw length